Skip to main content

Full text of "School of Dentistry Catalog 1955-1963"

See other formats


VwDDWWftmn  Iff  rowffl 

18S8Sg 

■HHIl 

1nHHHIlf 


Hi 

IHHJfHfiFOOtfflllilJJlJ 


MmmM 
JBMBKBSBm 

mmmm 


I  liiiHSfflM 


CATALOGUE  OF  THE 


^Baltimore  Oialbge  nf  Rental  jiurgerg 
Rental  J5>cl}fltfl 


1955-1956  SESSION 
With  Announcements  For   1956-1957   Session 


BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://archive.org/details/dentistr62unse 


Official  Publication 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


ONE   HUNDRED   AND    SIXTEENTH    CATALOGUE 

WITH 
ANNOUNCEMENTS   FOR   THE   1956-1957    SESSION 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


The  School  of  Dentistry  reserves  the  right  to  change  any  provision  or 
requirement  in  this  catalogue  at  any  time. 


4  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

The  Government  of  the  University  is  vested  by  law  in  a  Board  of  Regents, 
consisting  of  eleven  members  appointed  by  the  Governor  each  for  a  term  of 
nine  years.     The  administration  of  the   University  is  vested  in  the    President. 

Each  school  has  its  own  Faculty  Council,  composed  of  the  Dean  and  mem- 
bers of  its  faculty  of  professorial  rank;  each  Faculty  Council  controls  the 
internal  affairs  of  the  group  it  represents. 

The  University  organization  comprises  the  following  administrative  divisions: 

College  of  Agriculture 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering,  The  Glenn  L.  Martin  Institute  of  Technology 

College  of  Home  Economics 

College  of  Military  Science 

College  of  Physical   Education,  Recreation,  and  Health 

College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies 

Agricultural  Experiment  Station 

Agricultural  and  Home  Economics  Extension  Service 

Agricultural  Services  and  Controls 

Graduate   School 

Summer  Session 

School  of  Dentistry 

School  of  Law 

School  of  Medicine 

School  of  Nursing 

School  of  Pharmacy 

The  University  Hospital 

The  Schools  of  Dentistry,  Law,  Medicine,  Nursing,  and  Pharmacy,  and  the 
Hospital  are  located  in  Baltimore  in  the  vicinity  of  Lombard  and  Greene 
Streets;  the  School  of  Education  has  a  Baltimore  Division;  the  others  are  in 
College  Park. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  5 

Board  of  Regents 

Term 
Expires 

William  P.  Cole,  Jr.,  Chairman Baltimore   1958 

Mrs.  JohnT..  Whitehurst,  Vice-Chairman.. Baltimore  1956 

B.  Herbert  Brown,  Secretary Baltimore  1960 

Louis  L.  Kaplan,  Assistant  Secretary Baltimore  1961 

Harry  H.  Nuttle,  Treasurer Denton    1957 

Edmund  S.  Burke,  Assistant  Treasurer Cumberland    1959 

Edward  F.  Holter Middletown    1959 

Charles  P.  McCormick Baltimore  1957 

Enos   S.   Stockbridge Baltimore  1960 

Thomas  B.  Symons College  Park   1963 

C.  Ewing   Tuttle Baltimore  1962 


President  of  the  University 
Wilson  Homer  Elkins,  B.A.,  M.A.,  B.Litt,  D.Phil. 


Educational  Council 

The  President,  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  Chairman,  Deans  of  Colleges,  Chairmen  of 

Academic  Divisions,  Heads  of  Educational  Departments,  Director  of  Admissions  and 
Registrations. 


6  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

OFFICERS   OF   ADMINISTRATION 

Wilson  Homer  Elkins,  B.A.,  M.A.,  B.Litt.,  D.Phil.,  President  of  the   University 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  D.D.S.,  Dean 

Katharine  Toomey,  Administrative  Assistant 

G.  Watson  Algire,  M.S.,  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

OFFICERS   OF  INSTRUCTION 

1955-1956  SESSION 

Emeriti 

J.  Ben  Robinson,  D.D.S.,  D.  Sc,  Dean  Emeritus 
Burt  B.  Ide,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Operative  Dentistry 

Professors 

♦Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  Professor  of  Pathology. 
D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

♦Joseph  Calton  Biddix,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis. 

D.D.S.,  University  oi  Maryland,  1934. 
*Edward  C.  Dobbs,  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics. 

D.D.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1929  ;  B.S.,  1952. 

$Brice  Marden  Dorsey,  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery. 
D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1927. 

♦Gardner  Patrick  Henry  Foley,  Professor  of  Dental  Literature. 
B.A.,   Clark  University,   1923;  M.A.,   1926. 

*Grayson  Wilbur  Gaver,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis. 
D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

♦William  Edward  Hahn,  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1931;   A.B.,   University  of   Rochester,   1938;   M.S., 
1939. 

♦Marion  W.  McCrea,  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology. 

D.D.S.,   Ohio  State  University,   1935  ;   M.S.,   University  of  Rochester,   1937. 

♦Ernest  B.  Nuttall,  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 
D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

♦Robert  Harold  Oster,  Professor  of  Physiology. 

B.S.,   The   Pennsylvania  State  University,   1923;   M.S.,    1926;    Ph.D.,   Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1933. 

Kyrle  W.  Preis,  Professor  of  Orthodontics. 
D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1929. 

♦Kenneth  Vincent  Randolph,  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry. 
D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1939  ;    B.S.,   1951. 

♦Donald  E.  Shay,  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 

B.S..    Lebanon   Valley   College,    1937 ;    M.S.,    University   of   Maryland,    1938 ;    Ph.D., 
1943. 

♦E.  G.  Vanden  Bosche,  Professor  of  Biochemistry. 

A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley   College.    1922;   M.S.,    University   of   Maryland,    1924;    Ph.D., 
1927. 


•Full  time  JHalf  time 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  7 

Associate  Professors 

♦Joseph  Patrick  Cappuccio,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery. 

B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1943  ;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1946. 
^Benjamin  Anthony  Dabrowski,  Associate  Professor  of   Oral   Roentgenology. 

A.B..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1932  ;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1940. 
♦Stanley  H.  Dosh,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1935. 
■j-Harold  Golton.  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1925. 
George   McLean,   Associate    Professor   of    Physical    Diagnosis    and    Principles   of 
Medicine. 

M.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1916. 
♦Peter  McLean  Lu.  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934. 
♦Jose  Enrique  Medina,  Associate  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1948. 
♦Walter  L.  Oggesen,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1926. 
♦D.  Vincent  Provenza,  Associate  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1939;  M.S.,    1941;   Ph.D.,   1952. 
♦Wilbur  Owen  Ramsey,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 
♦Douglas  John  Sanders,  Associate  Professor  of  Pedodontics. 

B.S.,  Northwestern  University,   1946,  D.D.S.,  1948. 
♦♦Nathan  B.  Scherr,  Associate  Professor  of  Pedodontics. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1922. 
♦Josephine  Ezekiel  Schueler,  Associate  Professor  of  Visual  Aids. 
♦Guy  Paul  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1923  ;  A.M.,  1929. 
♦L.  Edward  Warner,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 
Tobias  Weinberg,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology. 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1930;  M.D..  1933. 
JRiley  S.  Williamson,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 


Assistant  Professors 

Irving  I.  Aeramson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine. 
D.D.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1932. 

♦William  Robert  Biddington,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine. 
D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

♦Hugh  M.  Clement,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry. 
D.D.S.,  University  of   Maryland,    1944. 

A.  Bernard  Eskow,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine. 
D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1938. 

♦Yam-Hin  Louie,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry. 

B.S.,    Lingnan   University,    Canton,    China,    1938;    D.D.S.,    Northwestern    University, 
1945  ;  M.S.D.,  1946. 


♦Full  time  tHalf  time 

•♦Deceased  March  19,    1956 
tLeave  of  absence 


8  UNIVERSITY    OF   MARYL+4ND 

Burton  Robert  Pollack,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   194  6. 
Daniel  Edward  Shehan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

E.  Roderick  Shipley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology. 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1938  ;  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,   1942. 
Arthur  G.  Siwinski,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery. 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1927;  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 
D.  Robert  Swinehart,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics. 

A.B..  Dartmouth  College,  1933  ;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937. 

$Edmond  G.  Vanden  Bosche,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dental  Anatomy. 

B.S..    The    Pennsylvania    State    University,    1943  ;    D.D.S.,    University    of    Maryland, 
1947. 

Special  Lecturers 

Robert  B.  Dodd,  Professor  of  Anesthesiology   (School  of  Medicine). 

M.D..  University  of  Nebraska,  1945. 
Richard  Lindenberg,  Lecturer  in  Neuroanatomy. 

M.D.,  University  of  Berlin,   1944. 
Ethelbert  Lovett,  Lecturer  in  Ethics. 

D.D.S.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,   1922. 
Paul  A.  Pumpian,  Lecturer  in  Jurisprudence. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950  ;   LL.B.,  1953. 
Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Dermatology  (School  of  Medicine). 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1931;  M.D.,    1935. 

F.  Noel  Smith,  Lecturer  in  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1923. 
George  Herschel  Yeager,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery  (School  of  Medicine). 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,   1927  ;  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland.   1929. 

Instructors 

Alvin  David  Aisenberg,  Instructor  in  Pathology. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1945. 
Sterrett  P.  Beaven,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 
Jordan  S.  Bloom,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry. 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1949  ;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 
Samuel  Hollinger  Bryant,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis. 

A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1928  ;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 
Arthur  Merrick  Bushey,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 
Thomas  F.  Clement,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1951. 
Jerome  S.  Cullen,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics. 

D.D.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 
$Fred  Ehrlich,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1947. 
♦William  Henry  Gaffney,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Oral  Roentgenology. 

B.S.,   Loyola  College,    1950;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954. 
*Calvin  Joseph  Gaver,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950  ;  D.D.S.,  1954. 

♦Full  time  JHalf  time 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  9 

Ralph  Jack  Gordon,  Instructor  in  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 
Marvin  M.  Graham,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 

A.B.,    Cornell   University,    1938;    A.M.,    1939;    D.D.S.,    University   of    Pennsylvania, 

1943. 
♦William  Lee  Graham,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis. 

B.S.,  Marietta  College,   1948  ;   D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953. 
Walter  Granruth,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Pathology. 

B.S.,   Loyola  College,   1950;   D.D.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1954. 
Paul  Frederick  Guerin,  Instructor  in  Pathology. 

A.B.,  Wittenberg  Coliege,   1942  ;   M.D.,   University  of  Pennsylvania,   1945. 

♦John  Miller  Hyson,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 
Conrad  Lucius  Inman,  Instructor  in  Anesthesiology. 

D.D.S..  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,   1915. 
Melvin  John  Jagielski,  Instructor  in  Dental  Anatomy. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953. 
Frank  G.  Kuehn,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Medicine. 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1946  ;  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 
Lester  Lebo,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis. 

B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M.D.,  1941. 
Richard  R.  C.  Leonard,  Instructor  in  Public  Health  Dentistry. 

D.D.S.,  Indiana  University,  1922;  M.S.P.H.,  University  of  Michigan,  1944. 
Charles  E.  Love  man,  Instructor  in  Anatomy. 

A.B..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935  ;  D.D.S.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

♦Martin  H.  Morris,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry. 

B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1952;  M.S.,   1954. 

Frank    N.   Ogden,    Instructor   in    First    Aid   and   in    Charge   of    Medical    Care   of 

Students. 

M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,   1917. 

♦Alba  Jane  Carr  Proutt,  Junior  Instructor  in  Visual  Aids. 

B.A..  Washington  College,  1953^ 

Leonard  Rapoport,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1937;   D.D.S.,   1944. 

Norton  Morris  Ross,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology. 

B.S..  University  of  Connecticut,   1949  ;   D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954. 

Myron  Hillard  Sachs,  Instructor  in  Anatomy. 

D.D.S.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

♦Theresa  P.  Sakalusky,  Junior  Instructor  in  Visual  Aids. 

B.S.,  Kuntztown  State  Teachers   College,  1952. 

Aaron  Schaeffer,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics. 

B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1939  ;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1947  ;  M.S., 
University  of  Illinois,  1948. 

♦Frank  J.   Sinnreich,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Anatomy. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 

Glenn  D.  Steele,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

♦Claude  P.  Taylor,  Instructor  in  Visual  Aids. 

Earle  Harris  Watson,  Instructor  in  Dental  Materials  and  Dental  Prosthesis. 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,   1938;   D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1942. 

Graduate  Assistants 

♦Maria  Paz  Flor,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Pathology  and  Oral  Surgery. 
D.D.M.,   University  of  the   Philippines,    1950. 

•Full  time 


10  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

♦Robert  Luers  Heldrich,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery. 

A.B.,  Gettysburg  College,  1951;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1955. 
♦Herbert  H.  James,  Jr.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Bacteriology. 

B.S.,   Montana  State   College,   1951;   M.A.,  Montana  State   University,    1954. 
♦Leonard  H.  Jarvis,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery. 

A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1952;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955. 
♦Charles  Brown  Leonard,  Jr.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Biochemistry. 

B.A.,  Rutgers  College  of  South  Jersey,  1955. 
♦Mitchel  Pozega,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery. 

A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1951 ;   D.D.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1955. 

Library  Staff 

Dentistry-Pharmacy 

Ida  Marian  Robinson,  Librarian  and  Associate  Professor  of  Library  Science. 

A.B.,    Cornell  University,    1924 ;    B.S.L.S.,    Columbia   University   School   of   Library 
Service,   1944. 

Hilda  E.  Moore,  Associate  Librarian. 

A.B.,     Randolph    Macon     Woman's     College,     1936  ;     A.B.L.S.,     Emory     University 
Library  School,  1937. 

Beatrice  Marriott,  Reference  Librarian. 

A.B..  University  of  Maryland,   1944. 

Curtis  G.  Crom,  Periodicals  Librarian. 

A.B.,  George  Washington  University,   1949;   M.S.L.S.,  Syracuse  University   Library 
School,  1954. 

Harriette  W.  S helton,  Chief  Cataloguer. 

B.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  College,   1935  ;   B.S.L.S.,   Columbia  University  School 
of   Library   Service,    1937. 

Marjorie  Fluck,  Cataloguer. 

B.S.  in  Ed.,  Kutztown  State   Teachers   College,   1952. 
Marjorie  H.  Jarvis,  Library  Assistant. 
Elizabeth  E.  McCoach,  Assistant  to  the  Librarian. 
Patricia  C.  Watkins,  Assistant  to  the  Cataloguer. 

Laboratory  Technicians 

Earl  F.  Becker Department  of  Bacteriology 

Jane  C.  Clark,  A.B Department  of  Anatomy 

Ann  K.  Dentry,  B.S Department  of  Histology 

Joseph  F.  Killian Department  of   Pathology 

Leah  M.  Proutt,  B.S.,  M.S Department  of  Physiology 

Mary  H.  Stienemann -Department  of  Roentgenology 

Henry  Yeager Department  of  Orthodontics 

Assisting  Staff 
June  G.  Bingen,  R.N.,  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery. 
John  S.  Chanaud,  Assistant. 
Lorraine  J.  Cook,  Stenographer. 


'Full  time 


School  of  dentistkv  n 


Ruth  E.  Cooke,  Secretary,  Diagnostic  Clinic. 

Marie  Antoinette  De  Juliis,  Stenographer. 

Jean   Lee   Dorsey,  Secretary,    Prosthetic   Clinic. 

Eleanor  B.  Eckert,  Stenographer. 

Johanna  K.  Eichner,  Information  and  Case  Record  Clerk. 

Ellen  L.  Frank,  Stenographer 

Mary  A.  Hagan,  Secretary,  Orthodontic  Clinic. 

Zita  Marie  Kuhx,  Secretary,  Roentgenology  Clinic. 

Patricia  R.  Mall,  Secretary,  Oral  Surgery  Clinic. 

Mary  P.  O'Grady,  Stenographer. 

Dorothy  P.  Peregoy,  Accountant,  Clinics. 

William  J.  Sachs,  Assistant. 

Addie  A.  Spicer,  Cashier. 

Anna  Timchula,  Stenographer. 

Katherine  L.  Underwood,  Stenographer. 


12  UNIVERSITY   OF   MARYLAND 

HISTORY 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  occupies  an  important  and  inter- 
esting place  in  the  history  of  dentistry.  At  the  end  of  the  regular  session — 
1954-55 — it  completed  its  one  hundred  and  fifteenth  year  of  service  to  dental 
education.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  represents  the  first  effort 
in  history  to  offer  institutional  dental  education  to  those  anticipating  the  practice 
of  dentistry. 

The  first  lectures  on  dentistry  in  America  were  delivered  by  Dr.  Horace 
H.  Hayden  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Medicine,  between  the 
years  1823-25.  These  lectures  were  interrupted  in  1825  by  internal  dissensions 
in  the  School  of  Medicine  and  were  as  a  consequence  discontinued.  It  was 
Dr.  Hayden's  idea  that  dental  education  merited  greater  attention  than  had  been 
given  it  by  medicine  or  could  be  given  it  by  the  preceptorial  plan  of  dental  teaching 
then  in  vogue. 

Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  began  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  Baltimore  in 
1800.  From  that  time  he  made  a  zealous  attempt  to  lay  the  foundation  for  a 
scientific,  serviceable  dental  profession.  In  1831  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  came  to 
Baltimore  to  study  under  Hayden.  Dr.  Harris  was  a  man  of  unusual  ability 
and  possessed  special  qualifications  to  aid  in  establishing  and  promoting  formal 
dental  education.  Since  Dr.  Hayden's  lectures  had  been  interrupted  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  and  there  was  an  apparent  unsurmountable  difficulty 
confronting  the  creation  of  dental  departments  in  medical  schools,  an  independent 
college  was  decided  upon.  A  charter  was  applied  for  and  granted  by  the  Mary- 
land Legislature  February  1,  1840.  The  first  Faculty  meeting  was  held  February 
3,  1840,  at  which  time  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  was  elected  President  and  Dr. 
Chapin  A.  Harris,  Dean.  The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Hayden 
on  November  3,  1840,  to  the  five  students  matriculating  in  the  first  class 
Thus  was  created  as  the  foundation  of  the  present  dental  profession  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery,  the  first  dental  school  in  the  world. 

Hayden  and  Harris,  the  admitted  founders  of  conventional  dental  education,  con 
tributed,  in  addition  to  the  factor  of  dental  education,  other  opportunities  for  pro 
fessional  growth  and  development.  In  1839  the  American  Journal  of  Dental  Science 
was  founded,  with  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  editor.  Dr.  Harris  continued  fully  re 
sponsible  for  dentistry's  initial  venture  into  periodic  dental  literature  to  the  time  of 
his  death.  The  files  of  the  old  American  Journal  of  Dental  Science  testify  to  the 
fine  contributions  made  by  Dr.  Harris.  In  1840  the  American  Society  of  Dental 
Surgeons  was  founded,  with  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  as  its  President  and  Dr.  Chapir 
A.  Harris  as  its  Corresponding  Secretary.  This  was  the  beginning  of  dental 
organization  in  America,  and  was  the  forerunner  of  the  American  Dental  Association 
which  now  numbers  approximately  eighty-four  thousand  in  its  present  membership 
The  foregoing  suggests  the  unusual  influence  Baltimore  dentists  and  the  Baltimon 
College  of   Dental   Surgery  have  exercised  on   professional   ideals  and  policies. 

In  1873,  the  Maryland  Dental  College,  an  offspring  of  the  Baltimore  Collegi 
of  Dental  Surgery,  was  organized.  It  continued  instruction  until  1878,  at  whicll 
time  it  was  consolidated  with  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery.  A 
department  of  dentistry  was  organized  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  thj 
year  1882,  graduating  a  class  each  year  from  1883  to  1923.  This  school  wa 
chartered   as   a   corporation   and   continued    as   a   privately    owned    and    directe 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  13 

institution  until  1920,  when  it  became  a  State  institution.  The  Dental  Depart- 
ment of  the  Baltimore  Medical  College  was  established  in  1895,  continuing  until 
1913,  when  it  merged  with  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 
The  final  combining  of  the  dental  educational  interests  of  Baltimore  was 
effected  June  15,  1923,  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  student  bodies  of  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of 
Dentistry;  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  becoming  a  distinct  depart- 
ment of  the  University  under  State  supervision  and  control.  Thus  we  find  in 
the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland, 
a  merging  of  the  various  efforts  at  dental  education  in  Maryland.  From  these 
component  elements  have  radiated  developments  of  the  art  and  science  of 
dentistry  until  the  strength  of  its  alumni  is  second  to  none,  either  in  number  or 
degree  of  service  to  the  profession. 

BUILDING 

The  School  of  Dentistry  is  located  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Lombard  and 
Greene  Streets,  adjoining  the  University  Hospital.  The  building  occupied  by 
the  Dental  School  provides  approximately  fifty  thousand  square  feet  of  floor 
space,  is  fireproof,  splendidly  lighted  and  ventilated,  and  is  ideally  arranged  for 
efficient  use.  It  contains  a  sufficient  number  of  large  lecture  rooms,  classrooms, 
a  library  and  reading  room,  science  laboratories,  technic  laboratories,  clinic 
rooms,  and  locker  rooms.  It  is  furnished  with  new  equipment  throughout  and 
provides  every  accommodation  necessary  for  satisfactory  instruction  under  com- 
fortable arrangements  and  pleasant  surroundings. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  the  facilities  in  clinic  instruction.  The 
large  clinic  wing  contains  148  operating  spaces ;  each  space  contains  a  chair, 
operating  table  and  unit  equipped  with  an  electric  engine,  compressed  air,  gas, 
running  water,  etc.  Clinic  instruction  is  segregated,  and  the  following  depart- 
ments have  been  arranged  for  effective  teaching:  Operative,  Prosthesis  (including 
Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis  and  Ceramics),  Anesthetics  and  Surgery,  Oral  Medicine, 
Orthodontics,  Diagnosis,  Pedodontics,  Roentgenology,  and  Visual  Aids.  All 
technic  laboratories  are  equipped  with  every  modern  facility  to  promote  efficiency 
in  instruction. 

LIBRARY 

The  Dental  School  is  fortunate  in  having  one  of  the  better  equipped  and 
organized  dental  libraries  among  the  dental  schools  of  the  country.  The  Library 
is  located  in  the  main  building  and  consists  of  a  stack  room,  offices  and  a 
reading  room  accommodating  ninety-six  students.  Over  16  000  books  and  bound 
journals  on  dentistry  and  the  collateral  sciences,  together  with  numerous 
pamphlets,  reprints  and  unbound  journals,  are  available  for  the  student's  use. 
More  than  200  journals  are  regularly  received  by  the  Library.  An  adequate 
staff  promotes  the  growth  of  the  Library  and  assists  the  student  body  in  the 
use  of  the  Library's  resources.  The  Library  is  financed  by  direct  appropriations 
from  the  State,  by  the  income  from  the  endowment  established  by  the  Maryland 
State  Dental  Association  and  by  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  books  to  students. 
One   of   the  most   important    factors   of   the   dental    student's    education    is    to   teach 


14  UNIVERSITY   OF   MARYLAND 

him  the  value  and  the  use  of  dental  literature  in  his  formal  education  and  in 
promoting  his  usefulness  and  value  to  the  profession  during  practice.  The  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  is  ideally  equipped  to  achieve  this  aim  of  dental 
instruction. 

COURSE  OF  INSTRUCTION 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland,  offers  a  course  in  dentistry  devoted  to  instruction  in  the  medical 
sciences,  the  dental  sciences,  and  clinical  practice.  Instruction  consists  of  didactic 
lectures,  laboratory  instruction,  demonstrations,  conferences,  quizzes  and  hospital 
ward  rounds.  Topics  are  assigned  for  collateral  reading  to  train  the  student  in  the 
value  and  use  of  dental  literature.  The  curriculum  for  the  complete  course  appears 
on  pages  16  and  17  of  this  catalogue. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

Applicants  for  admission  must  present  evidence  of  having  completed  success- 
fully two  academic  years  of  work  in  an  accredited  college  of  arts  and  sciences 
based  upon  the  completion  of  a  four-year  high  school  course  or  the  equivalent 
in  entrance  examinations.  The  college  course  must  include  at  least  a  year's 
credit  in  English,  in  biology,  in  physics,  in  inorganic  chemistry,  and  in  organic 
chemistry.  All  required  science  courses  shall  include  both  classroom  and  labora- 
tory instruction.  Although  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  of  credit,  exclusive 
of  physical  education  and  military  science,  is  required,  additional  courses  in  the 
humanities  and  the  natural  and  social  sciences  are  desirable.  By  ruling  of  the 
Faculty  Council,  all  admission  requirements  must  be  completed  by  June  30 
previous  to  the  desired  date  of  admission. 

Tn  considering  candidates  for  admission,  the  Committee  on  Admissions  will 
give  preference  to  those  applicants  who  have  high  scholastic  records  in  secondary 
school  and  in  college;  who  make  satisfactory  scores  in  the  dental  aptitude  tests; 
who  present  favorable  recommendations  from  their  respective  predental  com- 
mittee or  from  one  instructor  in  each  of  the  departments  of  biology,  chemistry, 
and  physics;  and  who,  in  all  other  respects,  give  every  promise  of  becoming 
successful  students  and  dentists  of  high  standing.  Applicants  will  not  be  admitted 
with  unabsolved  conditions  or  unabsolved  failures. 

COMBINED  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES-DENTAL  PROGRAM 

The  University  offers  a  combined  arts  and  sciences-dental  curriculum 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery. 
The  preprofessional  part  of  this  curriculum  shall  be  taken  in  residence  in  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park,  and  the  professional  part  in  the 
School   of   Dentistry  in  Baltimore. 

Students  who  elect  the  combined  program  and  who  have  completed  the 
arts  and  sciences  phase  of  it  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the 
School  of  Dentistry,  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  by  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  the  commencement  following  the  completion  of  thel, 
student's  second  year  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  A  student  may  enter  thq 
arts  and  sciences-dental  program  at  College  Park  with  advanced  standing  from  ar 
accredited  college  or  university,  but  the  last  year  of  the  preprofessional  training 
must  be  completed  at  College  Park  and  the  professional  training  must  be  com' 
pleted  in  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  * 


SCHOOL  Of  DENTISTRY  15 

Arts-Dentistry  Curriculum 

, — Semester—^ 
Freshman    Year  I  II 

Eng.   i.  2,— Composition  and   American   Literature 3  3 

Zool.    1 — General  Zoology 4  .... 

ZooL    -—  Advanced   General  Zoology ....  4 

Chem.   1,   3— General  Chemistry 4  4 

Math.    10,   11— Algebra,  Trigonometry,   Analytic   Geometry 3  3 

Speech   18,   19— Introductory  Speech 1  1 

Physical    Activities 1  1 

A.  S.   1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Hea.  2,  4— Hygiene   (Women) 2  2 

Total 18-19  18-19 

Sophomore   Year 

Eng.   3,   4   or  5,   6— Composition  and  World  or  English   Literature  3  3 

Soc.   1— Sociology  of  American  Life \ 

and  \,  3  3 

G.   &   P.   1— American  Government j 

Chem.   35,   36,  37,  38— Organic   Chemistry 4  4 

*H.    5,   6— History  of   American   Civilization 3  3 

f Modern    Language    3  3 

Physical  Activities 1  1 

A.  S.   3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.   O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Total 17-20  17-20 

Junior  Year 

Modern    Language    (continued) 3  3 

Phys.  10,   11— Fundamentals  of  Physics 4  4 

Approved  Minor  Courses 9  9 

Electives     3  3 

Total L9  19 

Senior  Year 

The  curriculum  of  the  first  year  of  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  is  accepted  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  as  the  fourth  year 
(major  sequence)   of  academic  work  toward  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

If  at  the  end  of  the  junior  year  the  student  decides  to  postpone  his  entrance 
to  the  School  of  Dentistry  and  to  remain  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  complete  work  for  the  Bachelor's  degree,  he  may  choose  a  major  and  minor 
in  any  of  the  departments  in  which  he  has  completed  the  necessary  underclass 
requirements.  The  general  nature  of  the  first  three  years  of  this  curriculum  and 
the  generous  electives  of  the  third  year  make  possible  for  the  student  a  wide 
choice  of  departments  in  which  he  may  specialize.  In  general  the  electives  of 
the  third  year  will  be  chosen  as  for  a  major  in  some  particular  department. 


•Students  planning  to  requesl   admission  t<<  the   Dental  School  with  only  two  years  of 

tal  training  should  lake   Physics   10-11. 
tFr.  or  Ger.  ,;.  7— Intermediate  Scientific  Frencfe  or  German  reeommendedi 


16 


UNIVERSITY    OF   MARYLAND 


Id  ca 


TO  S-i 

m   es   nj 

Q  -g   «  vo    *-h 


-t   rt    00   OO    M    fO 


Tf    OO    ^t    00    \0    N 

•^t-  "<*■  o  cm  co  r^ 

^  CM     ,-. 


00  00   C 


^    vo   <^ 

'O  ^o  n  n 


W   CM      ^    00 

H 


O    CM    00    VO 

CM      CO      ft      t-H 


M     0)    CO 


C\Jt-(        .    VO    10    CM    Tf    t-i    »— 1    vfl 


VO    CM    ^1- 
ON    O    CM 


cM    CM        •0ov°CMvOCMCN>voOO^i- 
co    co        •    ^  c^CMcoco  VO 


^^ 


vo  2£ 

ON     T*' 


VO    00   "<*■   ^o 
On    tj-    CM    co 


VO 

o 

CO 


VO    O    vO    CM    VO    00    CM 

^    ,-H    i-H    CO  co 


VO   00 
On   t^ 


^  O 

™  ON 

co 


vo    vo   ^ 


o 

d 

,H     co 


CQ 


0 

CO 

en 

0 

CO 

H 

13 

CO 

.5 

rt 
2 

O 

u 

u 

rt 

a, 

03 

a! 

B 

-u 

C 

G 

0 

<u 

CJ 

U  Q  Q 

JO 

>> 

u 

.0 
S 
*w 

S  *o 
o   c 

c    >> 

<  g> 

co  "o 
co  H 
O     co 

a  £ 


O 

B-g. 


>>    co 

bo  o 
o    ' 


Ph  \5  § 


C-sfe   g  *5   rt 


3    o 

<V      O 

55  H 


c  *a    co 


Pn  •? 


C£ 
C 


Q  W  ta  fe  O  O  Oh 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 


17 


wo  oq   ..— i-3-tJ-cOcoCM»—  ^^"CMCM 


rv)  -f  X   • 'M  O  CM  CM  CM  vO  CO  CO  CM  vo 

co  CM     •^M^f^ro      rffO^ 


00  CM  *0 
CO  ^ 


o  O  ^1  o  o  o 


*o  vo 


rt^rt^^fOMrt^fOHrHrHrH^rH 


Om»o 

•O      ■ 

•  oo 

•vOOm      •      • 

•       .10       •       • 

~ 

i-O  CM  CM 

•LO        • 

•    T-H    CO 

•CM  CO  CM      •      • 

•      -CM       •      • 

D\ 

«— • 

'— ■ 

CO 

00 

CO  \q  CO  VO  -rt  CM  \0 


CM  CM  MD  <%) 

T-H    T-H    ^H    CO 


CO      .CCOoO 


VO^O^O 


_  e 

—    LI 


0    0 


—  >1 

B  be 

—  a 


—  x  -r   - 

0    - 


♦3    0    m    c 
c  u  c  c 

•8  I3& 
o  c  a  c 


o 

2  £ 


"0 


—   w    - 


o    >. 


•s  —  ^ 


"-   Ed   '- 

EX   u  •  - 


«    ''■  •-  ^.   •-   u  o 


ocf 


-  -  CiO.y  « 


/•  -a  o..t; 


■8-ii<7)H-S  o  o 


o   fe 


o 

EM 


C a  6  o 


v.   y  >  =: 


QQGWH 


C  C  —  —  —  —  ^ 


-  q  q  w :_  _  ^  x  ::::-ii-i 


u  t» .  a  c 


3  O.C 


•~  o 


c  jj 

Li  — 

x  f- 


18  UNIVERSITY    OF   MARYLAND 

REQUIREMENTS    FOR    MATRICULATION    AND    ENROLLMENT 

In  the  selection  of  students  to  begin  the  study  of  dentistry  the  School  con- 
siders particularly  a  candidate's  proved  ability  in  secondary  education  and  his 
successful  completion  of  prescribed  courses  in  predental  collegiate  training. 
The  requirements  for  admission  and  the  academic  regulations  of  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences,  University  of  Maryland,  are  strictly  adhered  to  by  the 
School  of  Dentistry. 

A  student  is  not  regarded  as  having  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Dentistry 
until  such  time  as  he  shall  have  paid  the  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00,  and  is  not 
enrolled  until  he  shall  have  paid  a  deposit  of  $285.00  if  a  nonresident  or  $175.00 
if  a  resident  student.  This  deposit  is  intended  to  insure  registration  in  the  class 
and  is  not  returnable. 

APPLICATION  PROCEDURES 

Candidates  seeking  admission  to  the  Dental  School  should  first  write  to 
the  Office  of  the  Dean  requesting  a  preliminary  information  form.  Upon  the 
receipt  and  the  examination  of  this  form  by  the  Committee  on  Admissions  an 
application  blank  will  be  sent  to  those  candidates  who  merit  consideration. 
Each  applicant  should  fill  out  the  blank  in  its  entirety  and  mail  it  promptly, 
together  with  the  application  fee  and  photographs,  to  the  Committee  on  Admissions, 
Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland.  The  early  filing  of 
an  application  is  urged.  Applicants  wishing  advice  on  any  problem  relating  to  their 
predental  training  or  their  application  should  communicate  with  the  Committee 
on  Admissions. 

All  applicants  will  be  required  to  take  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test.  This 
test  will  be  given  at  various  testing  centers  throughout  the  United  States,  its 
possessions  and  Canada.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  the  Council  on  Dental 
Education  of  the  American  Dental  Association  of  the  dates  of  the  tests  and  the 
locations  of  the  testing  centers. 

Promising  candidates  will  be  required  to  appear  before  the  Committee 
on  Admissions  for  an  interview.  On  the  basis  of  all  available  information  the 
best  possible  applicants  will  be  chosen  for  admission  to  the  School. 

A  certificate  of  entrance  will  be  issued  to  each  successful  applicant,  which 
will  permit  him  to  matriculate  and  to  register  in  the  class  to  which  he  has 
applied. 

ADMISSION    WITH    ADVANCED    STANDING 

(a)  Graduates  in  medicine  or  students  in  medicine  who  have  completed  two 
or  more  years  in  a  medical  school,  acceptable  to  standards  in  the  School  of  Medicine, 
University  of  Maryland,  may  be  given  advanced  standing  to  the  Sophomore  year 
proznded  the  applicant  shall  complete  under  competent  regular  instruction  the  courses 
in  dental  technology  regularly  scheduled  in  the  first  year. 

(b)  Applicants  for  transfer  must  (1)  meet  fully  the  requirements  for  ad- 
mission to  the  first  year  of  the  dental  course;  (2)  be  eligible  for  promotion  to 
the  next  higher  class  in  the  school  from  which  he  seeks  to  transfer;  (3)  show  an 
average  grade  of  five  per  cent  above  the  passing  mark  in  the  school  where 
transfer  credits  were  earned;  (4)  show  evidence  of  scholastic  attainments,  char- 
acter and  personality;  (5)  present  letter  of  honorable  dismissal  and  recommen- 
iation  from  the  dean  of  the  school  from  which  he  transfers. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  19 

(c)  All  applicants  for  transfer  must  present  themselves  in  person  for  an 
interview  before  qualifying  certificate  can  be  issued. 

ATTENDANCE  REQUIREMENTS 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  a  full  session,  each  student  must  have  entered 
and  be  in  attendance  on  the  day  the  regular  session  opens,  at  which  time  lectures 
to  all  classes  begin,  and  remain  until  the  close  of  the  session,  the  dates  for  which 
are  announced  in  the  calendar  of  the  annual  catalogue. 

Regular  attendance  is  demanded.  A  student  whose  attendance  in  any 
course  is  unsatisfactory  to  the  head  of  the  department  will  be  denied  the  privilege 
of  final  examination  in  any  and  all  such  courses.  A  student  with  less  than  85 
per  cent  attendance  will  not  be  promoted  to  the  next  succeeding  year.  How- 
ever, in  certain  unavoidable  circumstances  of  absences,  the  Dean  and  Faculty 
Council  may  honor  excuses  exceeding  the  maximum  permitted. 

GRADING  AND  PROMOTION 

The  following  symbols  are  used  as  marks  for  final  grades:  A  (100-91), 
B  (90-84),  C  (83-77),  and  D  (76-70),  Passing;  F  (below  70),  Failure.;  I,  In- 
complete. Progress  grades  in  courses  are  indicated  as  "Satisfactory"  and 
"Unsatisfactory." 

A  Failure  in  any  subject  may  be  removed  only  by  repeating  the  subject 
in  full.  Students  who  have  done  work  of  acceptable  quality  in  their  completed 
assignments  but  who,  because  of  circumstances  beyond  their  control,  have  been 
unable  to  finish  all  assignments,  will  be  given  an  Incomplete.  A  student  shall 
not  carry  an  Incomplete  into  the  next  succeeding  year.  When  he  has  completed 
the  requirements  for  the  removal  of  an  Incomplete,  the  student  shall  be  given 
the  actual  grade  earned  in  the  course. 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  semester  credits  assigned 
to  each  course  and  numerical  values  for  grades.  The  numerical  values  are 
A-4;  B-3;  C-2;  D-l;  F-0.  The  grade  point  average  is  the  sum  of  the  products 
of  semester  credits  and  grade  values,  divided  by  the  total  number  of  semester 
credits. 

Students  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.5  in  the  Freshman  year  will 
be  promoted.  At  the  end  of  the  Sophomore  year  an  overall  grade  point 
average  of  1.75  is  required  for  promotion.  A  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is 
required  for  promotion  to  the  Senior  year  and  for  graduation. 

EQUIPMENT 

A  complete  list  of  necessary  instruments  and  materials  for  technic  and 
clinic  courses  is  prescribed  by  the  Dental  School.  Arrangements  are  made  by 
the  Dental  School  in  advance  of  formal  enrollment  for  books,  instruments  and 
materials  to  be  delivered  to  the  student  at  the  opening  of  school.  Each  student 
is  required  to  provide  himself  promptly  with  these  prescribed  necessities.  A 
student  who  does  not  meet  this  requirement  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue 
with  his   class. 

DEPORTMENT 

The  profession  of  dentistry  demands,  and  the  School  of  Dentistry  requires, 
of  its  students  evidence  of  their  good  moral  character.  The  conduct  of  the 
student  in  relation  to  his  work  and  fellow  students  will  indicate  his  fitness 
to  be  taken  into  the  confidence  of  the   community  as   a   professional   man.      In- 


20  UNIVERSITY    OF   MARYLAND 

tegrity,  sobriety,  temperate  habits,  truthfulness,  respect  for  authority  and  asso- 
ciates and  honesty  in  the  transaction  of  business  affairs  as  a  student  will  be 
considered  as  evidence  of  good  moral  character  necessary  to  the  granting  of  a 
degree. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR   GRADUATION 
The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who 
has  met  the  following  conditions: 

1.  A  candidate  must  furnish  documentary  evidence  that  he  has  attained  the 
age  of  21  years. 

2.  A  candidate  for  graduation  shall  have  attended  the  full  scheduled  course 
of  four  academic  years. 

3.  He  will  be  required  to  show  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  the  full  course 
of  study. 

4.  He  shall  have  satisfied  all  technic  and  clinic  requirements  of  the  various 
departments. 

5.  He  shall  have  paid  all  indebtedness  to  the  college  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  final  examinations,  and  must  have  adjusted  his  financial  obligations  in  the 
community  satisfactorily  to  those  to  whom  he  may  be  indebted. 

FEES 

Matriculation  fee   (required  of  all  entering  students) $  10.00 

Tuition  (each  year)  : 

Non-resident   student    675.00 

Resident  student   400.00 

Student  health  service    (each  year) 20.00 

Laboratory  breakage  deposit : 

Freshman   year    10.00 

Sophomore  and  Junior  years 5.00 

In  addition  to  fees  itemized  in  the  above  schedule,  the  following  assessments 

are  made  by  the  University: 

Application  fee  (paid  at  time  of  filing  formal  application  for  admission)         7.50 

Late  registration  fee   5.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  including 
payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular  registration  days.)  Those  who  do 
not  complete  their  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  will  be 
charged  a  fee  of  $5.00. 

Examinations  taken  out  of  class  and  re-examinations 5.00 

One  certified  transcript  of  record  is  issued  free  of  charge. 

Each  additional  copy  is  issued  only  upon  payment  of 1.00 

Student  Activities  Fee — Special 

For  the  purpose  of  administering  and  disciplining  various  student  activities, 
the  Student  Senate,  after  approval  by  the  separate  classes  and  the  Faculty 
Council,  voted  a  fee  of  $12.50  to  be  paid  at  the  time  of  registration  to  the 
Office  of  the  Dean. 

Refunds 

According  to  the  policy  of  the  University  no  fees  will  be  returned.  In  case 
the   student  discontinues  his   course  or  fails   to   register  after  a   place   has  been 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  21 

reserved  in  a  class,  any  fees  paid  will  be  credited  to  a  subsequent  course,  but  are 
not  transferable. 

REGISTRATION 

The  registration  of  a  student  in  any  school  or  college  of  the  University  shall 
be  regarded  as  a  registration  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  but  when  such 
student  transfers  to  a  professional  school  of  the  University  or  from  one  profes- 
sional school  to  another,  he  must  pay  the  usual  matriculation  fee  required  by 
each  professional  school. 

Each  student  is  required  to  fill  in  a  registration  card  for  the  office  of  the 
Registrar,  and  make  payment  of  one-half  of  the  tuition  fee  in  addition  to  all 
other  fees  noted  as  payable  before  being  admitted  to  classwork  at  the  opening 
of  the  session.  The  remainder  of  tuition  and  fees  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the 
Comptroller  during  registration  period  for  the  second  half  of  the  academic  year. 

The  above  requirements  will  be  rigidly  enforced. 

DEFINITION   OF  RESIDENCE  AND   NON-RESIDENCE 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the 
time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state  for 
at  least  one  year. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University,  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by  him 
unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal  residents  of 
the  state  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  one  full  year.  However, 
the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident  to  resident  status 
must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registration  period  for  any  semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  resident  if  at  the  time  of  their  registra- 
tion they  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state  for  at  least  one  year,  provided  such 
residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school  or  college  in  Mary- 
land or  elsewhere. 

The  word  domicile  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent  place 
of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be  claimed  as  a 
permanent  abode. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  STUDENT  HEALTH 

The  School  undertakes  to  supply  medical  and  surgical  care  for  its  students 
through  the  Department  of  Student  Health.  This  care  includes  the  daily  services 
rendered  by  a  physician  and  a  medical  secretary  in  a  well-equipped  clinic, 
conveniently  located  in  the  Dental  School.  Also  consultations,  surgical  proce- 
dures and  hospitalization,  judged  to  be  necessary  by  the  Department,  are 
covered  under  liberal  limitations,  depending  on  length  of  hospitalization  and 
special  expenses  incurred. 

Students  who  need  medical  attention  are  expected  to  report  at  the  office 
of  the  Department  of  Student  Health.  Under  circumstances  requiring  home 
treatment,  the  students  will  be  visited  at  their  College  residences. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  the  Department  to  provide  medical  care  for 
conditions  antedating  each   annual   registration   in   the   University;   nor  is  it   the 


22  UNIVERSITY    OF   MARYLAND 

function  of  this  service  to  treat  chronic  conditions  contracted  by  students  be- 
fore admission  or  to  extend  treatment  to  acute  conditions  developing  in  the 
period  between  academic  years  or  during  authorized  school  vacations.  The  cost 
of  orthopedic  appliances,  the  correction  of  visual  defects,  the  services  of  special 
nurses,  and  special  medication  must  be  paid  for  by  the  student.  The  School 
does  not  accept  responsibility  for  illness  or  accident  occurring  away  from  the 
community,  or  for  expenses  incurred  for  hospitalization  or  medical  services  in 
institutions  other  than  the  University  Hospital,  or,  in  any  case,  for  medical 
expense  not  authorized  by  the  Department  of  Student  Health. 

Every  new  student  is  required  to  undergo  a  complete  physical  examination, 
which  includes  oral  diagnosis.  Any  defects  noted  must  be  corrected  within 
the  first  school  year.  The  passing  of  this  examination  is  a  requirement  for  the 
final  acceptance  of  any  student. 

Each  matriculant  must  present,  on  the  day  of  his  enrollment,  a  statement  from 
his  ophthalmologist  regarding  the  condition  of  his  eyes,  and  where  defects  in  vision 
exist  he  shall  show  evidence  that  corrections  have  been  made. 

If  a  student  should  enter  the  hospital  during  the  academic  year,  the  De- 
partment will  arrange  for  the  payment  of  part  or  all  of  the  hospital  expenses, 
depending  on  the  length  of  stay  and  the  special  expenses  incurred.  This  ar- 
rangement applies  only  to  students  admitted  through  the  office  of  the  School 
physician. 

Prospective  students  are  advised  to  have  any  known  physical  defects  cor- 
rected before  entering  the  School  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of  time  which  later 
correction  might  involve. 

SCHOLARSHIP  AND  LOAN  FUNDS 

A  number  of  scholarship  loans  from  various  organizations  and  educational 
foundations  are  available  to  students  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  These  loans 
are  offered  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholastic  attainment  and  the  need 
on  the  part  of  students  for  assistance  in  completing  their  course  in  dentistry. 
It  has  been  the  policy  of  the  Faculty  to  recommend  only  students  in  the  last 
two  years  for  such  privileges. 

The  Henry  Strong  Educational  Foundation — From  this  fund,  established  under 
the  will  of  General  Henry  Strong  of  Chicago,  an  annual  allotment  is  made  to 
the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Mary- 
land, for  scholarship  loans  available  for  the  use  of  young  men  and  women  stu- 
dents under  the  age  of  twenty-five.  Recommendations  for  the  privileges  of 
these  loans  are  limited  to  students  in  the  Junior  and  Senior  years.  Only  students 
who  through  stress  of  circumstances  require  financial,  aid  and  who  have  demon- 
strated excellence  in  educational  progress  are  considered  in  making  nominations 
to  the  secretary  of  this  fund. 

The  Edzvard  S.  Gay  lord  Educational  Endowment  Fund — Under  a  provision  of 
the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  Edward  S.  Gaylord,  of  New  Haven,  Connecticut,  an 
amount  approximating  $16,000  was  left  to  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  the  proceeds  of  which  are  to 
be  devoted  to  aiding  worthy  young  men  in  securing  dental  education. 

The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation — During  World  War  II  the  Foundation  recog- 
nized the  burden  that  the  accelerated  tourse  imposed  upon  many  dental  students 


SCHOOL  OF  bENTlSTkY  23 

wno  under  normal  circumstances  would  earn  money  for  their  education  by 
employment  during  the  summer  vacation.  The  Foundation  granted  to  this 
School  a  fund  to  provide  rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental  students. 

The  Albert  A.  Harrington  Fund — This  fund  was  established  in  1954  by  the 
New  Jersey  Alumni  Association  in  memory  of  Dr.  Albert  A.  Harrington,  a  member 
of  the  Class  of  1910.  The  fund  is  a  source  of  valuable  help  in  aiding  students  to 
solve  their  temporary  financial  problems. 

The  E.  Benton  Taylor  Scholarship — One  of  the  finest  scholarships  in  the  field 
of  dental  education,  the  E.  Benton  Taylor  Scholarship  was  conceived  and  arranged 
by  Mrs.  Taylor  and  will  be  perpetuated  by  the  Luther  B.  Benton  Company  of  Bal- 
timore. It  was  put  into  operation  in  1954  and  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a  Mary- 
land student  of  each  entering  class,  who  will  continue  to  receive  its  benefits  during 
the  four  years  of  his  dental  school  course. 


24  UNIVERSITY    OF   MARYLAND 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 


ANATOMY 

GROSS  ANATOMY 

Professor   Halm,   Associate   Professor    Thompson,    Drs.    Loveman    and   Sachs,    and 

Mr.  Sinnreich 

This  course  consists  of  dissection  and  lectures,  supplemented  by  frequent 
conferences,  and  practical  demonstrations.  Each  student  is  required  to  dissect  the 
lateral  half  of  the  human  body.  The  osteology  of  a  given  region  is  studied  at  the 
time  of  the  dissection  of  that  region  so  that  the  value  of  learning  this  phase  of 
anatomy  may  be  better  demonstrated. 

The  subject  is  taught  with  the  purpose  of  emphasizing  the  principles  of 
structure  of  the  body,  the  knowledge  of  which  is  derived  from  a  study  of  its 
development,  its  organs  and  tissues,  and  the  action  of  its  parts. 

Arrangements  can  be  made  to  accommodate  qualified  students  and  dentists 
interested  in  research  or  in  making  special  dissections  or  topographical  studies. 

NEUROANATOMY 

Professor  Hahn,  Associate  Professor  Thompson,  Dr.  Lindenberg  and  Mr.  Sinnreich 

Neuroanatomy  is  offered  in  the  Freshman  year  following  Gross  Anatomy. 
The  work  consists  of  a  study  of  the  whole  brain  and  spinal  cord  by  gross  dis- 
sections and  microscopic  methods.  Function  is  taught  with  structure;  correla- 
tion is  made,  whenever  possible,  with  the  student's  work  in  the  histology  and 
physiology  of  the  central  nervous  system. 

COMPARATIVE  TOOTH  MORPHOLOGY 

Associate  Professor  Thompson 

The  course  treats  the  evolutionary  development  of  dentition  as  a  necessary 
factor  in  the  study  of  human  oral  anatomy.  It  includes  a  comparative  study  of 
the  teeth  of  the  animal  kingdom,  both  vertebrates  and  invertebrates,  with  a 
comparative  study  of  the  number,  position  and  form  of  the  teeth. 

TOOTH   MORPHOLOGY 

Assistant  Professor  Edmond  G.   Vanden  Bosche  and  Dr.  Jagielski 

This  course  is  designed  to  teach  the  form  and  structure  of  the  teeth,  and 
includes  a  study  of  the  nomenclature  of  surfaces,  divisions  and  relations  of  the 
teeth.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  is  trained  in  the  carving  of  the  various 
teeth  and  in  the  dissection  of  extracted  teeth  through  their  various  dimensions. 

The  second  part  of  the  course  includes  a  study  of  the  supporting  structures  of 
the  teeth  and  of  the  relation  of  the  teeth  to  these  structures.  The  periods  of  beginning 
calcification,  eruption,  complete  calcification,  and  shedding  of  the  deciduous  teeth; 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  25 

followed  by  the  periods  of  beginning  calcification,  eruption,  and  complete  calcifi- 
cation of  the  permanent  teeth,  are  studied  and  correlated  with  the  growth  in 
size  of  the  jaws  and  face. 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Professor  Shay  and  Mr.  James 

The  course  in  Bacteriology  is  given  in  the  Sophomore  year.  It  embraces 
lectures,  demonstrations,  recitations,  and  conferences,  augmented  by  guided 
reading. 

Practical  and  theoretical  consideration  is  given  to  bacteria,  both  pathogenic 
and  nonpathogenic,  viruses,  protozoa,  and  some  of  the  yeasts  and  molds.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  those  organisms  which  cause  lesions  in  and  about  the  oral 
cavity,  particularly  primary  focal  infection  about  the  teeth,  tonsils,  pharynx, 
nose,  accessory  sinuses,  adenoids  and  naso-pharynx,  and  the  types  of  systemic 
disease  which  result  from  the  establishment  of  secondary  foci. 

Immunological  and  serological  principles  are  studied,  with  special  considera- 
tion given  to  antitoxins,  antisera,  bacterins,  vaccines  and  antigens  which  cause 
hypersensitization. 

Laboratory  teaching  includes  the  methods  of  staining  and  the  preparation 
of  media;  cultural  characteristics  of  bacteria;  their  reaction  to  disinfectants, 
antiseptics,  germicides  and  various  methods  of  sterilization;  animal  inoculation, 
preparation  of  sera,  vaccines,  etc.;  various  laboratory  tests  and  reactions;  a 
study  of  the  antibiotics;  and  demonstrations  of  virus  techniques. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Professor  V  and  en-  Bosche,   Mr.   Morris  and  Mr.    Leonard 

The  course  is  given  in  the  Freshman  year.  The  prerequisite  subjects  are 
inorganic  and  organic  chemistry.  Additional  training  in  analytical  and  physical 
chemistry  is  desirable. 

Instruction  is  presented  in  the  form  of  lectures,  demonstrations  and  laboratory 
experience.  The  chemistry  of  living  matter,  its  constituents  and  processes, 
forms  the  basis  of  the  course.  The  detailed  subject  matter  includes  the 
chemistry  of  carbohydrates,  fats,  proteins,  enzymes,  vitamins,  and  hormones; 
the  processes  of  respiration,  digestion,  metabolism,  secretion  and  excretion  are 
considered. 

Instruction  in  qualitative  and  quantitative  blood  and  urine  examination  is 
included.  These  procedures  are  given  clinical  application  during  the  Junior  and 
Senior  years. 

DENTAL  HISTORY 

Professor  Foley 
Dentistry    occupies    a    prominent    position    in    the    present    social    structure 


26  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

because  of  its  important  relationship  to  the  general  health  of  the  individual  and 
of  the  community.  From  its  crude  beginnings  in  ancient  times  the  dental  art 
has  been  improved  down  through  the  ages  to  the  present  time  by  various 
educative  processes,  and  has  gradually  and  firmly  advanced  in  scientific  quality 
and  technological  excellence.  An  appreciation  of  the  true  objectives  of  dentistry 
will  be  greatly  enhanced  by  the  practitioner's  knowledge  of  its  philosophy  as 
revealed  through  an  understanding  of  its  development  to  its  present  high  state 
of  usefulness.  A  knowledge  of  the  history  of  dentistry  is  a  necessary  part  of  the 
education  of  the  modern  dentist.  Lectures  in  Dental  History  describe  the  be- 
ginnings of  the  art  of  dental  practice  among  ancient  civilizations,  its  advance- 
ment in  relation  to  the  development  of  the  so-called  medical  sciences  in  the 
early  civilizations,  its  struggle  through  the  Middle  Ages  and,  finally,  its  attain- 
ment of  recognized  professional  status  in  modern  times.  Special  attention  will 
be  given  to  the  forces  and  stresses  that  have  brought  about  the  evolutionary 
progress  from  a  primitive  dental  art  to  a  scientific  health  service  profession. 


DENTAL  MATERIALS 

Professor  Gaver;  Associate  Professors  Ramsey  and  Oggesen;  Dr.  Watson 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  Freshman  student  with  a  scientific 
background  in  the  nomenclature,  composition,  physical  properties,  practical 
application,  and  proper  manipulation  of  the  important  materials  used  in  the 
practice  of  dentistry,  excluding  all  drugs  and  medicinals. 

The  theoretical  aspect  of  the  course  is  presented  by  the  instructors  in  the 
form  of  lectures,  demonstrations,  informal  group  discussions,  and  directed  sup- 
plemental reading.  From  the  practical  standpoint,  the  student  manipulates  and 
tests  the  various  materials  in  the  laboratory,  being  guided  by  prepared  project 
sheets. 

At  the  termination  of  the  course,  the  student  will  have  developed  an  under- 
standing of  the  following  factors:  the  importance  of  scientific  testing  of  a 
material  before  it  is  used  by  the  profession  at  large;  the  realization  of  the  fact 
that  every  material  has  its  limitations,  which  can  be  compensated  for  only  by 
intelligent  application  and  manipulation;  and  an  appreciation  of  the  vast  field  of 
research  open  to  those  who  wish  to  help  improve  the  materials  that  are  available 
at  the  present  time. 


DENTAL  PROSTHESIS 

Professor  Gaver;  Associate  Professors  Oggesen,  Ramsey,  Warner  and  Williamson; 
Drs.  Gordon,  Smith  and  Watson 

This  course  is  carried  through  four  years  of  study  and  includes  lectures, 
clinics,  and  demonstrations.  It  embraces  lectures  and  technic  work  in  the  first 
and  second  years,  and  lectures  and  clinics  in  the  third  and  fourth  years. 

The  work  of  the  first  year  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  materials  used  in  denture 
construction.  A  series  of  lecture-demonstrations  is  given,  explaining  the  properties 
and  manipulation  of  all  the  materials  used.     Experiments  and  exercises  are  ar- 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  27 

ranged  to  give  the  student  practical  knowledge  of  the  materials  demonstrated 
and  are  designed  to  impress  the  student  with  the  importance  of  the  essential 
fundamentals  in  all  the  various  steps  in  full  denture  construction. 

During  the  second  year  the  instruction  embraces  a  study  of  materials  used 
in  partial  denture  construction.  Lecture-demonstrations,  experiments,  exercises, 
and  technical  demonstrations  are  given,  using  the  same  method  of  presentation 
followed  in  the  first  year. 

The  course  in  the  third  year  includes  a  study  of  the  practical  application 
in  the  Infirmary  of  the  fundamentals  taught  in  the  preceding  years.  Demonstra- 
tions are  offered  of  the  various  technics  of  impression-and  bite-taking  to  provide 
the  student  with  additional  knowledge  necessary  for  practical  work  in  the  In- 
firmary. 

The  last  year  is  given  to  the  application  in  the  Infirmary  of  the  fundamentals 
taught  in  the  previous  year,  particular  attention  being  given  to  a  standard 
method  of  denture  construction  by  the  clinical  instructors  to  equip  the  student 
with  a  basic  technic.  The  didactic  course  of  this  year  includes  all  the  various 
methods  employed  in  advanced  prosthesis. 


FIRST  AID 

Dr.  Ogden 

This  course  is  offered  in  the  Sophomore  year  for  the  purpose  of  acquainting 
the  student  with  the  basic  principles  of  First  Aid.  Instruction  consists  of 
lectures  combined  with  practical  demonstrations. 


FIXED  PARTIAL  PROSTHESIS 

Professor  Nut  tall;  Associate  Professors  Dosh,  McLcaii-Lu  and  Oggesen; 
Drs.  M.  M.  Graham  and  Steele 

Instruction  includes  lecture  and  laboratory  courses  during  the  Sophomore 
and  Junior  years  which  embrace  the  teaching  of  the  principles  involved  and  the 
procedures  necessary  in  abutment  preparations,  the  construction  of  fundamental 
retainers  and  the  assemblage  of  fixed  partial  dentures.  The  technics  include  the 
construction  of  pontics,  wax  manipulation,  pattern  carving,  investing  and  casting. 

The  didactic  work  in  the  Junior  year  includes  a  study  of  the  biological 
factors,  the  mechanical  requirements  and  the  indications  and  contraindications 
of  fixed  partial  prosthesis.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  history  and  development 
of  porcelain  and  methyl  methacrylate  as  restorative  materials.  These  materials 
are  employed  in  the  construction  of  complete  jacket  crowns,  dowel  crowns,  and 
staining  and  glazing  technic. 

During  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  excellent  clinical  opportunities  arc 
afforded  the  student  to  fulfill  the  practical  requirements. 


28  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

HISTOLOGY  AND  EMBRYOLOGY 

Professor  McCrea  and  Associate  Professor  Provenza 

Histology,  general  and  special  dental,  is  given  during  the  Freshman  year 
and  is  presented  by  lectures  and  laboratory  instruction.  It  embraces  the 
thorough  study  of  the  cells,  elementary  tissues,  and  the  organs  of  the  various 
systems  of  the  body.  Special  dental  histology  includes  the  gross  and  microscopic 
study  of  the  oral  cavity,  teeth  and  their  investing  tissues.  At  all  times  correla- 
tions are  made  with  the  other  phases  of  the  curriculum.  The  use  of  fresh 
tissues  in  the  laboratory  is  included  to  associate  further  the  structure  with 
function. 

The  course  in  Embryology  is  given  by  means  of  lectures  and  laboratory 
classes.  It  covers  the  fundamentals  of  the  development  of  the  human  body, 
particular  emphasis  being  given  to  the  head  and  facial  regions,  oral  cavity  and 
teeth  with  their  surrounding  structures.  At  all  times  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
association  of  embryology  to  histology  and  anatomy. 

Students  are  trained  in  the  proper  use  of  the  microscope  and  its  accessories, 
and  in  staining,  mounting  and  properly  manipulating  sections  made  for 
microscopic  study.     All  sections  are  prepared  for  class. 


OPERATIVE  DENTISTRY 

Professor  Randolph;  Associate  Professors  Medina  and  Scherr;  Assistant  Professors 

H.  M.  Clement,  Louie  and  Ednwnd  G.  Vanden  Boschc;  Drs.  Beaven, 

Bloom  and  C.  J.  Gavcr 

Operative  Dentistry  is  the  treatment  of  diseases  and  injuries  of  the  teeth 
to  restore  the  normal  tooth  forms  and  provide  for  the  better  health  and  function 
of  the  oral  mechanism.  The  course  of  instruction  is  given  during  the  Sopho- 
more, Junior  and  Senior  years. 

In  the  Sophomore  j'ear,  the  student  is  trained  in  the  technical  procedures 
in  instrumentation,  cavity  preparation  and  manipulation  of  restorative  mate- 
rials. The  variables  which  must  be  observed  in  preparing  cavities  to  receive 
different  types  of  filling  materials  are  carefully  outlined.  These  modifications 
are  carried  out  by  the  student  in  a  series  of  cavity  preparations  made  in  composi- 
tion teeth,  arranged  in  normal  proximal  relation  on  forms  especially  designed 
for  the  purpose.  These  fundamental  principles  are  then  applied  to  extracted 
teeth  in  order  that  the  student  might  study  the  characteristic  resistance  of  tooth 
structure  to  instrumentation.  The  management  of  gold  foil,  amalgam,  gold  inlay, 
silicate,  acrylic,  and  cement  is  given  in  detail  and  the  student  restores  the  prepared 
cavities  with  these  materials.  This  course  of  instruction  consists  of  twenty-six  lec- 
tures and  forty-eight  laboratory  periods.  Demonstration  lectures,  visual  aids  and 
conferences  are  used  to  augment  the  student's  training. 

Operative  Dentistry  as  taught  in  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  is  a  con- 
tinuing development  of  the  principles  presented  in  the  Sophomore  year.  The 
student  is  trained  to  render  a  satisfactory  Oral  Health  service  by  restoring 
pathologic  teeth   to  their  normal  form  and  function  and  to  evaluate   new  pro- 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  29 

cedures  suggested  by  experience  and  research  as  improvements  in  operative 
practice.  These  objectives  are  pursued  through  a  combination  of  didactic  and 
clinical  instruction. 

The  didactic  instruction  includes  twenty-four  one-hour  lectures  offered  dur- 
ing the  Junior  year,  and  twenty-four  lectures  during  the  Senior  year.  The 
student  is  instructed  in  the  treatment  of  the  pathology  of  the  hard  tissues  of 
the  teeth;  he  is  taught  how  to  apply  the  principles  of  idealism  to  unorthodox 
conditions;  and  he  is  directed  in  the  professional  treatment  of  his  patients  in 
terms  of  what  they  expect  of  him  and  what  he  can  expect  of  them.  A  certain 
amount  of  time  is  devoted  to  conferences  which  provide  the  student  an  oppor- 
tunity   to   bring    his    individual    problems    to   the    instructor    for    intimate    discussion. 

Clinical  instruction  includes  the  practical  application  of  the  principles  under- 
lying rational  operative  procedures.  During  the  Junior  and  the  Senior  years 
the  student  treats  the  dental  pathologies  of  several  cases  under  the  supervision 
of  the  Operative  Instruction  Staff. 

ORAL  DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  PLANNING 

Professor  Biddi.v ;  Associate  Professor  Golton;  Drs.  Bryant,  IV.  L.  Graham  and  Lebo 

The  Department  of  Oral  Diagnosis  emphasizes  the  study  of  fundamental 
principles  and  procedures  in  the  diagnosis  of  oral  and  related  diseases.  The 
Junior  and  Senior  students,  in  seminar  groups,  receive  instruction  by  intimate 
clinical  observation  and  discussion  of  interesting  cases.  An  intelligent  and 
scientific  approach  to  each  case  is  the  prime  teaching  principle  of  this  depart- 
ment. 

Abundant  clinic  material  is  available  so  that  the  student  may  observe  every 
type  of  disease  to  which  the  oral  cavity  is  susceptible.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon 
the  fact  that  one  must  approach  a  study  of  the  oral  cavity  through  an  under- 
standing of  its  relationship  to  other  parts  of  the  body.  To  this  end  the  depart- 
ment is  singularly  fortunate  in  having  easy  access  for  consultation  with  the 
medical  service  of  the  University  Hospital. 

Treatment  planning  is  given  the  great  importance  it  deserves.  Students 
are  permitted  to  give  their  impressions  of  plans  of  treatment,  which  are  care- 
fully discussed  in  this  department.  Consultations  with  other  departments  are 
always  available  so  that  the  practice  of  thorough   diagnosis  is  developed. 

Much  time  is  given  to  the  study  of  the  relationship  of  mouth  infection  to 
systemic  disease.  The  theory  of  local  infection  is  emphasized  and  properly 
evaluated  so  that  the  student  may  interpret  clinical,  roentgenologic,  and  lab- 
oratory findings  in  an  intelligent  and  competent  manner.  A  large  collection 
of  color  slides  serves  to  make  lectures  in  oral  diagnosis  interesting  and 
instructive. 

ORAL  MEDICINE 

ENDODONTICS 

Assistant  Professors  Riddington  and  Abramson 
This  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinics  and  technic  laboratory  instruction. 


30  UNIVERSITY    OF   MARYLAND 

The  lecture  and  laboratory  procedures  are  given  in  the  second  semester  of  the 
Sophomore  year.  The  lecture  phase  presents  the  indications  and  contraindica- 
tions for  maintaining  pulp-involved  teeth  and  the  various  methods  which  may 
be  used  in  performing  all  the  necessary  steps  in  root-canal  therapy. 

The  laboratory  phase  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  actual 
technic  of  performing  root-canal  therapy.  This  he  accomplishes  by  carrying 
out  the  necessary  procedures  on  extracted  teeth. 

During  the  Junior  and  Senior  years,  the  student  applies  the  fundamentals 
he  has  learned  previously  by  performing  root-canal  therapy  on  clinical  cases, 
under  supervision  of  the  Endodontics  Staff. 

ORAL   HYGIENE 

Assistant   Professors   Biddington   and  liskoiv;   Dr.    T.   P.   Clement 

Oral  Hygiene  is  taught  by  a  combined  lecture  and  laboratory  course. 

Preventive  dentistry  is  stressed  in  lectures.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
functions  and  limitations  of  dentifrices  and  mouth  washes,  toothbrushes,  and 
brushing  methods ;  the  role  of  diet  in  dental  health  and  development ;  and  the 
relation  of  dental  foci  to  systemic  diseases.  Causes,  results,  treatment  and 
eradication  of  unhygienic  conditions  of  the  oral  cavity  are  fully  considered. 
Demonstrations  are  given  in  the  prophylactic  treatment  and  in  the  home  care  of 
the  mouth,  and  in  the  methods  of  brushing  teeth. 

The  student  is  taught  in  laboratory  the  fundamental  use  of  scalers  upon 
special  mannikins.  By  progressive  exercises  and  drills  he  is  carried  through  the 
basic  principles  of  good  operating  procedure  and  is  taught  the  methods  of  a 
thorough  prophylactic  treatment.  The  class  is  divided  into  two  sections,  one  as 
operators,  the  other  as  patients,  to  perform  the  actual  clinical  prophylactic 
treatment.    The  sections  are  then  alternated. 

PERIODONTICS 

Assistant  Professors  Biddington   and  Eskow;   Dr.    T.   P.   Clement 

The  lecture  course  presents  the  etiology,  clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis, 
prognosis,  and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  forms  of  periodontal  disease, 
lesions  of  the  lips,  cheeks  and  tongue,  and  other,  diseases  of  the  oral  cavity 
which  do  not  require  surgery.  The  recognition  of  periodontal  disease  in  its 
incipient  forms  and  the  importance  of  early  treatment  are  stressed.  The  various 
methods  of  treatment  are  considered  and  evaluated. 

The  lectures  are  well  illustrated  with  color  slides  and  moving  pictures. 
Demonstrations,  using  patients,  are  correlated  with  the  lecture  course  to  show 
conditions  of  actual  practice. 

Infirmary  practice  is  required  of  both  Junior  and  Senior  students.  Individual 
cases  are  managed  according  to  systematized  procedure.  Diagnosis  is  based  on 
radiographs,  clinical  signs  and  symptoms,  casts,  history,  and  laboratory  findings. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  31 

ORAL  ROENTGENOLOGY 

Associate  Professor  Dabrozvski  and  Dr.  Gaffncy 

The  advances  made  in  dental  science  and  in  the  art  of  practice  have 
established  Roentgenology  as  one  of  the  most  important  departments  of  dental 
education.  The  course  offered  is  based  on  the  universal  utility  of  the  x-ray  in 
oral  diagnosis  and  is  consistent  with  the  modern  concept  of  preventive  dentistry. 

In  the  lectures  are  included  a  study  of  the  physical  principles  involved  in 
the  production  of  Roentgen  rays,  a  thorough  discussion  of  their  nature  as  to 
properties  and  effects,  and  the  background  of  information  necessary  to  their 
practical  application. 

In  the  clinic,  students  of  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  are  in  constant  asso- 
ciation with  the  routine  practical  use  of  the  x-ray.  They  are  required  to  master 
thoroughly  the  fundamental  scientific  principles  thereof  and  to  acquire  a 
reasonable  degree  of  technical  skill,  under  supervision.  It  is  the  design  of  the 
course  to  equip  students  to  take,  process,  and  interpret  all  types  of  intraoral 
and  extraoral  films.  Abundant  clinical  material  is  available  as  the  result  of  a 
policy  calling  for  the  routine  use  of  the  x-ray  in  all  oral  diagnoses. 

ORAL  SURGERY 

ORAL  SURGERY 

Professors  Dorsey,  Robinson  and  Y eager;  Associate  Professor  Cappuccio;  Assistant 
Professor  Siminski;  Drs.  Bushey,  Flor,  Heldrich,  Hyson,  Jarvis  and  Pozcga 

Oral  Surgery  is  given  in  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  and  consists  of  lec- 
tures, clinical  assignments,  and  practical  demonstrations  on  the  etiology, 
pathology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all  classes  of  tumors,  infections,  deformi- 
ties, anomalies,  impacted  teeth,  fractures  and  minor  oral  surgical  conditions 
associated  with  the  practice  of  dentistry.  Special  group  hospital  clinics,  demon- 
strations and  ward  rounds  are  given  to  familiarize  the  student  with  abnormal 
conditions  incident  to  the  field  of  his  future  operations  and  to  train  him  thor- 
oughly in  the  diagnosis  of  benign  and  malignant  tumors. 

Weekly  seminars  are  held  in  the  hospital  and  each  Senior  student  is  re- 
quired to  prepare  and  present  an  oral  surgery  case  report  according  to  the  re- 
quirements of  The  American    Board  of  Oral   Surgery. 

Instruction  is  given  in  the  classification  of  teeth  for  extraction,  in  the  re- 
moval of  teeth,  and  in  the  pre-  and  post-operative  treatment  of  patients,  both 
ambulatory  and  hospitalized. 

Students  are  required  to  produce  anesthesia  and  to  extract  teeth  under  the 
direction  and  supervision  of  an  instructor. 

Clinics  are  held  to  demonstrate  the  removal  of  impacted  and  imbedded  teeth 
and  cysts,  and  the  treatment  of  fractures  and  other  oral  conditions  requiring 
surgery.  Abundant  clinical  material  and  adequate  facilities  enable  the  student 
to  receive  exceptional  training  and  practice. 


32  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

ANESTHETICS 

Professors  Dorsey  and  Dodd;  Associate  Professor  Cappuccio;  Dr.  Inman 

Local  anesthesia  is  taught  both  in  principle  and  in  practice.  All  types  of 
intraoral,  extraoral,  conduction  and  infiltration  injections;  the  anatomical  rela- 
tionship of  muscles  and  nerves;  the  theory  of  action  of  anesthetic  agents,  the 
dangers  involved,  and  toxic  manifestations  and  their  treatment,  are  taught  in 
lectures  and  clinics.  Demonstrations  are  given  in  conduction  and  infiltration 
technics,  and  students  are  required  to  give  similar  injections  under  direct  super- 
vision of  the  instructor. 

General  anesthesia  is  taught  in  both  lecture  and  clinic,  including  the  action 
of  the  anesthetic  agents,  methods  of  administration,  indications  and  contraindica- 
tions, dangers  and  the  treatment  of  toxic  manifestations.  Demonstrations  are 
given  in  the  preparation  of  the  patient,  the  administration  of  all  general  anes- 
thetics (inhalant,  rectal,  spinal,  and  intravenous),  and  the  technic  for  oral 
operations,  with  clinics  being  held  in  the  Infirmary  and  in  the  Hospital. 

ORAL  AND  WRITTEN  EXPRESSION 

Professor  Foley 

A  formal  course  of  lectures  is  given  in  the  second  year.  Many  aspects  of 
the  instruction  are  given  practical  application  in  the  third  and  fourth  years.  The 
course  has  many  purposes,  all  of  them  contributing  to  the  training  of  the  stu- 
dents for  effective  participation  in  the  extra-practice  activities  of  the  profession. 
Particular  attention  is  given  to  instruction  in  the  functioning  of  the  agencies 
of  communication  in  dentistry:  the  dental  societies  and  the  dental  periodicals. 
The  practical  phases  of  the  course  include  a  thorough  study  of  the  preparation 
and  uses  of  oral  and  written  composition  by  the  dental  student  and  the  dentist; 
the  use  of  libraries;  the  compilation  of  bibliographies;  the  collection,  the  organi- 
zation, and  the  use  of  information;  the  management  of  dental  meetings;  the 
oral  presentation  of  papers;  and  professional  correspondence. 


ORTHODONTICS 

Professor  Preis;   Assistant  Professors  Shehan  and  Swinehart;    Drs.   Cullen 

and  Schaeffer 

The  Orthodontics  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinical  observations,  comprehensive 
diagnosis  and  therapy.  The  subject  matter  includes  the  history  of  orthodontics 
and  the  study  of  growth  and  development,  the  evolution  of  human  dental  oc- 
clusion, forces  of  occlusion,  etiology  of  malocclusion,  aberrations  of  the  maxilla 
and  mandible  which  affect  occlusion,  and  tissue  changes  incident  to  tooth  move- 
ment. 

Methods  of  orthodontic  therapy  are  explained  and  demonstrated;  students  are 
provided  the  opportunity  for  assisting  during  the  treatment  of  clinical  patients. 

Lectures  are  given  during  both  semesters  of  the  Junior  year.  The  Seniors  are 
assigned  to  the  orthodontic  clinic. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  33 

PATHOLOGY 

GENERAL  PATHOLOGY 

Professor  Aisenberg,  Associate  Professor  Weinberg,  Drs.  A.  D.  Aisenberg, 

1'lor,  (i  ran  ruth  and  Gucrin 

General  Pathology  is  taught  in  the  Sophomore  year  by  means  of  lectures, 
demonstrations,  quizzes  and  laboratory  work. 

The  general  principles  of  disease  processes  and  tissue  reactions,  both  gross 
and  microscopic,  are  taught  with  the  objectives  of  training  the  student  to 
recognize  and  be  familiar  with  the  abnormal  and  of  creating  a  foundation  for 
further  study  in  the  allied  sciences. 

Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those  diseases  in  the  treatment  of  which  medico- 
dental  relationships  are  to  be  encountered. 

ORAL  PATHOLOGY 

Professor  Aisenberg  and  Drs.  A.  D.  Aisenberg,  Flor  and  Granruth 

Oral  Pathology  is  taught  in  the  first  semester  of  the  Junior  year.  It  includes 
a  study  of  the  etiology,  the  gross  and  microscopic  manifestations,  and  the  correla- 
tion with  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  their  investing  structures: 
namely,  pathologic  dentition,  dental  anomalies,  periodontal  diseases,  tissue  changes 
in  orthodontic  movement  of  teeth,  calcific  deposits,  dental  caries,  pulpal  diseases, 
focal  infection,  oral  manifestations  of  systemic  diseases,  and  benign  and  malignant 
lesions  in  and  about  the  oral  cavity. 

Instruction  is  presented  by  lectures,  demonstrations,  lantern  slides,  prepared 
slides,  microscopic  study  of  macroscopic  specimens,  models  and  moulages. 

PEDODONT1CS 

Associate  Professors  Sanders  and  Scherr;  Dr.  Ehrlich 

The  course  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  become  competent  in  the 
practice  of  modern  preventive  and  restorative  dental  services  for  the  young  patient. 
It  consists  of  lectures,  clinics  and  technic  laboratory  instruction  in  all  phases  of 
dentistry  for  children. 

Attention  is  given  to  the  management  of  the  child  patient  with  necessary  modifica- 
tions for  behavior  problems.  Instruction  is  offered  in  the  fundamentals  required  in 
the  preparation  of  all  cavities  in  the  deciduous  teeth  for  the  proper  reception  of 
different  filling  materials.  Methods  and  procedures  indicated  in  the  restoration  of 
broken  and  fractured  incisors  in  children  are  demonstrated  in  technic  and  utilized 
in  the  clinic.  The  indications  and  contraindications  for  pulpal  therapy  are  evaluated 
for  the  purpose  of  rational  tooth  conservation.  The  problem  of  premature  loss  of 
the  deciduous  teeth  is  studied  and  the  construction  of  space  maintainers  is  demon- 
strated. 

Preventive  dentistry  is  stressed.  Prophylaxis,  toothbrushing  instruction  and 
the  routine  use  of  radiographs  are  used  for  the  introduction  of  the  child  patient  to 
clinic   procedures   and    for   encouraging   the    student   to   establish    complete   treatment 


34  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

plans.      The    technics    of    caries    susceptibility    tests    and    their    practical   use    are    in- 
cluded, as  well  as  the  clinical  approach  to  rational  dietary  studies. 

The  Department  endeavors  to  develop  in  the  dental  student  a  sincere  interest 
in  guiding  the  child  patient  through  the  period  of  the  mixed  dentition.  A  separate 
clinic  equipped  with  child-size  chairs  and  supervised  by  a  special  pedodontic  staff 
provides  adequate  opportunity  for  clinical  application  of  the  methods  presented  in 
the  lectures. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS 

Professor  Dobbs;  Drs.  Rapoport  and  Ross 

The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  general  survey  of  pharmacology,  affording 
the  students  the  necessary  knowledge  for  the  practice  of  rational  therapeutics. 

The  course  is  taught  throughout  the  Junior  year  by  lectures,  laboratories  and 
demonstrations.  The  first  semester  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  didactic  work  in- 
cluding instruction  in  pharmaceutical  chemistry,  pharmacy,  prescription  writing,  and 
the  pharmacodynamics  of  the  local-acting  drugs. 

The  second  semester  consists  of  thirty-two  hours  of  didactic  and  forty-eight 
hours  of  laboratory  instruction.  The  subject  material  consists  of  the  pharmacody- 
namics of  the  systemic-acting  drugs. 

In  therapeutics  the  students  are  instructed  in  the  use  of  drugs  for  the  prevention, 
treatment,  and  correction  of  general  and  oral  diseases. 

NUTRITIONAL  THERAPEUTICS 

Professor  Dobbs 

This  course  presented  in  the  Senior  year  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of 
lectures  and  demonstrations  devoted  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  nutri- 
tional therapeutics.  The  presentation  includes  a  study  of  the  dietary  require- 
ments of  essential  food  substances  in  health  and  disease.  The  vitamin  and 
mineral  deficiency  states  with  their  pathology  and  symptomatology  are  pre- 
sented with  suggestions  for  dietary  and  drug  therapy.  Metabolic  diseases  are 
discussed,  and  their  effects  on  the  nutritional  states  are  considered.  Diets  are 
planned  for  patients  with  various  nutritional  problems,  such  as  those  resulting 
from  loss  of  teeth,  the  use  of  new  appliances,  dental  caries,  stomatitis,  cellulitis, 
osteomyelitis,  and  bone  fractures. 

A  project  study  is  made  by  each  student  which  includes  analyses  of  his 
basal  metabolic  requirement,  his  total  energy  requirement,  and  his  dietary  intake 
in  relation  to  his  daily  needs. 

ORAL  THERAPEUTICS 

Professor  Dobbs 

Oral  therapeutics  is  presented  in  the  Senior  year  and  consists  of  sixteen 
hours  of  lectures  and  demonstrations.     The  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  35 

students  with  the  practical  applications  of  pharmacology  in  the  treatment  of 
dental  and  oral  diseases.  Particular  emphasis  is  given  to  the  newer  drugs  and 
the  more  recent  advances  in  therapeutics.  Patients  from  the  dental  clinic  and 
hospital  will  be  used  for  demonstrations  whenever  possible. 

PHYSIOLOGY 

Professor  Ostcr  and  Assistant  Professors  Pollack  and  Shipley 

The  purpose  of  the  course  in  Physiology  is  to  equip  the  student  of  dentistry 
with  a  knowledge  of  the  fundamental  physiological  functions  of  the  human 
body.  The  basic  physical  and  chemical  properties  and  processes  in  living  tissues 
and  organisms  are  analyzed. 

The  material  of  the  lectures  is  divided  into  sections  concerned  with  nerve 
and  muscle  functions,  the  central  nervous  system  and  its  integrative  role, 
respiration,  digestion,  metabolism,  circulation,  humoral  control  of  function, 
water  balance,  kidney  function,  and  the  special  senses. 

Laboratory  work  is  given  in  the  first  semester.  Simple  experiments  performed 
on  frogs  and  turtles  are  followed  by  more  advanced  work  on  cats  and  dogs  and  on 
the  students  themselves.  Principles  illustrating  the  application  of  physiology  to 
dentistry  and  medicine  are  given  special  attention. 

Throughout  the  course,  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  experimental  and 
objective  approach  to  problems  as  the  basis  of  the  scientific  method.  Effort 
is  made  to  present  modern  physiological  developments  and  evaluate  them  in 
terms  of  their  clinical  significance. 

PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT 

PROFESSIONAL    ETHICS 

Dr.  Lovett 

The  course  in  Professional  Ethics  includes  a  series  of  lectures  on  the  history 
of  general  ethics  and  its  basic  teachings,  which  is  followed  by  an  interpretation 
of  philosophical  principles  in  terms  of  a  code  of  professional  ethics  and  its 
application  to  the  present-day  needs  of  the  dental  profession.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  the  importance  of  right  conduct  in  the  dentist's  relations  with  the 
public,  the  dental  profession,  the  patient,  the  physician,  the  dental  specialist 
and  the  dentist  in  general  practice. 

JURISPRUDENCE 
Mr.  Pumptan 

The  special  aim  in  the  course  in  Jurisprudence  is  to  ground  the  student  in 
the  fundamentals  of  law  as  they  relate  themselves  to  the  dentist  and  his  patient. 
The  rights  and  limitations  of  each  are  pointed  out  through  lecture  work  and 
class  conference.  A  series  of  practical  cases  in  which  suits  have  been  threatened 
or  entered  by  patients  against  the  dentist  will  be  reviewed  in  the  light  of  trial 
table  outcome  or  basis  on  which  compromise  adjustments  have  been  made. 


34  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

plans.      The   technics   of    caries    susceptibility   tests    and   their    practical  use    are    in- 
cluded, as  well  as  the  clinical  approach  to  rational  dietary  studies. 

The  Department  endeavors  to  develop  in  the  dental  student  a  sincere  interest 
in  guiding  the  child  patient  through  the  period  of  the  mixed  dentition.  A  separate 
clinic  equipped  with  child-size  chairs  and  supervised  by  a  special  pedodontic  staff 
provides  adequate  opportunity  for  clinical  application  of  the  methods  presented  in 
the  lectures. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS 

Professor  Dobbs;  Drs.  Rapoport  and  Ross 

The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  general  survey  of  pharmacology,  affording 
the  students  the  necessary  knowledge  for  the  practice  of  rational  therapeutics. 

The  course  is  taught  throughout  the  Junior  year  by  lectures,  laboratories  and 
demonstrations.  The  first  semester  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  didactic  work  in- 
cluding instruction  in  pharmaceutical  chemistry,  pharmacy,  prescription  writing,  and 
the  pharmacodynamics  of  the  local-acting  drugs. 

The  second  semester  consists  of  thirty-two  hours  of  didactic  and  forty-eight 
hours  of  laboratory  instruction.  The  subject  material  consists  of  the  pharmacody- 
namics of  the  systemic-acting  drugs. 

In  therapeutics  the  students  are  instructed  in  the  use  of  drugs  for  the  prevention, 
treatment,  and  correction  of  general  and  oral  diseases. 

NUTRITIONAL  THERAPEUTICS 

Professor  Dobbs 

This  course  presented  in  the  Senior  year  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of 
lectures  and  demonstrations  devoted  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  nutri- 
tional therapeutics.  The  presentation  includes  a  study  of  the  dietary  require- 
ments of  essential  food  substances  in  health  and  disease.  The  vitamin  and 
mineral  deficiency  states  with  their  pathology  and  symptomatology  are  pre- 
sented with  suggestions  for  dietary  and  drug  therapy.  Metabolic  diseases  are 
discussed,  and  their  effects  on  the  nutritional  states  are  considered.  Diets  are 
planned  for  patients  with  various  nutritional  problems,  such  as  those  resulting 
from  loss  of  teeth,  the  use  of  new  appliances,  dental  caries,  stomatitis,  cellulitis, 
osteomyelitis,  and  bone  fractures. 

A  project  study  is  made  by  each  student  which  includes  analyses  of  his 
basal  metabolic  requirement,  his  total  energy  requirement,  and  his  dietary  intake 
in  relation  to  his  daily  needs. 

ORAL  THERAPEUTICS 

Professor  Dobbs 

Oral  therapeutics  is  presented  in  the  Senior  year  and  consists  of  sixteen 
hours  of  lectures  and  demonstrations.     The  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  35 

students   with   the   practical   applications   of   pharmacology   in  the   treatment   of 

dental  and  oral  diseases.     Particular  emphasis  is  given   to  the  newer  drugs  and 

the  more  recent  advances  in  therapeutics.     Patients   from  the  dental  clinic  and 
hospital  will  be  used  for  demonstrations  whenever  possible. 

PHYSIOLOGY 

Professor  Osier  and  Assistant  Professors  Pollack  and  Shipley 

The  purpose  of  the  course  in  Physiology  is  to  equip  the  student  of  dentistry 
with  a  knowledge  of  the  fundamental  physiological  functions  of  the  human 
body.  The  basic  physical  and  chemical  properties  and  processes  in  living  tissues 
and  organisms  are  analyzed. 

The  material  of  the  lectures  is  divided  into  sections  concerned  with  nerve 
and  muscle  functions,  the  central  nervous  system  and  its  integrative  role, 
respiration,  digestion,  metabolism,  circulation,  humoral  control  of  function, 
water  balance,  kidney  function,  and  the  special  senses. 

Laboratory  work  is  given  in  the  first  semester.  Simple  experiments  performed 
on  frogs  and  turtles  are  followed  by  more  advanced  work  on  cats  and  dogs  and  on 
the  students  themselves.  Principles  illustrating  the  application  of  physiology  to 
dentistry  and  medicine  are  given  special  attention. 

Throughout  the  course,  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  experimental  and 
objective  approach  to  problems  as  the  basis  of  the  scientific  method.  Effort 
is  made  to  present  modern  physiological  developments  and  evaluate  them  in 
terms  of  their  clinical  significance. 

PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT 

PROFESSIONAL    ETHICS 

Dr.  Lovett 

The  course  in  Professional  Ethics  includes  a  series  of  lectures  on  the  history 
of  general  ethics  and  its  basic  teachings,  which  is  followed  by  an  interpretation 
of  philosophical  principles  in  terms  of  a  code  of  professional  ethics  and  its 
application  to  the  present-day  needs  of  the  dental  profession.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  the  importance  of  right  conduct  in  the  dentist's  relations  with  the 
public,  the  dental  profession,  the  patient,  the  physician,  the  dental  specialist 
and  the  dentist  in  general  practice. 

JURISPRUDENCE 

Mr.  Pumpian 

The  special  aim  in  the  course  in  Jurisprudence  is  to  ground  the  student  in 
the  fundamentals  of  law  as  they  relate  themselves  to  the  dentist  and  his  patient. 
The  rights  and  limitations  of  each  are  pointed  out  through  lecture  work  and 
class  conference.  A  series  of  practical  cases  in  which  suits  have  been  threatened 
or  entered  by  patients  against  the  dentist  will  be  reviewed  in  the  light  of  trial 
table  outcome  or  basis  on  which  compromise  adjustments  have  been  made. 


36  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

PRACTICE   ADMINISTRATION 

Professor  Biddix 

The  chief  objective  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  the  students  to  assume 
intelligently  the  social,  economic  and  professional  responsibilities  of  dental 
practice.  The  training  in  practice  management  is  a  continuous  growth  with 
the  student  during  his  entire  clinical  experience. 

In  preparation  for  the  course  the  students  are  given  introductory  lectures 
and  demonstrations  relative  to  the  conduct  of  practice  at  the  beginning  of  their 
Junior  year  when  they  come  into  the  clinics  for  formal  practice  training.  The 
training  they  receive  in  handling  patients,  keeping  records,  etc.,  serves  as  an 
introduction  to  the  problems  they  will  experience  in  practice. 

The  formal  Senior  lectures  stress  the  selection  of  the  proper  office  location 
and  the  purchase  of  office  equipment,  the  manner  of  reception  and  handling 
of  patients,  the  basis  of  fixing  fees,  the  methods  of  collecting  accounts,  the 
choice  of  various  types  of  insurance  and  of  sound  investments.  A  comprehensive 
bookkeeping  system  for  a  dental  office  is  fully  outlined  and  explained. 


PREVENTIVE  AND  PUBLIC  HEALTH 
DENTISTRY 

Dr.  Leonard 

The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  emphasize  those  measures  other  than 
remedial  operations  that  will  tend  to  minimize  the  occurrence  or  the  extension 
of  oral  pathology,  and  to  outline  the  status  of  dentistry  in  the  field  of  general 
public  health.  The  relationships  of  dentistry  with  other  phases  of  public  health 
are  discussed,  as  are  the  problems  affecting  the  administration  of  dental  health 
programs.  Special  effort  is  made  to  demonstrate  methods  and  materials  suitable 
for  use  in  dental  health  education  programs. 


PRINCIPLES  OF  MEDICINE 

Associate  Professor  McLean  and  Dr.  Kuehn 

Principles  of  Medicine  is  taught  by  lecture,  visual  education,  and  clinical 
demonstrations.  The  course  is  given  to  the  Junior  and  Senior  classes  for  one 
hour  a  week  during  the  entire  year.  The  course  is  supplemented  by  comprehen- 
sive lectures  in  Physical  Diagnosis  given  to  the  Senior  class  during  the  second 
semester. 

The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  dental  student  a  general  under- 
standing of  medical  problems,  especially  of  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  proce- 
dures, and  to  show  the  close  relationship  between  oral  diseases  and  general 
systemic  disturbances. 

In  the  Junior  year,  the  course  is  largely  didactic,  and  the  signs  and  symptoms 
of   the  more   common   diseases   are    discussed.      In    the    Senior   year,    importance   is 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  37 

placed  on  the  close  application  of  medical  and  dental  knowledge,  with  the  emphasis 
on  organic  and  psychosomatic  diseases;  these  diseases  are  presented  at  medical 
clinics  and   seminars   in   the   University    Hospital. 

Throughout  the  year  small  groups  of  students  are  taken  into  the  Hospital  for 
medical  ward  rounds  and  demonstrations. 

This  department  cooperates  with  the  instruction  procedures  of  the  oral  diagnosis 
clinic  by  discussing  and  demonstrating  the  medical  aspects  of  cases  presented. 

Available  clinical  material  is  used  and  free  discussion  is  encouraged,  in  order 
to  correlate  the  art  of  practice  in  history  taking,  diagnosis,  laboratory  examinations, 
and  the  modern  concepts  of  treatment. 

Guest  lecturers  present  specific  scientific  papers  relating  to  medical-dental  topics. 

VISUAL  AIDS  IN  TEACHING 

Associate  Professor  Schueler;  Mrs.  A.  J.   Proutt,  Miss  Sakalusky  and  Mr.   Taylor 

Visual  aids  are  essential  to  instruction  in  all  the  courses  of  the  dental  cur- 
riculum. From  his  first  class  to  his  graduation  day  the  student's  learning  is 
assisted  by  the  use  of  visual  materials. 

Through  photography  the  School  retains  for  teaching  purposes  many  inter- 
esting cases  that  appear  in  the  clinics,  preserves  evidence  of  unusual  pathological 
cases,  and  records  anatomical  anomalies,  facial  disharmonies  and  malocclusions 
of  the  teeth.  In  addition  the  student,  through  his  contacts  with  photographic 
uses,  becomes  acquainted  with  the  value  of  photography  in  clinical  practice. 
Undergraduates  are  advised  as  to  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  the  preparation  of 
lectures  and  theses,  the  arrangement  and  co-ordination  of  materials,  and  the 
organization   and  maintenance  of   records  and  histories. 

Moulage  and  art  are  used  to  supplement  the  photographic  services  where 
applicable.  Drawings  of  anatomical,  pathological,  surgical  and  operative  cases 
are  used  to  teach  the  student  detailed  technics.  In  moulage,  rubber  master 
molds  are  made  of  gross  and  embryological  specimens  and  from  these  are  cast 
plaster,  rubber,  and  wax  positives.  Through  the  use  of  agar  molds,  facial  and 
oral  masks  are  made  of  unusual  and  interesting  clinical  subjects.  This  work  is 
particularly  valuable  in  courses  in  which  it  is  not  possible  to  use  actual  specimens 
for  instructional  purposes. 

Ry  the  combination  and  correlation  of  these  various  types  of  visual  aids, 
all  departments  in  the  School  are  provided  with  an  unlimited  supply  of  valuable 
and  often  irreplaceable  materials  for  lectures,  clinics  and  exhibits. 

SPECIAL  COURSES 

SUMMER   COURSES 
As    the    need   arises,    summer    courses    are    offered    in    any    of    the    subjects 
included  in  the  regular  curriculum.     For  details  concerning  each  course  consult 
pages   24-37    in    this   catalog.      A    charge   of    $10.00   for    each    semester   hour   credit 
is  made  for  these  courses. 


38  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

GRADUATE  COURSES 
Graduate  courses  are  offered  by  the  departments  of  Anatomy,  Histolog) 
and  Embryology,  Bacteriology,  Biochemistry,  Physiology,  Oral  Pathology  and 
Oral  Surgery.  For  descriptions  of  these  courses,  consult  the  catalogue  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School.  The  tuition  fees  for  these  courses 
are  the  same  as  those  at  College  Park. 

POSTGRADUATE  COURSES 

Postgraduate  courses  are  offered  to  qualified  dental  graduates.  These 
courses  are  designed  to  provide  opportunities  for  study  in  special  fields  on  a 
refresher  level,  and  are  arranged  so  that  particular  emphasis  is  placed  on 
clinical  practices. 

Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck 

This  course  is  designed  to  review  certain  principles  of  Anatomy  and  to 
furnish  the  student  opportunities  to  relate  these  principles  to  clinical  practice. 
Instruction  is  presented  in  the  form  of  illustrated  lectures,  seminars,  and  lab- 
oratory dissection.  One  semester,  full  time.  Tuition,  $200.00.  Maximum  expense 
for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $45.00. 

Oral  Pathology 

The  course  in  Oral  Pathology  is  presented  with  the  objective  of  correlating 
a  knowledge  of  histopathology  with  the  various  aspects  of  clinical  practice.  The 
physiology  of  the  periodontal  attachment  and  the  pathology  of  the  dental  pulp, 
the  periodontium,  the  hard  tissues  of  the  teeth,  odontogenic  cysts  and  tumors, 
and  cancer  in  and  about  the  oral  cavity  are  stressed.  Studies  of  surgical  and 
biopsy  specimens  are  also  emphasized.  Opportunity  for  supervised  research  in 
areas  of  particular  interest  to  the  student  will  be  available.  One  year,  full  time. 
Tuition,  $550.00.  Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $75.00, 
which  includes  microscope  fee  of  $25.00. 

Oral  Surgery 

The  course  in  Oral  Surgery  is  organized  to  train  the  dentist  in  advanced 
surgical  procedures  of  the  oral  cavity  and  the  associated  parts.  Although 
primarily  designed  for  the  general  practitioner,  the  course  can  be  used  as  credit 
toward  specialization  in  Oral  Surgery.  One  year,  full  time.  Tuition,  $550.00. 
Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $75.00. 

Periodontia 

The  course  in  Periodontia  consists  of  a  review  of  the  etiology,  pathology, 
clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis  and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  types 
of  periodontal  disease.  Instruction  is  presented  by  means  of  lectures,  seminars 
and  clinical  demonstration.  One  semester,  full  time.  Tuition,  $200.00.  Maximum 
expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $75.00. 

Prosthesis 

Instruction  will  be  given  in  the  fundamental  principles  and  factors  involved 
in  complete  denture  prosthesis,  the  general  problems  in  diagnosis  and  treatment 
planning,    and    the    procedures    of   constructing   partial    and   complete    dentures. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  39 

Ample  opportunity  will  be  provided  for  the  application  of  the  basic  principles 
and  procedures  of  clinical  practice.  One  semester,  full  time.  Tuition,  $200.00. 
Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $300.00. 


Visual  Aids 

The  basic  principles  and  practices  of  Visual  Aids  are  presented  by  lecture, 
demonstration  and  laboratory  technics.  Practical  photography  and  moulage  are 
featured,  with  instruction  in  department  organization  and  exhibition  arrangement. 
Four  weeks,  full  time.     Tuition  $150.00. 


Occasional  Part-Time  Courses 

The  fees  charged  part-time  students  who  may  be  enrolled  in  any  of  the 
special  courses  are  prorated  on  a  basis  of  the  full-time  charge  of  $550.00,  with 
a  minimum  charge  of  $100.00  for  any  one  course. 


THE  GORGAS  ODONTOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society  was  organized  in  1916  as  an  honorary 
student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  Society 
was  named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a 
teacher  of  many  years'  experience,  and  during  his  life  a  great  contributor  to 
dental  literature.  It  was  with  the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that  the  Society 
adopted  it. 

To  be  eligible  for  membership  a  student  must  be  in  the  first  30  per  cent  of 
his  class.  The  selection  of  this  30  per  cent  shall  be  based  on  the  weighted 
percentage  average  system  as  outlined  in  the  school  regulations.  The  meetings, 
held  once  each  month,  are  addressed  by  prominent  dental  and  medical  men,  an 
effort  being  made  to  obtain  speakers  not  connected  with  the  University.  The 
members  have  an  opportunity,  even  while  students,  to  hear  men  associated  with 
other  educational  institutions. 


OMICRON  KAPPA  UPSILON 

Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon  honorary  dental  society  was 
chartered  at  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University 
of  Maryland  during  the  session  of  1928-29.  Membership  in  the  society  is 
awarded  to  a  number  not  exceeding  12  per  cent  of  the  graduating  class.  This 
honor  is  conferred  upon  students  who  through  their  professional  course  of  study 
creditably  fulfill  all  obligations  as  students,  and  whose  conduct,  earnestness, 
evidence  of  good  character  and  high   scholarship   recommend  them   to  election. 


NOTE:     Enquiries  concerning  these  courses  should  be  addressed  to  the  Dean  of  the 

Kt-ntai  School,  rjniversity  of  Maryland,  Baltimore   l.  Maryland. 


40                                        UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  following  graduates  of  the  1955  Class  were  elected  to  membership: 

Victor  Lee  Andrews,  Jr.  Raymond  Charles  Dilzer 

Thomas   Earl   Blumenbach  Richard  Warren  Hungerford 

Richard  Everett  Bolyard  Edward  Jay  Meredith,  Jr. 

Lawrence  Ira  Brant  Peter  R.  Reiner 

William  Packer  Brodie  Howard  S.  Tarabour 

William  John  Curtis  Hans   Richard  Wilhelmseist 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

The  first  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  was  held  in  Baltimore,  March  1,  1849.  This  organi- 
zation has  continued  in  existence  to  the  present,  its  name  having  been  changed 
to  The  National  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery, 
Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland. 

The  officers  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  1955-1956  are  as  follows : 

Lawrence  W.   Bimestefer  Gerard  A.  Devlin 

President  P  resident-Elect 

1  Kinship  Road  121    Prospect   Street 

Baltimore  22,  Maryland  Westfield,  New  Jersey 

Daniel  E.  Shehan 

Vice-President 
Medical  Arts  Building 
Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

Joseph   M.   Tighe  Howard  Van  Natta 
Secretary  Treasurer 

6601  York  Road  Medical   Arts   Building 

Baltimore  12,  Maryland  Baltimore   1,   Maryland 

Ethelbert  Lovett  Gerson  A.  Freedman 

Historian  Editor 

Medical   Arts   Building  5901   Park  Heights  Avenue 

Baltimore   1,   Maryland  Baltimore  15,  Maryland 


Representatives  to  University  Alumni  Council 

Lawrence  W.  Bimestefer,  1956  Gerard  A.  Devlin,  1957 

1  Kinship  Road  121    Prospect   Street 

Baltimore  22,  Maryland  Westfield,   New  Jersey 

Harry  Levin,  1958 

3429   Park   Heights   Avenue 

Baltimore  15,  Maryland 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 


41 


Executive   Council 

Max  K.  Raklor.  1958 

Chairman 
Medical  Arts  Building 
Baltimore  1,  Maryland 


Benjamin  A.  Browx,  1956 

2701  Pacific  Avenue 
Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey 

Edwix  G.  Gail,  1957 
3700  N.  Charles  Street 
Baltimore  18,   Maryland 

Eugene  L.  Pessagxo,  Jr.,  1958 
Medical  Arts  Building 
Baltimore   1,   Maryland 


James  L.  Trone,  Sr.,  1956 
127  E.  Main  Street 
Elkton,  Maryland 

Howard  B.  Wood,  1957 

19  S.  Liberty  Street 
(  umberland,  Maryland 

Joiix  T.  Staxg,  1958 
1007  Frederick  Avenue 
Baltimore  28,  Maryland 


Trustees  for  National  Alumni  Fund 

Trustees  Ex-Officio 

Lawrexce  W.  Bimestefer,  President 

Gerard  A.  Devlix,  P resident-Elect 

Arthur  I.  Bell,  Secretary-Treasurer 

Max  K.  Baklor,  Chairman  of  Executive  Council 

Myron  S.  Aisexberg,  Dean 


Harry  Levix.  1956 
3429    Park   Heights   Avenue 
Baltimore  15,  Maryland 

Elmer  F.  Corey,  1957 

1901  E.  31st  Street 
Baltimore  18,  Maryland 

Augustixe  L.  Cavallaro,  1958 

291  Whitney  Avenue 

New  Haven  11,  Connecticut 


Michael  B.  Messore,  1956 
807  Union  Trust  Building 
Providence,  Rhode  Island 

Meyer  Eggxatz,  1957 

420  Lincoln  Road 
Miami  Beach,  Florida 

Irvix  B.  Golboro,  1958 
143  E.  North  Avenue 
Baltimore  2,   Maryland 


42' 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


GRADUATING  CLASS 
1954-1955   Session 


Carlos  Eladio  Alfaro  Castillo 

El  Salvador,  C.  A. 
Victor  Lee  Andrews,  Jr.... North  Carolina 
Arnold  Peter  Arseneaux.  ..  .Massachusetts 

Simon  J.  Balchun,  Jr Pennsylvania 

Daniel  Bartell    Maryland 

Harold   Robert   Beecher .Connecticut 

Alfred   Edwin   Bees Maryland 

Thomas  Earl  Blumenbach Florida 

Richard   Everett  Bolyard.  .  .  . West    Virginia 

George  Lawrence  Bozzi Connecticut 

Lawrence  Ira  Brant Florida 

Hunter  Ashton   Brinker,  Jr Maryland 

William  Packer  Brodie Florida 

Don-Neil   Brotman    Maryland 

James   Carroll   Bulger Connecticut 

Robert   Clyde   Burroughs,  Jr. 

North  Carolina 

Jerome   David   Buxbaum Maryland 

Robert  Carrel    Pennsylvania 

Harold  Gordon  Cheney,  Jr Illinois 

William  Dennis  Chester Maryland 

Thomas  Austin  Clary New  York 

Lawrence  Alvin  Clopper,  Jr Maryland 

Edward  Vincent  Comulada Maryland 

William  Robert  Cotton Florida 

William  John  Curtis Arizona 

Raymond   Charles   Dilzer New  Jersey 

Bernard   David   Eisenberg Maryland 

Robert  Heistand  Enterline  ....  Pennsylvania 

Charles  Richard  Farley West  Virginia 

Henry  William  Feindt Maryland 

Arnold  Samuel   Feldman Maryland 

Mark  Lawrence  Fine New  Jersey 

Norman  Earl  Solon  Gale New  Jersey 

John  Robert  Gallant Maine 

Burton  Malcolm  Greifer Rhode   Island 

Robert  Devine  Hanley Rhode  Island 

Robert    Luers    Heldrich Maryland 

Sheldon    Holen     Maryland 

Philip  K.   Humphreys California 

Richard  Warren  Hungerford.  .  .  .Connecticut 

Leonard   Hale   Jarvis.   Jr West  Virginia 

Drexel  Marion  Johnston,  Jr... West  Virginia 
James  Frederick  Kast,  Jr.... West  Virginia 

Arnold   John   Kaye Massachusetts 

Harris   Jordan   Kohn Maryland 

Nicholas  Kohut   Poland 

Garey  Louis  Kostens Maryland 

Eli  John  LaFreniere Rhode  Island 

Ronald  Murray  Lauer New  Jersey 

Thaddeus  Francis  Lenick New  Jersey 

James  Anthony  Liszewski Maryland 


Wallace  David  Loo New  York 

Robert  Kwock  Tong  Look Hawaii 

Joseph  Anthony  Lucia New  York 

Hervey  Arthur  Lupien Rhode   Island 

John   Francis   Lynch Maine 

Stanley  Macklin    Maryland 

Donald  Francis  Marshall New  York 

William  Forrest  Martin,  Jr Maryland 

James  Taylor  McCarl Maryland 

James  Lewis  McMillan Mississippi 

Donald  Eugene  McShane Maryland 

Edward  Jay  Meredith,  Jr Pennsylvania 

Jules  Millman Maryland 

Paul  Joseph  Minehart West  Virginia 

Oscar   Noroian    Massachusetts 

Mary   Emma   Pate Maryland 

George   John   Pepper Pennsylvania 

Mitchel  Pozega    West  Virginia 

William   Morgan   Reed Delaware 

Francis  Joseph   Reeves    Maryland 

Peter  Raymond  Reiner Florida 

George   Daniel   Resh,  Jr Maryland 

Thomas   Earl  Ridgeway Arizona 

Luis  Alipio  Roman Puerto  Rico 

Graydon   Lee   Schreiber Maryland 

Joseph  Henry  Seipp,  Jr Maryland 

Paul  Arthur  Shapiro Connecticut 

Stanley  Raymond  Sheft New  Jersey 

Harold  Lee  Silber New  Jersey 

Raymond  Marvin  Simon    New  Jersey 

Signey  Sidney  Snyder Maryland 

John  Robert  Spencer North  Carolina 

James   Bailey  Stewart Florida 

Howard  Sylvan  Tarabour New  Jersey 

Roberto  Guy  Tassinari Massachusetts 

Martin  Taubenfeld Maryland 

Richard    Swanson   Thornton Florida 

Luis  Toro-Albarracin   Puerto  Rico 

Pasquale   Alexander    Varanelli.  .  Connecticut 

William  Henry  Vinall West  Virginia 

Aldona  Yizbaraite Germany 

Thomas  Elmer  Wagner Maryland 

Walton  Wayne  Weigand.  District  of  Columbia 

Robert  Leon  Wiener New  York 

Hans  Richard  Wilhelmsen Maryland 

Joseph   Francis   Williams Connecticut 

Robert  Paul  Williams Florida 

Edgar  Cecil  Wilson West  Virginia 

John  Frederick  Wilson West  Virginia 

Charles   Wissler    Virginia 

Nelson  Austin  Wright,  Jr Maryland 

Albert  William  Zanner,  Jr., 

District   of   Columbia 


HONORS 

Summa  Cum  Laude 
Peter   Raymond  Reiner 
Magna  Cum  Laude 


Victor  Lee  Andrews,  Jr. 
Thomas  Earl  Blumenbach 


Richard  Everett  Bolyard 
Raymond  Charles  Dilzer 
Howard   Sylvan   Tarabour 


Edward  Jay  Meredith, 
Cum  Laude 


Jr. 


Hans  Richard  Wilhelmsen 
William  John  Curtis 


William  Packer  Brodie 

Richard  Warren  Hungerford 

Lawrence  Ira  Brant 


DEGREE    CONFERRED    JULY    31,    1954 

Robert   Franklin  Mantz,   Jr. 
Mississippi 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  43 

SENIOR  PRIZE  AWARDS 

The   following  prizes  were  awarded  to  members  of   the   Senior   Class    for  the 
1954-1955  Session: 

The  Alexander  H.  Paterson  Memorial  Medal 

For  Practical  Set  of  Full  Upper  and  Loivcr  Dentures 

Luis   Alipio    Roman 
Honorable  Mention Francis  Joseph  Reeves 

The  Isaac  H.  Davis  Memorial   Medal 

(Contributed  by  Dr.  Leonard  I.  Davis) 

For   Cohesive    Gold   Filling 

Peter   Raymond  Reiner 
Honorable  Mention Eli  John  LaFreniere 

The  Alumni  Association  Medal 
For  Thesis 

Jerome  David  Buxbaum 

Harris  Jordan  Kohn 

(Collaboration) 

Honorable  Mention Arnold  John  Kaye  and  Howard  Sylvan  Tarabour 

(Collaboration) 

The  Harry  E.  Kelsey  Award 

(Contributed  by  former  associates   of   Dr.    Kelsey:   Drs.   Anderson, 
Devlin,  Hodges,  Johnston  and  Preis) 

For  Professional  Demeanor 

William  Packer  Brodie 

The  Harry  E.  Latcham  Memorial  Medal 

For  Complete  Oral  Operative  Restoration 

Hunter   Ashton   Brinker,   Jr. 
Honorable  Mention Mark  Lawrence  Fine 

The  Edgar  J.  Jacques  Memorial  Award 

For  Meritorious   Work   in   Practical   Oral  Surgery 

Arnold  Peter  Arseneaux 

The   Herbert   Friedberg   Memorial  Award 

(Contributed  by  the   New  Jersey  Alumni   Chapter  of  the 
National  Alumni  Association) 

For  Achievement  by  a  New  Jersey  Senior 

Raymond  Charles  Dilzer 


44 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

REGISTER  OF  STUDENTS 

1955-1956  Session 


Graduate 


Richard  W.   Binger,   B.S Tennessee 

Harold  H.  Bryant,  B.S.,  M.S.. Florida 

Roger  H.  Davidheiser,  B.S.,  M.S. 


Pennsylvania 
M.S..  .Montana 
D.D.S. 

Maryland 
Herbert   Halpenny  James,   Jr.,   A.B.,   M.S. 

Montana 


Paul  William  Haubrick,  A.B., 
Robert  Luers  Heldrich,  A.B. 


Leonard   Hale   Jarvis,    A.B.,    D.D.S. 

West  Virginia 
Charles  Brown  Leonard,  B.S..  .New  Jersey 

Zenas  A.  McDonald,  A.B Georgia 

Mitchel  Pozega,  A.B.,  D.D.S... West  Virginia 

Leah  Miller   Proutt.   B.S,  M.S Maryland 

Matthew  J.  Rehak,  B.S Maryland 

Frank  Joseph  Sinnreich,  Jr.,  B.S. .  .Maryland 


Senior  Class 


Robert  James  Agresti,  B.A.  ...New  Jersey 
The  Catholic   University  of  America 

Herbert  Hidesuke  Akamine,  B.S Hawaii 

University  of  Hawaii 

Waverley  Conway  Artz,  B.A Mississippi 

University  of  Mississippi 

Robert   Vincent   Bates Maryland 

Denison   University 
Edward   Jerome    Becker,    B.S. 

District   of  Columbia 
University  of  Maryland 

Robert  John  Belliveau,  B.S New  Jersey 

Seton  Hall  University 

Kenneth  Edward  Bertram,  B.S..  .  .Maryland 

Syracuse    University 

Henry  Joseph  Bianco,  Jr Maryland 

Loyola  College 

Mario  Bonanti,  B.A Pennsylvania 

Gannon  College 

Frederick  Thomas  Brennan,  B.A Maine 

University  of  Maine 

Stanley  Louis   Brown,   BS Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Morton   Alfred    Brownstein Virginia 

College  of  William  and  Mary 

Bernard    Busch,    A.B New   Jersey 

Tulane   University   of   Louisiana 

Robert  Roscoe  Callahan,  B.S Florida 

University  of  Georgia 

Anthony  Alain  Caputi Rhode   Island 

University  of  Vermont 

Aaron  Jacob  Chmar Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Bernie  Odell  Coberly,  Jr.,  B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Donald  Eugene  Cone Maryland 

Washington  Missionary  College 

Frederick  Earl  Connelly Massachusetts 

Bowdoin  College 

Joseph  Anthony  Corbo,   B.A. ..New  Jersey 

Saint  Peter's  College 


Victor  Benjamin  Costa New  Jersey 

University  of  Miami 
Michael  Alexander  Costrino,  B.A. 

Massachusetts 
Boston   University 

Donald  LeRoy  Cramer Delaware 

University  of  Delaware 

Remo  Angelo  DelRosso Massachusetts 

St.   Anselm's   College 

David   Arthur   Denisch Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

William  Frank  Evans,  Jr.,  A. A Florida 

University  of  Florida 

Francis  Xavier  Falivene,  B.S. .  .New  Jersey 

Seton  Hall  University 

Andrew  Federico New  Jersey 

Rutgers  University 

Fred  Seymour  Fink,  B.A Maryland 

University  of  Delaware 

Michael  Edward  Fleming,  B.S. .  . .  New  York 

St.  Bernardine  of  Siena  College 

Jack  Lester  Frasher South  Carolina 

Furman  University 

Marvin  Lewis  Friedman,  B. A..  .  Connecticut 

University  of  Connecticut 

Robert    Albert   Gagne,    B.S Connecticut 

University  of  Maryland 
Charles    Joseph   Galiardi,    B.S.  ..  .Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Francis   Eugene  Gassiraro,   B.A. 

Massachusetts 
Boston  College 

Marvin  Bennett   Golberg,    B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Stanley  Barry  Goldberg.  B.A Maryland 

The  Johns  Hopkins  University 
Herbert  William   Grambow,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Maryland 
University  of  Maryland 

Herald  Donald  Green,  B.S Pennsylvania 

University  of  Pittsburgh 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 


45 


Armand  Shelby  Hall Maryland 

Washington  and  Lee  University 

Alfred  Hamel,  B.S Rhode  Island 

Providence  College 
Albert  Edward  Heimert.  Ill,  B.S. 

Maryland 
University  of  Maryland 
Leonard    George    Henschel 

District  of  Columbia 
University  of  Maryland 

Gene  Caryl  Hose West  Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 
Blaine   Ellsworth  Jarrett,   B.A. 

West  Virginia 
West  Virginia  University 
Jerome  Philip  Jermain.  Jr.,  B.S. 

Connecticut 
St.   Michael's   College 

Ralph  Stuart  Johnson Utah 

University  of  Utah 

Albert  Andrew  Kapsak Pennsylvania 

Mt.  St.  Mary's  College 

Paul  Samuel  Keller,  B.A Maryland 

Gettysburg  College 

Edward    MeCauley  Kelly Maryland 

Loyola  College 

Ralph  Lawrence  Kercheval.  .  .West  Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 

Thomas  Frederick  Kern Connecticut 

Mt  St.  Mary's  College 

Francis  Joseph  Kihn,  B.S Maryland 

Loyola  College 

Norman  Dale  Kisamore Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Eugene  Francis  Kobylarz,  B.S. 

New  Jersey 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Jerome  Boris  Krachman,  B.A. 

New  Jersey 
University  of  Buffalo 

Robert  Leo  LaFon,  B.A West  Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 

Vernon  A.   Lake South  Carolina 

Presbyterian  College 

Stuart  LaKind New  Jersey 

Seton  Hall  University 

Charles   Edward   Landry ...  .Massachusetts 

St.   Anselm's   College 

Peter  Joseph  Lapolla Rhode  Island 

Providence  College 

Kendrick  Roger  Lawrence,  B.A. .  .Vermont 

University  of  Vermont 

Jules  Joseph  Levin,  B.A Maryland 

Western  Maryland  College 

Walter  Joseph  Lucas,  Jr. .  . .  North  Carolina 

Belmont  Abbey  College 

Philip  Dennis  Marano Maryland 

Loyola  College 


Clayton  Swearingen  McCarl,  B.S. .  .Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Carlton  Joseph  McLeod,  B.A. 

Rhode  Island 
Brown  University 
Francis    Xavier    McNulty.  .  .Massachusetts 
St.   Anselm's   College 

Harry  Leroy  Mertz,  Jr Maryland 

Gettysburg  College 

Steven  Jay  Miller,  B.A New  Jersey 

Rutgers  University 

Dale   Roger  Moss West  Virginia 

University   of  South   Carolina 

Robert   Paul   Murphy,   B.A Maryland 

Loyola  College 
George   Herman   Nieske,    B.A. 

Massachusetts 
American    International    College 

James    Philip    Norris,    B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Christopher  James   O'Connell,  Jr.,   B.S. 

Massachusetts 
College  of  the  Holy  Cross 

Ferdinand  Frank  Pagano New  Jersey 

Niagara  University 
Raymond  Walter  Palmer,   Jr.,   B.S. 

Maryland 
University  of  Maryland 

Robert   Dickey  Parker West   Virginia 

Morris  Harvey  College 

Thomas  Henry  Paterniti,  B.S. .  .New  Jersey 

Seton  Hall  University 

Donald    Pivnick Connecticut 

University  of  Connecticut 
Jose    Ramon    Prieto-Hernandez, 

B.S Puerto     Rico 

University   of   Puerto  Rico 

Charles    Allen    Ridgeway Arizona 

Phoenix   College 

Vernon  Delaney  Rodeffer Pennsylvania 

Catawba  College 

Laurence   Ray  Rollins West  Virginia 

Marshall  College 

Paul  Leon  Roxin Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Edward  Thomas  Ryan,  III,  B.A. 

Massachusetts 
American   International  College 

Richard    Andrew    Saal Maryland 

Loyola  College 

Eugene  Marcellus  Sadd West  Virginia 

Xavier  University 

Herbert  Otto  Scharpf New  Jersey 

Tufts  College 
Charles    August   Schlegel,    Jr. ..  Connecticut 

Providence  College 

Arthur  Seymour  Schuster,   B.S. ..  .Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 


46 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Caesar  Michael  Silvestro New  Jersey 

New  York  University 

AJlie  Skib,  B.S Massachusetts 

St.   Michael's   College 

Irby  Garrion  Sorrells,   B.S Maryland 

Berry   College 

Jack  Haldane   Soutar Florida 

University  of  Florida 
Lloyd  Ernest  Svennevig,  A.B. 

Massachusetts 
Atlantic  Union   College 

Warren  Edward  Thurston,  B.S Maine 

University  of  Maryland 

Joseph  Harry  Toropilo Connecticut 

University  of  Maryland 

Harold  Michael  Trepp,  B. A. .  .  .  Connecticut 

The   Catholic  University  of  America 


Gilbert  Roland  Tronier Utah 

University  of  Utah 
Donald   Collis   Weikert,   B.S. 

District  of  Columbia 
University  of  Maryland 

Daniel    Fowler    Whiteside Florida 

University  of  Florida 

Anthony  John  Wickenheiser,  Jr. ...  Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Robert  James   Wilson Maryland 

Western  Maryland  College 

Byron    Crosby   Woodside Virginia 

The    George   Washington   University 

George  Dietrich  Yent,  Jr Maryland 

Virginia   Polytechnic  Institute 

Gilbert  Garland  Youngblood.  .West  Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 


Junior  Class 


Norman  Stanley  Alpher 

District   of   Columbia 
The   George   Washington   University 

William  Milton  Barbush West  Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 
Robert  Lehman  Bartlett,   B.A..  .  .Maryland 

The  Johns  Hopkins  University 
Eugene  Arthur  Beliveau,   B.S 

Massachusetts 
Boston  College 

Daniel   Willis    Benton Utah 

University  of  Utah 

William   Frederick  Bishop,   B.S..  .  .Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

John   Frederick   Black New  Jersey 

Fairleigh  Dickinson  College 

Louis    Blum Pennsylvania 

The   Newark  Colleges   of 
Rutgers  University 

Charles   Daniel   Broe Massachusetts 

Tufts   College 

William  George  Buchanan New  Jersey 

University  of  Maryland 
Vito   Dominic    Buonomano,   Jr.,    B.S. 

Rhode  Island 
Providence    College 

James   Ambrose   Butler,   Jr New  York 

Niagara  University 

Charles    Wallis    Buttner Florida 

University   of   Miami 

Richard   Ernest   Cabana New  Jersey 

Seton  Hall  University 

Hubert  Thomas  Chandler.  .  .  .West  Virginia 

Morris  Harvey  College 

Robert    Lee    Childs,    B.A Pennsylvania 

Duquesne   University 

Neil     Cohen Florida 

University  of  Miami 

William    Eugene    Colliver Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Joseph  Andre  Croteau.  B.S. 

Massachusetts 
College   of  the  Holy   Cross 

Bertrand  Saul  Dann,   B.S.,  M.S Maryland 

University  of   Maryland 


Urban  Bernard   DeCosta,   B.S. 

Rhode  Island 

Providence  College 

Frederick    Bertrand    Delorme.  ..  .Vermont 

University  of  Vermont  and 

State  Agricultural  College 

John   Joseph   DeMartin Connecticut 

University  of  Vermont  and 
State  Agricultural  College 

Robert   Edward    DeMartin Connecticut 

University  of  Vermont  and 

State  Agricultural  College 

John  Henry  Dempsey,  A.B... West  Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 

Elliott    Howard    Dickler,    B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Seymour  Bernard  Fingerhood,  B.A. 

New   Jersey 
New  York  University 

Karl  Josef  Foose West  Virginia 

Marshall  College 

William  Grady  Franklin,  B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Paul    Edward    Freed Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Joseph   Patrick   Garvey,    B.S. 

Rhode   Island 
College  of  the  Holy  Cross 

Roy  Frank   Gherardi,    B.A New  York 

New  York  University 

George  William  Greco Maryland 

Mount  St.   Mary's   College 

Ray   Evan   Griffin,    B.A Vermont 

University   of  Vermont  and 
State    Agricultural   College 

Jimmy  Ray  Hager West  Virginia 

West   Virginia   University 

Walter  Burnell  Hall,  A.B Massachusetts 

Cornell  University 

Raymond  Donald  Haslam Pennsylvania 

Washington    Missionary    College 

Paul   Emmet   Higgins Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 


47 


Orville  Clayton  Hurst.  .7r Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Thomas    Kent    Ingram Virginia 

Virginia   Military    Institute 

Gerald    Marshall    Isbell Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 

William    McDonald    Johnson Florida 

Berea  College 

Livia    Kalnins Latvia 

The   Johns    Hopkins    University, 
McCoy  College 

William  Ignatius  Keene New  Jersey 

Mt.   Saint  Mary's   College 

John  Poist  Keffer.  Jr New  Jersey 

Villanova   College 

James  Van  Lieu  Kiser West  Virginia 

Davis  and   Elkins   College 

Fred   Herman  Andrew   Koeniger 

New  York 
The  University  of  Rochester 

William  Edgar  Landefeld,  Jr.,  B.A. 

Maryland 
Western  Maryland  College 

Kenneth    Joseph    Langfield.  .Massachusetts 
University   of   Massachusetts 

George  Albert  Lippard,  Jr.,  B.S. 

South  Carolina 
Davidson    College 

Donald    Bruce    Lurie Maryland 

Western  Maryland  College 

John   Joseph  Martielli,    B.S Florida 

Davis  and  Elkins   College 

Dennis  Laurent  Maud.   B.A.  ....New  York 

Norwich    University 

Jerry  Wayne  Medlock.   B.S Texas 

Presbyterian   College 
Ernest  Charles  Merkel,  Jr..  B.S. .  .Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 
Eugene  Joseph  Messer,  A.B. 

Massachusetts 
St.   Michael's   College 

Joe    Harvey   Miller,   Jr Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
John    Charles    Miller,    Jr. 

District  of  Columbia 
University  of  Maryland 

Ralph  Charles  Monroe Maine 

University   of   Maine 

John  George   Mueller,   B.A Oklahoma 

Duke   University 
Raymond  Elliot  Mullaney,   B.S. 

Massachusetts 
University  of  Maryland 

Nassif  Joseph  Nassif West  Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 

Minor  Paul  Nestor,  B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Philip   Patrick   Nolan,   B.S Maryland 

Loyola    College 

Thomas  Francis  Owens Pennsylvania 

The   Pennsylvania  State   College 
Rafael  Angel  Pagan- Colon,   B.S. 

Puerto    Rico 
University  of  Puerto  Riro 
Roy   Christopher  Page,   A.B. 

South    Carolina 
Berea  College 
Orie  Nicholas  Passarelli,  B.S..New  Jersey 

Saint  Peter's   College 
William   Russell  Patteson.  .  .  . West   Virginia 

Marshall  College 

Peter   Pecoraro.  Jr.,   B.S.  ...Rhode    Island 

Providence  College 


John  Vincent  Puleo,  B.A Rhode   Island 

1  'rovidence    College 

Alfred  Joseph   Rapuano New  Jersey 

The   Newark   Colleges   of 
Rutgers    University 

Clyde  Eugene  Reed.  BiS West  Virginia 

West    Virginia   University 

Angelo  Michael  Repole New  Jersey 

University  of  Maryland 

William   Henry   Ruppert,    Jr Maryland 

University  of   Maryland 
Charles    Benjamin   Rushford,   Jr.,   A.B. 

West  Virginia 
West   Virginia   University 

Herbert  Henry  Rust New  York 

Queens  College 

Francis  John  Salvato,  A.B New  Jersey 

Gettysburg  College 

Alvin    Robert    Sayers Vermont 

Midwestern  University 

Abraham   Schachter,    B.A Connecticut 

The    University  of    Connecticut 

Albert    Seymore    Schaffer Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Paul  Kenneth   Schick Connecticut 

Tufts   College 

Robert  Jay  Schwartz Connecticut 

Emory   University 

Harry  Edwin  Semler,  Jr.,  B.A. ..  .Maryland 

The  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Joseph  Israel  Shevenell,  B.S Maine 

St.  Michael's   College 

Carl  S.   Singer,   B.S .Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Elwood  Stanley  Snyder,  Jr New  Jersey 

Middlebury    College 

John  Francis  Spychalski,  B.S.  ...New  York 

St.   Bernardine   of  Siena   College 

Robert   John    Stag Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Thomas  Dcdds  Stokes,  Jr.,   B.A. 

North  Carolina 
The    University    of    North    Carolina 

Alan    Stoler Florida 

University   of   Miami 

William  Andrew  Stout.   B.S New  York 

Tufts    College 

John    Malcomb    Stribling Florida 

University  of  Florida 

James  Richard  Sullivan Maryland 

Montgomery    Junior    College 

Carl  Anthony  Tomosivitch,  B.S. .New  York 

St.   John's   University 

Joel  Jacob  Ulanet New  Jersey 

Lafayette    College 
John   David   Vachon,   A.B.,   M.S. 

West   Virginia 
West   Virginia  University 

John    William    Vargo West  Virginia 

Morris    Harvey    College 

Hans    Kvamme   Varmer,    B.A Maryland 

Washington    Missionary    College 

Frank  Joseph  Verdecchia,   B.S. ..  .Maryland 

University   of   Maryland 

Richard  Howard  Warren New  Jersey 

New   York   University 

George    William   Waxter Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Frederick  Brown  Williams.  .South  Carolina 

The   Citadel 

Gerald   Zimmerman,    B.A New   Jersey 

Dartmouth   College 


48 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Sophomore  Class 


Ralph  Richard   Asadourian, 

B  A New    Hampshire 

University  of  New  Hampshire 

Ronald    James    Bauerle,    B. A.  .Connecticut 

Providence  College 

Carl    Mitchell    Baumann Florida 

University  of   Florida 

Philip    Stanley    Benzil,    B.S Florida 

University  of  Miami 

Thomas  Henry  Birney,   B.A California 

University  of  Southern  California 

Stanley    Earle    Block Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Joseph   Paul    Bodo,    Jr.,    B.S Florida 

University  of  Tampa 

Stanley  Saul    Brager,   B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Harry    Edward    Brandau,    Jr Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Robert  Sherman  Brown New   Jersey 

University   of   Pennsylvania 

John   Paul    Burton West   Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 

Enrique    Rafael    Capo Puerto    Rico 

Haverford   College 

Robert    Ernest    Chait Florida 

University    of    Miami 

Argil    Lewis    Chambers West    Virginia 

Marshall    College 

George    Elmore    Collins Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Martin  Richard  Crytzer, 

3  g Pennsylvania 

University  of  Maryland 

Stanley  Carl  DelTufo,   B.A New  Jersey 

Rutgers  University 

William    Clinton   Denison West   Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 

F.    Lee    Eggnatz Florida 

University   of   Florida 

Melvin   Feiler New  Jersey 

Upsala   College 

Dayton  Carroll  Ford West  Virginia 

Marshall    College 

Orton    Dittmar    Frisbie Florida 

University   of   Florida 

Jose   Antonio  Fuentes Puerto   Rico 

University   of   Puerto   Rico 
John   W.    Gannon,    Jr., 

A.B West     Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 

Richard     Chris     Georgiades Florida 

Virginia    Military    Institute 


Robert    Goren,    B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Barbara    Lorraine    Greco, 

A.B New    Jersey 

The  Newark  Colleges  of 
Rutgers  University 

Anton   Grobani,    B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Fernando   Haddock,    B.S Puerto   Rico 

University  of  Puerto  Rico 

Robert    William    Haroth Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Barry    Ronald    Harris Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Richard   McFern   Hemphill, 

A.B West    Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 
Gerald   Franklin   Hoffman, 

B.A Connecticut 

University  of  Connecticut 

Paul  Harvey  Hyland Delaware 

University   of   Delaware 

William    Louis    Hyman Florida 

University  of  Miami 

Allen    Burton    Itkin Connecticut 

University  of  Connecticut 

Lawrence   Paul   Jacobs,    A.B.  ..  .Delaware 

Temple  University 

Alfred    Howard    Jansen,    Jr Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Robert  Mathis  Johnson,   B.A Maryland 

The  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Paul    Franklin    Kiefman,    B.S Virginia 

The  American  University 
Robert  Harmon  McLIoyd  Killpack, 

B.A Utah 

University  of  Utah 

Anthony  Joseph  Klein,  Jr.,  B.S..New  York 

University    of    Cincinnati 

Richard  John  Lauttman,   B.S Maryland 

Loyola   College 

David    Rodman    Lecrone Delaware 

University   of   Delaware 

Walter    Prudden    Leonard Florida 

Emory  University 

John    Frank    Lessig Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Herbert   Gary   Levin Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Donald   Palmer   Lewis Massachusetts 

Norwich  University 
Robert  Bernard  Lewis,  B.S.. Rhode  Island 

College    of    the    Holy    Cross 

Benedict   Salvatore    LiPira,   B.S. .  .Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 


49 


Garrett    Isaac    "Lous.    Jr..    A- B. .  .Maryland 
West  Virginia  University 

Luis   Felipe   Lucca,    B.S Puerto  Rico 

University  of   Puerto   Rico 
Albert    Silveira    Luiz,    A. B.  .Massachusetts 

Boston  University 

Lawford    Earle    Magruder.    Jr ...  .Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Clyde     Danforth    Marlow Florida 

Emory  University 

Carlos  Rafael  Matos Puerto  Rico 

University  of   Puerto   Rico 
Edward    Robert    McLaughlin, 

B.S Massachusetts 

University  of  Massachusetts 

David     Frederick     Mehlisch Maryland 

Graceland    College 
Raymond    Dennis    Menton,    Jr., 

B.S Maryland 

Loyola   College 

Anthony  Nicholas   Micelotti,   B.S. 

Massachusetts 
Boston  College 

Paul    Masashi    Morita New    Jersey 

University  of  Maryland 

Richard    Warren    Moss Florida 

Emory  University 

James   Edward   Nadeau Massachusetts 

American   International   College 
William    Harold     Neilund,     B.S.  ..  .Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Ralph  Fields  Norwood,  Jr.  .  .West  Virginia 

Bethany  College 
Guy   Sullivan    O'Brien,    Jr., 

B.S South     Carolina 

Furman  University 

Charles    Irving    Osraan,    B.S Florida 

University   of   Florida 
Warren     Andrew     Parker ...  .New    Jersey 

Mount   Saint   Mary's    College 

Bienvenido    Perez,    Jr.,    B.S....New    York 

University  of   Puerto   Rico 

George   Louis   Plassnig Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Joseph    Marion    Powell South    Carolina 

Furman  University 

Ralph    Weyman    Price Virginia 

North  Georgia  College 

Burton     Alvin     Raphael Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Alan   Shia  Resnek Massachusetts 

Tufts  College 

Henry   Edward    Richter,   Jr.,    B.S.  .Virginia 

University  of   Maryland 

Lawrence    David    Rogers Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 


Peter    Arthur    Rubelman Florida 

Emory  University 

John   Sidney   Rushton Virginia 

University  of  Maryland 

Robert    Nicholas    Santangelo.  .New    Jersey 

Purdue   University 

Lawrence    Donald    Sarubin,    B.S.  .Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

James  Augustus  Schaefer,   B.S..New  York 

St.    Michael's    College 

Leonard    Stanley    Schneider Maryland 

The   Johns   Hopkins   University 

Howard    Schwartz,    B.A New   Jersey 

Rutgers    University 

Irwin   Bernard   Schwartz New  Jersey 

The  Newark  Colleges  of 
Rutgers  University 

David  Howard  Shamer,   B.S Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Charles    Irvine   Shelton West   Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 
Cyril    Stanton    Sokale,    B.A.  ..  .Connecticut 

The  University  of  Connecticut 
Edward   William   Spinelli,    Jr., 

A.B Massachusetts 

Tufts  College 

Howard  Stanton  Spurrier Utah 

University    of    Utah 

Ivan   Lee   Starr,    A.B New   Jersey 

Syracuse   University 

Ronald    Martin    Starr Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Elizabeth    Lee    Stewart.. Maryland 

The   Johns    Hopkins   University, 
McCoy   College 

Marvin   Howard    Tawes,    Jr Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 
Linn  Shecut  Tompkins,  Jr.. South  Carolina 

University  of   South   Carolina 

Frank    Trotto,    Jr.,    A. B.... West    Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 

Donald    Herbert    Wadsworth Florida 

Emory   University 

James    Ray    Wampler Virginia 

Richmond     College, 
University  of  Richmond 

William     James     Washuta Florida 

University  of  Miami 

David     Allen    Watson Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Louis      Weiss Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

William    Alvin    Wolf,     A.B Connecticut 

Upsala   College 

Rodger  August  Zelles,   B.S....Nevi   Jersey 

Rutgers  University 


50 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Freshman  Class 


Kenneth   David    Bass,    B.A.,    M.S. 

Connecticut 
University  of  Connecticut 
Robert  Gene  Beckelheimer .  . .  West  Virginia 
Concord   College 

Frederick   Blumenthal    Florida 

The   University   of  Miami 
Leonard   Francis   Borges,    B.S. 

Massachusetts 
Tufts  College 

Martin  David  Breckstein Florida 

University  of  Florida 
Lawrence  Austin  Brehne,  B.A..New  Jersey 

Rutgers  University 
Robert  Francis  Bristol,  B. A.. Rhode  Island 

Providence  College 

John  C.  L.   Brown,  Jr.,  B.S. .  .Pennsylvania 

The  Pennyslvania  State  University 

Bayard  Allen  Buchen Florida 

Emory  University 

Robert  Rolland   Buckner Georgia 

Washington  Missionary  College 

Barbara  Dorothea  Bucko Connecticut 

Syracuse  University 

Thomas  Cali,  B.S New  Jersey 

University  of  Maryland 

John  Joseph  Cartisano New  York 

Indiana  University 

Gary  Herbert  Cohen Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Robert  Ted   Conner West  Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 
Henry  Donald  Crowley,  B.A.  ....New  York 

Duke  University 
Juan  Anibal  Cuevas -Jimenez,  B.S. 

Puerto  Rico 
University  of  Puerto  Rico 
Adolph  Albert  Cura,  B. A..  .  .Massachusetts 

Boston  College 

Peter   Bernard   Dal   Pozzol.  ..  .Connecticut 

Colby   College 

Allan  Lee  Danoff Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Eugene  Frederick  deLonge.  .South  Carolina 

Newberry  College 

Joseph  Budding  Dietz,  Jr Delaware 

Lehigh  University 
Frank   Anthony   Dolle,    B.S.,    M.S.,   Ph.D 

Maryland 
University  of  Maryland 
William  Frank  Dombrowski,  B.S..  .Maryland 

United  States   Naval  Academy 
James    Francis   Dooley,    B.S.,    A.B. 

New  Jersey 
B.S.,   U.  S.   Merchant  Marine  Academy 
A.B.,   Rutgers   University 

William  Edward  Dowden,  B.S New  York 

Niagara  University 

Ronald  Wolfe  Feldstein,  B.S Maryland 

Franklin  and  Marshall  College 

Conrad  Castenzio  Ferlita Florida 

The  University  of  Miami 

Raymond  Alan  Flanders New  York 

Colgate  University 

John  Morrison  Foley,  B.S Maryland 

Loyola  College 

James  Arthur  Fowler,  Jr Maryland 

University  of  Maryland 

Robert  Donald  Fraser,   B.S New  York 

Niagara  University 

Richard  Lawrence  Fraze Florida 

Tufts  College 

Larry  Joe  Frick South  Carolina 

The   Clemson  Agricultural  College 


Thornwell  Jacobs  Frick,  B.S. 

South  Carolina 
Davidson  College 

Ivan  Orlo  Gardner,  B.S Maryland 

University  of  Pittsburgh 

Billy  Wade  Gaskill Arkansas 

West   Virginia   University 

Gorm  Pultz  Hansen Maryland 

University    of   Maryland 

Frederick  Lewis  Hodous Maryland 

University    of   Maryland 

Francis  Kurt  Hugelineyer,  B.S....New  York 

College  of  the  Holy  Cross 

Eugene  Farley  Humphreys Idaho 

Brigham  Young  University 

James   Paul  Jabbour,   B.S..  .  .Massachusetts 

Tufts    College 

Calvin  Charles  Kay Florida 

University   of   Miami 

Edward  Gerard  Keen Connecticut 

St.   Anselm's   College 

Paul  Lewis  Keener Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 

Joseph  Krall,   B.S Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 

Jacob  Ian  Krampf Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 

Frank  Walter  Krause,  B.A New  Jersey 

University  of  Virginia 

Domenic  Edward  LaPorta Connecticut 

University   of   Maryland 

Robert  Louis  Lee Maryland 

University   of   Maryland 

Wallace  George  Lee Michigan 

University   of  Maryland 

Lester  Leonard  Levin Maryland 

University   of   Maryland 
Leslie    Herminio    Lopez-Velez,    B.S. 

Puerto  Rico 
University  of  Puerto  Rico 

Joseph  Paul  Lynch,  B.S New  Jersey 

Seton  Hall  University 

Carlos  A.  Machuca  Padin,  B.S..  .Puerto  Rico 

University  of  Puerto  Rico 

Arnold  Irwin  Malhmood Maryland 

University    of   Maryland 

Jose  Manuel  Martinez,  B.S Puerto  Rico 

University   of    Puerto    Rico 

John  Kenneth  McDonald Mississippi 

Louisiana   State   University  and 
Agricultural  and  Mechanical   College 

Thomas  James  Meakem New  Jersey 

Davis  and  Elkins   College 

Thomas  Eugene  Miller,  B.S New  Jersey 

St.   John's  University 

Bernard  Lee  Morgan,  B.A.  ...West  Virginia 

West   Virginia   University 

Fabian  Morgan,  B.S North  Carolina 

Wake  Forest  College 

John  Worthington  Myers Maryland 

Hagerstown  Junior  College 
Elizabeth  Haydee  Noa,  B.A. ..  .Puerto  Rico 

Nazareth  College 
William  Barnard  O'Connor.  .  .  .West  Virginia 

West   Virginia   University 

William  Robert  Owens,  B.S. .North  Carolina 

Davidson  College 

Philip  Kibbee  Parsons West  Virginia 

West  Virginia  University 
Jeffry  Chandler  Pennington 

South  Carolina 
The   Citadel 
Charles  Kenneth  Peters,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Maryland 
Loyola  College 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 


51 


Gregory  Michael   Petrakis,   B.S. 

Connecticut 
Trinity    College 
George    Jackson   Phillips,   Jr.,    B.A. 

Maryland 
Amherst  College 

Barry   Pickus,    B.A Maryland 

Western  Maryland  College 

Donald  Alan  Pirie.  B.S Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 
Anthony   Michael   Policastro,   B.A. 

New  Jersey 
Seton  Hall  University 

Joseph  Eul  Polino,  B.A Connecticut 

Providence  College 

Alben  R.  Pollack,  B.A New  York 

Alfred  University 

Joel  Pollack.  B.S New  York 

The   City  College  of  New  York 
Albert  Edward  Postal.  .District  of  Columbia 

University   of  Maryland 

William  Lewis  Pralley,  B.A.  ..West  Virginia 

West   Virginia   University 

John  Viering  Raese West  Virginia 

West   Virginia   University 

William  Paul  Raimond Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 

Harold  Reuben  Ribakow Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 
Chester  James  Richmond,  Jr..  .Connecticut 

Tufts  College 
Matthew  Angelo  Rocco,  B.A....New  Jersey 

Seton  Hall  University 
Everett  Newton  Roush,  III.. West  Virginia 

Marshall  College 

Louis  Joseph  Ruland,  Jr.,   B.A. ..  .Maryland 

The  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Raymond  Richard  Sahley West  Virginia 

Marshall  College 

Charles  Salerno New  Jersey 

Upsala    College 

Richard   Charles   Saville,    B.A Maryland 

University   of   Maryland 

David  Lee  Schofield Florida 

University  of  Miami 


Jerome  Schwartz,  B.S Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 

Robert   Bernard  Silberstein Florida 

University  of  Florida 
Stanley   Leonard  Silver,   B.S. 

District  of  Columbia 
University   of   Maryland 
Francis  Vincent  Simansky,  B.S. ..  .Maryland 
Loyola  College 

Orlando  Louis  Skaff,  B.A West  Virginia 

West   Virginia  University 

Philip  Smith    Vermont 

University    of    Vermont    and    State 
Agricultural    College 

Anthony  Sollazzo New  Jersey 

Rutgers  University 

James    Frederick   Sproul Ohio 

West   Virginia  University 

John  Joseph  Stecher,  B.S New  Jersey 

Seton  Hall  University 

Donald  Dietrich  Stegman,  B.S Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 
Daniel  Joseph  Sullivan,  B.A.  ..Rhode   Island 

Providence  College 

Charles  Carroll  Swoope,  Jr..  .  .New  Jersey 

University  of  Florida 

Arthur  Morton  Tilles Maryland 

University   of  Maryland 

John  Louis  Varanelli Connecticut 

University  of  Connecticut 
Francis    Anthony   Veltre,    B.S.,   M.S. 

Maryland 
University   of  Maryland 

Jorge  Vendrell Puerto  Rico 

The  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana 

Leonard  Clifford  Warner,  Jr. ..  .Connecticut 

Colby   College 

Edgar  Clair  White Kentucky 

Marshall  College 

Thomas  Adams  Wilson,  B.A Maryland 

Amherst   College 
Herbert  Sanford  Yampolsky.   B.S. 

New  Jersey 
University  of  Alabama 


DEANS  OF  DENTAL  SCHOOLS  IN  BALTIMORE 


BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 
(Founded  1840) 

Chapin  A.  Harris 1840—1841 

Thomas  E.  Bond 1841—1842 

Washington  R.  Handy. 1842—1853 

Philip  H.  Austen 1853—1865 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorg as 1865 — 1882 

Richard  B.  Winder 1882—1894 

M.  Whilldin  Foster ._ 1894—1914 

William  G.  Foster 1914—1923 

MARYLAND   DENTAL   COLLEGE 

1873—1878  (Merged  with  B.  C.  D.  S.) 

Richard  B.  Winder 1873—1878 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
(Founded  1882) 

Ferdinand  J.   S.   Gorgas 1882 — 1911 

Timothy  O.   Heatwole 1911—1923 

BALTIMORE  MEDICAL  COLLEGE 
1895—1913  (Merged  with  U.  of  Md.) 

J.  William  Smith 1895—1901 

William  A.  Montell 1901—1903 

J.  Edgar  Orrison 1903—1904 

J.  William  Smith 1904—1913 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(B.  C.  D.  S.  Joined  the  U.  of  Md.  1923) 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole 1923—1924 

J.  Ben  Robinson 1924—1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg   (Acting) 1953 

Myron    S.    Aisenberg 1954 — present 


1957-1958 


NIVERSITY         OF         MARYLAND 


THE   SCHOOL  OF 


dentistry 


AT    BALTIMORE 


1957                                 1958 

JANUARY    1957 

JULY    1957 

JANUARY    1958 

JULY  1958 

S    M    T    W   T    F    S 
12     3     4     5 

6     7     8     9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  2G 
27  28  29  30  31  

S    M    T    W   T   F   S 
....     12     3     4     5     6 

7     8     9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31  

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4 

5     6     7     8     9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31  .... 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

12     3     4     5 

6     7     8     9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31  

FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1     2 

3     4     5     6     7     8    9 

24  25  26  27  28 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3 

4     5     6     7     8     9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

S    M    T    W    T   F    S 

1 

2     3     4     5     6     7     8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  .... 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1     2 

3     4     5     6     7     8     9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31  

MARCH 

SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

SEPTEMBER 

S   M    T    W   T   F    S 
1     2 

3     4     5     6     7     8    9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31  

S    M    T    W   T    F    S 
12     3     4     5     6     7 
8     9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30  

S    M    T    W   T   F    S 

1 

2     3    4    5     6     7    8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31  

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
...     12     3     4     5     6 

7     8     9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  

APRIL 

OCTOBER 

APRIL 

OCTOBER 

S   M    T    W   T   F   S 
....     12     3     4     5     6 

7     8     9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4     5 

6     7     8     9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31  

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

12     3     4     5 

6     7     8     9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4 

5     6     7     8     9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31  .... 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4 

5     6     7     8     9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1     2 

3     4     5     6     7     8     9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

S   M    T    W   T   F   S 

12    3 

4     5     6     7     8     9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

S    M    T    W   T    F    S 

1 

2     3     4     5     6     7     8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

S   M    T    W   T   F    S 

1 

2     3     4     5     6     7     8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  

S    M    T    W   T    F    S 
12     3     4     5     6     7 
8     9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30  31  

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4     5     6     7 
8     9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
....     12     3     4     5     6 

7     8     9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31  

BOARD  OF  REGENTS 
AND 
MARYLAND  STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE  Term 

Expires 
Charles  P.  McCormick,  Sr.,  Chairman,  McCormick  and  Company,  Inc., 

414  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 „ 1957 

Edward  F.  Holter,  Vice-Chairman,  The  National  Grange,  744  Jackson 

Place,  N.W.,  Washington  6 m 1959 

B.  Herbert    Brown,    Secretary,    The    Baltimore    Institute,    12    West 
Madison   Street,   Baltimore   1  - 1960 

Harry  H.  Nuttle,  Treasurer,  Denton  1957 

Louis  L.  Kaplan,  Assistant  Secretary,  1201  Eutaw  Place,  Baltimore  17     1961 

Edmund  S.  Burke,  Assistant  Treasurer,  Kelly-Springfield  Tire  Com- 
pany,  Cumberland - 1959 

William  P.  Cole,  Jr.,  100  West  University  Parkway,  Baltimore  10 1958 

Thomas   W.   Pangborn,   The   Pangborn   Corporation,   Pangborn    Blvd., 

Hagerstown - „....„ 1965 

Enos  S.  Stockbridge,  10  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 _ 1960 

Thomas  B.  Symons,  Suburban  Trust  Company,  6950  Carroll  Avenue, 

Takoma  Park „ 1963 

C.  Ewing  Tuttle,  907   Latrobe   Building,   Charles   and   Read    Streets, 

Baltimore  2  1962 

Members  of  the  Board  are  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State  for 
terms  of  nine  years  each,  beginning  the  first  Monday  in  June. 

The  President  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is,  by  law,  Executive  Officer 
of  the  Board. 

The  State  law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  shall  constitute  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 

A  regular  meeting  "of  the  Board  is  held  the  last  Friday  in  each  month, 
except  during  the  months  of  July  and  August.  •  ■  


ONE  HUNDRED  AND  SEVENTEENTH  CATALOGUE 

with 

Announcements  For 
The  7957-7958  Session 


BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


THE  PROVISIONS  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an 
irrevocable  contract  between  the  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland. 
The  University  reserves  the  right  to  change  any  provision  or  require- 
ment at  any  time  within  the  student's  term  of  residence.  The  University 
further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a  student  to  withdraw  when  it 
considers  such  action  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  University. 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 
1957-1958  SESSION 

First  Semester 

1957 

September  18 Wednesday   *Registration  for  Freshman  Class 

September  19 Thursday *Registration  for  Sophomore  Class. 

September  20 Friday   *  Registration  for  Junior  and  Senior 

Classes. 

September  23 Monday  Instruction  begins  with  first  sched- 
uled period. 

November   26 Tuesday Thanksgiving  recess  begins  at  close 

of  last  scheduled  period. 

December  2 Monday    Instruction     resumes     with     first 

scheduled  period. 

December  20 Friday  Christmas   recess   begins   at   close 

of  last  scheduled  period. 

1958 

January   6 Monday    Instruction      resumes     with     first 

scheduled  period. 

January  23 Thursday  and 

and   24 Friday    *  Second  Semester  Registration. 

January   31 Friday   First   Semester  ends   at  the   close 

of  last  scheduled  period. 

Second  Semester 

February  3 Monday  Instruction  begins  with  first  sched- 
uled period. 

February   22 Saturday Washington's  Birthday — holiday. 

April  3 Thursday Easter   recess   begins   at   close   of 

last  scheduled  period. 

April  8 Tuesday Instruction     resumes     with     first 

scheduled  period. 

May  30 Friday   Memorial   Day — holiday. 

June   4 Wednesday  Second  Semester  ends  at  close  of 

last  scheduled  period. 

June   7 Saturday Commencement. 


*  A  student  who  fails  to  register  prior  to  or  on  the  day  or  days  specified  must  pay 
a  late  registration  fee  of  five  dollars  ($5.00).  The  last  day  of  registration  with  fee 
added  to  regular  charges  is  Saturday  of  the  week  in  which  instruction  begins. 

The  offices  of  the  registrar  and  comptroller  are  open  daily  from  9 :00  A.M.  to 
4  :00  P.M.,  and  Saturday  from  9  :00  A.M.  to  12  :00  noon. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  5 

OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

Wilson  Homer  Elkins,  B.A.,  M.A.,  B.Litt.,  D.Phil., 

President  of  the  University 

Myron   S.  Aisenberg,  D.D.S.,  Dean 

Katharine  Toomey,  Administrative  Assistant 

G.  Watson  Algire,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

Norma  J.  Azlein,  B.A.,  Registrar 

OFFICERS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

1956-1957  SESSION 

Emeriti 

J.  Ben  Robinson,  D.D.S.,  D.Sc,  Dean  Emeritus 
Burt  B.  Ide,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Operative  Dentistry 

Professors 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  Professor  of  Pathology. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 
Joseph  Calton  Biddix,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934. 
Edward  C.  Dobbs,  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929  ;  B.S\,  1952. 
Brice  Marden  Dorsey,  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1927. 
Gardner  Patrick  Henry  Foley,  Professor  of  Dental  Literature. 

B.A.,  Clark  University,  1923  ;  M.A.,  1926. 
Grayson  Wilbur  Gaver,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 
William  Edward  Hahn,  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

D.D.S.,  University   of  Maryland,   1931:   A.B.,  University   of   Rochester,    1938;    M.S., 

1939. 
Marion  W.  McCrea,  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology. 

D.D.S..  Ohio   State  University,   1935  :  M.S'.,  University  of  Rochester,  1937. 
Ernest  B.  Nuttall,  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial   Prosthesis. 

D.D.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

Robert  Harold  Oster,  Professor  of  Physiology. 

B.S..   The  Pennsylvania   State   University,   1923 ;   M.S.,    1926 ;   Ph.D.,    Harvard   Uni- 
versity, 1933. 
Kyrle  W.  Preis,  Professor  of  Orthodontics. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929. 
Kenneth  Vincent  Randolph,  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry. 

D.D.S*.,  University  of  Maryland,   1939  ;  B.S.,  1951. 
Donald  E.  Shay,  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 

B.S..    Lebanon   Valley   College,    1937 ;   M.S.,   University    of   Maryland,    1938 ;    Ph.D., 

1943. 
E.  G.  Vanden  Bosche,  Professor  of  Biochemistry. 

A.B.,   Lebanon   Valley    College,    1922;    M.S.,    University   of   Maryland,    1924;    Ph.D., 

1927. 


6  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Associate  Professors 

William  Robert  Biddington,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 
Joseph  Patrick  Cappuccio,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery. 

B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1943;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 
Benjamin  Anthony  Dabrowski,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Roentgenology. 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins   University,   1932  ;   D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1940. 
Stanley  H.  Dosh,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S\,  University  of  Maryland,  1935. 
♦Harold  Golton,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1925. 
George  McLean,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis  and  Principles  of 
Medicine. 

M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1916. 
Peter  McLean  Lu,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,   University  of  Maryland,  1934. 

Jose  Enrique  Medina,  Associate  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry. 

D.D.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1948. 
Walter  L.  Oggesen,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926. 
D.  Vincent  Provenza,  Associate  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1939  ;  M.S.,  1941 ;  Ph.D.,  1952. 
Wilbur  Owen  Ramsey,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 
Douglas  John  Sanders,  Associate  Professor  of  Pedodontics. 

B.S\,  Northwestern  University,  1946  ;  D.D.S.,  1948. 
Guy  Paul  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1923  ;  A.M.,   1929. 
L.  Edward  Warner,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 
Tobias  Weinberg,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology. 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1930  ;  M.D.,  1933. 

Assistant  Professors 

Irving  I.  Abramson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 
Alvin  David  Aisenberg,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1945. 
Hugh  M.  Clement,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944. 
Thomas  F.  Clement,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 
Conrad  L.  Inman,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anesthesiology. 

D.D.S.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1915. 
William  Kress,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics. ' 

D.D.S*.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936. 
Yam-hin  Louie,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry. 

B.S.,  Lingnan  University,   Canton,  China,   1938 ;   D.D.S.,  Northwestern  University, 

1945  ;  M.S.D.,  1946. 


*  Leave  of  absence. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  7 

Burton  Robert  Pollack,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

Daniel  Edward  Shehan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics. 
D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

E.  Roderick  Shipley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology. 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1938  ;  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 
Arthur  G.  Siwinski,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery. 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1927  ;  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 
Dr.  Robert  Swinehart,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics. 

A.B.,  Dartmouth  College,  1933  ;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937. 
Edmond  G.  Vanden  Bosche,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dental  Anatomy. 

B.S.,   The   Pennsylvania    State    University,    1943 ;    D.D.S.,    University   of   Maryland, 

1947. 

Special  Lecturers 

Martin    Helrich,    Professor    of    Anesthesiology    (School    of    Medicine). 

B.S.,  Dickinson  College,  1946  ;  M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946. 
Richard  Lindenberg,  Lecturer  in  Neuroanatomy. 

M.D.,  University  of  Berlin,  1944. 
Ethelbert  Lovett,  Lecturer  in  Ethics. 

D.D.S.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1922. 
Wiluam  J.  O'Donnell,  Lecturer  in  Jurisprudence. 

A.B.,  Loyola  College,  1937  ;  LL.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 
Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Dermatology  (School  of  Medicine). 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1931 ;  M.D.,  1935. 

F.  Noel  Smith,  Lecturer  in  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1923. 
George  Herschel  Yeager,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery  (School  of  Medicine). 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  University.  1927  ;  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929. 

Instructors 

Sterrett  P.  Beaven,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 
Stanley  L.  Brown,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952  ;  D.D.S.,  1956. 
Samuel  Hollinger  Bryant,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis. 

A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1928  ;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 
Arthur  Merrick  Bushey,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 
Jerome  S.  Cullen,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 
Feed  Ehrlich,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

Calvin  Joseph  Gaver,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry. 

B.S*.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950  ;  D.D.S.,  1954. 
Stanley  B.  Goldberg,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology. 

B.A.,  The  Johns   Hopkins   University.   1949  ;   D.D.S.,   University   of  Maryland,   1956. 
Ralph  Jack  Gordon,  Instructor  in  Dental  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 
Marvin  M.  Graham,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis. 

A.B..   Cornell   University.    1938 ;    A.M.,    1939 ;    D.D.S.,    University   of    Pennsylvania, 

1943. 


8  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

William  Lee  Graham,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis. 

B.S.,  Marietta  College,  1948;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 
Walter    Granruth,    Jr.,    Instructor   in    Pathology. 

B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1950 ;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 
Melvin  John  Jagielski,  Instructor  in  Dental  Anatomy. 

D.D.S1.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 
Frank  G.  Kuehn,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Medicine. 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1946  ;  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 
Eugene  A.  Leatherman,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 
Lester  Lebo,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis. 

B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938  ;  M.D.,  1941. 
Richard  R.  C.  Leonard,  Instructor  in  Public  Health  Dentistry. 

D.D.S.,  Indiana  University,  1922;  M.S.P.H.,   University  of  Michigan,  1944. 
Charles  E.  Loveman,  Instructor  in  Anatomy. 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935  ;  D.D.S.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 
Martin    H.    Morris,    Instructor    in    Biochemistry. 

B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1952  ;  M.S.,  1954. 
James  P.  Norris,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950  ;  D.D.S.,  1956. 
Frank  N.  Ogden,  Instructor  in  First  Aid  and  in  Charge  of  Medical  Care  of 
Students. 

M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1917. 
Victor  S.  Primrose,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  McGill  University,  1918. 
Norton  Morris  Ross,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology. 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1949  ;  D.D.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

Myron  Hillard  Sachs,  Instructor  in  Anatomy. 

D.D.S.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 
Aaron  Schaeffer,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics. 

B.A.,    Western    Maryland    College,    1939 ;    D.D.S.,    University    of    Maryland,    1947 ; 

M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1948. 
Frank  J.  Sinnreich,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Anatomy. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 
Allie    Skib,    Instructor   in   Roentgenology. 

B.S.,  Sf.  Michael's  College,  1952;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 
Glenn    D.    Steele,   Instructor   in   Fixed    Partial   Prosthesis. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 
Claude  P.  Taylor,  Instructor  in  Visual  Aids. 
Earle  Harris  Watson,  Instructor  in  Dental  Materials  and  Dental  Prosthesis. 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1938;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 
John  T.  Welch,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics. 

A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1949  ;  D.D.S.,  1954. 

Graduate  Assistants 

Jack  A.  Graham,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Pathology. 

A.A.,  S'cranton  Keystone  Junior  College,  1949  ;  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1950  ; 

D.D.S.,  1954. 
Herbert  W.  Grambow,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953  ;  D.D.S.,  1956. 
Charles  Brown  Leonard,  Jr.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Biochemistry. 

B.A.,  Rutgers  College  of  South  Jersey,  1955. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  9 

Robert  D.  Parker,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery. 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 
Donald  E.  Staker,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery. 

B.S.,  Marshall  College.  1950  :  D.D.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 
Victor  J.  Vilk,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Bacteriology. 

B.A..  Montana  State  University.  1951  :  M.A..  1954. 

Library  Staff 

Ida  Marian  Robinson,  Librarian  and  Associate  Professor  of  Library  Science. 
A.B.,  Cornell  University.  1924  :  B.S.L.S..  Columbia  University  School  of  Library 
Service,   1944. 

Hilda  E.  Moore,  Associate  Librarian. 

A.B.,  Randolph  Maeon  Woman's  College,  1936  :  A.B.L.S..   Ecuory  University   Library 
School,   1937. 

Beatrice  Marriott,  Reference  Librarian. 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944. 

Edith  M.  Coyle,  Periodicals  Librarian. 

A.B.,    University    of   North    Carolina,    1937 ;    A.B.L.S1.,    University    of    North    Caro- 
lina  Sfchool  of  Library  Science.  1939  ;   M.  A.,  The  Johns   Hopkins  University,  1945. 

Harriette  W.  Shelton,  Chief  Cataloguer. 

B.A.,  The  Pennsylvania   State  College,  1935  :   B.S.L.S..  Columbia  University   School 
of  Library  Service,  1937. 

Marjorie  Fluck,  Cataloguer. 

B.S.  in  Ed.,  Kutztown  State  Teachers  College,  1952. 

Rosalie  C.  Caroll,  Library  Assistant. 

Elizabeth  E.  McCoach,  Assistant  to  the  Librarian. 

Patricia  C.  Terzi,  Assistant  to  the  Cataloguer. 


10  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

HISTORY 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  occupies  an  important  and 
interesting  place  in  the  history  of  dentistry.  At  the  end  of  the  regular  ses- 
sion— 1955-56 — it  completed  its  one  hundred  and  sixteenth  year  of  service 
to  dental  education.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  represents  the 
first  effort  in  history  to  offer  institutional  dental  education  to  those  antici- 
pating the  practice  of  dentistry 

The  first  lectures  on  dentistry  in  America  were  delivered  by  Dr.  Horace 
H.  Hayden  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Medicine,  between  the 
years  1823-25.  These  lectures  were  interrupted  in  1825  by  internal  dissensions 
in  the  School  of  Medicine  and  were  as  a  consequence  discontinued.  It  was 
Dr.  Hayden's  idea  that  dental  education  merited  greater  attention  than  had 
been  given  it  by  medicine  or  could  be  given  it  by  the  preceptorial  plan  of 
dental  teaching  then  in  vogue. 

Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  began  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  Baltimore  in 
1800.  From  that  time  he  made  a  zealous  attempt  to  lay  the  foundation  for  a 
scientific,  serviceable  dental  profession.  In  1831  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  came  to 
Baltimore  to  study  under  Hayden.  Dr.  Harris  was  a  man  of  unusual  ability 
and  possessed  special  qualifications  to  aid  in  establishing  and  promoting  formal 
dental  education.  Since  Dr.  Hayden's  lectures  had  been  interrupted  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  and  there  was  an  apparent  unsurmountable  difficulty 
confronting  the  creation  of  dental  departments  in  medical  schools,  an  indepen- 
dent college  was  decided  upon.  A  charter  was  applied  for  and  granted  by  the 
Maryland  Legislature  February  1,  1840.  The  first  Faculty  meeting  was  held 
February  3,  1840,  at  which  time  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  was  elected  President 
and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris,  Dean.  The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  by 
Dr.  Hayden  on  November  3,  1840,  to  the  five  students  matriculating  in  the  first 
class.  Thus  was  created  as  the  foundation  of  the  present  dental  profession  the 
Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  the  first  dental  school  in  the  world. 

Hayden  and  Harris,  the  admitted  founders  of  conventional  dental  educa- 
tion, contributed,  in  addition  to  the  factor  of  dental  education,  other  opportun- 
ities for  professional  growth  and  development.  In  1839  the  American  Journal 
of  Dental  Science  was  founded,  with  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  editor. 
Dr.  Harris  continued  fully  responsible  for  dentistry's  initial  venture 
into  periodic  dental  literature  to  the  time  of  his  death.  The  files  of 
the  old  American  Journal  of  Dental  Science  testify  to  the  fine  contributions 
made  by  Dr.  Harris.  In  1840  the  American  Society  of  Dental  Surgeons  was 
founded,  with  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  as  its  President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A. 
Harris  as  its  Corresponding  Secretary.  This  was  the  beginning  of  dental 
organization  in  America,  and  was  the  forerunner  of  the  American  Dental 
Association,  which  now  numbers  approximately  eighty-four  thousand  in  its 
present  membership.  The  foregoing  suggests  the  unusual  influence  Baltimore 
dentists  and  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  have  exercised  on 
professional  ideals  and  policies. 

In  1873,  the  Maryland  Dental  College,  an  offspring  of  the  Baltimore  College 
of  Dental  Surgery,  was  organized.  It  continued  instruction  until  1878,  at  which 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  11 

time  it  was  consolidated  with  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery.  A 
department  of  dentistry  was  organized  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  the 
year  1882,  graduating  a  class  each  year  from  1883  to  1923.  This  school  was 
chartered  as  a  corporation  and  continued  as  a  privately  owned  and  directed 
institution  until  1920,  when  it  became  a  State  institution.  The  Dental  Depart- 
ment of  the  Baltimore  Medical  College  was  established  in  1895,  continuing 
until  1913,  when  it  merged  with  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

The  final  combining  of  the  dental  educational  interests  of  Baltimore  was 
effected  June  15,  1923,  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  student  bodies  of  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of 
Dentistry;  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  becoming  a  distinct  de- 
partment of  the  University  under  State  supervision  and  control.  Thus  we  find 
in  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland,  a  merging  of  the  various  efforts  at  dental  education  in  Maryland. 
From  these  component  elements  have  radiated  developments  of  the  art  and 
science  of  dentistry  until  the  strength  of  its  alumni  is  second  to  none,  in  either 
number  or  degree  of  service  to  the  profession. 

LIBRARY 

This  School  is  fortunate  in  having  one  of  the  better  equipped  and  or- 
ganized libraries  among  the  dental  schools  of  the  country.  The  library  is 
located  in  the  main  building  and  consists  of  a  stack  room,  offices  and  a  reading 
room  accommodating  ninety-six  students.  Over  16,000  books  and  bound  journ- 
als on  dentistry  and  the  collateral  sciences,  together  with  numerous  pamphlets,, 
reprints  and  unbound  journals,  are  available  for  the  student's  use.  More  than 
200  journals  are  regularly  received  by  the  Library.  An  adequate  staff  pro- 
motes the  growth  of  the  Library  and  assists  the  student  body  in  the  use  of 
the  Library's  resources.  One  of  the  most  important  factors  of  the  dental 
student's  education  is  to  teach  him  the  value  and  the  use  of  dental  literature 
in  his  formal  education  and  in  promoting  his  usefulness  and  value  to  the 
profession  during  practice.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  is  ideal- 
ly equipped  to  achieve  this  aim  of  dental  instruction. 

COURSE  OF  INSTRUCTION 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  offers  a  course  in  dentistry  devoted  to  instruction  in  the  medical 
sciences,  the  dental  sciences,  and  clinical  practice.  Instruction  consists  of 
didactic  lectures,  laboratory  instruction,  demonstrations,  conferences,  quizzes 
and  hospital  ward  rounds.  Topics  are  assigned  for  collateral  reading  to 
train  the  student  in  the  value  and  use  of  dental  literature.  The  curriculum  for 
the  complete  course  appears  on  pages  20  and  21  of  this  catalogue. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

Applicants  for  admission  must  present  evidence  of  having  completed 
successfully  two  academic  years  of  work  in  an  accredited  college  of  arts  and 


12  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

sciences  based  upon  the  completion  of  a  four-year  high  school  course  or  the 
equivalent  in  entrance  examinations.  The  college  course  must  include  at 
least  a  year's  credit  in  English,  in  biology,  in  physics,  in  inorganic  chemistry, 
and  in  organic  chemistry.  All  required  science  courses  shall  include  both 
classroom  and  laboratory  instruction.  Although  a  minimum  of  60  semester 
hours  of  credit,  exclusive  of  physical  education  and  military  science,  is 
required,  additional  courses  in  the  humanities  and  the  natural  and  social 
sciences  are  desirable.  By  ruling  of  the  Dean's  Council,  all  admission  require- 
ments must  be  completed  by  June  30  previous  to  the  desired  date  of  admission. 
In  considering  candidates  for  admission,  the  Board  of  Admissions  will 
give  preference  to  those  applicants  who  have  high  scholastic  records  in 
secondary  school  and  in  college;  who  make  satisfactory  scores  in  the  dental 
aptitude  test;  who  present  favorable  recommendations  from  their  respective 
predental  committee  or  from  one  instructor  in  each  of  the  departments  of 
biology,  chemistry,  and  physics;  and  who,  in  all  other  respects,  give  every 
promise  of  becoming  successful  students  and  dentists  of  high  standing. 
Applicants  will  not  be  admitted  with  unabsolved  conditions  or  unabsolved 
failures. 

COMBINED  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES-DENTAL  PROGRAM 

The  University  offers  a  combined  arts  and  sciences-dental  curriculum 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery. 
The  preprofessional  part  of  this  curriculum  shall  be  taken  in  residence  in  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park,  and  the  professional  part  in  the 
School  of  Dentistry  in  Baltimore. 

Students  who  elect  the  combined  program  and  who  have  completed  the 
arts  and  sciences  phase  of  it  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the 
School  of  Dentistry,  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  by  the  Col- 
lege of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  the  commencement  following  the  completion  of 
the  student's  second  year  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  A  student  may  enter  the 
arts  ancT  sciences-dental  program  at  College  Park  with  advanced  standing 
from  an  accredited  college  or  university,  but  the  last  year  of  the  prepro- 
fessional training  must  be  completed  at  College  Park  and  the  professional 
training  must  be  completed  in  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

Arts-Dentistry  Curriculum 

Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 

Zool.    1 — General    Zoology 

Zool.  2 — Advanced  General  Zoology 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 

Math.   10,   11 — Algebra,  Trigonometry,   Analytic  Geometry 

Speech   18,    19 — Introductory    Speech 

Physical   Activities   

A.   S.  1,  2 — Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Hea.  2,  4 — Hygiene    (Women) 2  2 

Total 18-19  18-19 


r-Semester—^ 

I 

// 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

3 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 

SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  13 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3.  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English  Literature  3  3 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American    Life "1 

and  13  3 

G.   &  T.   1 — American    Government J 

Chem.   35,   30.   37,   38 — Organic  Chemistry 4  4 

•H.    5.    G— History    of   American    Civilization 3  3 

tModern    Language    3  3 

Thysical   Activities   1  1 

A.   S.   3,  4 — Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Total 17-20  17-20 

Juvior  Year 

Modern  Language    (continued) 3  3 

Phys.  10,  11— Fundamentals  of  Physics 4  4 

Approved  Minor  Courses 9  9 

Elective?    3  3 

Total 19  19 

Senior  Year 

The  curriculum  of  the  first  year  of  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  is  accepted  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  as  the 
fourth  year  (major  sequence)  of  academic  work  toward  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science. 

If  at  the  end  of  the  junior  year  the  student  decides  to  postpone  his  en- 
trance to  the  School  of  Dentistry  and  to  remain  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  and  complete  work  for  the  Bachelor's  degree,  he  may  choose  a  major 
and  minor  in  any  of  the  departments  in  which  he  has  completed  the  necessary 
underclass  requirements.  The  general  nature  of  the  first  three  years  of  this 
curriculum  and  the  generous  electives  of  the  third  year  make  possible  for 
the  student  a  wide  choice  of  departments  in  which  he  may  specialize.  In 
general  the  electives  of  the  third  year  will  be  chosen  as  for  a  major  in  some 
particular  department. 

REQUIREMENTS    FOR    MATRICULATION    AND    ENROLLMENT 

In  the  selection  of  students  to  begin  the  study  of  dentistry  the  School 
considers  particularly  a  candidate's  proved  ability  in  secondary  education  and 
his  successful  completion  of  prescribed  courses  in  predental  collegiate  train- 
ing. The  requirements  for  admission  and  the  academic  regulations  of  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  University  of  Maryland,  are  strictly  adhered  to 
by  the  School  of  Dentistry. 

A  student  is  not  regarded  as  having  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Den- 
tistry until  such  time  as  he  shall  have  paid  the  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00, 
and  is  not  enrolled  until  he  shall  have  paid  a  deposit  of  $200.00.  This  deposit 
is  intended  to  insure  registration  in  the  class  and  is  not  returnable. 


•  Students  planning  to  request   admission   to  the  Dental    School   with  only   two  years 
of  predental  training  should  take  Physics   10-11. 

+  Fr.  or  Ger.  6,  7 — Intermediate   Scientific  French  or  German   recommended. 


_ 


U  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

APPLICATION  PROCEDURES 

Candidates  seeking  admission  to  the  Dental  School  should  first  write 
to  the  Office  of  the  Dean  requesting-  a  preliminary  information  form.  Upon 
the  receipt  and  the  examination  of  this  form  by  the  Board  of  Admissions 
an  application  blank  will  be  sent  to  those  candidates  who  merit  consideration. 
Each  applicant  should  fill  out  the  blank  in  its  entirety  and  mail  it  promptly, 
together  with  the  application  fee  and  photographs,  to  the  Board  of  Admissions, 
Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland.  The  early 
filing  of  an  application  is  urged.  Applicants  wishing  advice  on  any  problem 
relating  to  their  predental  training  or  their  application  should  communicate 
with  the  Board  of  Admissions. 

All  applicants  will  be  required  to  take  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test.  This 
test  will  be  given  at  various  testing  centers  throughout  the  United  States, 
its  possessions  and  Canada.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  the  Council  on 
Dental  Education  of  the  American  Dental  Association  of  the  dates  of  the 
tests  and  the  locations  of  the  testing  centers. 

Promising  candidates  will  be  required  to  appear  before  the  Board  of 
Admissions  for  an  interview.  On  the  basis  of  all  available  information  the 
best  possible  applicants  will  be  chosen  for  admission  to  the  School. 

A  certificate  of  entrance  will  be  issued  to  each  successful  applicant, 
which  will  permit  him  to  matriculate  and  to  register  in  the  class  to  which 
he  has  applied. 

ADMISSION  WITH  ADVANCED  STANDING 

(a)  Graduates  in  medicine  or  students  in  medicine  who  have  completed  two 
or  more  years  in  a  medical  school,  acceptable  to  standards  in  the  School  of 
Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  may  be  given  advanced  standing  to  the 
Sophomore  year  provided  the  applicant  shall  complete  under  competent  regu- 
lar instruction  the  courses  in  dental  technology  regularly  scheduled  in  the 
first  year. 

(b)  Applicants  for  transfer  must  (1)  meet  fully  the  requirements  for  ad- 
mission to  the  first  year  of  the  dental  course;  (2)  be  eligible  for  promotion  to 
the  next  higher  class  in  the  school  from  which  he  seeks  to  transfer;  (3)  show 
an  average  grade  of  five  per  cent  above  the  passing  mark  in  the  school  where 
transfer  credits  were  earned;  (4)  show  evidence  of  scholastic  attainments, 
character  and  personality;  (5)  present  letter  of  honorable  dismissal  and  recom- 
mendation from  the  dean  of  the  school  from  which  he  transfers. 

(c)  All  applicants  for  transfer  must  present  themselves  in  person  for  an 
interview  before  qualifying  certificate  can  be  issued. 

ATTENDANCE  REQUIREMENTS 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  a  full  session,  each  student  must  have  entered 
and  be  in  attendance  on  the  day  the  regular  session  opens,  at  which  time 
lectures  to  all  classes  begin,  and  remain  until  the  close  of  the  session,  the  dates 
for  which  are  announced  in  the  calendar  of  the  annual  catalogue. 


.    SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  15 

Regular  attendance  is  demanded.  A  student  whose  attendance  in  any 
course  is  unsatisfactory  to  the  head  of  the  department  will  be  denied  the  priv- 
ilege of  final  examination  in  any  and  all  such  courses.  A  student  with  less  than 
85  per  cent  attendance  will  not  be  promoted  to  the  next  succeeding  year. 
However,  in  certain  unavoidable  circumstances  of  absences,  the  Dean  and 
the  Council  may  honor  excuses  exceeding  the  maximum  permitted. 

GRADING  AND  PROMOTION 

The  following  symbols  are  used  as  marks  for  final  grades:  A  (100-91), 
B  (90-84),  C  (83-77),  and  D  (76-70),  Passing;  F  (below  70),  Failure;  I,  In- 
complete. Progress  grades  in  courses  are  indicated  as  "Satisfactory"  and 
"Unsatisfactory." 

A  Failure  in  any  subject  may  be  removed  only  by  repeating  the  subject 
in  full.  Students  who  have  done  work  of  acceptable  quality  in  their  completed 
assignments  but  who,  because  of  circumstances  beyond  their  control,  have  been 
unable  to  finish  all  assignments,  will  be  given  an  Incomplete.  A  student  shall 
not  carry  an  Incomplete  into  the  next  succeeding  year.  When  he  has  completed 
the  requirements  for  the  removal  of  an  Incomplete,  the  student  shall  be  given 
the  actual  grade  earned  in  the  course. 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  semester  credits  as- 
signed to  each  course  and  numerical  values  for  grades.  The  numerical  values 
are  A-4;  B-3;  C-2;  D-l;  F~0.  The  grade  point  average  is  the  Gum  of  the 
products  of  semester  credits  and  grade  values,  divided  by  the  total  number  of 
semester  credits. 

Students  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.5  in  the  Freshman  year 
will  be  promoted.  At  the  end  of  the  Sophomore  year  an  overall  grade  point 
average  of  1.75  is  required  for  promotion.  A  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is 
required  for  promotion  to  the  Senior  year  and  for  graduation. 

Students  who  fail  to  meet  the  minimum  grade  point  averages  required 
for  promotion  and  who  fall  into  the  following  categories  will  be  allowed  pro- 
bationary promotion: 

1.  Freshmen  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.25-1.49. 

2.  Sophomores  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.6-1.74. 

3.  Juniors  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.85-1.99. 
Probationary  statue  will  not  be  permitted  for  two  successive  years. 

A  student  may  absolve  a  total  of  eight  credit  hours  of  failures  in  an  ac- 
credited summer  school  provided  he  has  the  grade  point  average  required  for 
promotion  or  graduation,  excluding  the  failure  or  failures  which  he  has 
incurred. 

EQUIPMENT 

A  complete  list  of  necessary  instruments  and  materials  for  technic  and 
clinic  courses  is  prescribed  by  the  Dental  School.  Arrangements  are  made  by 
the  Dental  School  in  advance  of  formal  enrollment  for  books,  instruments  and 
materials  to  be  delivered  to  the  students  at  the  opening  of  school.    Each  stu- 


16  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

dent  is  required  to  provide  himself  promptly  with  these  prescribed  necessities. 
A  student  who  does  not  meet  this  requirement  will  not  be  permitted  to  con- 
tinue with  his  class. 

DEPORTMENT 

The  profession  of  dentistry  demands,  and  the  School  of  Dentistry  requires, 
of  its  students  evidence  of  their  good  moral  character.  The  conduct  of  the 
student  in  relation  to  his  work  and  fellow  students  will  indicate  his  fitness 
to  be  taken  into  the  confidence  of  the  community  as  a  professional  man.  In- 
tegrity, sobriety,  temperate  habits,  truthfulness,  respect  for  authority  and  asso- 
ciates and  honesty  in  the  transaction  of  business  affairs  as  a  student  will  be 
considered  as  evidence  of  good  moral  character  necessary  to  the  granting  of  a 
degree. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  GRADUATION 

The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who 
has  met  the  following  conditions: 

1.  A  candidate  must  furnish  documentary  evidence  that  he  has  attained 
the  age  of  21  years. 

2.  A  candidate  for  graduation  shall  have  attended  the  full  scheduled  course 
of  four  academic  years. 

3.  He  will  be  required  to  show  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  the  full 
course  of  study. 

4.  He  shall  have  satisfied  all  technic  and  clinic  requirements  of  the  various 
departments. 

5.  He  shall  have  paid  all  indebtedness  to  the  college  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  final  examinations,  and  must  have  adjusted  his  financial  obligations  in  the 
community  satisfactorily  to  those  to  whom  he  may  be  indebted. 

FEES 

Matriculation  fee  (required  of  all  entering  students) $  10.00 

Tuition  (each  year): 

Non-resident    student 675.00 

Resident  student 400.00 

Student  health  service   (each  year)    20.00 

Laboratory  breakage  deposit: 

Freshman  year   10.00 

Sophomore  and  Junior  years   5.00 

In  addition  to  fees  itemized  in  the  above  schedule,  the  following  assess- 
ments are  made  by  the  University: 
Application  fee  (paid  at  time  of  filing  formal  application  for  admission)       7.50 

Late   registration   fee 5.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  including 
payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular  registration  days.)  Those  who  do 
not  complete  their  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  will  be 
charged  a  fee  of  $5.00. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  17 

Examinations  taken  out  of  class  and  re-examinations 5.00 

One  certified  transcript  of  record  is  issued  free  of  charge. 

Each  additional  copy  is  issued  only  upon  payment  of 1.00 

Student  Activities  Fee — Special 

For  the  purpose  of  administering  various  student  activities,  the  Student 
Senate,  after  approval  by  the  separate  classes  and  the  Faculty  Council,  voted 
a  fee  of  $12.50  to  be  paid  at  the  time  of  registration  to  the  Office  of  the  Dean. 

Refunds 

According  to  the  policy  of  the  University  no  fees  will  be  returned.  In  case 
the  student  discontinues  his  course  or  fails  to  register  after  a  place  has  been 
reserved  in  a  class,  any  fees  paid  will  be  credited  to  a  subsequent  course,  but 
are  not  transferable. 

REGISTRATION 

The  registration  of  a  student  in  any  school  or  college  of  the  University 
shall  be  regarded  as  a  registration  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  but  when 
such  student  transfers  to  a  professional  school  of  the  University  or  from 
one  professional  school  to  another,  he  must  pay  the  usual  matriculation  fee 
required  by  each  professional  school. 

Each  student  is  required  to  fill  in  a  registration  card  for  the  office  of  the 
Registrar,  and  make  payment  of  one-half  of  the  tuition  fee  in  addition  to  all 
other  fees  noted  as  payable  before  being  admitted  to  classwork  at  the  opening 
of  the  session.  The  remainder  of  tuition  and  fees  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the 
Comptroller  during  registration  period  for  the  second  half  of  the  academic 
year. 


DEFINITION  OF  RESIDENCE  AND  NON-RESIDENCE 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the 
time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state  for 
at  least  one  year. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University,  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by  him 
unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal  residents 
of  the  state  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  one  full  year.  How- 
ever, the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident  to  resident 
status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registration  period  for  any 
semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  resident  if  at  the  time  of  their  regis- 
tration they  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state  for  at  least  one  year,  provided 
such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school  or  college  in 
Maryland  or  elsewhere. 


18  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  word  domicile  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent 
place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be  claimed 
as  a  permanent  abode. 

STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICE 

The  School  undertakes  to  supply  medical  and  surgical  care  for  its  stu- 
dents through  the  Student  Health  Service.  This  care  includes  the  daily  ser- 
vices rendered  by  a  physician  and  a  medical  secretary  in  a  well-equipped 
clinic,  conveniently  located  in  the  Dental  School.  Also  consultations,  surgical 
procedures  and  hospitalization,  judged  to  be  necessary  by  the  Service,  are 
covered  under  liberal  limitations,  depending  on  length  of  hospitalization  and 
special  expenses  incurred. 

Students  who  need  medical  attention  are  expected  to  report  at  the  office 
of  the  Student  Health  Service.  Under  circumstances  requiring  home  treatment, 
the  students  will  be  visited  at  their  College  residences. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  the  Service  to  provide  medical  care  for  con- 
ditions antedating  each  annual  registration  in  the  University;  nor  is  it  the 
function  of  this  service  to  treat  chronic  conditions  contracted  by  students 
before  admission  or  to  extend  treatment  to  acute  conditions  developing  in  the 
period  between  academic  years  or  during  authorized  school  vacations.  The 
cost  of  orthopedic  applicances,  the  correction  of  visual  defects,  the  services 
of  special  nurses,  and  special  medication  must  be  paid  for  by  the  student. 
The  School  does  not  accept  responsibility  for  illness  or  accident  occurring 
away  from  the  community,  or  for  expenses  incurred  for  hospitalization  or 
medical  services  in  institutions  other  than  the  University  Hospital,  or,  in  any 
case,  for  medical  expense  not  authorized  by  the  Student  Health  Service. 

Every  new  sudent  is  required  to  undergo  a  complete  physical  examina- 
tion, which  includes  oral  diagnosis.  Any  defects  noted  must  be  corrected 
with  the  first  school  year.  The  passing  of  this  examination  is  a  requirement 
for  the  final  acceptance  of  any  student. 

Each  matriculant  must  present,  on  the  day  of  his  enrollment,  a  statement 
from  his  ophthalmologist  regarding  the  condition  of  his  eyes,  and  where  de- 
fects in  vision  exist  he  shall  show  evidence  that  corrections  have  been  made. 

If  a  student  should  enter  the  hospital  during  the  academic  year,  the 
Service  will  arrange  for  the  payment  of  part  or  all  of  the  hospital  expenses, 
depending  on  the  length  of  stay  and  the  special  expenses  incurred.  This  ar- 
rangement applies  only  to  students  admitted  through  the  office  of  the  School 
physician. 

Prospective  students  are  advised  to  have  any  known  physical  defects 
corrected  before  entering  the  School  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of  time  which 
later   correction   might  involve. 

SCHOLARSHIP  AND  LOAN  FUNDS 

A  number  of  scholarship  loans  from  varous  organizations  and  educa- 
tional foundations  are  available  to  students  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.   These 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  19 

loans  are  offered  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholastic  attainment  and  the 
need  on  the  part  of  students  for  assistance  in  completing-  their  course  in 
dentistry.  It  has  been  the  policy  of  the  Faculty  to  recommend  only  students 
in  the  last  two  years  for  such  privileges. 

The  Henry  Strong  Educational  Foundation 

From  this  fund,  established  under  the  will  of  General  Henry  Strong  of 
Chicago,  an  annual  allotment  is  made  to  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgeiy,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  for  scholarship  loans  avail- 
able for  the  use  of  young  men  and  women  students  under  the  age  of  twenty- 
five.  Recommendations  for  the  privileges  of  these  loans  are  limited  to  stu- 
dents in  the  Junior  and  Senior  years.  Only  students  who  through  stress  of 
circumstances  require  financial  aid  and  who  have  demonstrated  excellence  in 
educational  progress  are  considered  in  making  nominations  to  the  secretary 
of  this  fund. 

The  Edward  S.  Gaylord  Educational  Endowment  Fund 

Under  a  provision  of  the  wrill  of  the  late  Dr.  Edward  S.  Gaylord,  of 
New  Haven,  Connecticut,  an  amount  approximating  $16,000  was  left  to  the 
Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland, 
the  proceeds  of  which  are  to  be  devoted  to  aiding  worthy  young  men  in  secur- 
ing dental  education. 

The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation 

During  World  War  II  the  Foundation  recognized  the  burden  that  the 
accelerated  course  imposed  upon  many  dental  students  who  under  normal  cir- 
cumstances would  earn  money  for  their  education  by  employment  during  the 
summer  vacation.  The  Foundation  granted  to  this  School  a  fund  to  pro- 
vide  rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental   students. 

The  Albert  A.  Harrington  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1954  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Association 
in  memory  of  Dr.  Albert  A.  Harrington,  a  member  of  the  Class  of  1910.  The 
fund  is  a  source  of  valuable  help  in  aiding  students  to  solve  their  temporary 
financial  problems. 

The  E.  Benton  Taylor  Scholarship 

One  of  the  finest  scholarships  in  the  field  of  dental  education,  the  E. 
Benton  Taylor  Scholarship  was  conceived  and  arranged  by  Mrs.  Taylor  and 
will  be  perpetuated  by  the  Luther  B.  Benton  Company  of  Baltimore.  It  was 
put  into  operation  in  1954  and  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a  Maryland  student 
of  each  entering  class,  who  will  continue  to  receive  its  benefits  during  the 
four  years  of  his  dental  school  course. 


20 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


XNHr".!£«^H 


piHTjO^-^wtc 


Tf  a    •  N  cc  oo  5;  oc 

i3 

J 

< 

- 

0 

EH 

ti 

c^oo!5 ^^^^   • 

ic  £  ^-i  — '  cc  cc  co    . 

w 

M 

P 

c 

E 

U 

£ 

O  to     •  M  X  rt  00  oo 

c 

|^] 

_: 

CO   CO       •  t>Tt  <£>"<*  i^ 

(h 

~ 

g 

s 

DQ 

C 

oqo^^nnoo    . 

c 

h3 

NrtHHMcO 

u 

o 

— 

a 

Si 

OS 

4> 

D 

a 

Tf       .       •       •  00  Tf  tO       . 

U 

00 

M 

c 

3 

T*        .       •       •  Tt  COOS       . 

fa 

t- 

U 

c 

3 

OB 

! 

a; 

^-i 

CO      •     •     -COCO*©      • 

3 

00      •     •      •  CC  COrH      . 

- 

TfTtfCCTtCCOCOCOCO 

cococ;tj<c:t*cooci 


co  <c  oc  oc  co  cc  co  cc  t*    -co      co 

CO        CC  CO  cc    CC   •  CC   t* 
CO 


"«*  Tf   •  OC  £  OC  CC  rt  CO 
•COCO   •  r*  C:  r?  CC  CO  OS 


CC  •  OC  00  •  O  CO  CC  CO   •  CC   00 
y-{     '  ■  —  cc   c:     •  tH   CO 


CC  CC 
OS  OS 


rr  oc  cc      © 

CO  t>  C5         OS 

CO 


CO  CC 
CC  iH 


ee 

>- 


iH  i-j  tH  tH    c^^h^h 

filling 

<<<<CC£frfr 


CI 


~,  H^  ONWH  .COCO 
^COcOCO.^rH^ncO^,^^ 
CO  tH  tH  r-l  fO  hO 

rH      .  .    O    ,♦      •         *5J      .      . 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 


21 


a 


n^-i-M-:i-Hi-H<OH      -HHri 


^t  CO  *H  00         <*• 
CO 


■  ua    •  oo    •  oo  — 

—    CO      'iH      •  <-i  00 
I 


vr  N 


LO     •  UO     .  ©  co     •  o 
OJ      •  04      .  i-i  04      -00 
00 


O  O  "5  O     I   CO 

uo  in  04  oo      0» 

iH^H  CO 


x    •  x  ©  x  to  oo    •    •    I  oo 

rr    •tc'*?:'*    •    -oo 

Ol 


rfoo    •  oi  x  to  oi  c-i  ©  x  m  ©  m  co  oi  <m 
oj         •  ~      (N-r:      rr  r:  -  r:  -  -  ?: 


to  <M  X  X     •     -^IM     •  C<J     •  CO  t*     •  OJ     .  to  CO  "«*  CO     •  Ol    I  O 

t-  r-i  •       -T-ICC       •  t-I       .HN       •  CO       .  rH  iH  04  •  CO  IO 

CO  CM 


X  X 


*  oo  ^    •  w  oo  c  •-: 


OCO         rt 
r-l  rH         CO 


X  X 


(M      .  to  00      •  «©      •      •  CO  00 


«o    I  cc 


Ol  X  CO  X      •      •        OJ 
—  Tf  CO  T*      •      •         OS 


oom^  -.o 


©  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO         <M 

rirlrtHHH         i— I 

oa 


to     .to     .to     •  CO  CO 


£-^a 


a  CO  cc  cc 


2,-H 


n  5 

c      o 


.1.1 »  ©  3  1 


-  bo   aa  x 


o  p  5 

a;  73  x 


E  £ 

<< 


fi  be 


■    95j2    -^2    CiHHH      "T7irt'£3'o_! 


5 

o 


I  nd  c3  fld 


w  w"  C  bb 

o  o  <P  ^ 


•i-teJIUlkt: 


22  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

DESCRIPTION   OF   COURSES 

ANATOMY 

Professor  Hahn  (Head  of  Department) ;  Associate  Professor  Thompson; 

Assistant  Professor  Edmond  C.   Vanden  Bosche; 

Drs.  Jagielski,  Lindenberg,  Loveman,  Sachs;   and  Mr.  Sinnreich 

Anat.  111.     Human  Gross  Anatomy   (8).    First  year. 

This  course  consists  of  dissection  and  lectures,  supplemented  by  fre- 
quent conferences  and  practical  demonstrations.  The  entire  human  body  is 
dissected. 

The  subject  is  taught  with  the  purpose  of  emphasizing  the  principles  of 
the  body  structure,  the  knowledge  of  which  is  derived  from  a  study  of  its 
organs  and  tissues,  and  the  action  of  its  parts.  Arrangements  can  be  made 
to  accommodate  qualified  students  and  dentists  interested  in  research  or  in 
making  special  dissections  or  topographical  studies. 

Anat.  112.     Human   Neuroanatomy    (2).    First  year.    Second  semester.    Pre- 
requisite  Anatomy    111    or   equivalent. 

Neuroanatomy  is  offered  in  the  Freshman  year  following  Gross  Anatomy. 
The  work  consists  of  a  study  of  the  whole  brain  and  spinal  cord  by  gross 
dissections  and  microscopic  methods.  Correlation  is  made,  whenever  possible, 
with  the  student's  work  in  the  histology  and  physiology  of  the  central  nervous 
system. 

Anat.  113.     Comparative  Tooth  Morphology  (1).    First  year.    Second  semes- 
ter. 

The  course  treats  the  evolutionary  development  of  dentition  as  a  neces- 
sary factor  in  the  study  of  human  oral  anatomy.  It  includes  a  comparative 
study  of  the  teeth  of  the  animal  kingdom,  with  a  comparative  study  of  the 
number,   position  and  form   of  the   teeth. 

Anat.  114.     Tooth  Morphology   (3).    First  year.    Second  Semester. 

This  course  is  designed  to  teach  the  form  and  structure  of  the  teeth,  and 
includes  a  study  of  the  nomenclature  of  surfaces,  divisions  and  relations  of 
the  teeth.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  is  trained  in  the  carving  of  the 
various  teeth  and  in  the  dissection  of  extracted  teeth  through  their  various 
dimensions. 

The  second  part  of  the  course  includes  a  study  of  the  supporting  struc- 
tures of  the  teeth  and  of  the  relation  of  the  teeth  to  these  structures.  The 
periods  of  beginning  calcification,  eruption,  complete  calcification,  and  shed- 
ding of  the  deciduous  teeth;  followed  by  the  periods  of  beginning  calcifica- 
tion, eruption,  and  complete  calcification  of  the  permanent  teeth,  are  studied 
and  correlated  with  the  growth  in  size  of  the  jaws  and  face. 

For  Graduates 

Anat.  211.     Human  Gross  Anatomy  (8). 

Same  as  course  111  but  with  additional  work  on  a  more  advanced  level. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  23 

Anat.  212.     Human  Neuroanatomy  (2). 

Same  as  course  112  but  with  additional  instruction  of  a  more  advanced 
nature. 

Anat.  214.     The  Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck  (3). 

One  conference  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week  for  one  semester. 
Anat.  216.     Research.     Credit    determined   by   amount   and    quality   of   work 
performed. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Professor  Vanden   Bosche    (Head  of  Department) ; 
Mr.   Norris  and  Mr.   Leonard 

Biochem.  111.  Principles  of  Biochemistry  (6).  First  year.  Prerequisites  in- 
organic and  organic  chemistry,  with  additional  training  in  quantitative 
and  physical  chemistry  desirable. 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  throughout  the  year.  The  chem- 
istry of  living  matter  forms  the  baeis  of  the  course.  The  detailed  subject 
matter  includes  the  chemistry  of  carbohydrates,  fats,  proteins,  enzymes,  vita- 
mins, and  hormones.  The  processes  of  respiration,  digestion,  metabolism, 
secretion  and  excretion  are  considered.  Laboratory  instruction  in  qualitative 
and  quantitative  blood  and  urine  examination  is  included. 

For  Graduates 

Biochem.  211.     Advanced  Biochemistry  (6).   Prerequisite  Biochemistry  111. 

Two  lectures,  one  conference  and  one  laboratory  period  throughout  the 
year. 

Biochem.  212.     Research  in  Biochemistry.    Prerequisite  Biochemistry  211. 

DENTAL  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE 

Professor   Foley    (Head   of   Department) 

Lit.  121.     Oral  and  Written  Communication  (2).    Second  year. 

A  formal  course  of  lectures  is  given  in  the  second  year.  Many  aspects 
of  the  instruction  are  given  practical  application  in  the  third  and  fourth  years. 
The  course  has  many  purposes,  all  of  them  contributing  to  the  training  of 
the  students  for  effective  participation  in  the  extra-practice  activities  of  the 
profession.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  instruction  in  the  functioning  of 
the  agencies  of  communication  in  dentistry:  the  dental  societies  and  the  dental 
.periodicals.  The  practical  phases  of  the  course  include  a  thorough  study  of- 
the  preparation  and  uses  of  oral  and  written  composition  by  the  dental  stu- 
dent and  the  dentist;  the  use  of  libraries;  the  compilation  of  bibliographies;  the 
collection,  the  organization,  and  the  use  of  information;  the  management  of 
dental  meetings;  the  oral  presentation  of  papers;  and  professional  corres- 
pondence. 

Lit.  141.     Thesis  (2).  Fourth  year. 


24  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Hist.  142.     Dental  History  (1).   Fourth  year. 

Lectures  in  Dental  History  describe  the  beginnings  of  the  art  of  dental 
practice  among  ancient  civilizations,  its  advancement  in  relation  to  the  develop- 
ment of  the  60-called  medical  sicences  in  the  early  civilizations,  its  struggle 
through  the  Middle  Ages  and,  finally,  its  attainment  of  recognized  profes- 
sional status  in  modern  times.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  forces  and 
stresses  that  have  brought  about  the  evolutionary  progress  from  a  primitive 
dental  art  to  a  scientific  health  service  profession. 

DENTAL  PROSTHESIS 

A.     Removable  Complete  and  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professor  G.  Gaver   (Head  of  Department) ; 

Associate  Professor  Ogges&n,  Ramsey  and  Warner; 

Drs.  Gordon,  Primrose,  Smith,  and  Watson 

Pros.  Ilia.     Dental  Materials  (4).   First  year. 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  scientific  back- 
ground in  the  nomenclature,  composition,  physical  properties,  practical  ap- 
plication, and  proper  manipulation  of  the  important  materials  used  in  the 
practice  of  dentistry,  excluding  drugs  and  medicinals. 

The  theoretical  aspect  of  the  course  is  presented  in  the  form  of  lectures, 
demonstrations,  informal  group  discussions,  and  directed  supplemental  read- 
ing. From  the  practical  standpoint,  the  student  manipulates  and  tests  the 
various  materials  in  the  laboratory,  being  guided  by  prepared  project  sheets. 
The  student  develops  an  understanding  of  these  factors:  the  importance  of 
scientific  testing  of  a  material  before  it  is  used  by  the  profession  at  large; 
the  realization  that  every  material  ha&  its  limitations,  which  can  be  compen- 
sated for  only  by  intelligent  application  and  manipulation;  and  an  apprecia- 
tion of  the  vast  field  of  research  open  to  those  who  wish  to  improve  the  ma- 
terials now  available. 

Pros.  112a.     Introduction    to    Complete   Denture    Prosthesis    (1).     First   year. 

Second  semester. 

This  course  is  devoted  to  the  manipulation  of  impression  compound  and  the 
procedures  used  in  developing  impressions  of  edentulous  arches,  casts  and 
bite  plates.  It  embraces  a  series  of  lecture-demonstrations  designed  to  give 
the  student  a  knowledge  of  the  essential  fundamentals  in  complete  denture 
construction. 

Pros.  121a,     Complete  Denture  Prosthesis   (2).    Second  year. 

This  course  is  given  by  lecture  demonstrations  on  bite  registration,  tooth 
arrangement,  and  final  finish  of  complete  dentures. 

Pros.  131a.  Basic  Clinical  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis  (5).  Third  year. 
The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  practical  application  in  the  clinic  of 
the  fundamentals  taught  in  the  preceding  years.  Demonstrations  of  the 
various  technics  of  impression  and  bite  taking  are  offered  to  provide  the 
student  with  additional  knowledge  necessary  for  clinic  work. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  25 

Pros.  133a.     Introduction  to  Removable  Partial  Denture  Prosthesis  (1).   Third 

year.    Second  semester. 

This  lecture-demonstration  course  embraces  all  phases  of  removable 
partial  denture  construction.  Experiments  and  exercises  are  arranged  to  give 
the  student  the  fundamentals  in  designing,  casting  and  finishing  partial 
dentures. 

Pros.  141a.     Advanced  Clinical  Denture  Prosthesis  (4).    Fourth  year.  .  . 

This  course  consists  of  the  clinical  application  of  the  fundamentals 
taught  in  the  previous  years.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  a  standard 
method  of  denture  construction  to  equip  the  student  with  a  basic  technic  for 
use  in  private  practice. 

B.     FIXED   PARTIAL   PROSTHESIS 

Professor  NuttcUl   (Head  of  Department) ; 

Associate  Professors  Dosh,  McLean-Lu  and  Oggesen; 

Drs.  M.  Graham  and  Steele 

Pros.  122b.     Principles  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis   (6).    Second  year. 

This  lecture  and  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  background  of 
fundamental  knowledge  in  fixed  partial  denture  prosthesis.  The  interrelations 
of  the  biological  and  mechanical  aspects  of  dentistry  are  emphasized.  The 
principles  involved  and  the  procedures  used  in  abutment  preparations,  the  con- 
struction of  fundamental  retainers  and  pontic  sections,  and  the  assemblage  of 
fixed  bridge  restorations  are  presented  in  detail  and  correlated  with  the 
requirements  of  occlusion.  In  addition  to  these  procedures,  the  technics  in- 
clude impressions,  wax  manipulation,  pattern  construction,  investing  and 
casting. 

Pros.  132b.  Ceramic  and  Plastic  Restorations  (2).  Third  year.  First  semester. 
This  course  presents  the  uses  of  porcelain  and  methyl  methacrylate 
as  restorative  materials.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  procedures  of 
preparation,  impressions,  color  selection,  temporary  protection  and  cementa- 
tion. These  materials  are  employed  in  the  construction  of  complete  veneer 
crowns  and  dowel  crowns  and  in  staining  and  glazing  technics. 

Pros.  134b.     Basic  Clinical   Fixed   Partial  Prosthesis    (4).    Third  year. 

This  is  a  comprehensive  course  in  the  essential  requirements  for  the 
successful  use  of  the  fixed  partial  denture.  Special  consideration  is  given  to 
fundamental  factors  in  diagnosis,  treatment  planning  and  clinical  procedures. 
The  course  integrates  biological  factors,  mechanical  principles  and  esthetic 
requirements  with  restorative  treatment.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  physio- 
logical considerations  as  a  basis  for  fixed  partial  denture  service. 

Pros.  142b.  Advanced  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis  (3).  Fourth  year. 
This  course  provides  clinical  training  and  experience  for  the  student. 
The  acquired  background  of  knowledge  is  utilized  in  rendering  treatment 
services  for  patients.  Experience  ifl  gained  in  assessing  completely  the  dental- 
problem,  planning  a  practical  treatment  consistent  with  the  total  dental  needs, 


26  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

and  providing  services  which  satisfy  the  objectives  of  prevention,  function  and 
esthetics. 

DIAGNOSIS 

Professor  Biddix    {Head  of  Department) ; 
Drs.  Bryant,   W.  L.  Graham  and  Lebo 

Diag.  131.     Principles  of  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning  (2).   Third 

year. 

The  fundamental  principles  and  procedures  in  the  diagnosis  of  oral  and 
related  diseases  are  studied  by  intimate  clinical  observation  and  discussion  of 
interesting  cases.  The  study  of  the  oral  cavity  through  an  understanding 
of  its  relation  to  other  parts  of  the  body  is  emphasized.  By  means  of  consulta- 
tions with  other  departments  the  procedures  of  a  comprehensive  diagnosis 
are  developed  and  applied  in  treatment  planning. 

Diag.  132.     Seminar.   Third  year. 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  teach  the  student  to  correlate  clinical, 
roentgenologic  and  laboratory  findings.  Selected  patients  are  presented  by  both 
medical  and  dental  teachers. 

Diag.  141.     Clinical  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning  (1).   Fourth  year. 
This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Diagnosis  131  and  132. 

HISTOLOGY 

Professor  McCrea   {Head  of  Department) ; 
Associate  Professor  Provenza 

Hist.  111.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology  (8).    First  year. 

The  course  embraces  the  thorough  study  of  the  cells,  tissues  and  organs 
of  the  various  systems  of  the  human  body.  Although  certain  aspects  of  the 
dental  histology  phase  of  the  course  are  given  strictly  as  special  entities,  many 
are  included  in  the  instruction  in  general  histology,  since  the  two  areas  are 
so  intimately  related  when  functional  and  clinical  applications  are  considered. 

The  instruction  in  embryology  is  correlated  with  that  in  histology.  It 
covers  the  fundamentals  of  development  of  the  human  body,  particular 
emphasis  being  given  to  the  head  and  facial  regions,  the  oral  cavity,  and  the 
teeth  and  their  adnexa.  Specific  correlations  are  also  made  with  the  other 
courses  in  the  dental  curriculum. 

For  Graduates 
Hist.  212.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology  (6). 

This  course  is  the  same  as  Histology  111,  except  that  it  does  not  include 
the  dental  phases  of  111,  but  does  include  additional  instruction  and  collateral 
reading  of  an  advanced  nature. 

Hist.  213.     Mammalian   Oral   Histology    and   Embryology    (2).    Prerequisite, 

Histology  111  or  212,  or  an  equivalent  course. 

This  course  covers  the  dental  aspects  of  Histology  111,  and  includes 
additional  instruction  in  the  relations  of  histologic  structure  and  embryologic 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  27 

development  of  the  teeth,  their  adnexa,  and  the  head  and  facial  regions  of  the 
human  body. 

Hist.  214.     Research  in  Histology.    Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrange- 
ment. 

Hist.  215.     Research    in    Embryology.    Number   of   hours    and   credit   by   ar- 
rangement. 

MEDICINE 

A.    General  Medicine 

Associate  Professor  McLean:   Drs.   Kuehn,   Leonard  and  Ogden 
Med.  121a.     First  Aid.   Second  year.    Second  semester. 

In  this  course  the  student  is  instructed  in  the  basic  principles  of  first  aid. 
Med.  122a.     Principles  of  Medicine  (2).   Third  year. 

The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  visual  aids  and  x-ray  demonstrations  of 
diseases  of  the  cardio-respiratory,  gastrointestinal,  genitourinary  and  nervous 
systems. 

Med.  141a.     Physical   Diagnosis    (1).    Fourth   year.     Second   semester. 

Slides  and  clinical  demonstrations  are  used  to  show  the  methods  of 
recognition  of  important  objective  signs  as  they  relate  to  body  disturbances. 
The  methods  of  taking  blood  pressure  are  also  taught. 

Med.  142a.     Principles  of  Medicine  (2).   Fourth  year. 

Throughout  the  year  the  entire  class  is  taken  into  the  hospital  for  medical 
clinics  where  the  close  application  of  medical  and  dental  knowledge  in  history 
taking,  diagnosis,  laboratory  procedures  and  treatment  is  emphasized. 

Med.  143a.     Preventive  and  Public  Health  Dentistry  (1).    Fourth  year.    Sec- 
ond semester. 

The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  emphasize  those  measures  other  than 
remedial  operations  that  will  tend  to  minimize  the  occurrence  or  the  extension 
of  oral  disease,  and  to  outline  the  status  of  dentistry  in  the  field  of  general 
public  health.  The  relations  of  dentistry  with  other  phases  of  public  health  are 
discussed,  as  are  the  problems  affecting  the  administration  of  dental  health 
programs.  Special  effort  is  made  to  demonstrate  methods  and  materials  suit- 
able for  use  in  dental  health  education  programs. 

Med.  144a.     Clinical  Conferences.    Fourth  year. 

Throughout  the  year  small  groups  of  students  are  taken  into  the  hospital 
for   medical   ward   rounds,   demonstrations   and   discussions. 

B.    Oral  Medicine 

Associate  Professor  Biddington;  Assistant  Professor  Abramson; 
Drs.  T.  F.  Clement  and  N orris 

Med.  121b.     Principles  of   Endodontics    (1).    Second  year. 

The  lecture  phase  presents  the  fundamentals  necessary  for  an  understand- 


28  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

ing  of  the  endodontic  procedures,  the  indications  and  contraindications  for 
maintaining  pathologically  affected  teeth,  and  the  various  methods  used  in 
performing  the  necessary  steps  to  prevent  the  loss  of  such  teeth.  The  labor- 
atory phase  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  technics  employed 
to  prevent  the  loss  of  pathologically  involved  teeth. 

Med.  122b.     Introduction  to  Periodontics  (1).   Second  year. 

The  lectures  place  special  emphasis  on  the  importance  of  oral  hygiene 
and  its  relation  to  the  prevention  of  all  dental  disorders.  The  causes,  results, 
and  treatment  of  unhygienic  conditions  of  the  oral  cavity  are  fully  considered. 
Demonstrations  are  given  in  the  prophylactic  treatment  of  the  mouth  and  in 
the  accepted  methods  of  tooth  brushing  to  be  used  in  home  care.  In  the  labora- 
tory the  student  learns  on  special  manikins  the  use  of  the  periodontal  instru- 
ments. By  progressive  exercises  and  drills  he  is  taught  the  basic  principles  of 
good  operating  procedure  and  the  methods  of  thorough  prophylactic  treatment. 

Med.  131b.     Basic  Clinical  Endodontics  (1).    Third  year. 

During  the  Junior  year,  the  student  applies  the  fundamentals  he  has 
learned  by  performing  endodontic  procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.  132b.     Basic  Clinical  Periodontics  (1).    Third  year. 

The  lectures  present  the  etiology,  clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis,  prognosis, 
and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  forme  of  periodontal  disease,  other- 
diseases  of  the  oral  cavity,  and  lesions  of  the  lips,  cheeks,  and  tongue.  The 
recognition  of  periodontal  disease  in  its  incipient  forms  and  the  importance 
of  early  treatment  are  stressed.  The  lectures  are  well  illustrated  by  color 
slides,  moving  pictures,  and  other  visual  aids.  The  Junior  student  is  required 
to  apply  the  fundamentals  he  has  learned  by  performing  periodontal  pro- 
cedures on  a  prescribed  number  of  clinical  cases. 

Med.  141b.     Advanced  Clinical  Endodontics   (1).    Fourth  year. 

During  his  Senior  year  the  student  performs  the  endodontic  procedures  on 
the  difficult  clinical  cases. 

Med.  142b.     Advanced  Clinical  Periodontics   (1).    Fourth  year. 

The  Senior  student  performs  the  periodontal  procedures  on  clinical  pa- 
tients exhibiting  the  more  advanced  periodontal  problems. 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Professor  Shay   (Head  of  Department)  ;  Mr.  Vilk 

Microbiol.  121.     Dental  Microbiology  and  Immunology  (4).   Second  year.   First 

semester. 

The  course  embraces  lectures,  laboratory,  demonstrations,  recitations,  and 
group  conferences,  augmented  by  guided  reading.  Practial  and  theoretical 
consideration  is  given  to  pathogenic  bacteria,  viruses,  yeasts  and  molds. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  those  organisms  which  cause  lesions  in  and  about 


SCHOOL  OF  DESTISTRY  29 

the  oral  cavity,  particularly  primary  focal  infections  about  the  teeth,  tonsils, 
etc.  which  result  in  the  establishment  of  secondary  foci.  Immunological  and 
serological  principles  are  studied,  with  special  consideration  being  given  to 
hypersensitivity  resulting  from  the  use  of  antibiotics,  vaccines,  antigens,  and 
other  therapeutic  agents. 

Laboratory  teaching  includes  the  methods  of  staining  and  the  cultural 
characteristics  of  microorganisms;  their  reaction  to  disinfectants,  antiseptics, 
and  germicides;  methods  of  sterilization  and  asepsis;  animal  inoculation; 
preparation  of  sera,  vaccines,  and  antitoxins;  a  study  of  antibiotics;  and  a 
demonstration  of  virus  techniques.  In  all  phases  of  the  course  emphasis  is 
placed  on  dental  applications. 

For  Graduates 

Microbiol.  200,  201.     Chemotherapy   (1-2).    Prerequisite   Microbiology   121   or 
equivalent. 

One  lecture  a  week.    Offered  in  alternate  years. 

A  study  of  the  chemistry,  toxicity,  pharmacology  and  therapeutic  value 
of  drugs  employed  in  the  treatment  of  disease. 

Microbiol.  202,  203.     Reagents  and  Media  (1,  1). 

One  lecture  a  week.    Offered  in   alternate   years. 

A  study  of  the  methods  of  preparation  and  use  of  bacteriological  reagents 
and  media. 

Microbiol.  210.     Special    Problems    in    Microbiology.     Credit    determined    by 
amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 
Laboratory   course. 

Microbiol.  211.     Public  Health  (1-2).   Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equiva- 
lent. 
Lectures  and  discussions  on  the  organization  and  administration  of  state 

and  municipal  health  departments  and  private  health  agencies.    The  course 

also  includes  a  study  of  laboratory  methods. 

.Microbiol.  221.     Research  in  Microbiology.    Credit  determined  by  amount  and 
quality  of  work  performed. 

OPERATIVE  DENTISTRY 

Professor  Randolph  {Head  of  Department) ;  Associate  Professor  Medina; 

Assistant  Professors  H.  M.  Clement,  Louie  and  Edmond  G.  Vanden  Bosche ; 

Drs.  Beaven  and  C.  Gaver 

Oper.  121.     Fundamentals  of  Operative  Dentistry  (5).   Second  year. 

The  student  is  trained  in  the  technical  procedures  of  cavity  preparation 
and  the  manipulation  of  the  restorative  materials  employed  in  the  treatment 
of  diseases  and  injuries  of  the  tooth  structure.  These  basic  principles  are  ap- 
plied on  composition  teeth  and  extracted  natural  teeth.  Instruction  includes 
twenty-six   lectures   and  forty-eight   three-hour  laboratory  periods. 


30  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Oper.  131.     Basic  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry  (4).   Third  year. 

This  course  is  a  continuing  development  of  the  fundamentals  taught 
in  Operative  121.  The  objective  is  to  present  the  additional  information 
which  is  necessary  for  the  management  of  practical  cases.  Instruction  in- 
cludes lectures,  demonstrations  and  clinical  practice  in  which  the  student  treats 
patients  under  the  individual  guidance  of  staff  members. 

Oper.  141.     Advanced  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry   (6).    Fourth  year. 

With  the  background  provided  by  Operative  121  and  131,  the  student  is 
able  to  comprehend  and  apply  the  procedures  for  treating  the  more  compli- 
cated operative  problems.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  instruct  the 
student  in  the  different  procedures  by  which  a  comprehensive  operative 
service  can  be  rendered  and  to  acquaint  him  with  as  many  unusual  clinical 
cases  as  possible.  Instruction  includes  lectures,  demonstrations,  and  clinical 
practice. 

ORTHODONTICS 

Professor  Preis  (Head  of  Department) ; 

Assistant  Professors   Shehan  and  Swinehart; 

Drs.  Cullen,  Kress,  and  Schaeffer 

Ortho.  131.     Principles  of  Orthodontics  (2).    Third  year. 

The  course  consists  of  lectures  supplemented  by  slides  and  motion  pictures. 
The  subject  matter  includes  the  history  of  orthodontics  and  the  study  of 
growth  and  development,  evolution  of  human  dental  occlusion,  forces  of 
occlusion,  etiology  of  malocclusion,  aberrations  of  the  maxilla  and  mandible 
which  affect  occlusion,  and  tissue  changes  incident  to  tooth  movement. 

Ortho.  141.     Clinical  Orthondontics  (1).    Fourth  year. 

Students  are  assigned  in  small  groups  to  the  Clinic  where  patients  are 
given  a  thorough  dental  examination.  Under  the  direction  of  an  instructor 
each  case  is  diagnosed,  methods  of  procedure  are  explained,  and  treatment 
planning  is  outlined.  In  the  more  simple  cases  therapy  is  undertaken  by  the 
students  under  the  supervision  of  an  instructor.  Students,  therefore,  have  the 
opportunity  of  applying  clinically  the  knowledge  which  they  received  during 
their  Junior  year. 

PATHOLOGY 

Professor  M.  S.  Aisenberg   (Heud  of  Department) ; 

Associate  Professor    Weinberg ;  Assistant  Professor  A.  D.  Aisenberg ; 

Drs.  Granruth  and  J.  A.  Graham 

Path.  121.     General  Pathology  (4).    Second  year.   Second  semester. 

The  general  principles  of  disease  processes  and  tissue  reactions,  both 
gross  and  microscopic,  are  taught  wth  the  objectives  of  training  the  student  to 
recognize  and  be  familiar  with  the  abnormal  and  of  creating  a  foundation 
for  further  study  in  the  allied  sciences.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those  diseases 
in  the  treatment  of  which  medicodental  relationships  are  to  be  encountered. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  31 

Path.  131.     Oral  Pathology  (3).    Third  year.    First  semester. 

The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  etiology  and  the  gross  and  microscopic 
manifestations  of  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  their  investing  structures:  patho- 
logic dentition,  dental  anomalies,  periodontal  diseases,  calcific  deposits,  dental 
caries,  pulpal  diseases,  dentoalveolar  abscesses,  oral  manifestations  of 
systemic  diseases,  cysts  of  the  jaws,  and  benign  and  malignant  lesions  in  and 
about  the  oral  cavity. 

Path.  141.     Seminar.    Fourth  year. 

This  constitutes  a  part  of  the  cancer  teaching  program  sponsored  by  a 
grant  from  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  It  is  conducted  by  visit- 
ing lecturers  who  are  specialists  in  their  respective  fields. 

For  Graduates 

Path.  211.     Advanced  Oral  Pathology  (8). 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  throughout  the  year. 

This  course  is  presented  with  the  objective  of  correlating  a  knowledge  of 
histopathology  with  the  various  aspects  of  clinical  practice.  Studies  of  surgi- 
cal and  biopsy  speciments  are  stressed. 

Path.  212.     Research.    Time  and  credit  by  arrangement. 
Research  in  areas  of  particular  interest  to  the  student. 

PEDODONTICS 

Associate  Professor  Sanders;  Dr.  Ehrlich 

Ped.  121.     Technics  of  Pedodontics   (1).    Second  year.    Second  semester. 

This  laboratory  course  in  dentistry  for  children  consists  of  sixteen  labora- 
tory periods.  Demonstrations  and  visual  aids  are  utilized  to  augment  the 
teaching  procedure.  The  work  is  performed  on  model  teeth  in  primary  dento- 
forms  and  consists  of  exercises  in  cavity  preparation  in  primary  teeth  for 
the  proper  reception  of  different  restorative  materials,  in  the  technic  of  re- 
storing a  fractured  young  permanent  anterior  tooth,  and  in  the  construction 
of  a  basic  type  of  space  maintainer. 

Ped.  131.     Clinical  Pedodontics  (1).   Third  year. 

The  student  is  introduced  to  clinical  dentistry  for  children.  He  utilizes 
the  technical  procedures  learned  in  the  laboratory.  Didactic  instruction 
includes  sixteen  lectures  offered  during  the  first  semester.  Emphasis  is  given 
to  the  management  of  the  child  patient  with  necessary  modifications  for 
behavior  problems.  The  indications  and  contraindications  for  pulpal  therapy 
are  evaluated  for  the  purpose  of  rational  tooth  conservation.  Oral  hygiene, 
roentgenology,  growth  and  development,  and  caries  susceptibility  tests  are 
taught. 

Training  in  preventive  orthodontics  is  given  for  true  denture  guidance 
and  to  allow  the  student  to  institute  interceptive  or  early  remedial  measures 
in  incipient  deformities. 


32  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  Department  endeavors  to  develop  in  the  student  a  comprehensive 
interest  in  guiding  the  child  patient  through  the  period  of  the  mixed  dentition. 
A  separate  clinic,  equipped  with  child-size  chairs  and  supervised  by  the 
pedodontics  staff,  provides  adequate  opportunity  for  clinical  applications  of 
the  methods  taught  in  laboratory  and  lectures. 

Ped.  141.     Clinical  Pedodontics  (1).   Fourth  year. 

The  student  continues  his  clinical  training  throughout  the  year  and  is 
assigned  the  more  difficult  cases. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

Professor  Dobbs  (Head  of  Department) ; 
Drs.  Ross  and  Brown 

Pharmacol.  131.     General  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics  (4).    Third  year. 

The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  general  survey  of  pharmacology, 
affording  the  students  the  necessary  knowledge  for  the  practice  of  rational 
therapeutics.  The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  laboratory  and  demonstra- 
tions. The  first  semester  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  didactic  work  including 
instruction  in  pharmaceutical  chemistry,  pharmacy,  prescription  writing,  and 
the  pharmacodynamics  of  the  local-acting  drugs. 

The  second  semester  consists  of  thirty-two  hours  of  didactics  and  forty- 
eight  hours  of  laboratory  instruction.  The  laboratory  experiments  are  per- 
formed by  students  on  animals  and  are  designed  to  demonstrate  the  direct 
effects  of  drugs  on  vital  tissues.  The  subject  material  consists  of  the  pharma- 
codynamics of  the  systemic-acting  drugs  and  the  anti-infective  agents.  In  the 
therapeutics  phase  the  students  are  instructed  in  the  use  of  drugs  for  the  pre- 
vention, treatment,  and  correction  of  general  and  oral  diseases. 

Pharmacol.  141.     Oral  Therapeutics   (1).    Fourth  year.   First  semester. 

This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and  demonstrations. 
It  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  the  practical  applications  of 
pharmacology  in  the  treatment  of  dental  and  oral  diseases.  Particular  emphasis 
is  given  to  the  newer  drugs  and  the  more  recent  advances  in  therapeutics. 
Patients  from  the  dental  clinics  and  the  hospital  are  used  for  demonstrations 
whenever  possible. 

Pharmacol.  142.  Nutritional  Therapeutics  (1).  Fourth  year.  Second  semester. 
This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and  demonstrations 
devoted  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  nutritional  therapeutics.  The 
presentation  includes  a  study  of  the  dietary  requirements  of  essential  food 
substances  in  health  and  disease.  The  vitamin  and  mineral  deficiency  states 
with  their  pathology  and  symptomatology  are  presented  with  suggestions 
for  dietary  and  drug  therapy.  Metabolic  diseases  are  discussed,  and  their 
effects  on  the  nutritional  states  are  considered.  Students  are  taught  to  plan 
diets  for  patients  with  various  nutritional  problems,  such  as  those  resulting 
from  loss  of  teeth,  the  use  of  new  appliances,  dental  caries,  stomatitis, 
cellulitis,  osteomyelitis,  and  bone  fractures. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  33 

A  project  study  is  made  by  each  student  which  includes  analyses  of 
his  basal  metabolic  requirement,  his  total  energy  requirement,  and  his 
dietary  intake  in  relation  to  hie  daily  needs. 

PHYSIOLOGY 

Professor   Oster    (Head  of   Department) ; 
Assistant  Professors  Shipley  and  Pollack 

Physiol.  121.     Principles  of  Physiology   (6).    Second  year. 

Lectures  deal  with  the  principal  fields  of  physiology,  including  heart 
and  circulation,  peripheral  and  central  nervous  functions,  respiration,  diges- 
tion, muscular  activity,  hepatic  and  renal  functions,  water  and  electrolyte 
balance,  special  senses,  general  and  cellular  metabolism,  endocrines  and 
reproduction.  In  the  laboratory  work  (first  semester)  the  classic  experiments 
on  frog  and  turtle  muscle  and  heart  function  are  followed  by  more  advanced 
work  on  rabbits,  cats,  dogs  and  the  students  themselves.  A  special  series 
of  lectures  is  devoted  to  the  application  of  basic  physiologic  principles  to 
human  clinical  problems. 

For  Graduates 

Physiol.  211.     Principles    of    Mammalian    Physiology    (6).     Prerequisite    per- 
mission from  the  department. 
Same  as  course  121  but  with  collateral  reading  and  additional  instruction. 

Physiol.  212.     Advanced  Physiology.    Hours  and  credit  by  arrangement. 
Lectures  and  seminars  during  the  second  semester. 

Physiol.  213.     Research.    Hours  and  credits  by  arrangement. 

PRACTICE  ADMINISTRATION 

Professor  Biddix;  Dr.  Lovett  and  Mr.   O'Donnell 

Pract.    Adm.    141.     Principles    of    Administration    (1).      Fourth    year.      First 

semester. 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  students  to  assume  the  social, 
economic  and  professional  responsibilities  of  dental  practice.  The  lectures 
embrace  the  selection  of  the  office  location  and  office  equipment,  the  basis  of 
determining  fees,  the  methods  of  collecting  accounts,  the  use  of  auxiliary 
personnel,  and  the  choice  of  various  types  of  insurance  and  investments.  A 
comprehensive  bookkeeping  system  for  a  dental  office  is  explained. 

Pract.  Adm.  142.     Ethics  (1).    Fourth  year.    Second  semester. 

The  course  includes  lectures  on  general  ethics  and  its  basic  teachings, 
and  an  interpretation  of  the  philosophical  principles  adopted  by  the  American 
Dental  Association  and  embodied  in  its  "Principles  of  Ethics." 

Pract.  Adm.  143.     Jurisprudence  (1).    Fourth  year.    Second  semester. 

The   special   aim   of  the  course   is   to   ground    the   rtudent    in   the   funda- 


34  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

mentals  of  law  as  they  are  related  to  the  dentist  and  his  patient.  The  rights 
and  limitations  of  each  are  considered  through  lectures  and  conferences.  A 
series  of  practical  cases  in  which  suits  have  been  threatened  or  entered  by 
patients  against  the  dentist  will  be  reviewed  in  the  light  of  trial  table  outcome 
or  basis  on  which  compromise  adjustments  have  been  made. 

ROENTGENOLOGY 

Associate  Professor  Dabrowski; 
Drs.  Goldberg  and  Skib 

Roentgenol.  131.     Principles  of  Dental  Roentgenology  (2).     Third  year. 

The  lectures  include  a  study  of  the  physical  principles  involved  in  the 
production  of  x-rays  and  a  discussion  of  their  properties  and  effects,  the 
hazards  of  roentgenography  to  both  operator  and  patient,  the  technics  of 
taking  roentgenograms,  and  the  processing  of  the  films. 

The  conference  periods  deal  with  the  roentgenographic  study  of  the 
normal  anatomic  structures  in  health  and  the  variations  noted  under  various 
pathologic  conditions. 

Roentgenol.  132.     Introduction  to  Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology.    Third  year. 

Second  semester. 

The  division  of  the  class  into  small  groups  permits  individual  supervision 
in  the  clinical  application  of  the  material  presented  in  Roentgenol.  131.  Under 
guidance  the  student  learns  to  correctly  place,  expose  and  process  the  film  and 
mount  a  full  series  of  dental  roentgenograms. 

Roentgenol.  141.     Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology  (1).     Fourth  year. 

Under  a  system  of  rotating  assignments  students  are  placed  in  constant 
association  with  the  routine  practical  use  of  the  roentgen  ray.  They  are 
required  to  master  the  fundamental  scientific  principles  and  to  acquire  techni- 
cal skill  in  taking,  processing,  and  interpreting  all  types  of  intraoral  and 
extraoral  films. 


SURGERY 

Professors  Dorsey    (Head  of  Department),   Helrich,   Robinson  and   Y eager; 
Associate  Professor  Cappuccio; 
Assistant  Professors  Siwinski  and  Inman; 
Drs.  Bushey,  J.  Graham,  Grovmbow,  Leatherman,  Parker  and  Staker 

Surg.  131.     Anesthesiology  (2).    Third  year. 

Local  anesthesia  is  taught  in  both  principle  and  practice.  In  lectures  and 
clinics  all  types  of  intraoral,  extraoral,  conduction  and  infiltration  injections; 
the  anatomical  relation  of  muscles  and  nerves;  the  theory  of  action  of  anes- 
thetic agents  and  their  toxic  manifestations  are  taught.  Demonstrations  are 
given  in  conduction  and  infiltration  technics;  students  give  injections  under 
supervision  of  an  instructor. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  35 

General  anesthesia  is  taught  in  lectures  and  clinic  demonstrations.  The 
action  of  the  anesthetic  agents,  methods  of  administration,  indications  and 
contraindications,  and  the  treatment  of  toxic  manifestations  are  included. 
Demonstrations  are  given  in  the  preparation  of  the  patient,  the  administration 
of  all  general  anesthetics  (inhalant,  rectal,  spinal,  and  intravenous),  and  the 
technics  for  oral  operations.  Clinics  are  held  in  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery 
in  the  Dental  School  and  in  the  Hospital. 

Surg.  132.     Oral  Surgery  (3).    Third  year. 

The  course  consists  of  lectures  on  the  principles  of  surgery,  the  classifica- 
tion of  teeth  for  extraction,  and  the  pre-  and  postoperative  treatment  of 
ambulatory  patients. 

The  student  is  assigned  to  the  Deparment  of  Oral  Surgery  on  a  rotating 
schedule  and  is  required  to  produce  local  anesthesia  and  extract  teeth  under 
the  supervision  of  an  instructor. 

Surg.  141.     Oral  Surgery  (3).     Fourth  year. 

This  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinical  assignments,  and  practical 
demonstrations  on  the  etiology,  pathology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
classes  of  tumors,  infections,  deformities,  anomalies,  impacted  teeth,  fractures 
and  surgical  problems  associated  with  the  practice  of  dentistry.  Hospital 
clinics,  demonstrations  and  ward  rounds  are  given  to  familiarize  the  student 
with  abnormal  conditions  incident  to  the  field  of  his  future  operations  and  to 
train  him  thoroughly  in  the  diagnosis  of  benign  and  malignant  tumors. 

Weekly  seminars  are  held  in  the  Hospital.  Each  student  prepares  and 
presents  an  oral  surgery  case  report  according  to  the  requirements  of  the 
American  Board  of  Oral  Surgery. 

For  Graduates 

Surg.  201.     Clinical  Anesthesiology    (6).     Forty  hours   a  week  for   thirteen 
weeks. 

Surg.  220.     General  Dental  Oral  Surgery  (4).     Two  lectures  and  two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.  221.     Advanced  Oral   Surgery    (4).     Two   lectures   and   two   laboratory 
periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.  222.     Research.     Time  and  credit  by  arrangement. 

VISUAL  AIDS  IN  TEACHING 

Mr.  Taylor  and  Staff 

The  Department  of  Visual  Aids  employs  the  latest  photographic  technics 
and  equipment  for  the  production  of  both  monochromatic  and  full-color  still 
and  motion  pictures.  By  cooperation  with  other  departments  new  material 
is  developed  for  lectures,  clinics,  publications  and  exhibits. 

Through  photography  the  School  retains  for  teaching  purposes  interesting 
cases  that  appear  in  the  clinics,  preserves  evidence  of  unusual  pathological 
cases,  and  records  anatomical  anomalies,  facial  disharmonies  and  malocclusions 


36  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

of  the  teeth.  In  addition  the  student,  through  hie  contact  with  photographic 
uses,  becomes  acquainted  with  the  value  of  photography  in  clinical  practice. 
Students  are  advised  as  to  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  the  preparation  of  lectures 
and  theses,  the  arrangement  and  co-ordination  of  materials,  and  the  organiza- 
tion and  maintenance  of  records  and  histories. 

SPECIAL  COURSES 

SUMMER  COURSES 

As  the  need  arises,  summer  courses  are  offered  in  any  of  the  subjects 
included  in  the  regular  curriculum.  For  details  concerning  each  course  consult 
pages  24-37  in  this  catalog.  A  charge  of  $10.00  for  each  semester  hour  credit 
is  made  for  these  courses. 

POSTGRADUATE  COURSES 

Postgraduate  courses  are  offered  to  qualified  dental  graduates.  These 
courses  are  designed  to  provide  opportunities  for  study  in  special  fields  on  a 
refresher  level,  and  are  arranged  so  that  particular  emphasis  is  placed  on 
clinical  practices. 

Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck 

This  course  is  designed  to  review  certain  principles  of  Anatomy  and  to 
furnish  the  student  opportunities  to  relate  these  principles  to  clinical  practice. 
Instruction  is  presented  in  the  form  of  illustrated  lectures,  seminars,  and 
laboratory  dissection.  One  semester,  full  time.  Tuition,  $200.00.  Maximum 
expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $45.00. 

Oral  Pathology 

The  course  in  Oral  Pathology  is  presented  with  the  objective  of  correlating 
a  knowledge  of  histopathology  with  the  various  aspects  of  clinical  practice. 
The  physiology  of  the  periodontal  attachment  and  the  pathology  of  the  dental 
pulp,  the  periodontium,  the  hard  tissues  of  the  teeth,  odontogenic  cysts  and 
tumors,  and  cancer  in  and  about  the  oral  cavity  are  stressed.  Studies  of 
surgical  and  biopsy  specimens  are  also  emphasized.  Opportunity  for  supervised 
research  in  areas  of  particular  interest  to  the  student  will  be  available.  One 
year,  full  time.  Tuition,  $550.00.  Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and 
equipment,  $75.00,  which  includes  microscope  fee  of  $25.00. 

Oral  Surgery 

The  course  in  Oral  Surgery  is  organized  to  train  the  dentist  in  advanced 
surgical  procedures  of  the  oral  cavity  and  the  associated  parts.  Although 
primarily  designed  for  the  general  practitioner,  the  course  can  be  used  as 
credit  toward  specialization  in  Oral  Surgery.  One  year,  full  time.  Tuition, 
$550.00.     Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $75.00. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  37 

Periodontia 

The  course  in  Periodontia  consists  of  a  review  of  the  etiology,  pathology, 
clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis  and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  types 
of  periodontal  disease.  Instruction  is  presented  by  means  of  lectures,  seminars 
and  clinical  demonstration.  One  semester,  full  time.  Tuition,  $200.00.  Maxi- 
mum expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $75.00. 

Prosthesis 

Instruction  will  be  given  in  the  fundamental  principles  and  factors  in- 
volved in  complete  denture  prosthesis,  the  general  problems  in  diagnosis  and 
treatment  planning,  and  the  procedures  of  constructing  partial  and  complete 
dentures.  Ample  opportunity  will  be  provided  for  the  application  of  the  basic 
principles  and  procedures  of  clinical  practice.  One  semester,  full  time.  Tuition, 
$200.00.    Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $300.00. 

Visual  Aids 

The  basic  principles  and  practices  of  Visual  Aids  are  presented  by  lecture, 
demonstration  and  laboratory  technics.  Practical  photography  and  mouiage  are 
featured,  with  instruction  in  department  organization  and  exhibition  arrange- 
ment.    Four  weeks,  full  time.     Tuition  $150.00. 

Occasional  Part-Time  Courses 

The  fees  charged  part-time  students  who  may  be  enrolled  in  any  of  the 
special  courses  are  prorated  on  a  basis  of  the  full-time  charge  of  $550.00,  with 
a  minimum  charge  of  $100.00  for  any  one  course. 


THE  GORGAS  ODONTOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society  was  organized  in  1916  as  an  honorary 
student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  Society 
was  named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a 
teacher  of  many  years'  experience,  and  during  his  life  a  great  contributor  to 
dental  literature.  It  was  with  the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that  the 
Society  adopted  it. 

To  be  eligible  for  membership  a  student  must  be  in  the  first  30  per  cent  of 
his  class.  The  selection  of  this  30  per  cent  shall  be  based  on  the  weighted 
percentage  average  system  as  outlined  in  the  school  regulations.  The  meetings, 
held  once  each  month,  are  addressed  by  prominent  dental  and  medical  men,  an 
effort  being  made  to  obtain  speakers  not  connected  with  the  University.  The 
members  have  an  opportunity,  even  while  students,  to  hear  men  associated  with 
other  educational  institutions. 

OMICRON  KAPPA  UPSILON 

Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon  honorary  dental  society  was 
chartered  at  the  Baltimore   College  of  Dental   Surgery,   Dental   School,   Uni- 


38 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


versity  of  Maryland  during  the  session  of  1928-29.  Membership  in  the  society 
is  awarded  to  a  number  not  exceeding  12  per  cent  of  the  graduating  class. 
This  honor  is  conferred  upon  students  who  through  their  professional  course 
of  study  creditably  fulfill  all  obligations  as  students,  and  whose  conduct, 
earnestness,  evidence  of  good  character  and  high  scholarship  recommend  them 
to  election. 


The  following  graduates  of  the  1956  Class  were  elected  to  membership: 

Marvin  Bennet  Golberg  Richard  Andrew  Saal 

Stanley  Barry  Goldberg  Caesar  Michael  Silvestro 

Herald  Donald  Green,  Jr.  Allie  Skib 

Ralph  Stuart  Johnson  Joseph  Harry  Toropilo 

Albert  Andrew  Kapsak  Gilbert  Tronier 

Vernon  A.  Lake  Gilbert  Garland  Youngblood 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

The  first  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  was  held  in  Baltimore,  March  1,  1849.  This  organi- 
zation has  continued  in  existence  to  the  present,  its  name  having  been  changed 
to  The  National  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland. 

The  officers  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  1956-1957  are  as  follows: 


President 

Frank  Hurst 

1726  Eye  St.,  N.W. 

Washington,   D.   C. 

Secretary 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio 

1010   St.  Paul   Street 

Baltimore    2,    Maryland 

Historian 

Milton  B.  Asbell 

25  Haddon  Avenue 

Camden,  New  Jersey 


President-Elect 

Daniel  E.  Shehan 

Medical  Arts  Building 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

Treasurer 
Howard  Van  Natta 
Medical  Arts  Building 
Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

Editor 

Kyrle  W.  Preis 

700  Cathedral   Street 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland 


UNIVERSITY  ALUMNI  COUNCIL  REPRESENTATIVES 


Frank  Hurst,  1957 
Washington,  D.  C. 


Daniel  E.  Shehan,  1958 
Baltimore,    Maryland 


Harry  Levin,  1958 

3429  Park  Heights  Avenue 

Baltimore  15,  Maryland 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  39 

EXECUTIVE  COUNCIL 

Joseph  M.  Tighe,  Chairman,  1959 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

Edwin    G.    Gail,   1957  Howard    B.   Wood,    1957 

Baltimore,   Maryland  Cumberland,  Maryland 

Max  K.  Baklor,  1958  Eugene  L.  Pessagno,  Jr.,  1958 

Baltimore,   Maryland  Baltimore,   Maryland 

John  T.  Stang,  1958  Irving  Abramson,  1959 

Baltimore,   Maryland  Baltimore,   Maryland 

Lawrence  W.  Bimestefer,  Ex-Officio 
Dundalk,  Maryland 

TRUSTEES  FOR  NATIONAL  ALUMNI  FUND 

Trustees  Ex-Officio 

Frank  Hurst,  President 

Daniel  E.  Shehan,  President-Elect 

Arthur  I.  Bell,  Secretary-Treasurer 

Joseph  M.  Tighe,  Chairman  of  Erecutive  Council 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  Dean 

Elmer  Corey,  1957  Meyer    Eggnatz,    1957 

Baltimore,   Maryland  Miami    Beach,    Florida 

Augustine  L.  Cavallaro,  1958  Irving  B.  Golboro,  1958 

New   Haven,   Connecticut  Baltimore,   Maryland 

Frank  N.   Carroll,  1959  Lewis  C.  Toomey,  1959 

Wheeling,  West  Virginia  Silver    Spring,    Maryland 

SENIOR  PRIZE  AWARDS 

The  following  prizes  were  awarded  to  members  of  the  Senior  Class  for 
the   1955-1956    Session: 

The  Alexander  H.  Paterson  Memorial  Medal 

For  Practical  Set  of  Full  Upper  and  Lower  Dentures 

Allie  Skib 

Honorable    Mention „ _ „ Mario    Bonanti 

The  Isaac  H.  Davis  Memorial  Medal 

(Contributed  by   Dr.   Leonard  I.   Davis) 

For   Cohesive    Gold   Filling 

Allie  Skib 

Honorable  Mention _ _ Armand  Shelby  Hall 

The  Alumni  Association  Medal 

For   Thesis 
Gilbert  Roland   Tronier 

Honorable  Mention Herbert  William  Grambow,  Jr.  and 

Herald  Donald  Green,  Jr. 


40  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  Harry  E.  Kelsey  Award 

(Contributed  by  former  associates  of  Dr.  Kelsey:    Drs.  Anderson, 
Devlin,  Hodges,  Johnston  and   Preis) 

For    Professional   Demeanor 
Ralph   Stuart  Johnson 

The  Harry  E.  Latcham  Memorial  Medal 

For  Complete  Oral  Operative  Restoration 

Joseph  Harry   Toropilo 
Honorable    Mention _ „ „ _ Herbert   Hidesuke    Akamine 

The  Edgar  J.  Jacques  Memorial  Award 

For  Meritorious   Work  in  Practical   Oral  Surgery 
Allie    Skib 

The  Herbert  Friedberg  Memorial  Award 

(Contributed   by  the   New  Jersey  Alumni    Chapter  of  the 
National  Alumni  Association) 

For  Achievement  by  a  New  Jersey  Senior 

Stuart  LaKind 

The  James  P.  McCormick  Award 

For  Meritorious  Work  in  the  Treatment  of  Traumatic 
Injuries  of  the   Face   and  Jaws 

Herbert  William  Grambow,  Jr. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  41 

REGISTER  OF  STUDENTS 
1956-1957  Session 

GRADUATING  CLASS 

1955-1956  Session 

Robert  James  Agresti,  B.A.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1952 

New  Jersey 

Herbert  Hidesuke  Akamine,  B.S.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1939 Hawaii 

Waverley  Conway  Artz,  B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi,  1951 Mississippi 

Edward  Jerome  Becker,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 

District  of  Columbia 

Robert  John  Belliveau,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1952 New  Jersey 

Kenneth  Edward  Bertram,  B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1947 Maryland 

Henry  Joseph  Bianco,  Jr.,  Loyola  College Maryland 

Mario  Bonanti,  B.A.,  Gannon  College,  1951 Pennsylvania 

Frederick  Thomas  Brennan,  B.A.,  University  of  Maine,  1952 Maine 

Stanley  Louis  Brown,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Morton  Alfred  Brownstein,  College  of  William  and  Mary Virginia 

Bernard  Busch,  B.A.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana,  1953 New  Jersey- 
Robert  Roscoe  Callahan,  B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1951 Florida 

Anthony  Alain  Caputi,  University  of  Vermont   Rhode  Island 

Aaron  Jacob  Chmar,  University  of  Maryland    Maryland 

Donald  Eugene  Cone,  Washington  Missionary  College    Maryland 

Frederick  Earl  Connelly,  Bowdoin  College Massachusetts 

Joseph  Anthony  Corbo,  B.A.,  Saint  Peter's  College,  1952 New  Jersey 

Victor  Benjamin  Costa,  University  of  Miami New  Jersey 

Michael  Alexander  Costrino,  B.A.,  Boston  University,  1951   .  .  .  .Massachusetts 

Donald  LeRoy  Cramer,  University  of  Delaware   Delaware 

Remo  Angelo  DelRosso,  St.  Anselm's  College Massachusetts 

David  Arthur  Denisch,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

William  Frank  Evans,  Jr.,  A.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1952 Florida 

Francis  Xavier  Falivene,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1951 New  Jersey 

Andrew  Federico,  Rutgers  University New  Jersey 

Fred  Seymour  Fink,  B.A.,  University  of  Delaware,  1952 Maryland 

Michael  Edward  Fleming,  B.S.,  St.  Bernardine  of  Siena  College,  1952 

New  York 

Jack  Lester  Frasher,  Furman  University. South  Carolina 

Marvin  Lewis  Friedman,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1952 

Connecticut 

Robert  Albeit  Gagne,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Connecticut 

Charles  Joseph  Galiardi,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Francis  Eugene  Gassiraro,  B.A.,  Boston  College,  1952 Massachusetts 

Marvin  Bennett  Golberg,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Stanley  Barry  Goldberg,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1949 

Maryland 
Herbert   William   Grambow,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953 

Maryland 


42  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Herald  Donald  Green,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1952. .  .Pennsylvania 

Armand  Shelby  Hall,  Washington  and  Lee  University Maryland 

Alfred  Hamel,  B.S.,  Providence  College,  1952 Rhode  Island 

Albert  Edward  Heimert,  III,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Leonard  George  Henschel,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Gene   Caryl   Hose,   West  Virginia   University West  Virginia 

Blaine  Ellsworth  Jarrett,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1952 

West  Virginia 

Jerome  Philip  Jermain,  Jr.,  B.S.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1952 Connecticut 

Ralph  Stuart  Johnson,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Albert  Andrew  Kapsak,  Mt.  St.  Mary's  College Pennsylvania 

Paul  Samuel  Keller,  B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1951 Maryland 

Edward  McCauley  Kelly,  Loyola  College Maryland 

Ralph  Lawrence  Kercheval,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Thomas  Frederick  Kern,  Mt.  St.  Mary's  College Connecticut 

Francis  Joseph  Kihn,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1952 Maryland 

Norman  Dale  Kisamore,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Eugene  Francis  Kobylarz,  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1952 New  Jersey 

Jerome  Boris  Krachman,  B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo,  1952 New  Jersey 

Vernon  A.  Lake,  Presbyterian  College South  Carolina 

Stuart  LaKind,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Charles  Edward  Landry,  St.  Anselm's  College Massachusetts 

Peter  Joseph  Lapolla,  Providence  College Rhode  Island 

Kendrick  Roger  Lawrence,  B.A.,  University  of  Vermont,  1951 Vermont 

Jules  Joseph  Levin,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1952 Maryland 

Walter  Joseph  Lucas,  Jr.,  Belmont  Abbey  College North  Carolina 

Philip  Dennis  Marano,  Loyola  College Maryland 

Clayton  Swearingen  McCarl,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 

Maryland 

Carlton  Joseph  McLeod.  B.A.,  Brown  University,  1952 Rhode  Island 

Francis  Xavier  McNulty,  St.  Anselm's  College Massachusetts 

Harry  Leroy  Mertz,  Jr.,  Gettysburg  College Maryland 

Steven  Jay  Miller,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1952 New  Jersey 

Dale  Roger  Moss,  University  of  South  Carolina West  Virginia 

Robert  Paul  Murphy,  B.A.,  Loyola  College,  1952 Maryland 

George  Herman  Nieske,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1952 

Massachusetts 

James  Philip  Norris,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950 Maryland 

Christopher  James  O'Connell,  Jr.,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1952 

Massachusetts 

Ferdinand  Frank  Pagano,  Niagara  University New  Jersey 

Raymond  Walter  Palmer,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952.  . .  .Maryland 

Robert  Dickey  Parker,  Morris  Harvey  College West  Virginia 

Thomas  Henry  Paterniti,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1952 New  Jersey 

Donald  Pivnick,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Jose  Ramon  Prieto-Hernandez,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1951 

Puerto  Rico 

Charles  Allen  Ridgeway,  Phoenix  College Arizona 

Laurence  Ray  Rollins,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  43 

Paul  Leon  Roxin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Richard  Andrew  Saal,  Loyola  College Maryland 

Eugene  Marcellus  Sadd,  Xavier  University West  Virginia 

Herbert  Otto  Scharpf,  Tufte  College New  Jersey 

Charles  August  Schlegel,  Jr.,  Providence  College Connecticut 

Arthur  Seymour  Schuster,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Caesar  Michael  Silvestro,  New  York  University New  Jersey 

Allie  Skib,  B.S.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1952 Massachusetts 

Irby  Garrion  Sorrells,  B.S.,  Berry  College,  1938 Maryland 

Jack  Haldane  Soutar,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Lloyd  Eraest  Svennevig,  A.B.,  Atlantic  Union  College,  1950.  . .  .Massachusetts 

Warren  Edward  Thurston,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maine 

Joseph  Harry  Toropilo,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Harold  Michael  Trepp,  B.A.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1952 

Connecticut 

Gilbert  Roland  Tronier,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Donald  Collis  Weikert,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 

District  of  Columbia 

Anthony  John  Wickenheiser,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  James  Wilson,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Byron  Crosby  WToodside,  The  George  Washington  University Virginia 

George  Dietrich  Yent,  Jr.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute Maryland 

Gilbert  Garland  Youngblood,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 


HONORS 
Summa  Cum  Laude 

Gilbert  Roland   Tronier 

Magna  Cum   Laude 

Ralph  Stuart  Johnson  Richard  Andrew  Saal 

Marvin  Bennett  Golberg  Gilbert   Garland   Youngblood 

Albert  Andrew  Kapsak 

Cum  Laude 

Allie  Skib  Stanley  Barry   Goldberg 

Caesar  Michael  Silvestro  Vernon  A.  Lake 

Herald  Donald  Green,  Jr.  Joseph  Harry  Toropilo 

DEGREE   CONFERRED  AUGUST   1,   1955 

Maurice  Gerard  Lussier,  St.  Anselm's  College New  Hampshire 

James  Harvey  Stribling,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Mississippi  College,  1951 Mississippi 


44  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Senior  Class 

Norman  Stanley  Alpher,  The  George  Washington  University 

District  of  Columbia 

William  Milton  Barbush,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Robert  Lehman  Bartlett,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953 

Maryland 

Eugene  Arthur  Beliveau,  B.S.,  Boston  College,  1953 Massachusetts 

Daniel  Willis  Benton,  University  of  Utah Utah 

William  Frederick  Bishop,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

John  Frederick  Black,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  College New  Jersey 

Louis  Blum,  The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers  University Pennsylvania 

Charles  Daniel  Broe,  Tufts  College Massachusetts 

William  George  Buchanan,  University  of  Maryland New  Jersey 

Vito  Dominic  Buonomano,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Providence  College,  1953.  . .  .Rhode  Island 

James  Ambrose  Butler,  Jr.,  Niagara  University New  York 

Charles  Wallis  Buttner,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Richard  Ernest  Cabana,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Hubert  Thomas  Chandler,  Morris  Harvey  College West  Virginia 

Robert  Lee  Childs,  B.A.,  Duquesne  University,  1952 Pennsylvania 

Neil  Cohen,  University  of  Miami Florida 

William  Eugene  Colliver,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Joseph  Andre  Croteau,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1953. . .  .Massachusetts 
Bertrand  Saul  Dann,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951; 

M.S.,    1953 Maryland 

Urban  Bernard  DeCosta,  B.S.,  Providence  College,  1953 Rhode  Island 

Frederick  Bertrand  Delorme,  University  of  Vermont  and  State 

Agricultural  College   Vermont 

John  Joseph  DeMartin,  University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural 

College     Connecticut 

Robert  Edward  DeMartin,  University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural 

College     Connecticut 

John  Henry  Dempsey,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1953 West  Virginia 

Elliott  Howard  Dickler,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

Seymour  Bernard  Fingerhood,  B.A.,  New  York  University,  1952. .  .New  Jersey 

Karl  Josef  Foose,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

William  Grady  Franklin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 Maryland 

Paul  Edward  Freed,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Patrick  Garvey,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1953 .  .     Rhode  Island 

Roy  Frank  Gherardi,  B.A.,  New  York  University,  1952 New  York 

George  William  Greco,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College Maryland 

Ray  Evan  Griffin,  B.A.,  University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural 

College,    1953    Vermont 

Jimmy  Ray  Hager,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Walter  Burnell  Hall,  A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1953 Massachusetts 

Raymond  Donald  Haslam,  Washington  Missionary  College Pennsylvania 

Paul  Emmet  Higgins,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Orville  Clayton  Hurst,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Thomas  Kent  Ingram,  Virginia  Military  Institute Virginia 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  45 

Gerald  Marshall   Isbell,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

William  McDonald  Johnson.  Berea  College Florida 

Livia  Kalnins,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  McCoy  College Latvia 

William  Ignatius  Keene,  Mt.  Saint  Mary's  College New  Jersey 

John  Poist  Ketfer,  Jr.,  Villanova  College New  Jersey 

James  Van  Lieu  Kiser,  Davis  and  Elkins  College West  Virginia 

Fred  Herman  Andrew  Koeniger,  The  University  of  Rochester New  York 

Robert  Leo  LaFon,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1951 West  Virginia 

William  Edgar  Landefeld,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,   1953 

Maryland 

Kenneth  Joseph  Langfield,  University  of  Massachusetts Massachusetts 

George  Albert  Lippard,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,  1953 South  Carolina 

Donald  Bruce  Lurie,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

John  Joseph  Martielli,  B.S.,  Davis  and  Elkins  College,  1953 Florida 

Dennis  Laurent  Maud,  B.A.,  Norwich  University,  1953 New  York 

Jerry  Wayne  Medlock,  B.S.,  Presbyterian  College,  1953 Texas 

Ernest  Charles  Merkel,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951 Maryland 

Eugene  Joseph  Messer,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1953 Massachusetts 

Joe  Harvey  Miller,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

John  Charles  Miller,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Ralph  Charles  Monroe,  University  of  Maine Maine 

John  George  Mueller,  B.A.,  Duke  University,  1953 Oklahoma 

Raymond  Elliot  Mullaney,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 ..  Massachusetts 

Nassif  Joseph  Nassif,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Minor  Paul  Nestor,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

Thomas  Francis  Owens,  The  Pennsylvania  State  College Pennsylvania 

Rafael  Angel  Pagan-Colon,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1950.  .Puerto  Rico 

Roy  Christopher  Page,  A.B.,  Berea  College,  1953 South  Carolina 

Orie  Nicholas  Passarelli,  B.S.,  Saint  Peter's  College,  1953 New  Jersey 

William  Russell  Patteson,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Peter  Pecoraro,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Providence  College,  1953 Rhode  Island 

John  Vincent  Puleo,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1953 Rhode  Island 

Alfred  Joseph  Rapuano,  The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers  University 

New  Jersey 

Clyde  Eugene  Reed,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1951 West  Virginia 

Angelo  Michael  Repole,  University  of  Maryland New  Jersey 

William  Henry  Ruppert,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Charles  Benjamin  Rushford,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1953 

West  Virginia 

Herbert  Henry  Rust,  Queens  College New  York 

Edward  Thomas  Ryan,  III,  B.A.,  The  American  International 

College,  1952  Massachusetts 

Francis  John  Salvato,  A.B.,  Gettysburg  College,  1953 New  Jersey 

Alvin  Robert  Sayers,  Midwestern  University Vermont 

Abraham  Schachter,  B.A.,  The  University  of  Connecticut,  1953 Connecticut 

Albert  Seymore  Schaffer,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Paul  Kenneth  Schick,  Tufts  College Connecticut 

Robert  Jay  Schwartz,  Emory  University Connecticut 


46  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Harry  Edwin  Semler,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953.  .Maryland 

Joseph  Israel  Shevenell,  B.S.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1947 Maine 

Carl  S.  Singer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

Elwood  Stanley  Snyder,  Jr.,  Middlebury  College New  Jersey 

Robert  John  Stag,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Thomas  Dodds  Stokes,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina, 

1953    North   Carolina 

Alan  Stoler,  University  of  Miami Florida 

William  Andrew  Stout,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1953 New  York 

John  Malcomb  Stribling,  University  of  Florida Florida 

James  Richard  Sullivan,  Montgomery  Junior  College Maryland 

Carl  Anthony  Tomosivitch,  B.S.,  St.  John's  University,  1953 New  York 

Joel  Jacob  Ulanet,  Lafayette  College New  Jersey 

John  David  Vachon,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1952;  M.S., 

1953 West  Virginia 

John  Wilson  Vargo,  Morris  Harvey  College West  Virginia 

Hans  Kvamme  Varmer,  B.A.,  Washington  Missionary  College,  1951.  .Maryland 

Frank  Joseph  Verdecchia,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 Maryland 

Richard  Howard  Warren,  New  York  University New  Jersey 

George  William  Waxter,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Frederick  Brown  Williams,  The  Citadel .South  Carolina 

Gerald  Zimmerman,  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1952 .New  Jersey 


Junior  Class 

Ralph  Richard  Asadourian,  B.A.,  University  of  New  Hampshire, 

1954 New  Hampshire 

Ronald  James  Bauerle,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1954 Connecticut 

Carl  Mitchell  Baumann,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Philip  Stanley  Benzil,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1954 Florida 

Thomas  Henry  Birney,  B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1954 

California 

Stanley  Earle  Block,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Paul  Bodo,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Tampa,  1954 Florida 

Stanley  Saul  Brager,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Maryland 

Harry  Edward  Brandau,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Sherman  Brown,  University  of  Pennsylvania New  Jersey 

John  Paul  Burton,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Enrique  Rafael  Capo,  Haverford  College Puerto  Rico 

Robert  Ernest  Chait,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Virgil  Lewis  Chambers,  Marshall  College : West  Virginia 

George  Elmore  Collins,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Martin  Richard  Crytzer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Pennsylvania 

Stanley  Carl  DelTufo,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

William  Clinton  Denison,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

F.  Lee  Eggnatz,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Melvin  Feiler,  Upsala  College New  Jersey 

Dayton  Carroll  Ford,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  47 

Orton  Dittmar  Frisbie,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Jose  Antonio  Fuentes,  University  of  Puerto  Rico Puerto  Rico 

John  William  Gannon,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1954    West  Virginia 

Richard  Chris  Georgiades,  Virginia  Military  Institute Florida 

Robert  Goren,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Barbara  Lorraine  Greco,  A.B.,  The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers 

University,  1954 New  Jersey 

Anton  Grobani,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Maryland 

Fernando  Haddock,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1954 Puerto  Rico 

Robert  William  Haroth,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Barry  Ronald  Harris,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Richard  McFern  Hemphill,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1954 

West  Virginia 
Gerald  Franklin  Hoffman,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1954 . .  Connecticut 

Paul  Harvey  Hyland,  University  of  Delaware Delaware 

William  Louis  Hyman,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Allen  Burton  Itkin,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Lawrence  Paul  Jacobs,  A.B.,  Temple  University,  1954 Delaware 

Alfred  Howard  Jansen,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Mathie  Johnson,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954 ..  Maryland 

Paul  Franklin  Kief  man,  B.S.,  The  American  University,  1951 Virginia 

Robert  Harmon  McLloyd  Killpack,  B.A.,  University  of  Utah,  1954 Utah 

Anthony  Joseph  Klein,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1954 New  York 

David  Rodman  Lecrone,  University  of  Delaware Delaware 

Walter  Prudden  Leonard,  Emory  University Florida 

John  Frank  Lessig,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Herbert  Gary  Levin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Donald  Palmer  Lewis,   Norwich   University Massachusetts 

Robert  Bernard  Lewis,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1954 Rhode  Island 

Benedict  Salvatore  LiPira,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Maryland 

Garrett  Isaac  Long,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1954. ..  .Maryland 

Luis  Felipe  Lucca,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1948 Puerto  Rico 

Albert  Silveira  Luiz,  A.B.,  Boston  University,   1952 Massachusetts 

Lawford  Earle  Magruder,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Clyde  Danforth   Marlow,   Emory   University Florida 

Carlos  Rafael  Matos,  University  of  Puerto  Rico Puerto  Rico 

Edward  Robert  McLaughlin,  B.  S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1954 

Massachusetts 

David   Frederick   Mehlisch,   Graceland   College Maryland 

Raymond  Dennis  Menton,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1954 Maryland 

Anthony  Nicholas  Micelotti,  B.S.,  Boston  College,  1952 Massachusetts 

Paul  Masashi  Morita,  University  of  Maryland New  Jersey 

Richard  Warren  Moss,   Emory  University Florida 

James  Edward  Nadeau,  American  International  College Massachusetts 

William  Harold  Neilund,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951 Maryland 

Philip  Patrick  Nolan,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1953 Maryland 

Ralph  Fields  Norwood,  Jr.,  Bethany  College West  Virginia 

Guy  Sullivan  O'Brien,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Furman  University,  1954 South  Carolina 


48  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Charles  Irving  Osman,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1954 Florida 

Warren  Andrew  Parker,  Mount  Saint  Mary's   College New  Jersey 

Bienvenido  Perez,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1954 New  York 

George  Louis  Plassnig,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Marion  Powell,  Furman  University South  Carolina 

Ralph  Weyman  Price,  North  Georgia  College Virginia 

Burton  Alvin  Raphael,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Alan  Shia  Resnek,  Tufts  College Massachusetts 

Henry  Edward  Richter,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Virginia 

Peter  Arthur  Rubelman,  Emory  University Florida 

John  Sidney  Rushton,   University  of   Maryland Virginia 

Robert  Nicholas  Santangelo,  Purdue   University New  Jersey 

Lawrence  Donald  Sarubin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949 Maryland 

James  Augustus  Schaefer,  B.S.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1954 New  York 

Leonard  Stanley  Schneider,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Howard  Schwartz,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

Irwin  Bernard  Schwartz,  The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers  University 

New  Jersey 

David  Howard  Shamer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951 Maryland 

Charles  Irvine  Shelton,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Cyril  Stanton  Sokale,  B. A.,  The  University  of  Connecticut,  1954 . .  Connecticut 

Edward  William  Spinelli,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Tufts  College,  1954 Massachusetts 

Howard  Stanton  Spurrier,  University  of  Utah Utah 

John  Francis  Spychalski,  B.S.,  St.  Bernardine  of  Siena  College,  1952  New  York 

Ivan  Lee  Starr,  A.B.,  Syracuse  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

Ronald  Martin  Starr,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Elizabeth    Lee    Stewart,   The   Johns    Hopkins   University Maryland 

Marvin  Howard  Tawes,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Linn  Shecut  Tompkins,  Jr.,  University  of  South  Carolina. ..  .South  Carolina 

Frank  Trotta,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1953 West  Virginia 

Donald   Herbert  Wadsworth,    Emory   University Florida 

James  Ray  Wampler,  Richmond  College,  University  of  Richmond Virginia 

William  James  Washuta,  University  of  Miami Florida 

David  Allen  Watson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Louis  Weiss,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

William  Alvin  Wolf,  A.B.,  Upsala  College,  1951 Connecticut 

Rodger  August  Zelles,  B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

Sophomore  Class 

Kenneth  David  Bass,   B. A.,   University   of   Connecticut,   1953 ; 

M.S.,     1955 • Connecticut 

Robert  Gene  Beckelheimer,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Frederick  Blumenthal,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Leonard  Francis  Borges,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1951 Massachusetts 

Martin  David  Breckstein,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Lawrence  Austin  Brehne,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1951 New  Jersey 

Robert  Francis  Bristol,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1955 Rhode  Island 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  49 

John  C.  L.  Brown,  Jr.,  B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1952 

Pennsylvania 

Bayard   Allen    Buchen,   Emory   University Florida 

Robert  Rolland  Buckner,  Washington  Missionary  College Georgia 

Barbara  Dorothea  Bucko,  Syracuse  University Connecticut 

Thomas  Cali,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 New  Jersey 

John  Joseph  Cartisano,  Indiana  University  New  York 

Gary  Herbert  Cohen,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Ted  Conner,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Juan  Anibal  Cuevas-Jimenez,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1953 

Puerto  Rico 

Adolph  Albert  Cura,  B.A.,  Boston  College,  1955 Massachusetts 

Peter  Bernard  DalPozzol,  Colby  College Connecticut 

Allan  Lee  Danoff ,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Eugene  Frederick  deLonge,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

Joseph   Budding  Dietz,  Jr.,  Lehigh  University Delaware 

Frank  Anthony  Dolle,   B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948;    M.S., 

1950;    Ph.D.,    1954 Maryland 

William  Frank  Dombrowski,  B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,  1950 

Maryland 
James  Francis  Dooley,  B.S.,  United  States  Merchant  Marine  Academy, 

1950 ;  A.B.,  Rutgers  University,  1951 New  Jersey 

William  Edward  Dowden,   B.S.,  Niagara  University,  1955 New   York 

Conrad  Castenzio  Ferlita,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Raymond  Alan  Flanders,  Colgate  University New  York 

John  Morrison  Foley,  B.S.,  Loyola   College,  1955 Maryland 

James  Arthur  Fowler,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Donald  Fraser,  B.S.,  Niagara  University,  1955 New  York 

Richard  Lawrence  Fraze,  Tufts  College Florida 

Larry  Joe  Frick,  The  Clemson  Agricultural  College South  Carolina 

Thornwell  Jacobs  Frick,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,  1955 South  Carolina 

Ivan  Orlo  Gardner,  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1952 Maryland 

Billy  Wade  Gaskill,  West  Virginia  University Arkansas 

Gorm  Pultz  Hansen,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Frederick  Lewis  Hodous,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Francis  Kurt  Hugelmeyer,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1955.  . .  .New  York 

Eugene  Farley  Humphreys,  Brigham   Young  University Idaho 

James  Paul  Jabbour,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1950;  Ed.M.,  1951 Massachusetts 

Calvin  Charles  Kay,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Edward  Gerard   Keen,   St.  Anselm's   College Connecticut 

Paul  Lewis  Keener,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Krall,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948 Maryland 

Jacob  Ian  Krampf,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Frank  Walter  Krause,  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1955 New  Jersey 

Domenic  Edward  LaPorta,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Richard  John  Lauttman,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1953 Maryland 


50  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Robert  Louis   Lee,   University   of   Maryland Maryland 

Wallace   George   Lee,   University  of   Maryland Michigan 

Lester  Leonard  Levin,   University   of   Maryland Maryland 

Leslie  Herminio  Lopez- Velez,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1955  Puerto  Rico 

Joseph  Paul  Lynch,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1953 New  Jersey 

Carlos  A.  Machuca-Padin,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1954.  .Puerto  Rico 

Arnold  Irwin  Malhmood,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Jose  Manuel  Martinez,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1955 Puerto  Rico 

John  Kenneth  McDonald,  Louisiana  State  University  and  Agricultural 

and  Mechanical  College Mississippi 

Thomas  James  Meakem,  Davis  and  Elkins  College New  Jersey 

Thomas  Eugene  Miller,  B.S.,  St.  John's  University,  1955 New  Jersey 

Bernard  Lee  Morgan,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1955 West  Virginia 

Fabian  Morgan,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1954 North  Carolina 

John  Worthington  Myers,  Hagerstown  Junior  College Maryland 

Elizabeth  Haydee  Noa,  B.A.,  Nazareth  College,  1954 Puerto  Rico 

William  Barnard  O'Connor,  Wjest  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Robert  Owens,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,  1954 North  Carolina 

Jeff ry  Chandler  Pennington,  The  Citadel South  Carolina 

Charles  Kenneth  Peters,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1954 Maryland 

Gregory  Michael  Petrakis,  B.S.,  Trinity  College,  1955 Connecticut 

George  Jackson  Phillips,   Jr.,  B. A.,  Amherst  College,   1955 Maryland 

Barry  Pickus,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1955 Maryland 

Donald  Alan  Pirie,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 .Maryland 

Anthony  Michael  Policastro,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1955 ....  New  Jersey 

Joseph  Eul  Polino,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1955 Connecticut 

Alben  R.  Pollack,  B.A.,  Alfred  University,  1955 New  York 

Joel  Pollack,  B.S.,  The  City  College  of  New  York,  1955 New  York 

Albert  Edward  Postal,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

William  Lewis  Pralley,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1955 . .  West  Virginia 

John  Viering  Raese,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Paul  Raimond,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Harold  Reuben   Ribakow,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Chester  James  Richmond,  Jr.,  Tufts  College Connecticut 

Matthew  Angelo  Rocco,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1955 New  Jersey 

Lawrence  David  Rogers,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Everett  Newton  Roush,  III,  Marshall  College Wlest  Virginia 

Louis  Joseph  Ruland,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955 

Maryland 

Raymond  Richard  Sahley,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Charles  Salerno,  Upsala  College New  Jersey 

Richard  Charles  Saville,  B.  A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 Maryland 

David  Lee  Schofield,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Jerome  Schwartz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949 Maryland 

Robert  Bernard  Silberstein,  University  of  Florida. Florida 

Stanley  Leonard  Silver,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1953 

District  of  Columbia 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  51 

Francis  Vincent  Simansky,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1955 Maryland 

Orlando  Louis  Skaff,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1955 West  Virginia 

Philip  Smith,  University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural  College.  .Vermont 

Anthony  Sollazzo,  Rutgers  University New  Jersey 

James  Frederick  Sproul,  West  Virginia  University Ohio 

John  Joseph   Stecher,   B.S.,   Seton  Hall  University,  1952 New  Jersey 

Donald  Dietrich  Stegman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Daniel  Joseph  Sullivan,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1955 Rhode  Island 

Charles  Carroll  Swoope,  Jr.,  University  of  Florida New  Jersey 

Arthur  Morton  Tilles,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

John  Louis  Varanelli,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Francis  Anthony  Veltre,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952; 

M.S.,    1954 Maryland 

Jorge  Vendrell,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana Puerto  Rico 

Leonard  Clifford  Warner,  Jr.,  Colby  College Connecticut 

Edgar  Clair  ^^hite,   Marshall   College Kentucky 

Thomas  Adams  Wilson,  B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1955 Maryland 

Herbert  Sanford  Yampolsky,  B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1955.  .New  Jersey 

Freshman    Class 

Joel   Martin  Adler,  Emory  University Mississippi 

Earl  Robert  Alban,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954 ....  Maryland 

John  Jacob  Atchinson,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Edmund  Donald  Baron,  Rutgers  University New  Jersey 

Hulon  Edward  Beasley,  University  of  Florida Maryland 

John   William   Biehn,   University   of  Maryland Maryland 

Raymond  Cline  Bodley,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Francis  Brady,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Boston  College,  1954;  M.S., 

University   of   Massachusetts,    1956 Massachusetts 

Frank  Lee   Bragg,   West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Leslie  Henry  Breden,  University  of  Alabama Maryland 

James  Peter  Brown,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1956 

Massachusetts 

Rolla  Ray  Burk,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia,  1951 West  Virginia 

Gene  Edward  Camp,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Alfred   Chesler,   Furman   University Ohio 

Robert  Roy  Chesney,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Robert  A.  Cialone,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 New  Jersey 

William  John  Cimikoski,  A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1953 Connecticut 

Milton  Chipman  Clegg,  B.A.,  University  of  Utah,  1956 Utah 

Clyde  Albert  Coe,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Blanca  Collazo,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1956 Puerto  Rico 

Frank  Lateau  Collins,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Myron   Harris   Coulton,   University  of   Florida Florida 

Thomas  Joseph  Cronin,  B.S.,  De  Paul  University,  1955 New  Jersey 

William  Walter  Cwiek,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

Charles  Albert  Darby,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 


52  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Charles  Albert  Dean,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1956 Massachusetts 

John  Jay  Denson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1956 Florida 

Henry  Thomas  Doherty,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Boston  College,  1956 Massachusetts 

Michael  Vincent  Doran,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1956 Virginia 

Raymond  Dzoba,  Bowling  Green   State  University New  Jersey 

Morton  Mayer  Ehudin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Thomas  Fay,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1956 Rhode  Island 

Humbert  Michael  Fiskio,  A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1955; 

University  of  Connecticut,  1956 Connecticut 

Henry  Paul  Fox,  St.  Michael's  College New  York 

Irwood  Fox,  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1956 Virginia 

*  Arnold  Harvey  Fram,  Emory  University South  Carolina 

Joseph   Giardina,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

*  Leonard  Goodman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Maryland 

Harry  Gruen,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Ernest  Lee  Harris,  Jr.,  Southern  Missionary  College Florida 

David  William  Heese,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953. . .  .Maryland 

*Samuel  David  Henderson,  Berea   College Kentucky 

Sanford  Sonny  Hochman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Edward  Allen  Hurdle,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1956 Maryland 

Clemuel  Mansey  Johnson,  B.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina,  1953 

North    Carolina 

Nicholas  Irving  Jones,  B.S.,  The  Citadel,  1956 South  Carolina 

Norman  Lewis  Jones,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Alan  Donald  Jung,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Don  Samuel  Killpack,  B.S.,  University  of  Utah,  1951 Utah 

Irwin  Kolikoff,  B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College,   1953 New  Hampshire 

Don  Lee  Koubek,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1955 West  Virginia 

Robert  Marvin  Kriegsman,  The  University  of  North  Carolina.  .North  Carolina 
Scot  Sueki  Kubota,  A.B.,  Colorado   State  College,  1953; 

A.M.,    1954 Hawaii 

Insoo  Kwak,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1956 West  Virginia 

Martin  Albert  Levin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Marvin  Paul  Levin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Harry  Levy,  University   of   Maryland Maryland 

William  Lee  Lovern,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Frederick  Magaziner,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Maryland 

Martin  Magaziner,  University  of  Maryland District  of   Columbia 

Frank  William  Mastrola,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1956.  ..  .Rhode  Island 

Martin   Lee   Mays,   Wofford   College South   Carolina 

David  Henry  McLane,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

John  Stephen  McLaughlin,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

James  David  Mehring,  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  Military  College,  1956.  ..  .Maryland 

John   Bennett   Moore,   Jr.,   Weber   College Utah 

Ronald  Glenn  Morrison,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 


^Attended  part  session. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  53 

Richard  Franklin  Murphy,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Theodore  Jacob  Noffsinger,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. .  .Maryland 
Franklin  Lewis  Oliverio,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1956...  .West  Virginia 

Billy  Wendel  Olsen,  B.A.,  University  of  California,  1955 California 

Bernard  John  Orlowski,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Philip   Kibbee  Parsons,   West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Helmer  Eugene  Pearson,  Upsala  College New  Jersey 

Alfred  John  Phillips,  University  of  Florida Florida 

James  Vincent  Picone,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1956 Massachusetts 

Robert  Henry  Prindle,  B.A.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1956 New  York 

Anthony  Joseph  Regine,  B.S.,  Tufte  College,  1955 Rhode  Island 

Jude  Philip  Restivo,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Ronald  Lee  Ripley,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1955 West  Virginia 

Malcom   Louis   Rosenbloum,   Emory   University Missouri 

Georges  Philippe  Raynald  Roy,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1956 Maine 

William  Joseph  Rumberger,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College Pennsylvania 

Thomas  Melvin  Rutherford,  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College. . .  .West  Virginia 

Frank  John  Salino,  The  University  of  Buffalo New  York 

Lawrence  Francis  Schaefer,  St.  Michael's  College New  York 

Roger  Clare  Sears,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Howard  Irwin  Segal,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Edwin  Barry  Shiller,  Emory  University Florida 

Joseph  James  Smith,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Robert  Carroll  Smith,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Alvin  Jerome  Snyder,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

David  M.  Solomon,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1956 New  Jersey 

Rudolph  Clement  Strambi,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1952 New  Jersey 

Wayne  Eugene  Stroud,  University  of  Maryland Illinois 

George  Webster  Struthere,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1952 

West  Virginia 

Joshua   Irving  Taragin,   Yeshiva  University Maryland 

Edward  Ralph  Thompson,  Temple  University New  Jersey 

Robert  Speirs  Thomson,  B.A.,  Houghton  College,  1956 New  Jersey 

Earle  Alexander  Tompkins,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1955 

Massachusetts 

Monte   Franklin   Udoff,   University  of   Michigan Wisconsin 

Gilbert  Allen  Vitek,   Graceland   College Maryland 

Raymond  Francis  Waldron,  A.B.,  Boston  College,  1956 Massachusetts 

Martin  Truett  Watson,  B.S.,  Emory  University,  1954 Georgia 

Irwin  Robert  Weiner,  University  of  Akron Ohio 

Wayne  Clark  Wills,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Charles  Rosser  Wilson,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1956 North  Carolina 

Dale  Lee  Wood,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Louis  Yarid,  A.B.,  Columbia  University,  1956 Massachusetts 


54  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

DEANS  OF  DENTAL  SCHOOLS  IN  BALTIMORE 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 
(Founded   1840) 

Chapin    A.    Harris .„.., 1840—1841 

Thomas  E.  Bond „ 1841—1842 

Washington  R.  Handy,....- 1842 — 1853 

Philip   H.   Austen 1853—1865 

Ferdinand  J.    S.   Gorgas 1865—1882 

Richard    B.    Winder. 1882 — 1894 

M.  Whilldin  Foster, „ 1894 — 1914 

William  G.  Foster. 1914—1923 

MARYLAND  DENTAL  COLLEGE 
1873—1878   (Merged  with  B.  C.  D.  S.) 

Richard    B.    Winder 1873—1878 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
(Founded  1882) 

Ferdinand   J.    S.   Gorgas 1882—1911 

Timothy  O.   Heatwole. 1911—1923 

BALTIMORE  MEDICAL  COLLEGE 
1895—1913  (Merged  with  U.  of  Md.) 

J.   William   Smith 1895—1901 

William  A.  Montell 1901—1903 

J.    Edgar    Orrison 1903—1904 

J.   William   Smith + 1904—1913 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF   DENTAL   SURGERY 

DENTAL   SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY   OF    MARYLAND 

(B.  C.  D.  S.  Joined  the  U.  of  Md.  1923) 

Timothy   O.   Heatwole ......1923—1924 

J.    Ben    Robinson 1924-^1953 

Myron    S.   Aisenberg    (Acting) 1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg 1954 — present 


THE  SCHOOL  OF 

dentistry 

UNIVERSITY   OF   MARYLAND 
AT    BALTIMORE 


VOL.118  1958 


NO.  11 


1958 


1959 


JANUARY   1958 

S   M   T   W   T   F    S 
12     3     4 

5  6  7  8  9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31 

FEBRUARY 

S    M    T    W    T   F    S 

1 

2     3     4     5     6     7     8 

9  10  11   12  13   14  15 

16  17   18  19  20  21   22 

23  24  25  26  27  28 


MARCH 

S   M   T  W  T  F    S 

1 

2     3     4  5  6  7     8 

9   10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17   18  19  20  21   22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31 

APRIL 

5  M   T   W   T   F    S 

12     3     4  5 

6  7  8  9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30 

MAY 

S   M   T   W   T   F    S 
12     3 

4  5  6  7  8  9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30   31 


JUNE 

S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4  5  6  7 
8  9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30 


JULY    1958 

5  M    T    W   T   F    S 

12  3  4  5 

6  7  8  9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31 

AUGUST 

S   M   T   W   T   F    S 
1     2 

3  4  5  6  7  8  9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 


SEPTEMBER 

S   M    T   W   T  F    S 

12     3     4  5     6 

7  8  9  10  11  12  13 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30 


OCTOBER 

S   M   T    W   T   F    S 
12     3     4 

5  6  7  8  9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31 

NOVEMBER 

S   M   T   W   T   F    S 

1 

2     3     4     5     6     7     8 

9   10  11   12   13   14   15 

16  17   18   19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 


DECEMBER 

S   M   T  W   T  F    S 

12  3     4     5     6 

7     8     9  10   11  12   13 

14   15   16  17   18  19  20 

21  22  23  24   25  26  27 

28  29  30  31 


JANUARY   1959 

.S   M   T   W   T   F    S 
12     3 

4  5  6  7  8  9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 


FEBRUARY 

S   M   T   W   T   F    S 

12     3     4     5     6     7 

8     9  10   11   12  13  14 

15  16   17   18   19  20  21 

22  23  24  25  26  27   28 


MARCH 

S    M    T    W   T  F    S 

12     3     4     5  6     7 

8      9   10   11   12  13   14 

15  16   17   18   19  20  21 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30  31 


APRIL 


S   M    T 


T   F    S 

12     3     4 

5     6     7     8     9   10  11 

12   13   14  15  16  17   18 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

26  27   28  29  30 

MAY 

S   M    T   W   T   F    S 
1     2 

3  4  5  6  7  8  9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

JUNE 

S   M   T   W   T   F    S 
12     3     4     5     6 

7  8  9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30 


JULY  1959 

S   M   T    W   T   F    S 

12     3     4 
5     6     7     8     9   10  11 

12  13  14  15  16  17   18 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

26  27   28  29  30  31 

AUGUST 

S   M    T    W   T  F  S 

1 

2     3     4     5     6  7  8 

9   10   11   12  13  14  15 

16  17   18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31 

SEPTEMBER 

5  M   T   W   T   F    S 

12     3     4     6 

6  7     8     9  10  11   12 

13  14    15   16   17   18  19 

20  21  22  23  24   25  26 

27  28   29  30 


OCTOBER 

S   M    T   W 


T   F    S 
12     3 
8     9   10 

15   16  17 


4      5     6     7 
11   12   13   14 
18  19  20  21  22  23   24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 


NOVEMBER 

S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4  5  6  7 
8  9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30 


DECEMBER 

5  M   T   W  T  F    S 

12  3  4     5 

6  7  8  9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31 


ONE  HUNRED  AND  EIGHTEENTH  CATALOGUE 

with 

Announcements  For 
1  Tie   1958-1959  Session 


BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 
DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


THE  PROVISIONS  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  con- 
tract between  the  student  and  the  University  or  Maryland.  The  University  reserves 
the  right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time  within  the  student's 
term  of  residence.  The  University  further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a 
student  to  withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in  the  best  interests  oi  the 
University. 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

and 
MARYLAND  STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Term 
Expires 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

Chairman    1966 

McCormick  and  Company,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 

Edward  F.  Holtbr 

Vice-Chairman    1959 

The  National  Grange,  744  Jackson  Place,  N.W.,  Washington  6 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

Secretary    I960 

The  Baltimore  Institute,   12  West  Madison  Street,  Baltimore  1 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 

Treasurer 1966 

Denton 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

Assistant  Secretary 1961 

1201  Eutaw  Place,  Baltimore  17 

Edmund  S.  Burke 

Assistant  Treasurer 1959 

Kelly-Springfield  Tire  Company,  Cumberland 

Alvin  L.  Aubinoe 

1515  19th  Street,  N.W.,  Washington  6,  D.  C 1967 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 1965 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown 

Enos  S.  Stockbridge   1960 

10  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 

Thomas  B.  Symons 1963 

Suburban  Trust  Company,  6950  Carroll  Avenue,  Takoma  Park 

C.  EWTNG    TUTTLE     1962 

907  Latrobe  Building,  Charles  and  Read  Streets,  Baltimore  2 


Members  of  the  Board  are  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State  for  terms  of  nine 
years  each,  beginning  the  first  Monday  in  June. 

The  President  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is,  by  law,  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Board. 

The  State  law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
shall  constitute  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


University  of  Maryland 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 
1958-1959  SESSION 
1958 

First  Semester 

September  16    Tuesday    Orientation  Program  for  Freshman  Class 

September  17    Wednesday  .  .  .  Registration  for  Freshman  Class 

September  18    Thursday    ....  Registration  for  Sophomore  Class 

September  19   Friday Registration  for  Junior  and   Senior   Classes 

September  22 Monday    Instruction   begins   with   first   scheduled   period 

November  25    Tuesday    Thanksgiving  recess  begins  at  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 

December  1   Monday    Instruction  resumes  with  first  scheduled  period 

December  19 Friday   Christmas  recess  begins  at  close  of  last 

scheduled   period 

1959 

January     5    Monday    Instruction  resumes  with   first  scheduled  period 

January  22    Thursday, 

and  23 Friday Second  Semester  Registration 

January   30    Friday First  Semester  ends  at  the  close  of  last 

scheduled   period 

Second  Semester 

February    2 Monday     Instruction  begins  with  first  scheduled  period 

February  23 Monday    Washington's  Birthday— holiday 

March  26    Thursday    ....  Easter  recess  begins  at  close  of  last  scheduled 

.  period 

March  31    Tuesday    Instruction  resumes  with  first  scheduled  period 

June  3 Wednesday  .  .  .  Second  Semester  ends  at  close  of  last  scheduled 

period 

June  6 Saturday    Commencement 


A  student  who  registers  after  instruction  begins  must  pay  a  late  registration  fee  of 
$5.00.  No  late  registration  will  be  approved  after  Saturday  of  the  first  week  of  instruc- 
tion. 


School  of  Dentistry 

OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

vvilson  homer  elkins,  President  of  the  University 

B.A.,    M.A.,    B.LITT.,    D.PHIL. 

MYRON   S.    AISENBERG,    Dean 
D.D.S. 

Katharine  toomey,  Administrative  Assistant 

G.  watson  algire,  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

B.A.,    M.S. 

norma  J.  azlein,  Registrar 
b.a. 

OFFICERS  OF  INSTRUCTION 
1957-1958  SESSION 
Emeritus 
j.  ben  robinson,  Dean  Emeritus 

D.D.S.,    D.SC. 

Professors 

myron  s.  aisenberg,  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

Joseph  calton  BiDDix,  jr.,  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934. 

edward  c.  dobbs,  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929;  b.s.,  1952. 

brice  marden  dorsey,  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927. 

Gardner  Patrick  henry  Foley,  Professor  of  Dental  Literature 
b.a.,  Clark  University,  1923;  m.a.,  1926. 

grayson  wilbur  gaver,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

William  edward  hahn,  Professor  of  Anatomy 

d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  a.b.,  University  of  Rochester,  1938;  m.s.,  1939. 

jose  E.  Medina,  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

ernest  b.  nuttall,  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1931. 


University  of  Maryland 

Robert  harold  oster,  Professor  of  Physiology 

b.s.,   The   Pennsylvania   State   University,    1923;    M.S.,    1926;   ph.d.,    Harvard   Uni- 
versity,  1933. 

kyrle  w.  preis,  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929. 

d.  vincent  provenza,  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1939;  M.S.,  1941;  ph.d.,  1952. 

donald  E.  shay,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

b.s.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1937;  m.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  ph.d.,  1943. 

e.  g.  vanden  bosche,  Professor  of  Biochemistry 

a.b.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1922;  m.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1924;  ph.d.,  1927. 

Associate  Professors 

william  robert  biddington,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  Maryland,   1948. 

Joseph  Patrick  cappuccio,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

b.s.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

Stanley  h.  dosh,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1935. 

*  harold  golton,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1925. 

george  mclean,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis  and   Principles  of 
Medicine 

m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1916. 

peter  mclean  lu,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1934. 

WALTER  L.  oggesen,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926. 

wilbur  owen  ramsey,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

douglas  john  sanders,  Associate  Professor  of  Pedodontics 
b.s.,  Northwestern  University,  1946;  d.d.s.,  1948. 

guy  paul  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 
a.b.,  West  Virginia  University,  1923;  a.m.,  1929. 

l.  edward  warner,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 


*  Leave  of  absence. 
4 


School  of  Dentistry 

Tobias  Weinberg,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 
a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1930;  m.d.,   1933. 

Assistant  Professors 

irving  I.  abramsc-n,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 

alvin  david  aisenberg,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  Maryland,   1945. 

hugh  if.  clement,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,   University  or   Maryland,    1944. 

calvin  Joseph  gaver,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
e.s.,  University  or  Maryland,   1950;  d.d.s.,   1954. 

conrad  l.  inman,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anesthesiology 
d.d.s.,  Baltimore  College  or'  Dental  Surgery,   1915. 

William  kress,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936. 

yam-hin  louie,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry  ' 

b.s.,    Lingnan    University,   Canton,   China,    1938;    d.d.s.,    Northwestern    University, 
1945;  m.s.d.,   1946. 

burton  Robert  pollack,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

daniel   edward  shehan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

E.  Roderick  shipley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1938;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

Arthur  g.  siwinski,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1927;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

d.  Robert  swinehart,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 

a.b.,  Dartmouth  College,  1933;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937. 

edmond  g.  vanden  bosche,  Assistant  Professor  of  Tooth  Morphology 

b.s.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

Special  Lecturers 

martin  helrich,   Professor  of  Anesthesiology   {School  of  Medicine') 
b.s.,  Dickinson  College,  1946;  m.d.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,   1946. 

richard  llndenberg,  Lecturer  in  Neuroanatomy 
m.d.,  University  of  Berlin,   1944. 

ethelbert  lovett,  Lecturer  in  Ethics 

d.d.s.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1922. 


University  of  Maryland 

William  j.  o'donnell,  Lecturer  in  jurisprudence 

a.b.,  Loyola  College,  1937;  ll.b.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

harry  m.  robinson,  jr.,  Professor  of  Dermatology  {School  of  Medicme) 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  m.d.,  1935. 

george  herschel  yeager,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery  (School  of  Medicine') 
b.s.,  West  Virginia  University,  1927;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1929. 

c.  Richard  fravel,  Lecturer  in  Principles  of  Medicine 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949. 

Instructors 

Robert  l.  bartlett,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 

b.a.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

sterrett  p.  beaven,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1941. 

Stanley  l.  brown,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  d.d.s.,  1956. 

samuel  hollinger  bryant,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 

a.b.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1928;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 

Thomas  F.  clement,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 

jerome  s.  cullen,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

John  j.  demartin,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

Robert  e.  demartin,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

fred  ehrlich,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

ralph  jack  Gordon,  Instructor  in  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

marvin  m.  graham,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

a.b.,  Cornell  University,  1938;  a.m.,  1939;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1943. 

William  lee  graham,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 

b.s.,  Marietta  College,  1948;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 

Walter  granruth,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Pathology 

b.s.,  Loyola  College,  1950;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

M.  Eugene  hinds,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 


School  of  Dentistry 

john  M.  hyson,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 

gerald  m.  isbell,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

melvin  john  jagielski,  Instructor  in  Tooth  Morphology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 

vernon  d.  kaufman,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936. 

lester  lebo,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 
b.s.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  m.d.,  1941. 

richard  r.  c.  Leonard,  Instructor  in  Public  Health  Dentistry 

d.d.s.,  Indiana  University,  1922;  m.s.p.h.,  University  of  Michigan,   1944. 

Charles  E.  loveman,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935;  d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

martin  h.  morris,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry 
b.s.,  Rutgers  University,  1952;  M.S.,  1954. 

james  p.  norris,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  d.d.s.,  1956. 

frank  n.  ogden,  Instructor  in  First  Aid  and  in  Charge  of  Medical  Care  of  Stu- 
dents 

m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1917. 

victor  s.  primrose,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  McGill  University,   1918. 

Norton  morris  ross,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology 

b.s.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1949;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

myron  hillard  sachs,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 
d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,   1939. 

aaron  schaeffer,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics 

b.a.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1939;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1947;  M.S., 
University  of  Illinois,   1948. 

frank  J.  srNNREiCH,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 

glenn  d.  Steele,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

claude  p.  taylor,  Instructor  in  Visual  Aids 

john  d.  vachon,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 

a.b.,  West  Virginia  University;  m.s.,  1953;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

earle  Harris  watson,  Instructor  in  Dental  Materials  and  Dental  Prosthesis 
a.b.,  University  of  Xorth  Carolina,  1938;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

7   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

david  h.  willer,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

Graduate  Assistants 

john  F.  black,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s. ,   University  of  Maryland,   1957. 

mcdonald  k.  Hamilton,  Graduate  Assistant  in  General  and  Oral  Pathology 
b.a.,  Alma  College,   1952;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Michigan,  1956. 

john  j.  Jordan,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Histology  and  Embryology 
b.s.,  University  of  Scranton,  1957. 

Charles  brown  Leonard,  jr.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Biochemistry 
b.a.,  Rutgers  College  of  South  Jersey,  1955. 

john  c  mueller,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery 

a.b.,  Duke  University,  1953;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

victor  J.  vilk,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Bacteriology 
b.a.,  Montana  State  University,  1951;  m.a.,   1954. 

john  t.  welch,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery 

a.b.,  West  Virginia  University,  1949;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

Library  Staff 

IDA  marian  robinson,  Librarian  and  Associate  Professor  of  Library  Science 

a.b.,    Cornell    University,    1924;    b.s.l.s.,    Columbia    University    School    of    Library 
Service,  1944. 

Hilda  e.  moore,  Associate  Librarian  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Science 
a.b.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College,    1936;  a.b.l.s.,  Emory  University  Library 
School,   1937. 

Beatrice  marriott,  Reference  Librarian 
a.b.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944. 

edith  m.  coyle,  Periodicals  Librarian 

a.b.,    University   of   North   Carolina,    1937;   a.b.l.s.,    University   of    North   Carolina 
School  of  Library  Science,  1939;  m.a.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1945. 

harriette  w.  shelton,  Chief  Cataloguer 

b.a.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1935;  b.s.l.s.,  Columbia  University  School  of 
Library  Service,  1937. 

marjorie  fluck,   Cataloguer 

b.s.  im  ed.,  Kutztown  State  Teachers  College,   1952.    - 

Rosalie  c.  carroll,  Library  Assistant 

Elizabeth  E.  mccoach,  Assistant  to  the  Librarian 

patricia  c.  terzi,  Assistant  to  the  Cataloguer 


School  of  Dentistry 

THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

History 

The  Baltimore  college  of  dental  surgery  occupies  an  important  and 
interesting  place  in  the  history  of  dentistry.  At  the  end  of  the  regular  ses- 
sion—1957-58— it  completed  its  one  hundred  and  eighteenth  year  of  service  to 
dental  education.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  represents  the  first 
effort  in  history  to  offer  institutional  dental  education  to  those  anticipating  the 
practice  of  dentistry. 

The  first  lectures  on  dentistry  in  America  were  delivered  by  Dr.  Horace 
H.  Hayden  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Medicine,  between  the 
years  1S23-25.  These  lectures  were  interrupted  in  1825  by  internal  dissensions 
in  the  School  of  Medicine  and  were  as  a  consequence  discontinued.  It  was  Dr. 
Hayden's  idea  that  dental  education  merited  greater  attention  than  had  been 
given  it  by  medicine  or  could  be  given  it  by  the  preceptorial  plan  of  dental 
teaching  then  in  vogue. 

Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  began  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  Baltimore  in  1800. 
From  that  time  he  made  a  zealous  attempt  to  lay  the  foundation  for  a  scientific, 
serviceable  dental  profession.  In  1831  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  came  to  Baltimore 
to  study  under  Hayden.  Dr.  Harris  was  a  man  of  unusual  ability  and  possessed 
special  qualifications  to  aid  in  establishing  and  promoting  formal  dental  educa- 
tion. Since  Dr.  Hayden's  lectures  had  been  interrupted  at  the  University  of 
Mar)- land  and  there  was  an  apparent  unsurmountable  difficulty  confronting  the 
creation  of  dental  departments  in  medical  schools,  an  independent  college  was 
decided  upon.  A  charter  was  applied  for  and  granted  by  the  Maryland  Legis- 
lature February  1,  1840.  The  first  Faculty  meeting  was  held  February  3,  1840, 
at  which  time  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  was  elected  President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A. 
Harris,  Dean.  The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Hayden  on  Novem- 
ber 3,  1840,  to  the  five  students  matriculating  in  the  first  class.  Thus  was 
created  as  the  foundation  of  the  present  dental  profession  the  Baltimore  College 
of  Dental  Surgery,  the  first  dental  school  in  the  world. 

Hayden  and  Harris,  the  admitted  founders  of  conventional  dental  education, 
contributed,  in  addition  to  the  factor  of  dental  education,  other  opportunities  for 
professional  growth  and  development.  In  1839  the  American  Journal  of  Dental 
Science  was  founded,  with  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  editor.  Dr.  Harris  continued 
fully  responsible  for  dentistry's  initial  venture  into  periodic  dental  literature  to 
the  time  of  his  death.  The  files  of  the  old  American  Journal  of  Dental  Science 
testify  to  the  fine  contributions  made  by  Dr.  Harris.  In  1840  the  American 
Society  of  Dental  Surgeons  was  founded,  with  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  as  its 
President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  Corresponding  Secretary.  This  was 
the  beginning  of  dental  organization  in  America,  and  was  the  forerunner  of  the 
American  Dental  Association,  which  now  numbers  approximately  eighty-four 
thousand  in  its  present  membership.  The  foregoing  suggests  the  unusual  in- 
fluence Baltimore  dentists  and  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  have 
exercised  on  professional   ideals  and  policies. 


University  of  Maryland 

In  1873,  the  Maryland  Dental  College,  an  offspring  of  the  Baltimore  College 
of  Dental  Surgery,  was  organized.  It  continued  instruction  until  1878,  at  which 
time  it  was  consolidated  with  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery.  A  de- 
partment of  dentistry  was  organized  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  the  year 
1882,  graduating  a  class  each  year  from  1883  to  1923.  This  school  was  chartered 
as  a  corporation  and  continued  as  a  privately  owned  and  directed  institution  until 
1920,  when  it  became  a  State  institution.  The  Dental  Department  of  the  Balti- 
more Medical  College  was  established  in  1895,  continuing  until  1913,  when  it 
merged  with  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

The  final  combining  of  the  dental  educational  interests  of  Baltimore  was 
effected  June  15,  1923,  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  student  bodies  of  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of 
Dentistry;  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  becoming  a  distinct  depart- 
ment of  the  University  under  State  supervision  and  control.  Thus  we  find  in  the 
Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  a 
merging  of  the  various  efforts  at  dental  education  in  Maryland.  From  these 
component  elements  have  radiated  developments  of  the  art  and  science  of  dentis- 
try until  the  strength  of  its  alumni  is  second  to  none,  in  either  number  or  degree 
of  service  to  the  profession. 

Library 

This  School  is  fortunate  in  having  one  of  the  better  equipped  and  organized 
libraries  among  the  dental  schools  of  the  country.  The  library  is  located  in  the 
main  building  and  consists  of  a  stack  room,  offices  and  a  reading  room  accom- 
modating ninety-six  students.  Over  16,000  books  and  bound  journals  on  dentistry 
and  the  collateral  sciences,  together  with  numerous  pamphlets,  reprints  and  un- 
bound journals,  are  available  for  the  student's  use.  More  than  200  journals  are 
regularly  received  by  the  Library.  An  adequate  staff  promotes  the  growth  of 
the  Library  and  assists  the  student  body  in  the  use  of  the  Library's  resources. 
One  of  the  most  important  factors  of  the  dental  student's  education  is  to  teach 
him  the  value  and  the  use  of  dental  literature  in  his  formal  education  and  in 
promoting  his  usefulness  and  value  to  the  profession  during  practice.  The  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  is  ideally  equipped  to  achieve  this  aim  of  dental 
instruction. 


Course  of  Instruction 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  offers  a  course  in  dentistry  devoted  to  instruction  in  the  medical 
sciences,  the  dental  sciences,  and  clinical  practice.  Instruction  consists  of  didactic 
lectures,  laboratory  instruction,  demonstrations,  conferences,  quizzes  and  hos- 
pital ward  rounds.  Topics  are  assigned  for  collateral  reading  to  train  the  student 
in  the  value  and  use  of  dental  literature.  The  curriculum  for  the  complete 
course  appears  on  pages  20  and  21  of  this  catalogue. 

««   10 


School  of  Dentistry 

Requirements  for  Admission 

Applicants  for  admission  must  present  evidence  of  having  completed  success- 
fully two  academic  years  of  work  in  an  accredited  college  of  arts  and  sciences 
based  upon  the  completion  of  a  four-year  high  school  course  or  the  equivalent 
in  entrance  examinations.  The  college  course  must  include  at  least  a  year's 
credit  in  English,  in  biology,  in  physics,  in  inorganic  chemistry,  and  in  organic 
chemistry.  All  required  science  courses  shall  include  both  classroom  and  labor- 
atory instruction.  Although  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  of  credit,  exclusive 
of  physical  education  and  military  science,  is  required,  additional  courses  in  the 
humanities  and  the  natural  and  social  sciences  are  desirable.  By  ruling  of  the 
Dean's  Council,  all  admission  requirements  must  be  completed  by  June  30  previ- 
ous to  the  desired  date  of  admission. 

In  considering  candidates  for  admission,  the  Board  of  Admissions  will  give 
preference  to  those  applicants  who  have  high  scholastic  records  in  secondary 
school  and  in  college;  who  make  satisfactory  scores  in  the  dental  aptitude  test; 
who  present  favorable  recommendations  from  their  respective  predental  com- 
mittee or  from  one  instructor  in  each  of  the  departments  of  biology,  chemistry,, 
and  physics;  and  who,  in  all  other  respects,  give  every  promise  of  becoming  suc- 
cessful students  and  dentists  of  high  standing.  Applicants  will  not  be  admitted 
with  unabsolved  conditions  or  unabsolved  failures. 

Combined  Arts  and  Sciences-Dental  Program 

The  University  offers  a  combined  arts  and  sciences-dental  curriculum  lead- 
ing to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery.  The 
preprofessional  part  of  this  curriculum  shall  be  taken  in  residence  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park,  and  the  professional  part  in  the  School  of 
Dentistry  in  Baltimore. 

Students  who  elect  the  combined  program  and  who  have  completed  the  arts 
and  sciences  phase  of  it  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the 
School  of  Dentistry,  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  by  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  the  first  summer  commencement  following  the  comple- 
tion of  the  student's  first  year  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  A  student  may  enter 
the  arts  and  sciences-dental  program  at  College  Park  with  advanced  standing 
from  an  accredited  college  or  university,  but  the  last  year  of  the  preprofessional 
training  must  be  completed  at  College  Park  and  the  professional  training  must 
be  completed  in  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 


11 


University  of  Maryland 


ARTS-DENTISTRY  CURRICULUM 

, — Semester- 
Freshman  Year  1  11 

Eng.    1,   2— Composition   and  American   Literature 3  3 

Zool.   1— General  Zoology    4 

Zool.  2— Advanced  General  Zoology    .  .  4 

Chem.    1,   3— General  Chemistry    4  4 

Math.   10,  11— Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry....  3  3 

Speech  18,  1 9— Introductory  Speech 1  1 

Physical    Activities     1  1 

A.  S.  1,  2-Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men)   3  3 

Hea.  2,  4-Hygiene  (Women)    2  2 

Total   18-19      18-19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6— Composition  and  World  or  English 

Literature    3  3 

Soc.    1— Sociology  or  American  Lite    ^| 

and                                                                            L  3  3 

G.  &  P.  1— American  Government J 

Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38-Organic  Chemistry   4  4 

*H.  5,  6— History  or  American  Civilization    3  3 

fModern  Language    3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

A.  S.  3,  4-Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men)   3  3 

Total 17-20      17-20 

Junior  Year 

Modern  Language  (continued)    3  3 

Phys.  10,  1 1— Fundamentals  of  Physics 4  4 

Approved  Minor  Courses    9  9 

Electives    3  3 

Total     19  19 


Senior  Year 

The  curriculum  of  the  first  year  of  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  is  accepted  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  as  the  fourth  year 
(major  sequence)  of  academic  work  toward  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 


*  Students  planning  to  request  admission  to  the  Dental  School  with  only  two  years 
of  predental  training  should  take  Physics  10-11. 

fFr.  or  Ger.  6,  7— Intermediate  Scientific  French  or  German  recommended. 


12 


School  of  Dentistry 

If  at  the  end  of  the  junior  year  the  student  decides  to  postpone  his  entrance 
to  the  School  of  Dentistry  and  to  remain  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  complete  work  for  the  Bachelor's  degree,  he  may  choose  a  major  and  minor 
in  any  of  the  departments  in  which  he  has  completed  the  necessary  underclass 
requirements.  The  general  nature  of  the  first  three  years  of  this  curriculum  and 
the  generous  electives  of  the  third  year  make  possible  for  the  student  a  wide 
choice  of  departments  in  which  he  may  specialize.  In  general  the  electives  of 
the  third  year  will  be  chosen  as  for  a  major  in  some  particular  department. 

Requirements  for  Matriculation  and  Enrollment 

In  the  selection  of  students  to  begin  the  study  of  dentistry  the  School  con- 
siders particularly  a  candidate's  proved  ability  in  secondary  education  and  his 
successful  completion  of  prescribed  courses  in  predental  collegiate  training.  The 
requirements  for  admission  and  the  academic  regulations  of  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  University  of  Maryland,  are  strictly  adhered  to  by  the  School  of 
Dentistry. 

A  student  is  not  regarded  as  having  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Dentistry 
until  such  time  as  he  shall  have  paid  the  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00,  and  is  not 
enrolled  until  he  shall  have  paid  a  deposit  of  $200.00.  This  deposit  is  intended 
to  insure  registration  in  the  class  and  is  not  returnable. 

Application  Procedures 

Candidates  seeking  admission  to  the  Dental  School  should  first  write  to 
the  Office  of  the  Dean  requesting  a  preliminary  information  form.  Upon  the 
receipt  and  the  examination  of  this  form  by  the  Board  of  Admissions  an  applica- 
tion blank  will  be  sent  to  those  candidates  who  merit  consideration.  Each  appli- 
cant should  fill  out  the  blank  in  its  entirety  and  mail  it  promptly,  together  with 
the  application  fee  and  photographs,  to  the  Board  of  Admissions,  Dental 
School,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland.  The  early  filing  of  an 
application  is  urged.  Applicants  wishing  advice  on  any  problem  relating  to  their 
predental  training  or  their  application  should  communicate  with  the  Board  of 
Admissions. 

All  applicants  will  be  required  to  take  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test.  This  test 
will  be  given  at  various  testing  centers  throughout  the  United  States,  its  pos- 
sessions and  Canada.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  the  Council  on  Dental  Educa- 
tion of  the  American  Dental  Association  of  the  dates  of  the  tests  and  the  locations 
cf  the  testing  centers. 

Promising  candidates  will  be  required  to  appear  before  the  Board  of  Ad- 
missions for  an  interview.  On  the  basis  of  all  available  information  the  best 
possible  applicants  will  be  chosen  for  admission  to  the  School. 

A  certificate  of  entrance  will  be  issued  to  each  successful  applicant,  which  will 
permit  him  to  matriculate  and  to  register  in  the  class  to  which  he  has  applied. 

13  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Admission  with  Advanced  Standing 

(a)  Graduates  in  medicine  or  students  in  medicine  who  have  completed  two 
or  more  years  in  a  medical  school,  acceptable  to  standards  in  the  School  of 
Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  may  be  given  advanced  standing  to  the 
Sophomore  year  provided  the  applicant  shall  complete  under  competent  regu- 
lar instruction  the  courses  in  dental  technology  regularly  scheduled  in  the  first 
year. 

(b)  Applicants  for  transfer  must  (1)  meet  fully  the  requirements  for 
admission  to  the  first  year  of  the  dental  course;  (2)  be  eligible  for  promotion  to 
the  next  higher  class  in  the  school  from  which  he  seeks  to  transfer;  (3)  show  an 
average  grade  of  five  per  cent  above  the  passing  mark  in  the  school  where  transfer 
credits  were  earned;  (4)  show  evidence  of  scholastic  attainments,  character  and 
personality;  (5)  present  letter  of  honorable  dismissal  and  recommendation  from 
the  dean  of  the  school  from  which  he  transfers. 

(c)  All  applicants  for  transfer  must  present  themselves  in  person  for  an 
interview  before  qualifying  certificate  can  be  issued. 

Attendance  Requirements 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  a  full  session,  each  student  must  have  entered 
and  be  in  attendance  on  the  day  the  regular  session  opens,  at  which  time  lectures 
to  all  classes  begin,  and  remain  until  the  close  of  the  session,  the  dates  for  which 
are  announced  in  the  calendar  of  the  annual  catalogue. 


o 


Regular  attendance  is  demanded.  A  student  whose  attendance  in  any  course 
is  unsatisfactory  to  the  head  of  the  department  will  be  denied  the  privilege  of 
final  examination  in  any  and  all  such  courses.  A  student  with  less  than  85  per 
cent  attendance  will  not  be  promoted  to  the  next  succeeding  year.  However, 
in  certain  unavoidable  circumstances  of  absences,  the  Dean  and  the  Council 
may  honor  excuses  exceeding  the  maximum  permitted. 

Grading  and  Promotion 

The  following  symbols  are  used  as  marks  for  final  grades:  A  (100-91), 
B  (90-84),  C  (83-77),  and  D  (76-70),  Passing;  F  (below  70),  Failure;  I,  In- 
complete. Progress  grades  in  courses  are  indicated  as  "Satisfactory"  and  "Un- 
satisfactory." 

A  Failure  in  any  subject  may  be  removed  only  by  repeating  the  subject  in  full. 
Students  who  have  done  work  of  acceptable  quality  in  their  completed  assign- 
ments but  who,  because  of  circumstances  beyond  their  control,  have  been  unable 
to  finish  all  assignments,  will  be  given  an  Incomplete.  A  student  shall  not  carry 
an  Incomplete  into  the  next  succeeding  year.  When  he  has  completed  the 
requirements  for  the  removal  of  an  Incomplete,  the  student  shall  be  given 
the  actual  grade  earned  in  the  course. 

^   14 


School  of  Dentistry 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  semester  credits  assigned  to 
each  course  and  numerical  values  for  grades.  The  numerical  values  are  A-4; 
B-3;  C-2;  D-l;  F-0.  The  grade  point  average  is  the  sum  of  the  products  of 
semester  credits  and  grade  values,  divided  by  the  total  number  of  semester  credits. 

Students  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.5  in  the  Freshman  year  will 
be  promoted.  At  the  end  of  the  Sophomore  year  an  overall  grade  point  average 
of  1.75  is  required  for  promotion.  A  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is  required  for 
promotion  to  the  Senior  year  and  for  graduation. 

Students  who  fail  to  meet  the  minimum  grade  point  averages  required  for 
promotion  and  who  fall  into  the  following  categories  will  be  allowed  proba- 
tionary promotion: 

1.  Freshmen  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.25-1.49. 

2.  Sophomores  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.6-1.74. 

3.  Juniors  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.85-1.99. 

Probationary  status  will  not  be  permitted  for  two  successive  years. 

A  student  may  absolve  a  total  of  eight  credit  hours  of  failure  in  an  ac- 
credited summer  school  provided  he  has  the  grade  point  average  required  for 
promotion  or  graduation,  excluding  the  failure  or  failures  which  he  has  incurred. 

Equipment 

A  complete  list  of  necessary  instruments  and  materials  for  technic  and  clinic 
courses  is  prescribed  by  the  Dental  School.  Arrangements  are  made  by  the 
Dental  School  in  advance  of  formal  enrollment  for  books,  instruments  and  ma- 
terials to  be  delivered  to  the  students  at  the  opening  of  school.  Each  student  is 
required  to  provide  himself  promptly  with  these  prescribed  necessities.  A  student 
who  does  not  meet  this  requirement  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue  with  his 
class. 


Deportment 

The  profession  of  dentistry  demands,  and  the  School  of  Dentistry  requires, 
of  its  students  evidence  of  their  good  moral  character.  The  conduct  of  the 
student  in  relation  to  his  work  and  fellow  students  will  indicate  his  fitness  to 
be  taken  into  the  confidence  of  the  community  as  a  professional  man.  Integrity, 
sobriety,  temperate  habits,  truthfulness,  respect  for  authority  and  associates  and 
honesty  in  the  transaction  of  business  affairs  as  a  student  will  be  considered  as 
evidence  of  good  moral  character  necessary  to  the  granting  of  a  degree. 

Requirements  for  Graduation 

The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who 
has  met  the  following  conditions: 

15   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

1.  A  candidate  must  furnish  documentary  evidence  that  he  has  attained 
the  age  of  21  years. 

2.  A  candidate  for  graduation  shall  have  attended  the  full  scheduled  course 
of  four  academic  years. 

3.  He  will  be  required  to  show  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  the  full 
course  of  study. 

4.  He  shall  have  satisfied  all  technic  and  clinic  requirements  of  the  various 
departments. 

5.  He  shall  have  paid  all  indebtedness  to  the  college  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  final  examinations,  and  must  have  adjusted  his  financial  obligations  in  the 
community  satisfactorily  to  those  to  whom  he  may  be  indebted. 

Fees 

Matriculation  fee  (required  of  all  entering  students) $   10.00 

Tuition  (each  year): 

Non-resident    student 675.00 

Resident    student .      400.00 

Student  health  service  (each  year)    20.00 

Special   fee    30.00 

The    Special   Fee   is   payable   by   all   full-time   students   enrolled 
in   the  Professional  Schools  on   the   Baltimore  campus.    Proceeds 
from  the  Special  Fee  will  be  used  to  finance  the  equipment  needed 
for  the  Baltimore  Union  Building. 
Laboratory  breakage  deposit: 

Freshman   year    10.00 

Sophomore  and  Junior  years    5.00 

In  addition  to  fees  itemized  in  the  above  schedule,   the  following  assess- 
ments are  made  by  the  University: 
Application  fee  (paid  at  time  of  filing  formal  application  for  admission)  7.50 

Late  registration  fee    5.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  including 
payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular  registration  days.)  Those  who  do 
not  complete  their  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  will  be 
charged  a  fee  of  $5.00. 

Examinations  taken  out  of  class  and  re-examinations 5.00 

One  certified  transcript  of  record  is  issued  free  of  charge. 

Each  additional  copy  is  issued  only  upon  payment  of 1.00 

STUDENT   ACTIVITIES    FEE — SPECIAL 

For  the  purpose  of  administering  various  student  activities,  the  Student 
Senate,  after  approval  by  the  separate  classes  and  the  Faculty  Council,  voted 
a  fee  of  $12.50  to  be  paid  at  the  time  of  registration  to  the  Office  of  the  Dean. 

M   16 


School  of  Dentistry 


REFUNDS 


According  to  the  policy  of  the  University  no  fees  will  be  returned.  In  case 
the  student  discontinues  his  course  or  fails  to  register  after  a  place  has  been 
reserved  in  a  class,  any  fees  paid  will  be  credited  to  a  subsequent  course,  but? 
are  not  transferable. 

Registration 

o 

The  registration  of  a  student  in  any  school  or  college  of  the  University 
shall  be  regarded  as  a  registration  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  but  when 
such  student  transfers  to  a  professional  school  of  the  University  or  from  one 
professional  school  to  another,  he  must  pay  the  usual  matriculation  fee  required 
by  each  professional  school. 

Each  student  is  required  to  fill  in  a  registration  card  for  the  office  of  the 
Registrar,  and  make  payment  of  one-half  of  the  tuition  fee  in  addition  to  all 
other  fees  noted  as  payable  before  being  admitted  to  classwork  at  the  opening 
of  the  session.  The  remainder  of  tuition  and  fees  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the 
Comptroller  during  registration  period  for  the  second  half  of  the  academic  year. 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the 
time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state  for 
at  least  one  year. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University,  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by  him 
unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal  residents 
of  the  state  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  one  full  year.  How- 
ever, the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident  to  resident 
status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registration  period  for  any 
semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  resident  if  at  the  time  of  their  regis- 
tration they  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state  for  at  least  one  year,  provided 
such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school  or  college  in 
Maryland  or  elsewhere. 

The  word  domicile  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent 
place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be  claimed 
as  a  permanent  abode. 

Student  Health  Service 

The  School  undertakes  to  supply  medical  and  surgical  care  for  its  students 
through    the   Student   Health   Service.    This   care    includes    the    daily    services 

17  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

rendered  by  a  physician  and  a  graduate  nurse  in  a  well-equipped  clinic,  conven- 
iently located  in  the  Dental  School.  Also  consultations,  surgical  procedures  and 
hospitalization,  judged  to  be  necessary  by  the  Service,  are  covered  under  liberal 
limitations,  depending  on  length  of  hospitalization  and  special  expenses  incurred. 

Students  who  need  medical  attention  are  expected  to  report  at  the  office 
of  the  Student  Health  Service.  Under  circumstances  requiring  home  treatment, 
the  students  will  be  visited  at  their  College  residences. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  the  Service  to  provide  medical  care  for  con- 
ditions antedating  each  annual  registration  in  the  University;  nor  is  it  the 
function  of  this  Service  to  treat  chronic  conditions  contracted  by  students  before 
admission  or  to  extend  treatment  to  acute  conditions  developing  in  the  period 
between  academic  years  or  during  authorized  school  vacations.  The  cost  of 
orthopedic  applicances,  the  correction  of  visual  defects,  the  services  of  special 
nurses,  and  special  medication  must  be  paid  for  by  the  student.  The  School 
does  not  accept  responsibility  for  illness  or  accident  occurring  away  from  the 
community,  or  for  expenses  incurred  for  hospitalization  or  medical  services  in 
institutions  other  than  the  University  Hospital,  or,  in  any  case,  for  medical 
expense  not  authorized  by  the  Student  Health  Service. 

Every  new  student  is  required  to  undergo  a  complete  physical  examination, 
which  includes  oral  diagnosis.  Any  defects  noted  must  be  corrected  within  the 
first  school  year.  The  passing  of  this  examination  is  a  requirement  for  the  final 
acceptance  of  any  student. 

Each  matriculant  must  present,  on  the  day  of  his  enrollment,  a  statement 
from  his  ophthalmologist  regarding  the  condition  of  his  eyes,  and  where  defects 
in  vision  exist  he  shall  show  evidence  that  corrections  have  been  made. 

If  a  student  should  enter  the  hospital  during  the  academic  year,  the  Service 
will  arrange  for  the  payment  of  part  or  all  of  the  hospital  expenses,  depending 
on  the  length  of  stay  and  the  special  expenses  incurred.  This  arrangement  applies 
only  to  students  admitted  through  the  office  of  the  School  physician. 

Prospective  students  are  advised  to  have  any  known  physical  defects  corrected 
before  entering  the  School  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of  time  which  later  correction 
might  involve. 

Scholarship  and  Loan  Funds 

A  number  of  scholarship  loans  from  various  organizations  and  educational 
foundations  are  available  to  students  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  These  loans 
are  offered  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholastic  attainment  and  the  need  on 
the  part  of  students  for  assistance  in  completing  their  course  in  dentistry.  It 
has  been  the  policy  of  the  Faculty  to  recommend  only  students  in  the  last  two 
years  for  such  privileges. 

<  18 


School  of  Dentistry 

The  Henry  Strong  Educational  Foundation 

From  this  fund,  established  under  the  will  of  General  Henry  Strong  of 
Chicago,  an  annual  allotment  is  made  to  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  for  scholarship  loans  available 
for  the  use  of  young  men  and  women  students  under  the  age  of  twenty-five. 
Recommendations  for  the  privileges  of  these  loans  are  limited  to  students  in  the 
Junior  and  Senior  years.  Only  students  who  through  stress  of  circumstances 
require  financial  aid  and  who  have  demonstrated  excellence  in  educational  pro- 
gress are  considered  in  making  nominations  to  the  secretary  of  this  fund. 

The  Edward  S.  Gaylord  Educational  Endowment  Fund 

Under  a  provision  of  the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  Edward  S.  Gaylord,  of  New 
Haven,  Connecticut,  an  amount  approximating  $16,000  was  left  to  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  the  proceeds 
of  which  are  to  be  devoted  to  aiding  worthy  young  men  in  securing  dental 
education. 

The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation 

During  World  War  II  the  Foundation  recognized  the  burden  that  the 
accelerated  course  imposed  upon  many  dental  students  who  under  normal  cir- 
cumstances would  earn  money  for  their  education  by  employment  during  the 
summer  vacation.  The  Foundation  granted  to  this  School  a  fund  to  provide 
rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental  students. 

The  Albert  A.  Harrington  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1954  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Association 
in  memory  of  Dr.  Albert  A.  Harrington,  a  member  of  the  Class  of  1910.  The 
fund  is  a  source  of  valuable  help  in  aiding  students  to  solve  their  temporary 
financial  problems. 

The  E.  Benton  Taylor  Scholarship 

One  of  the  finest  scholarships  in  the  field  of  dental  education,  the  E. 
Benton  Taylor  Scholarship  was  conceived  and  arranged  by  Mrs.  Taylor  and 
will  be  perpetuated  by  the  Luther  B.  Benton  Company  of  Baltimore.  It  was 
put  into  operation  in  1954  and  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a  Maryland  student 
of  each  entering  class,  who  will  continue  to  receive  its  benefits  during  the  four 
years  of  his  dental  school  course. 


19 


University  of  Maryland 


h  -  2 

Q    5     J         00    (M 


«*   lO    ^i    H    »    n    tC 


~   J 


(§ 

D 

Y5 

j 

W 

D 

.2 

o 

U 

't/3 

a 

ryj 

tf 

C/5 

a 

e£ 

u 

D 

ON 

o 

U 

ON 

u 

a. 

i 

00 

o 

z 

l"H 

< 

hJ 

Oh 

00    00        t    ©    N    O    01 


*  s 


5         •     iH 


I-H       03 


a  3  3  s 


<5  < 


0) 


—i    i-<  .o  i-l     o 


§  s 

-    u 
Ph  Ph 


*0    "O    'O     o     0> 

c;    a>    a  •"    ft 


-a    >>   o    o 


20 


School  of  Dentistry 


'X.  u 

til 

-      -      - 

SHE 


IHNH^NWHTTONn^NNM 


■ 


00       I       l"tf 


to  IIO  ICO  IO  I  I  ©  O  Lft  ©  I  O 
CvJ  I  OJ  l^-N  100  I  >  IC  C  ^  X  O) 
00 


I      I  00      I0COK0CCK 
I       I  ^       I  T  ©  T  T  «  TT 


-*CjO      INKttNNCKNC      tC\!©NN 

rj         ice       cn  ec  «  ^  ■*■  «  •-     i  c:  —  cc  ec 


I     I     I    I     I     i 


I    I    I     I    I 


E  «i 


■a 
_    es 


rH  rH  © 


n<s    in    iow    i  ©    i 


©  ©    i  © 


^  i        i    i     Ta 


lJJJ9gH 


.5.51 


S5C 


-  ~ 
-- 


o  o 
-  - 


XT.Uj 


|i|l^iiiiiiliillsil§ 


21  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 
ANATOMY 

Professor:  Hahn  (Head  of  Department). 

Associate  Professor:  Thompson. 

Assistant  Professors:  Edmond  C.  Vanden  Bosche,  and  Piavis. 

Drs.  Jagielski,  Lindenberg,  Loveman,  and  Sachs. 

Anat.  111.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.   (8) 

First  year.  This  course  consists  of  dissection  and  lectures,  supplemented  by  frequent 
conferences  and  practical  demonstrations.  The  entire  human  body  is  dissected.  The 
subject  is  taught  with  the  purpose  of  emphasizing  the  principles  of  the  body  structure, 
the  knowledge  of  which  is  derived  from  a  study  of  its  organs  and  tissues,  and  the 
action  of  its  parts.  Arrangements  can  be  made  to  accommodate  qualified  students 
and  dentists  interested  in  research  or  in  making  special  dissections  or  topographical 
studies. 

Anat.  112.     Human  Neuroanatomy.  (2) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Anatomy  111  or  equivalent.  Neuro- 
anatomy is  offered  in  the  Freshman  year  following  Gross  Anatomy.  The  work  con- 
sists of  a  study  of  the  whole  brain  and  spinal  cord  by  gross  dissections  and  micro- 
scopic methods.  Correlation  is  made,  whenever  possible,  with  the  student's  work 
in  the  histology  and  physiology  of  the  central  nervous  system. 

Anat.  113.     Comparative  Tooth  Morphology,   (i) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  The  course  treats  the  evolutionary  development  of 
dentition  as  a  necessary  factor  in  the  study  of  human  oral  anatomy.  It  includes  a 
comparative  study  of  the  teeth  of  the  animal  kingdom,  with  a  comparative  study 
of  the  number,  position  and  form  of  the  teeth. 

Anat.  114.     Tooth  Morphology.  (3) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  designed  to  teach  the  form  and  functions 
and  the  relationships  of  the  teeth,  and  includes  a  study  of  the  nomenclature  of  sur- 
faces, divisions  and  relations  of  the  teeth.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  is  trained 
in  the  carving  of  the  various  teeth  and  in  the  dissection  of  extracted  teeth  through 
their  various  dimensions. 

The  second  part  of  the  course  includes  a  study  of  the  supporting  structures  of 
the  teeth  and  of  the  relation  of  the  teeth  to  these  structures.  The  periods  of  begin- 
ning calcificaion,  eruption,  complete  calcification,  and  shedding  of  the  deciduous 
teeth;  followed  by  the  periods  of  beginning  calcification,  eruption,  and  complete 
calcification  of  the  permanent  teeth,  are  studied  and  correlated  with  the  growth  in 
size  of  the  jaws  and  face. 

For  Graduates 

Anat.  211.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.    (8) 

Same  as  course  111  but  with  additional  work  on  a  more  advanced  level. 

*  22 


School  of  Dentistry 

Anat.  212.     Human  Neuroanatomy.    (2) 

Same  as  course   112  but  with  additional  instruction  of  a  more  advanced  nature. 

Anat.  214.     The  Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck.    (3) 

One  conference  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week  for  one  semester. 

Anat.  216.     Research. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Professor:  Vanden  Bosche  (Head  of  Department). 
Mr.  Morris  and  Mr.  Leonard. 

Biochem.  111.     Principles  of  Biocheynistry.  (6) 

First  year.  Prerequisites  inorganic  and  organic  chemistry,  with  additional  training 
in  quantitative  and  physical  chemistry  desirable.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  throughout  the  year.  The  chemistry  of  living  matter  forms  the  basis  of  the 
course.  The  detailed  subject  matter  includes  the  chemistry  of  carbohydrates,  fats, 
proteins,  enzymes,  vitamins,  and  hormones.  The  processes  of  respiration,  digestion, 
metabolism,  secretion  and  excretion  are  considered.  Laboratory  instruction  in  quali- 
tative and  quantitative  blood  and  urine  examination  is  included. 

For  Graduates 

Biochem.  211.     Advanced  Biochemistry.    (6) 

Prerequisite    Biochemistry    111.      Two    lectures,    one    conference    and    one    laboratory 

period  throughout  the  year. 

Biochem.  212.     Research  in  Bioche7nistry. 
Prerequisite  Biochemistry  211. 

DENTAL  HISTORY  AND   LITERATURE 

Professor:  Foley  (Head  of  Department). 

Lit.  121.     Oral  and  Written  Communication.    (2) 

Second  year.  A  formal  course  of  lectures  is  given  in  the  second  year.  Many  aspects 
of  the  instruction  are  given  practical  application  in  the  third  and  fourth  years. 
The  course  has  many  purposes,  all  of  them  contributing  to  the  training  of  the  students 
for  effective  participation  in  the  extra-practice  activities  of  the  profession.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  instruction  in  the  functioning  of  the  agencies  of  communication 
in  dentistry:  the  dental  societies  and  the  dental  periodicals.  The  practical  phases  of 
the  course  include  a  thorough  study  of  the  preparation  and  uses  of  oral  and  written 
composition  by  the  dental  student  and  the  dentist;  the  use  of  libraries;  the  com- 
pilation of  bibliographies;  the  collection,  the  organization,  and  the  use  of  information; 
the  management  of  dental  meetings;  the  oral  presentation  of  papers;  and  professional 
correspondence. 

23  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Lit.  141.     Thesis.    (2) 
Fourth  year. 

Lit.  142.     Dental  History.    (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  Lectures  in  Dental  History  describe  the  beginnings  of  the 
art  of  dental  practice  among  ancient  civilizations,  its  advancement  in  relation  to  the  de- 
velopment of  the  so-called  medical  sciences  in  the  early  civilizations,  its  struggle  through 
the  Middle  Ages  and,  finally,  its  attainment  of  recognized  professional  status  in  modern 
times.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  forces  and  stresses  that  have  brought  about 
the  evolutionary  progress  from  a  primitive  dental  art  to  a  scientific  health  service 
profession. 

DENTAL  PROSTHESIS 

A.     Removable  Complete  and  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professor:  G.  Gaver  (Jlead  of  Department). 

Associate  Professors:  Oggesen,  Ramsey  and  Warner. 

Drs.  ].  DeMartin,  Gordon,  Primrose,  Smith,  and  Watson. 

Pros.  Ilia.     Dental  Materials.    (4) 

First  year.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  scientific  back- 
ground in  the  nomenclature,  composition,  physical  properties,  practical  application, 
and  proper  manipulation  of  the  important  materials  used  in  the  practice  of  dentistry, 
excluding  drugs  and  medicinals. 

The  theoretical  aspect  of  the  course  is  presented  in  the  form  of  lectures,  demon- 
strations, informal  group  discussions,  and  directed  supplemental  reading.  From 
the  practical  standpoint,  the  student  manipulates  and  tests  the  various  materials  in 
the  laboratory,  being  guided  by  prepared  project  sheets.  The  student  develops  an 
understanding  of  these  factors:  the  importance  of  scientific  testing  of  a  material 
before  it  is  used  by  the  profession  at  large;  the  realization  that  every  material  has 
its  limitations,  which  can  be  compensated  for  only  by  intelligent  application  and 
manipulation;  and  an  appreciation  of  the  vast  field  of  research  open  to  those  who 
wish  to  improve  the  materials  now  available. 

Pros.  112a.  Introduction  to  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.  (I) 
First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  devoted  to  the  manipulation  of  impression 
compound  and  the  procedures  used  in  developing  impressions  of  edentulous  arches, 
casts  and  bite  plates.  It  embraces  a  series  of  lecture-demonstrations  designed  to  give  the 
student  a  knowledge  of  the  essential  fundamentals  in  complete  denture  construc- 
tion. 

Pros.  121a.     Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.    (2) 

Second  year.  This  course  is  given  by  lecture-demonstrations  on  bite  registration,  tooth 
arrangement,  and  final  finish  of  complete  dentures. 

Pros.  131a.     Basic  Clinical  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.    (5) 

Third  year.     The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  practical  application  in  the  clinic  of 

the    fundamentals    taught    in    the    preceding    years.      Demonstrations    of    the    various 

^   24 


School  of  Dentistry 

technics  of  impression  and  bite  taking  are  offered  to  provide  the  student  with  addi- 
tional knowledge  necessary  for  clinic  work. 

Pros.  1 33a.     Introduction   to   Removable   Partial   Denture  Prosthesis.    (1) 
Third  year.     Second  semester.     This  lecture-demonstration  course  embraces  all  phases 
or   removable   partial   denture  construction.      Experiments    and   exercises    are   arranged 
to  give  the  student  the  fundamentals  in  designing,  casting  and  finishing  partial  den- 
tures. 

Pros.  141a.     Advanced  Clinical  Denture  Prosthesis.    (4) 

Fourth   vear.     This   course   consists   of   the    clinical    application   of   the   fundamentals 

taught  in  the  previous  years.    Particular  attention   is  given  to  a  standard  method  of 

denture   construction   to   equip  the   student   with   a   basic   technic    for  use   in   private 

practice. 

B.     Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professor:  Nuttall  QHead  of  Department). 

Associate  Professors:  Dosh,  McLean-Lu  and  Oggesen. 

Drs.  M.  Graham,  Steele,  and  Wilier. 

Pros.  122b.     Principles  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (6) 

Second  year.  This  lecture  and  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  background 
of  fundamental  knowledge  in  fixed  partial  denture  prosthesis.  The  interrelations 
of  the  biological  and  mechanical  aspects  of  dentistry  are  emphasized.  The  prin- 
ciples involved  and  the  procedures  used  in  abutment  preparations,  the  construction 
of  fundamental  retainers  and  pontic  sections,  and  the  assemblage  of  fixed  bridge 
restorations  are  presented  in  detail  and  correlated  with  the  requirements  of  occlusion. 
In  addition  to  these  procedures,  the  technics  include  impressions,  wax  manipulation, 
pattern  construction,  investing  and  casting. 

Pros.  132b.     Ceramic  and  Plastic  Piest orations.    (2) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  This  course  presents  the  uses  of  porcelain  and  methyl 
methacrylate  as  restorative  materials.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  procedures  of 
preparation,  impressions,  color  selection,  temporary  protection  and  cementation.  These 
materials  are  employed  in  the  construction  of  complete  veneer  crowns  and  dowel 
crowns  and  in  staining  and  glazing  technics. 

Pros.  134b.     Basic  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (4) 

Third  year.  This  is  a  comprehensive  course  in  the  essential  requirements  for  the 
successful  use  of  the  fixed  partial  denture.  Special  consideration  is  given  to  funda- 
mental factors  in  diagnosis,  treatment  planning  and  clinical  procedures.  The  course 
integrates  biological  factors,  mechanical  principles  and  esthetic  requirements  with 
restorative  treatment.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  physiological  considerations  as  a 
basis  for  fixed  partial  denture  service. 

Pros.  142b.     Advanced  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (3) 
Fourth  year.     This  course  provides  clinical  training  and  experience   for   the  student. 
The  acquired  background  of  knowledge  is  utilized  in  rendering  treatment  services  for 
patients.     Experience  is  gained  in  assessing  completely  the  dental  problem,  planning 

25  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

a  practical  treatment  consistent  with  the  total  dental  needs  and  providing  services 
which  satisfy  the  objectives  of  prevention,  function  and  esthetics. 

DIAGNOSIS 

Professor:   Biddix  (Head  of  Department). 
Drs.  Bryant,  W.  L.  Graham,  Lebo  and  Golton. 

Diag.  131.  Principles  of  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.  (2) 
Third  year.  The  fundamental  principles  and  procedures  in  the  diagnosis  of  oral 
and  related  diseases  are  studied  by  intimate  clinical  observation  and  discussion  of 
interesting  cases.  The  study  of  the  oral  cavity  through  an  understanding  of  its 
relation  to  other  parts  of  the  body  is  emphasized.  By  means  of  consultations  with 
other  departments  the  procedures  of  a  comprehensive  diagnosis  are  developed  and 
applied  in  treatment  planning. 

Diag.  132.     Seminar. 

Third  year.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  teach  the  student  to  correlate  clinical, 
roentgenologic  and  laboratory  findings.  Selected  patients  are  presented  by  both 
medical  and  dental  teachers. 

Diag.  141.     Clinical  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.    (I) 
Fourth  year.     This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Diagnosis  131  and  132. 

HISTOLOGY 

Professor:  Provenza  (^Acting  Head  of  Department). 
Mr.  Jordan. 

Hist.  111.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology.    (8) 

First  year.  The  course  embraces  the  thorough  study  of  the  cells,  tissues  and  organs 
of  the  various  systems  of  the  human  body.  Although  certain  aspects  of  the  dental 
histology  phase  of  the  course  are  given  strictly  as  special  entities,  many  are  in- 
cluded in  the  instruction  in  general  histology,  since  the  two  areas  are  so  intimately 
related  when  functional  and  clinical  applications  are  considered.  The  instruction  in 
embryology  is  correlated  with  that  in  histology.  It  covers  the  fundamentals  of  de- 
velopment of  the  human  body,  particular  emphasis  being  given  to  the  head  and 
facial  regions,  the  oral  cavity,  and  the  teeth  and  their  adnexa.  Specific  correlations 
are  also  made  with  the  other  courses  in  the  dental  curriculum. 

For  Graduates 

Hist.  212.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology.    (6) 

This  course  is  the  same  as  Histology  111,  except  that  it  does  not  include  the  dental 
phases  of  111,  but  does  include  additional  instruction  and  collateral  reading  of  an 
advanced  nature. 

Hist.  213.     Mammalian  Oral  Histology  and  Embryology.    (2) 

Prerequisite,  Histology  111  or  212,  or  an  equivalent  course.     This  course  covers  the 

dental  aspects  of  Histology   111,  and  includes  additional  instruction  in  the  relations 

<  26 


School  of  Dentistry 

of  histologic  structure   and  embryologic  development  of  the   teeth,   their  adnexa,   and 
the  head  and  facial  regions  of  the  human  body. 

Hist.  214.     Research  in  Histology. 
Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement. 

Hist.  2 J 5.     Research  in  Embryology. 
Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement. 


iMEDICINE 

A.     General  Medicine 

Associate  Professor:  McLean. 
Drs.  Travel,  Leonard  and  Ogden. 

Med.  12 la.     First  Aid. 

Second  year.     Second  semester.     In  this  course  the  student  is  instructed  in  the  basic 

principles  of  first  aid. 

Med.  132a.     Principles  of  Medicine.    (2) 

Third  year.  The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  visual  aids  and  x-ray  demonstrations 
of  diseases  of  the  cardio-respiratory,  gastrointestinal,  genitourinary  and  nervous  sys- 
tems. 

Med.  141a.     Physical  Diagnosis.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  Slides  and  clinical  demonstrations  are  used  to  show 
the  methods  of  recognition  of  important  objective  signs  as  they  relate  to  body  dis- 
turbances.    The  methods  of  taking  blood  pressure  are  also  taught. 

Med.  142a.     Principles  of  Medicine.    (2) 

Fourth  year.  Throughout  the  year  the  entire  class  is  taken  into  the  hospital  for 
medical  clinics  where  the  close  application  of  medical  and  dental  knowledge  in 
history  taking,  diagnosis,  laboratory  procedures  and  treatment  is  emphasized. 

Med.  143a.     Preventive  and  Public  Health  Dentistry.    (2) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  emphasize  those 
measures  other  than  remedial  operations  that  will  tend  to  minimize  the  occurrence 
or  the  extension  of  oral  disease,  and  to  outline  the  status  of  dentistry  in  the  field  of 
general  public  health.  The  relations  of  dentistry  with  other  phases  of  public  health 
are  discussed,  as  are  the  problems  affecting  the  administration  of  dental  health  pro- 
grams. Special  effort  is  made  to  demonstrate  methods  and  materials  suitable  for  use 
in  dental  health  education  programs. 

Med.  144a.     Clinical  Conferences. 

Fourth  year.  Throughout  the  year  small  groups  of  students  are  taken  into  the  hos- 
pital  for  medical  ward   rounds,  demonstrations  and  discussions. 

27  ► 


University  of  Maryland 


B.     Oral  Medicine 


Associate  Professor:  Biddington. 
Assistant  Professor:  Ahramson, 
Drs.  T.  F.  Clement  and  Norris. 

Med.  121b.     Principles  of  Endodontics.    (I) 

Second  year.  The  lecture  phase  presents  the  fundamentals  necessary  for  an  under- 
standing of  the  endodonic  procedures,  the  indications  and  contraindications  for  main- 
taining pathologically  affected  teeth,  and  the  various  methods  used  in  performing  the 
necessary  steps  to  prevent  the  loss  of  such  teeth.  The  laboratory  phase  is  designed 
to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  technics  employed  to  prevent  the  loss  of  pathologi- 
cally involved  teeth. 

Med.  122b.     Introduction  to  Periodontics.    (I) 

Second  year.  The  lectures  place  special  emphasis  on  the  importance  of  oral  hygiene 
and  its  relation  to  the  prevention  of  all  dental  (disorders.  The  causes,  results,  and 
treatment  of  unhygienic  conditions  of  the  oral  cavity  are  fully  considered.  Demon- 
strations are  given  in  the  prophylactic  treatment  of  the  mouth  and  in  the  accepted 
methods  of  tooth  brushing  to  be  used  in  home  care.  In  the  laboratory  the  student 
learns  on  special  manikins  the  use  of  the  periodontal  instruments.  By  progressive 
exercises  and  drills  he  is  taught  the  basic  principles  of  good  operating  procedure  and 
the  methods  of  thorough  prophylactic  treatment. 

Med.  131b.     Basic  Clinical  Endodontics,  (i) 

Third  year.    During  the  Junior  year,  the  student   applies  the   fundamentals  he   has 

learned  by  performing  endodontic  procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.  132b.     Basic  Clinical  Periodontics.    (2) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  present  the  etiology,  clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis,  prognosis, 
and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  forms  of  periodontal  disease,  other  diseases 
of  the  oral  cavity,  and  lesions  of  the  lips,  cheeks,  and  tongue.  The  recognition  of 
periodontal  disease  in  its  incipient  forms  and  the  importance  of  early  treatment  are 
stressed.  The  lectures  are  well  illustrated  by  color  slides,  moving  pictures,  and  other 
visual  aids.  The  Junior  student  is  required  to  apply  the  fundamentals  he  has  learned 
by  performing  periodontal  procedures  on  a  prescribed  number  of  clinical  cases. 

Med.  141b.     Advanced  Clinical  Endodontics.    (2) 

Fourth  year.     During  his  Senior  year  the  student  performs  the  endodontic  procedures 

on  the  difficult  clinical  cases. 

Med.  142b.     Advanced  Clinical  Periodontics.   (2) 

Fourth  year.      The   Senior   student   performs   the   periodontal   procedures   on    clinical 

patients  exhibiting  the  more  advanced  periodontal  problems. 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Professor:  Shay  (Head  of  Department^). 

Mr.  Vilk 

Microbiol.  121.     Dental  Microbiology  and  Immunology.    (4) 

Second  year.     First  semester.     The  course  embraces  lectures,  laboratory,  demonstra- 

M  28 


School  of  Dentistry 

tions,  recitations,  and  group  conferences,  augmented  by  guided  reading.  Practical  and 
theoretical  consideration  is  given  to  pathogenic  bacteria,  viruses,  yeasts  and  molds. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  those  organisms  which  cause  lesions  in  and  about  the 
oral  cavity,  particularly  primary  focal  infections  about  the  teeth,  tonsils,  etc.,  which 
result  in  the  establishment  of  secondary  foci.  Immunological  and  serological  prin- 
ciples are  studied,  with  special  consideration  being  given  to  hypersensitivity  resulting 
from  the  use  of  antibiotics,  vaccines,  antigens,  and  other  therapeutic  agents. 

Laboratory  teaching  includes  the  methods  of  staining  and  the  cultural  charac- 
teristics of  microorganisms;  their  reaction  to  disinfectants,  antiseptics,  and  germicides; 
methods  of  sterilization  and  asepsis;  animal  inoculation;  preparation  of  sera,  vaccines, 
and  antitoxins;  a  study  of  antibiotics;  and  a  demonstration  of  virus  techniques.  In  all 
phases  of  the  course  emphasis  is  placed  on  dental  applications. 

For  Graduates 

Microbiol  200,  201.     Chemotherapy.    (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years.  A  study  of  the  chemistry,  toxicity,  pharmacology  and  therapeutic  value  of 
drugs  employed  in  the  treatment  of  disease. 

Microbiol.  202,  203.     Reagents  and  Media.    Q,  I) 

One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  A  study  of  the  methods  of  prep- 
aration and  use  of  bacteriological  reagents  and  media. 

Microbiol.  210.     Special  Problems  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.     Laboratory  course. 

Microbiol.  211.     Public  Health.    (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  Lectures  and  discussions  on  the  or- 
ganization and  administration  of  state  and  municipal  health  departments  and  private 
health  agencies.     The  course  also  includes  a  study  of  laboratory  methods. 

Microbiol.  221.     Research  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 

OPERATIVE  DENTISTRY 

Professor:  Medina  {Acting  Head  of  Department}. 

Assistant  Professors:  H.  M.  Clement,  C.  Gaver,  Louie  and  Edmond  G.  Vanden 

Bosche. 
Drs.  Barlett,  Beaven  and  Vachon. 

Oper.  121.     Fundamentals  of  Operative  Dentistry.    (5) 

Second  year.  The  student  is  trained  in  the  technical  procedures  of  cavity  prepara- 
tion and  the  manipulation  of  the  restorative  materials  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
diseases  and  injuries  of  the  tooth  structure.  These  basic  principles  are  applied  on 
composition  teeth  and  extracted  natural  teeth.  Instruction  includes  twenty-six  lectures 
and  forty-eight  three-hour  laboratory  periods. 

29   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Oper.  131.     Basic  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry.    (4) 

Third  year.  This  course  is  a  continuing  development  of  the  fundamentals  taught  in 
Operative  121.  The  objective  is  to  present  the  additional  information  which  is 
necessary  for  the  management  of  practical  cases.  Instruction  includes  lectures, 
demonstrations  and  clinical  practice  in  which  the  student  treats  patients  under  the 
individual  guidance  of  staff  members. 

Oper.  141.     Advanced  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry.    (6) 

Fourth  year.  With  the  background  provided  by  Operative  121  and  131,  the  student 
is  able  to  comprehend  and  apply  the  procedures  for  treating  the  more  complicated 
operative  problems.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  instruct  the  student  in  the 
different  procedures  by  which  a  comprehensive  operative  service  can  be  rendered 
and  to  acquaint  him  with  as  many  unusual  clinical  cases  as  possible.  Instruction 
includes  lectures,  demonstrations,  and  clinical  practice. 

ORTHODONTICS 

Professor:   Preis  (Head  of  Department). 
Assistant  Professors:  Kress,  Shehan  and  Swinehart. 
Drs.  Cullen  and  Schaeffer. 

Orth.   131.     Principles  of  Orthodontics.  (2) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  supplemented  by  slides  and  motion  pic- 
tures. The  subject  matter  includes  the  history  of  orthodontics  and  the  study  of 
growth  and  development,  evolution  of  human  dental  occlusion,  forces  of  occlusion, 
etiology  of  malocclusion,  aberrations  of  the  maxilla  and  mandible  which  affect  occlu- 
sion, and  tissue  changes  incident  to  tooth  movement. 

Ortho.  141.     Clinical  Orthodontics.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Students  are  assigned  in  small  groups  to  the  Clinic  where  patients  are 
given  a  thorough  dental  examination.  Under  the  direction  of  an  instructor  each  case 
is  diagnosed,  methods  of  procedure  are  explained,  and  treatment  planning  is  out- 
lined. In  the  more  simple  cases  therapy  is  undertaken  by  the  students  under  the 
supervision  of  an  instructor.  Students,  therefore,  have  the  opportunity  of  applying 
clinically  the  knowledge  which  they  received  during  their  Junior  year. 

PATHOLOGY 

Professor:   M.  S.  Aisenherg  QHead  of  Department") 
Associate  Professor:  Weinberg. 
Assistant  Professor:  A.  D.  Aisenherg. 
Dr.  Granruth. 

Path.   121.     General  Pathology.  (4) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  The  general  principles  of  disease  processes  and  tissue 
reactions,  both  gross  and  microscopic,  are  taught  with  the  objectives  of  training  the 
student  to  recognize  and  be  familiar  with  the  abnormal  and  of  creating  a  foundation 
for  further  study  in  the  allied  sciences.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those  diseases  in 
the  treatment  of  which  medicodental  relationships  are  to  be  encountered. 

**  30 


School  of  Dentistry 

Path.  131.     Oral  Pathology.  (3) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  etiology  and  the 
gross  and  microscopic  manifestations  of  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  their  investing 
structures:  pathologic  dentition,  dental  anomalies,  periodontal  diseases,  calcific  de- 
posits, dental  caries,  pulpal  diseases,  dentoalveolar  abscesses,  oral  manifestations  of 
systemic  diseases,  cysts  of  the  jaws,  and  benign  and  malignant  lesions  in  and  about 
the  oral  cavity. 

Path.   141.     Seminar. 

Fourth  year.  This  constitutes  a  part  of  the  cancer  teaching  program  sponsored  by  a 
grant  from  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  It  is  conducted  by  visiting  lec- 
turers who  are  specialists  in  their  respective  fields. 

For  Graduates 

Path.  211.     Advanced  Oral  Pathology.  (8) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  throughout  the  year.  This  course  is  pre- 
sented with  the  objective  of  correlating  a  knowledge  of  histopathology  with  the 
various  aspects  of  clinical  practice.  Studies  of  surgical  and  biopsy  specimens  are 
stressed. 

Path.  212.     Research. 

Time    and   credit   by   arrangement.      Research   in   areas   of   particular   interest   to   the 

student. 

PEDODONTICS 

Associate  Professor:  Sanders. 
Drs.  Ehrlich  and  Bartlett. 

Ped.   121.     Technics  of  Perodontics.   (I) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  This  laboratory  course  in  dentistry  for  children 
consists  of  sixteen  laboratory  periods.  Demonstrations  and  visual  aids  are  utilized  to 
augment  the  teaching  procedure.  The  work  is  performed  on  model  teeth  in  primary 
dentoforms  and  consists  of  exercises  in  cavity  preparation  in  primary  teeth  for  the 
proper  reception  of  different  restorative  materials,  in  the  technic  of  restoring  a  frac- 
tured young  permanent  anterior  tooth,  and  in  the  construction  of  a  basic  type  of 
space  maintainer. 

Ped.   131.     Clinical  Pedodontics.  (I) 

Third  year.  The  student  is  introduced  to  clinical  dentistry  for  children.  He  utilizes 
the  technical  procedures  learned  in  the  laboratory.  Didactic  instruction  includes 
sixteen  lectures  offered  during  the  first  semester.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  manage- 
ment of  the  child  patient  with  necessary  modifications  for  behavior  problems.  The 
indications  and  contraindications  for  pulpal  therapy  are  evaluated  for  the  purpose 
of  rational  tooth  conservation.  Oral  hygiene,  roentgenology,  growth  and  develop 
ment,  and  caries  susceptibility  tests  are  taught.  Training  in  preventive  orthodontics 
is  given  for  true  denture  guidance  and  to  allow  the  student  to  institute  interceptive 
or  early  remedial  measures  in  incipient  deformities. 

31   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

The  Department  endeavors  to  develop  in  the  student  a  comprehensive  interest 
in  guiding  the  child  patient  through  the  period  of  the  mixed  dentition.  A  separate 
clinic,  equipped  with  child-size  chairs  and  supervised  by  the  pedodontics  staff,  pro- 
vides adequate  opportunity  for  clinical  applications  of  the  methods  taught  in  labora- 
tory and  lectures. 

Ped.    141.     Clinical  Pedodontics.    (I) 

Fourth  year.     The  student  continues  his  clinical  training  throughout  the  year  and  is 

assigned  the  more  difficult  cases. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

Professor:  Dobbs  (Head  of  Department). 
Drs.  Ross  and  Brown. 

Pharmacol.  131.  General  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics.  (4) 
Third  year.  The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  general  survey  of  pharmacology, 
affording  the  students  the  necessary  knowledge  for  the  practice  of  rational  therapeutics. 
The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  laboratory  and  demonstrations.  The  first  semester  con- 
sists of  sixteen  hours  of  didactic  work  including  instruction  in  pharmaceutical  chemis- 
try, pharmacy,  prescription  writing,  and  the  pharmacodynamics  of  the  local-acting 
drugs.  The  second  semester  consists  of  thirty-two  hours  of  didactics  and  forty-eight 
hours  of  laboratory  instruction.  The  laboratory  experiments  are  performed  by  stu- 
dents on  animals  and  are  designed  to  demonstrate  the  direct  effects  of  drugs  on  vital 
tissues.  The  subject  material  consists  of  the  pharmacodynamics  of  the  systemic- 
acting  drugs  and  the  anti-infective  agents.  In  the  therapeutics  phase  the  students 
are  instructed  in  the  use  of  drugs  for  the  prevention,  treatment,  and  correction  of 
general  and  oral  diseases. 

Pharmacol.   141.     Oral  Therapeutics,  (i) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations.  It  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  the  practical  applica- 
tions of  pharmacology  in  the  treatment  of  dental  and  oral  diseases.  Particular  em- 
phasis is  given  to  the  newer  drugs  and  the  more  recent  advances  in  therapeutics. 
Patients  from  the  dental  clinics  and  the  hospital  are  used  for  demonstrations  whenever 
possible.  A  correlation  of  theory  with  clinical  practice  is  obtained  by  chairside  in- 
struction on  patients  in  the  dental  clinic. 

Pharmacol.   142.     Nutritional  Therapeutics.   (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations  devoted  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  nutritional  therapeutics. 
The  presentation  includes  a  study  of  the  dietary  requirements  of  essential  food  sub- 
stances in  health  and  disease.  The  vitamin  and  mineral  deficiency  states  with  their 
pathology  and  symptomatology  are  presented  with  suggestions  for  dietary  and  drug 
therapy.  Metabolic  diseases  are  discussed,  and  their  effects  on  the  nutritional  states 
are  considered.  Students  are  taught  to  plan  diets  for  patients  with  various  nutritional 
problems,  such  as  those  resulting  from  loss  of  teeth,  the  use  of  new  appliances,  dental 
caries,  stomatitis,  cellulitis,  osteomyelitis,  and  bone  fractures.  A  project  study  is 
made  by  each  student  which  includes  analyses  of  his  basal  metabolic  requirement,  his 
total  energy  requirement,  and  his  dietary  intake  in  relation  to  his  daily  needs. 

<*  32 


School  of  Dentistry 

PHYSIOLOGY 

Professor:   Oster  (Head  of  Department'). 
Assistant  Professors:    Shipley  and  Pollack. 

Physiol.  121.     Principles  of  Physiology.  (6) 

Second  year.     A  fundamental  objective  of  this  course  is  to  achieve  an  integration  of 

basic  scientific  phenomena  of  function  as  they  relate  to  the  organism  as  a  whole. 

Lectures  deal  with  the  principal  fields  of  physiology,  including  heart  and  circula- 
tion, peripheral  and  central  nervous  functions,  respiration,  digestion,  muscular  ac- 
thitv,  hepatic  and  renal  functions,  water  and  electrolyte  balance,  special  senses,  gen- 
eral and  cellular  metabolism,  endocrines  and  reproduction.  In  the  laboratory  work 
(first  semester)  the  classic  experiments  on  frog  and  turtle  muscle  and  heart  function 
are  followed  by  more  advanced  work  on  rabbits,  cats,  dogs  and  the  students  them- 
selves. A  special  series  of  lectures  is  devoted  to  the  application  of  basic  physiologic 
principles  to  human  clinical  problems. 

For  Graduates 

Physiol.  211.     Principles  of  Mammalian  Physiology.  (6) 

Prerequisite  permission  from  the  department.     Same  as  course  121  but  with  collateral 

reading  and  additional  instruction. 

Physiol.  212.     Advanced  Physiology. 

Hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.  Lectures  and  seminars  during  the  second  semes- 
ter. 

Physiol.  213.     Research. 

Hours  and  credits  by  arrangement. 

PRACTICE  ADMINISTRATION 

Professor:  Biddix. 

Dr.  Lovett  and  Mr.  O'Donnell. 

Pract.  Adm.   141.     Principles  of  Administration.   (I) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  students  to 
assume  the  social,  economic  and  professional  responsibilities  of  dental  practice.  The 
lectures  embrace  the  selection  of  the  office  location^and  office  equipment,  the  basis 
ol  determining  fees,  the  methods  of  collecting  accounts,  the  use  of  auxiliary  personnel, 
and  the  choice  of  various  types  of  insurance  and  investments.  A  comprehensive 
bookkeeping  system  for  a  dental  office  is  explained. 

Pract.  Adm.  142.     Ethics.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  course  includes  lectures  on  general  ethics  and 
its  basic  teachings,  and  an  interpretation  of  the  philosophical  principles  adopted  by 
the  American  Dental  Association  and  embodied  in  its  "Principles  of  Ethics." 

33  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Pract.  Adm.  143.     jurisprudence.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objective  of  the  course  is  to  acquaint  the  dental 
student  with  the  fundamentals  of  law  as  they  relate  to  the  dentist  and  to  his  patients. 
The  sources  of  law,  the  types  of  courts  and  court  procedures  are  explained;  the 
student  is  acquainted  with  the  special  statutory  provisions  pertaining  to  the  regula- 
tion of  the  practice  of  dentistry,  as  well  as  the  dentist's  responsibilities  under  the 
criminal  law.  The  respective  rights  and  liabilities  of  both  the  dentist  and  his  patients 
are  considered  in  lectures  dealing  with  contracts  and  torts;  practical  illustrations  of 
these  rights  and  liabilities  are  reviewed  in  the  light  of  actual  reported  cases  in  the 
courts. 

ROENTGENOLOGY 

Professor:  Biddix. 

Drs.  R.  DeMartin  and  Isbell. 

Roentgenol.  131.     Principles  of  Dental  Roentgenology.  (2) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  include  a  study  of  the  physical  principles  involved  in  the 
production  of  x-rays  and  a  discussion  of  their  properties  and  effects,  the  hazards  of 
roentgenography  to  both  operator  and  patient,  the  technics  of  taking  roentgenograms, 
and  the  processing  of  the  films.  The  conference  periods  deal  with  the  roentgeno- 
graphic  study  of  the  normal  anatomic  structures  in  health  and  the  variations  noted 
under  various  pathologic  conditions. 

Roentgenol.   132.     Introduction  to  Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology. 
Third  year.     Second  semester.     The  division  of  the  class  into  small  groups  permits 
individual  supervision  in  the  clinical  application  of  the  material  presented  in  Roent- 
genol. 131.    Under  guidance  the  student  learns  to  correctly  place,  expose  and  process 
the  film  and  mount  a  full  series  of  dental  roentgenograms. 

Roentgenol.    141.     Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology.    (I) 

Fourth  year.  Under  a  system  of  rotating  assignments  students  are  placed  in  constant 
association  with  the  routine  practical  use  of  the  roentgen  ray.  They  are  required  to 
master  the  fundamental  scientific  principles  and  to  acquire  technical  skill  in  taking, 
processing,  and  interpreting  all  types  of  intraoral  and  extraoral  films. 

SURGERY 

Professors:  Dorsey  QHead  of  Department),  Helrich,  Robinson  and  Y eager. 
Associate  Professor:   Cappuccio. 
Assistant  Professors:  Siwinski  and  Inman. 
Drs.  Hinds,  Hyson,  and  Kaufman. 

Surg.   131.     Anesthesiology.  (2) 

Third  year.  Local  anesthesia  is  taught  in  both  principle  and  practice.  In  lectures 
and  clinics  all  types  of  intraoral,  extraoral,  conduction  and  infiltration  injections; 
the  anatomical  relation  of  muscles  and  nerves;  the  theory  of  action  of  anesthetic 
agents  and  their  toxic  manifestations  are  taught.     Demonstrations  are  given  in  con- 

<  34 


School  of  Dentistry 

duction  and  infiltration  technics;  students  give  injections  under  supervision  of  an 
instructor.  General  anesthesia  is  taught  in  lectures  and  clinic  demonstrations.  The 
action  or'  the  anesthetic  agents,  methods  of  administration,  indications  and  contra- 
indications, and  the  treatment  of  toxic  manifestations  are  included.  Demonstrations 
are  given  in  the  preparation  of  the  patient,  the  administration  of  all  general  anes- 
thetics (inhalant,  rectal,  spinal,  and  intravenous),  and  the  technics  for  oral  opera- 
tions. Clinics  are  held  in  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  in  the  Dental  School  and 
in  the  Hospital. 

Surg.  132.     Oral  Surgery.  (3) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  on  the  principles  of  surgery,  the  classifica- 
tion of  teeth  for  extraction,  and  the  pre-  and  postoperative  treatment  of  ambulatory 
patients.  The  student  is  assigned  to  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  on  a  rotating 
schedule  and  is  required  to  produce  local  anesthesia  and  extract  teeth  under  the 
supervision  of  an  instructor. 

Surg.  141.     Oral  Surgery.  (3) 

Fourth  year.  This  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinical  assignments,  and  practical 
demonstrations  on  the  etiology,  pathology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all  classes  of 
tumors,  infections,  deformities,  anomalies,  impacted  teeth,  fractures  and  surgical 
problems  associated  with  the  practice  of  dentistry.  Hospital  clinics,  demonstrations 
and  ward  rounds  are  given  to  familiarize  the  student  with  abnormal  conditions  inci- 
dent to  the  field  of  his  future  operations  and  to  train  him  thoroughly  in  the  diagnosis 
of  benign  and  malignant  tumors.  Weekly  seminars  are  held  in  the  Hospital.  Each 
student  prepares  and  presents  an  oral  surgery  case  report  according  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  American  Board  of  Oral  Surgery. 

For  Graduates 

Surg.  201.     Clinical  Anesthesiology.  (6) 
Forty  hours  a  week  for  thirteen  weeks. 

Surg.  220.      General  Dental  Oral  Surgery,   (i) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.  221.     Advanced  Oral  Surgery.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.  222.     Research. 

lime  and  credit  bv  arrangement. 


VISUAL  AIDS  IN  TEACHING 

Mr.  Taylor  and  Staff. 

The  Department  of  Visual  Aids  employs  the  latest  photographic  technics 
and  equipment  for  the  production  of  both  monochromatic  and  full-color  still 
and  motion  pictures.  By  cooperation  with  other  departments  new  material  is 
developed  for  lectures,  clinics,  publications  and  exhibits. 

35  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Through  photography  the  School  retains  for  teaching  purposes  interesting 
cases  that  appear  in  the  clinics,  preserves  evidence  of  unusual  pathological 
cases,  and  records  anatomical  anomalies,  facial  disharmonies  and  malocclusions 
of  the  teeth.  In  addition  the  student,  through  his  contact  with  photographic 
uses,  becomes  acquainted  with  the  value  of  photography  in  clinical  practice. 
Students  are  advised  as  to  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  the  preparation  of  lectures 
and  theses,  the  arrangement  and  co-ordination  of  materials,  and  the  organiza- 
tion and  maintenance  of  records  and  histories. 

Various  art  media  and  the  use  of  modem  plastics  supplement  photography. 
By  the  combination  and  correlation  of  these  methods  all  departments  are  pro- 
vided with  an  unlimited  supply  of  valuable  and  often  irreplaceable  visual 
aids. 

SPECIAL  COURSES 

Summer  Courses 

As  the  need  arises,  summer  courses  may  be  offered  in  certain  subjects  in- 
cluded in  the  regular  curriculum.  A  charge  of  $10.00  for  each  semester  hour 
credit  is  made  for  these  courses. 

Postgraduate  Courses 

Postgraduate  courses  may  be  offered  to  qualified  dental  graduates.  These 
courses  are  designed  to  provide  oppportunities  for  study  in  special  fields  on  a 
refresher  level,  and  are  arranged  so  that  particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  clinical 
practices. 

ANATOMY  OF  THE  HEAD  AND  NECK 

This  course  is  designed  to  review  certain  principles  of  Anatomy  and  to 
furnish  the  student  opportunities  to  relate  these  principles  to  clinical  practice. 
Instruction  is  presented  in  the  form  of  illustrated  lectures,  seminars,  and 
laboratory  dissection.  One  semester,  full  time.  Tuition,  $200.00.  Maximum 
expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $45.00. 

ORAL   PATHOLOGY 

The  course  in  Oral  Pathology  is  presented  with  the  objective  of  correlating 
a  knowledge  of  histopathology  with  the  various  aspects  of  clinical  practice. 
The  physiology  of  the  periodontal  attachment  and  the  pathology  of  the  dental 
pulp,  the  periodontium,  the  hard  tissues  of  the  teeth,  odontogenic  cysts  and 
tumors,  and  cancer  in  and  about  the  oral  cavity  are  stressed.  Studies  of  sur- 
gical and  biopsy  specimens  are  also  emphasized.  Opportunity  for  supervised 
research  in  areas  of  particular  interest  to  the  student  will  be  available.  One 
year,  full  time.  Tuition,  $550.00.  Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and 
equipment,  $75.00,  which  includes  microscope  fee  of  $25.00. 

<*  36 


School  of  Dentistry 


ORAL  SURGERY 


The  course  in  Oral  Surgery  is  organized  to  train  the  dentist  in  advanced 
surgical  procedures  of  the  oral  cavity  and  the  associated  parts.  Although  pri- 
marily designed  for  the  general  practitioner,  the  course  can  be  used  as  credit 
toward  specialization  in  Oral  Surgery.  One  year,  full  time.  Tuition,  $550.00. 
Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $75.00. 


PERIODONTA 

The  course  in  Periodontia  consists  of  a  review  of  the  etiology  of  the  various 
types  of  periodontal  disease.  Instruction  is  presented  by  means  of  lectures, 
seminars  and  clinical  demonstration.  One  semester,  full  time.  Tuition,  $200.00. 
Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $75.00. 

PROSTHESIS 

Instruction  will  be  given  in  the  fundamental  principles  and  factors  in- 
volved in  complete  denture  prosthesis,  the  general  problems  in  diagnosis  and 
treatment  planning,  and  the  procedures  of  constructing  partial  and  complete 
dentures.  Ample  opportunity  will  be  provided  for  the  application  of  the  basic 
principles  and  procedures  of  clinical  practice.  One  semester,  full  time.  Tuition, 
$200.00.    Maximum  expense  for  books,  supplies,  and  equipment,  $300.00. 

VISUAL  AIDS 

The  basic  principles  and  practices  of  Visual  Aids  are  presented  by  lecture, 
demonstration  and  laboratory  technics.  Practical  photography  and  moulage  are 
featured,  with  instruction  in  department  organization  and  exhibition  arrange- 
ment.    Four  weeks,  full  time.     Tuition,  $150.00. 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society  was  organized  in  1916  as  an  honorary 
student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  Society 
was  named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a 
teacher  of  many  years'  experience,  and  during  his  life  a  great  contributor  to 
dental  literature.  It  was  with  the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that  the 
Society  adopted  it. 

To  be  eligible  for  membership  a  student  must  be  in  the  first  30  per  cent  of 
his  class.  The  selection  of  this  30  per  cent  shall  be  based  on  the  weighted 
percentage  average  system  as  outlined  in  the  school  regulations.  The  meetings, 
held  once  each  month,  are  addressed  by  prominent  dntal  and  mdical  men,  an 
effort  being  made  to  obtain  speakers  not  connected  with  the  University.  The 
members  have  an  opportunity,  even  while  students,  to  hear  men  associated  with 
other  educational  institutions. 

37  ► 


University  of  Maryland 


Omicron  Kafpa  Upsilon 


Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon  honorary  dental  society  was  char- 
tered at  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  during  the  session  of  1928-29.  Membership  in  the  society  is 
awarded  to  a  number  not  exceeding  12  per  cent  of  the  graduating  class.  This 
honor  is  conferred  upon  students  who  through  their  professional  course  of 
study  creditably  fulfill  all  obligations  as  students,  and  whose  conduct,  earnest- 
ness, evidence  of  good  character  and  high  scholarship  recommend  them  to 
election. 

The  following  graduates  of  the  1957  Class  were  elected  to  membership: 

Robert  Lekman  Bartlett  Ernest  Charles  Merkel,  Jr. 

Robert  Edward  DeMartin  Rafael  Angel  Pagan-Colon 

Roy  Frank  Gherardi  Roy     Christopher  Page 

George  William  Greco  William  Henry  Ruppert,  Jr. 

Walter  Burnell  Hall  Charles  Benjamin  Rushford,  Jr. 

Kenneth  Joseph  Langfield  James  Richard  Sullivan 

Alumni  Association 

The  first  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  was  held  in  Baltimore,  March  1,  1849.  This  organi- 
zation has  continued  in  existence  to  the  present,  its  name  having  been  changed 
to  The  National  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Sur- 
gery, Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland. 

The  officers  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  1957-1958  are  as  follows: 

President  P  resident-Elect 

Daniel  E.   Shehan  Edwin  G.  Gail 

Medical   Arts   Building  3700  N.  Charles  St. 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland  Baltimore  18,  Maryland 

Vice-President  Historian 

Joseph  J.  Martini  Milton  B.  Asbell 

Passaic,  N.  J.  25  Haddon  Avenue 

Camden,  New  Jersey 
secretary 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio  Treasurer 

1010  St.  Paul  Street  Howard  Van  Natta 

Baltimore  2,   Maryland  Medical  Arts  Building 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

Editor 

Kyrle  W.  Preis 

700  Cathedral  Street 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

-+  38 


School  of  Dentistry 


University  Alumni  Council  Representatives 


Harry  Levin,   1958 

3429  Park  Heights  Avenue 

Baltimore  15,  Maryland 


Daniel  E.  Shehan,    1958 
Baltimore,  Maryland 


Eugene  D.  Lyon,  1960 

11  E.  Chase  Street 
Baltimore  2,  Maryland 

Executive  Council 

Joseph  M.  Tighe,  Chairman,  1959 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

Irving  Abramson,  1959  Wilbur   B.   Mehring,    1960 

Baltimore,   Maryland  Silver  Spring,  Md. 

Max  K.  Baklor,   1958  Eugene  L.  Pessagno,  Jr.,  1958 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,    Maryland 


Frank  Hurst,  Ex-Officio,  1958 
Washington,  D.  C. 


John  T.  Stang,   1958 
Baltimore,  Maryland 


Trustees  Ex-Officio 

Daniel  E.  Shehan,  President 

Edwin  C.  Gail,  President-Elect 

Arthur  I.   Bell,  Secretary-Treasurer 

Joseph   M.   Tighe,   Chairman  of  Executive   Council 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  Dean 


Elected  Trustees 


Augustine  L.  Cavallaro,  1958 

291  Whitney  Avenue 

New  Haven,   Conn. 

Frank  N.  Carroll,  1959 

1015  Central  Union  Bldg. 

Wheeling,  West  Va. 

Edward  C.  Morin,   1960 

156  Broadway 

Pawtucket,  R.  I. 


Irvin  B.  Golboro,   1958 

Naylors  Lane 

Pikesville   8,   Maryland 

Lewis  C.  Toomey,  Jr.,    1959 

8641  Colesville  Road 

Silver  Spring,  Md. 

L.    W.    BlMESTEFER,     1960 

1   Kinship  Road 
Baltimore  22,  Maryland 


39  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

SENIOR  PRIZE  AWARDS 

The  following  prizes  were  awarded  to  members  of  the  Senior  Class  for  the 
1956-57  Session: 

The  Alexander  H.  Pater  son  Memorial  Medal 

For  Practical  Set  of  Full  Upper  and  Lower  Dentures 

WILLIAM  MILTON  BARBUSH 

Honorable  Mention Joseph  Patrick  Garvey 

The  Isaac  H.  Davis  Memorial  Medal 

(Contributed  by  Dr.   Leonard   I.   Davis) 

For  Cohesive   Gold  Filling 

ALAN  STOLER 

Honorable  Mention Richard  Howard  Warren 

The  Alumni  Association  Medal 

For  Thesis 

JOHN  GEORGE  MUELLER 

Honorable  Mention Roy  Christopher  Page 

The  Harry  E.  Kelsey  Award 

(Contributed    by    former    associates    of    Dr.    Kelsey: 

Drs.  Anderson,  Devlin,   Hodges,  Johnston   and  Preis) 

For  Professional  Demeanor 

WILLIAM  HENRY  RUPPERT,  JR. 

The  Harry  E.  Latcham  Memorial  Medal 

For  Complete  Oral  Operative   Restoration 

RAY  EVAN  GRIFFIN 

Honorable  Mention Kenneth  Joseph  Langfield 

The  Edgar  J.  Jacques  Memorial  Award 

For  Meritorious  Work  in  Practical  Oral  Surgery 

JIMMY  RAY  HAGER 

The   Herbert   Friedherg  Memorial  Award 

(Contributed  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Chapter  of  the 

National  Alumni  Association) 

For  Achievement  hy  a  New  Jersey  Senior 

RICHARD  HOWARD  WARREN 

The  James  P.  McCormick  Award 

For  Meritorious  Work  in  the  Treatment  of  Traumatic 

Injuries  of  the  Face  and  Jaws 

JOHN  FREDERICK  BLACK 

<  40 


School  of  Dentistry 

Graduating  Class 
1956-57  Session 

Norman  Stanley  Alpher,  The  George  Washington  University 

District  of  Columbia 

William   Milton   Barbush,   West   Virginia   University West   Virginia 

Robert  Lehman  Bartlett,   B.A.,   The  Johns  Hopkins   University,    1953 

Maryland 

Robert  Vincent   Bates,    Denison    University Maryland 

Eugene  Arthur  Beliveau,  B.S.,  Boston  College,    1953 Massachusetts 

Daniel   Willis   Benton,    University   of   Utah Utah 

William   Frederick  Bishop,    B.S.,    University  of   Maryland,    1953 ...  .Maryland 

John  Frederick  Black,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  College New  Jersey 

Louis  Blum,  The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers  University Pennsylvania 

William   George  Buchanan,    University  of   Maryland New   Jersey 

Vito  Dominic  Buonomano,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Providence  College,  1953.  .  .  .Rhode  Island 

James  Ambrose  Butler,  Jr.,  Niagara  LIniversity New  York 

Richard  Ernest  Cabana,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Hubert  Thomas  Chandler,  Morris  Harvey  College West  Virginia 

Robert  Lee  Childs,   B.A.,   Duquesne  University,    1952 Pennsylvania 

Bernie  Odell  Coberly,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Neil   Cohen,   University  of  Miami Florida 

William  Eugene  Colliver,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Joseph  Andre  Croteau,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1953.  .  .  .Massachusetts 
Bertrand  Saul  Dann,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1951;  M.S.,    1953 

Maryland 

Urban  Bernard  DeCosta,  B.S.,  Providence  College,   1953 Rhode  Island 

Frederick  Bertrand  Delorme,    University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural 

College    Vermont 

John  Joseph  DeAlartin,  University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural 

College     Connecticut 

Robert  Edward  DeMartin,  University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural 

College     Connecticut 

John  Henry  Dempsey,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1953... West  Virginia 

Elliott  Howard  Dickler,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953 Maryland 

Seymour  Bernard  Fingerhood,  B.A.,  New  York  University,   1952.  ..New  Jersey 

Karl  Josef  Foose,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

William  Grady  Franklin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955 Maryland 

Paul  Edward  Freed,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Patrick  Garvey,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1953.  .  .  .Rhode  Island 

Roy  Frank  Gherardi,  B.A.,  New  York  University,  1952 New  York 

George  William  Greco,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College Maryland 

Ray  Evan  Griffin,  B.A.,  University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural 

College,   1953    Vermont 

Jimmy  Ray  Hager,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Walter  Burnell  Hall,  A.B.,  Cornell  University,    1953 Massachusetts 

41   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Raymond  Donald  Haslam,  Washington  Missionary  College Pennsylvania 

Paul  Emmet  Higgins,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Thomas  Kent  Ingram,  Virginia  Military  Institute Virginia 

Gerald  Marshall  Isbell,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

William  McDonald  Johnson,  Berea  College Florida 

Livia  Kalnins,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  McCoy  College Latvia 

William  Ignatius  Keene,  Mt.  Saint  Mary's  College New  Jersey 

John  Poist  Keffer,  Jr.,  Villanova  College New  Jersey 

James  Van  Lieu  Kiser,  Davis  and  Elkins  College West  Virginia 

Fred  Herman  Andrew  Koeniger,  The  University  of  Rochester New  York 

Kenneth  Joseph  Langfield,   University  of  Massachusetts Massachusetts 

George  Albert  Lippard,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,   1953 South  Carolina 

Donald  Bruce  Lurie,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

John  Joseph  Martielli,  B.S.,  Davis  and  Elkins  College,   1953 Florida 

Dennis  Laurent  Maud,  B.A.,  Norwich  University,   1953 New  York 

Jerry  Wayne  Medlock,  B.S.,  Presbyterian  College,    1953 Texas 

Ernest  Charles  Merkel,  Jr.,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1951 ...  .Maryland 

Eugene  Joseph  Messer,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1953 Massachusetts 

Joe  Harvey  Miller,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

John  Charles  Miller,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

John  George  Mueller,  B.A.,  Duke  University,  1953 Oklahoma 

Raymond  Elliot  Mullaney,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952.  .  .Massachusetts 

Nassif  Joseph  Nassif,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Minor  Paul  Nestor,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

Thomas  Francis  Owens,  The  Pennsylvania  State  College Pennsylvania 

Rafael  Angel  Pagan-Colon,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,   1950.  .Puerto  Rico 

Roy  Christopher  Page,  A.B.,  Berea  College,  1953 South  Carolina 

Orie  Nicholas  Passarelli,  B.S.,  Saint  Peter's  College,   1953 New  Jersey 

William  Russell  Patteson,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Peter  Pecoraro,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Providence  College,   1953 Rhode  Island 

John  Vincent  Puelo,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1953 Rhode  Island 

Alfred  Joseph  Rapuano,  The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers  University 

New  Jersey 

Clyde  Eugene  Reed,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,   1951 West  Virginia 

Angelo  Michael  Repole,  University  of  Maryland New  Jersey 

Vernon  Delaney  Rodeffer,  Catawba  College Pennsylvania 

William  Henry  Ruppert,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Charles  Benjamin  Rushford,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1953 

West  Virginia 

Herbert  Henry  Rust,  Queens  College New  York 

Francis  John  Salvato,  A.B.,  Gettysburg  College,    1953 New  Jersey 

Alvin   Robert  Sayers,   Midwestern    University Vermont 

Abraham  Schachter,  B.A.,  The  University  of  Connecticut,    1953 .  .Connecticut 

Albert  Seymore  Schaffer,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Paul  Kenneth  Schick,  Tufts  College Connecticut 

Harry  Edwin  Semler,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953.  .Maryland 

^  42 


School  of  Dentistry 

Joseph  Israel  Shevenell,  B.S.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1947 Maine 

Carl  S.  Singer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953 Maryland 

Robert  John  Stag,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Thomas  Dodds  Stokes,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina, 

1953 North  Carolina 

Alan  Stoler,  University  of  Miami Florida 

John  Malcomb  Stribling,  University  of  Florida Florida 

James  Richard  Sullivan,  Montgomery  Junior  College Maryland 

Carl  Anthony  Tomosivitch,  B.S.,  St.  John's  University,   1953 New  York 

Joel  Jacob  Ulanet,  Lafavette  College New  Jersey 

John  David  Yachon,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1952;  M.S.,   1953 

West  Virginia 

John  Wilson  Vargo,  Morris  Harvey  College West  Virginia 

Hans  Kvamme  Varmer,  B.A.,  Washington  Missionary  College,  1951.  .Maryland 

Frank  Joseph  Verdecchia,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1955 Maryland 

Richard  Howard  Warren,  New  York  University New  Jersey 

George  William  Waxter,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Daniel  Fowler  Whiteside,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Frederick  Brown  Williams,  The  Citadel South  Carolina 


Honors 

Summa  Cum  Laude 

Roy  Christopher  Page 

Magna  Cum  Laude 

James   Richard   Sullivan  Robert  Lehman  Bartlett 

Robert  Edward  DeMartin  George  William  Greco 

Ernest  Charles  Merkel,  Jr. 

Cum  Laude 

Kenneth    Joseph    Langfield  Roy  Frank  Gherardi 

Charles  Benjamin  Rushford,  Jr.  Rafael  Angel  Pagan-Colon 

Walter  Burnell  Hall  William  Henry  Ruppert,  Jr. 

Degree  Conferred  August   1,   1956 

Robert  Vincent  Bates,   Denison    University Maryland 

Bernie  Odell  Coberly,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Vernon   Delaney  Rodeffer,   Catawba   College Pennsylvania 

Daniel    Fowler  Whiteside,    University   of   Florida Florida 

43   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Senior  Class 

Ralph  Richard  Asadourian,   B.A.,   University  of   New  Hampshire, 

1954 New  Hampshire 

Ronald  James  Bauerle,  B.A.,  Providence  College,    1954 Connecticut 

Carl  Mitchell  Baumann,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Philip  Stanley  Benzil,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,   1954 Florida 

Thomas  Henry  Birney,  B.A.,   University  of  Southern  California,   1954 

California 

Stanley  Earle  Block,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Paul  Bodo,  Jr.,  B.S.,   University  of  Tampa,    1954 Florida 

Stanley  Saul  Brager,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1954 Maryland 

Harry  Edward  Brandau,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Sherman  Brown,   University  of  Pennsylvania New  Jersey 

John  Paul  Burton,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Charles  Wallis  Buttner,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Enrique  Rafael  Capo,  Haverf ord  College Puerto  Rico 

Robert  Ernest  Chait,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Virgil  Lewis  Chambers,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

George  Elmore  Collins,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Martin  Richard  Crytzer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Pennsylvania 

Stanley  Carl  DelTufo,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,   1954 New  Jersey 

William  Clinton  Denison,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

F.  Lee  Eggnatz,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Melvin  Feiler,  Upsala  College New  Jersey 

Dayton  Carroll  Ford,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Orton  Dittmar  Frisbie,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Jose  Antonio  Fuentes,  University  of  Puerto  Rico Puerto  Rico 

John  William  Gannon,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1954.  .West  Virginia 

Richard  Chris  Georgiades,  Virginia  Military  Institute Florida 

Robert  Goren,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Barbara  Lorraine  Greco,  A.B.,  The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers 

University,    1954 New    Jersey 

Anton  Grobani,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1954 Maryland 

Fernando  Haddock,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1954 Puerto  Rico 

Robert  William  Haroth,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Barry  Ronald  Harris,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Richard  McFern  Hemphill,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1954.  .West  Virginia 
Gerald  Franklin  Hoffman,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,   1954.  .Connecticut 

Paul  Harvey  Hyland,   University  of  Delaware Delaware 

William  Louis  Hyman,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Allen  Burton  Itkin,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Lawrence  Paul  Jacobs,  A.B.,  Temple  University,  1954 Delaware 

Alfred  Howard  Jansen,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Mathis  Johnson,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1954.  .Maryland 
Paul  Franklin  Kiefman,  B.S.,  The  American  University,   1951 Virginia 


^  44 


School  of  Dentistry 

Robert  Harmon  McLloyd  Killpack,  B.A.,  University  of  Utah,   1954 Utah 

Anthony  Joseph  Klein,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,   1954.  .  .  .New  York 

David  Rodman  Lecrone,  University  of  Delaware Delaware 

Walter  Prudden  Leonard,  Emory   University Florida 

John  Frank  Lessig,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Herbert  Gary  Levin,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Donald   Palmer  Lewis,   Norwich   University Massachusetts 

Robert  Bernard  Lewis,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1954.  .  .  .Rhode  Island 

Benedict  Salvatore  LiPira,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954 Maryland 

Garrett  Isaac  Long,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1954 Maryland 

Luis  Felipe  Lucca,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,   1948 Puerto  Rico 

Albert  Silveira  Luiz,  A.B.,  Boston  University,   1952 Massachusetts 

Lawford  Earle  Magruder,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Clyde  Danforth  Marlow,  Emory  University Florida 

Carlos  Rafael  Matos,   University  of  Puerto  Rico Puerto  Rico 

Edward  Robert  McLaughlin,  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,   1954 

Massachusetts 

David  Frederick  Mehlisch,  Graceland  College Maryland 

Raymond  Dennis  Menton,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1954 Maryland 

Anthony  Nicholas  Micelotti,  B.S.,  Boston  College,   1952 Massachusetts 

Paul  Masashi  Morita,   University  of  Maryland New  Jersey 

Richard  Warren   Moss,   Emory   University Florida 

James  Edward  Nadeau,  American  International  College Massachusetts 

William  Harold  Neilund,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1951 Maryland 

Philip  Patrick  Nolan,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1953 Maryland 

Ralph  Fields  Norwood,  Jr.,  Bethany  College West  Virginia 

Guy  Sullivan  O'Brien,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Furman  University,  1954 South  Carolina 

Charles  Irving  Osman,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,   1954 Florida 

Warren  Andrew  Parker,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  Jersey 

Bienvenido  Perez,  Jr.,    University  of  Puerto  Rico,    1954 New  York 

George  Louis  Plassnig,    University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Marion  Powell,  Furman  University South  Carolina 

Ralph  Weyman  Price,  North  Georgia  College Virginia 

Alan  Shia  Resnek,  Tufts  College Massachusetts 

Henry  Edward  Richter,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1954 Virginia 

Peter  Arthur  Rubelman,   Emory   University Florida 

John  Sidney  Rushton,  University  of  Maryland Virginia 

Robert  Nicholas  Santangelo,   Purdue   University New  Jersey 

Lawrence  Donald  Sarubin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1949 Maryland 

James  Augustus  Schaefer,  B.S.,  St.  Michael's  College,   1954 New  York 

Leonard  Stanley  Schneider,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Howard  Schwartz,  B.A.,  Piutgers  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

Irwin  Bernard  Schwartz,  The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers  University 

New  Jersey 

David  Howard  Shamer,   B.S.,    University  of  Maryland,    1951 Maryland 

Charles   Irvine  Shelton,   West  Virginia   University West   Virginia 

45  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Cyril  Stanton  Sokale,  B.A.,  The  University  of  Connecticut,   1954.  .Connecticut 

Edward  William  Spinelli,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Tufts  College,  1954 Massachusetts 

Howard  Stanton  Spurrier,  University  of  Utah Utah 

John  Francis  Spychalski,  B.S.,  St.  Bernardine  of  Siena  College,  1952.  .  .New  York 

Ivan  Lee  Starr,  A.B.,  Syracuse  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

Ronald  Martin  Starr,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Elizabeth  Lee  Stewart,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Marvin  Howard  Tawes,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Linn  Shecut  Tompkins,  Jr.,  University  of  South  Carolina South  Carolina 

Frank  Trotto,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1953 West  Virginia 

Donald  Herbert  Wadsworth,   Emory   University Florida 

James  Ray  Wampler,  Richmond  College,  University  of  Richmond Virginia 

William  James  Washuta,  University  of  Miami Florida 

David  Allen  Watson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Louis  Weiss,   University  of   Maryland Maryland 

William  Alvin  Wolf,  A.B.,  Upsala  College,    1951 Connecticut 

Rodger  August  Zelles,  B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

Junior  Class 

Kenneth  David  Bass,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,   1953; 

M.S.,   1955    Connecticut 

Robert  Gene  Beckelheimer,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Frederick  Blumenthal,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Leonard  Francis  Borges,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,    1951 Massachusetts 

Martin  David  Breckstein,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Lawrence  Austin  Brehne,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,   1951 New  Jersey 

Robert  Francis  Bristol,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1955 Rhode  Island 

John  C.  L.  Brown,  Jr.,  B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,   1952 

Pennsylvania 

Bayard  Allen  Buchen,  Emory  University Florida 

Robert  Rolland  Buckner,  Washington  Missionary  College Georgia 

Barbara  Dorothea  Bucko,  Syracuse  University Connecticut 

Thomas  Cali,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 New  Jersey 

John  Joseph  Cartisano,  Indiana  University New  York 

Gary  Herbert  Cohen,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Ted  Conner,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Juan  Anibal  Cuevas- Jimenez,  B.S.,   University  of  Puerto  Rico,    1953 

Puerto  Rico 

Adolph  Albert  Cura,  B.A.,  Boston  College,   1955 Massachusetts 

Peter  Bernard  DalPozzol,   Colby  College Connecticut 

Allan  Lee  Danoff ,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Eugene  Frederick  deLonge,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

Joseph  Budding  Dietz,  Jr.,  Lehigh  University Delaware 

Frank  Anthony  Dolle,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948;  M.S., 

1950;    Ph.D.,    1954 Maryland 

**  46 


School  of  Dentistry 

William  Frank  Dombrowski,  B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,   1950 

Maryland 
James  Francis  Dooley,  B.S.,  United  States  Merchant  Marine  Academy, 

1950;  A.B.,  Rutgers  University,    1951 New  Jersey 

William  Edward  Dowden,  B.S.,  Niagara  University,    1955 New  York 

Conrad  Castenzio  Ferlita,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Raymond  Alan  Flanders,  Colgate  University New  York 

John  Morrison  Foley,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1955 Maryland 

James  Arthur  Fowler,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Donald  Fraser,  B.S.,  Niagara  University,   1955 New  York 

Richard  Lawrence  Fraze,  Tufts  College Florida 

Larry  Joe  Frick,  The  Clemson  Agricultural  College South  Carolina 

Thornwell  Jacobs  Frick,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,   1955 South  Carolina 

Ivan  Orlo  Gardner,  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,   1952 Maryland 

Billy  Wade  Gaskill,  West  Virginia  University Arkansas 

Gorm  Pultz  Hansen,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Frederick  Lewis  Hodous,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Francis  Kurt  Hugelmeyer,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1955.  .  .  .New  York 

Eugene  Farley  Humphreys,  Brigham  Young  University Idaho 

James  Paul  Jabbour,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1950;  Ed.M.,  1951 Massachusetts 

Calvin  Charles  Kay,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Edward  Gerard  Keen,  St.  Anselm's  College Connecticut 

Paul  Lewis  Keener,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Krall,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948 Maryland 

Jacob  Ian  Krampf ,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Frank  Walter  Krause,  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,    1955 New  Jersey 

Domenic  Edward  LaPorta,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Richard  John  Lauttman,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1953 Maryland 

Robert  Louis  Lee,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Wallace  George  Lee,   University  of  Maryland Michigan 

Lester  Leonard  Levin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Leslie  Herminio  Lopez- Velez,  B.S.,   University  of  Puerto  Rico,    1955 

Puerto  Rico 

Joseph  Paul  Lynch,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,   1953 New  Jersey 

Carlos  A.  Machuca-Padin,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1954.  .  .  .Puerto  Rico 

Arnold  Irwin  Malhmood,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Jose  Manuel  Martinez,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1955 Puerto  Rico 

John  Kenneth  McDonald,  Louisiana  State  University  and  Agricultural 

and  Mechanical  College   Mississippi 

Thomas  James  Meakem,  Davis  and  Elkins  College New  Jersey 

Thomas  Eugene  Miller,  B.S.,  St.  John's  University,   1955 New  Jersey 

Bernard  Lee  Morgan,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,    1955.... West  Virginia 

Fabian  Morgan,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,   1954 North  Carolina 

John  Worthington  Myers,  Hagerstown  Junior  College Maryland 

Elizabeth  Haydee  Noa,  B.A.,  Nazareth  College,  1954 Puerto  Rico 

William  Barnard  O'Connor,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

47  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

William  Robert  Owens,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,   1954 North  Carolina 

Jeffry  Chandler  Pennington,  The  Citadel South  Carolina 

Charles  Kenneth  Peters,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1954 Maryland 

Gregory  Michael  Petrakis,  B.S.,  Trinity  College,  1955 Connecticut 

George  Jackson  Phillips,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Amherst  College,   1955 Maryland 

Barry  Pickus,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1955 Maryland 

Donald  Alan  Pirie,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 Maryland 

Anthony  Michael  Policastro,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1955.  .  .  .New  Jersey 

Joseph  Eul  Polino,  B.A.,  Providence  College,    1955 Connecticut 

Alben  R.  Pollack,  B.A.,  Alfred  University,   1955 New  York 

Joel  Pollack,  B.S.,  The  City  College  of  New  York,  1955 New  York 

Albert  Edward  Postal,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

William  Lewis  Pralley,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955.  ..West  Virginia 

John  Viering  Raese,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Paul  Raimond,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Harold  Reuben  Ribakow,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Chester  James  Richmond,  Jr.,  Tufts  College Connecticut 

Matthew  Angelo  Rocco,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,    1955 New  Jersey 

Lawrence   David   Rogers,    University  of   Maryland Maryland 

Everett  Newton  Roush,  III,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Louis  Joseph  Ruland,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1955 

Maryland 

Raymond  Richard  Sahley,   Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Charles   Salerno,    Upsala   College New   Jersey 

Richard  Charles  Saville,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955 Maryland 

David  Lee  Schofield,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Jerome  Schwartz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1949 Maryland 

Robert  Bernard  Silberstein,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Stanley  Leonard  Silver,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1953 

District  of  Columbia 

Francis  Vincent  Simansky,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1955 Maryland 

Orlando  Louis  Skaff,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955 West  Virginia 

Philip  Smith,   University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural  College.  .Vermont 

Anthony  Sollazzo,   Rutgers   University New   Jersey 

James  Frederick  Sproul,  West  Virginia  University Ohio 

John  Joseph  Stecher,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,   1952 New  Jersey 

Donald  Dietrich  Stegman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1952 Maryland 

Daniel  Joseph  Sullivan,  B.A.,  Providence  College,    1955 Rhode  Island 

Charles  Carroll  Swoope,  Jr.,   University  of  Florida New  Jersey 

Arthur  Morton  Tilles,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

John  Louis  Varanelli,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Francis  Anthony  Veltre,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1952; 

M.S.,   1954 Maryland 

Jorge  Vendrell,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana Puerto  Rico 

Leonard  Clifford  Warner,  Jr.,  Colby  College Connecticut 

Edgar  Clair  White,  Marshall  College Kentucky 

^  48 


School  of  Dentistry 

Thomas  Adams  Wilson,   B.A.,   Amherst  College,    1955 Maryland 

Herbert  Sanford  Yampolsky,  B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,   1955.  .  .  .New  Jersey 

Sophomore  Class 

Joel    Martin    Adler,    Emory    University Mississippi 

Earl  Robert  Alban,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954.  .  .Maryland 

John  Jacob  Atchinson,   Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Edmund  Donald  Baron,  Rutgers  University New  Jersey 

Hulon   Edward   Beasley,   University   of   Florida Maryland 

John  William  Biehn,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Raymond  Cline  Bodley,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Francis  Brady,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Boston  College,    1954;  M.S., 

University   of   Massachusetts,    1956 Massachusetts 

Frank  Lee  Bragg,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

James  Peter  Brown,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1956.  .Massachusetts 

Rolla  Ray  Burk,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia,   1951 West  Virginia 

Gene  Edward  Camp,.  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Robert  Roy  Chesney,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Robert  A.  Cialone,  B.Sr,  University  of  Maryland,   1955 New  Jersey 

William  John  Cimikoski,  A.B.,   University  of  Michigan,    1953 ...  .Connecticut 

Milton  Chipman  Clegg,  B.A.,  University  of  Utah,   1956 Utah 

Clyde   Albert  Coe,    University   of   Maryland Maryland 

Blanca  Collazo,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1956 Puerto  Rico 

Frank  Lateau  Collins,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Myron  Harris  Coulton,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Thomas  Joseph  Cronin,  B.S.,  De  Paul  University,   1955 New  Jersey 

William  Walter  Cwiek,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953 Maryland 

Charles  Albert  Darby,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Charles  Albert  Dean,  B.A.,  Providence  College,    1956 Massachusetts 

John  Jay  Denson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,   1956 Florida 

Michael  Vincent  Doran,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,   1956 Virginia 

Raymond  Dzoba,  Bowling  Green  State  University New  Jersey 

Morton  Mayer  Ehudin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Thomas  Fay,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1956 Rhode  Island 

Humbert  Michael  Fiskio,  A.B.,  Oberlin  College,   1955; 

University   of  Connecticut,    1956 Connecticut 

Henry  Paul  Fox,  St.  Michael's  College New  York 

Irwood  Fox,  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,   1956 Virginia 

Joseph  Giardina,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Harry  Gruen,  University  of  Miami    Florida 

Ernest  Lee  Harris,  Jr.,  Southern  Missionary  College Florida 

David  William  Heese,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1953.  .  .  .Maryland 

Sanford  Sonnv  Hochman,  University  of  Maryland Marvland 

Edward  Allen  Hurdle,  Jr.,  B.S,  Loyola  College,  1956 Maryland 

Clemuel  Mansey  Johnson,  B.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina,   1953 

North  Carolina 

49  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Nicholas  Irving  Jones,  B.S.,  The  Citadel,   1956 South  Carolina 

Norman  Lewis  Jones,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Alan  Donald  Jung,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Don  Samuel  Killpack,  B.S.,  University  of  Utah,   1951 Utah 

Irwin  Kolikoff,  B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College,   1953 New  Hampshire 

Don  Lee  Koubek,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1955 West  Virginia 

Robert  Marvin  Kriegsman,  The  University  of  North  Carolina .  . .  North  Carolina 
Scot  Sueki  Kubota,  A.B.,  Colorado  State  College,   1953; 

A.M.,    1954    Hawaii 

Nicolas  Lasijczuk,  University  of  Nancy New  York 

Martin  Albert  Levin,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Marvin  Paul  Levin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Harry  Levy,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

William  Lee  Lovern,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Frederick  Magaziner,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Maryland 

Martin  Magaziner,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Frank  William  Mastrola,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1956.  .  .  .Rhode  Island 

Martin  Lee  Mays,  Woff ord  College South  Carolina 

David  Henry  McLane,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

John  Stephen  McLaughlin,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

John  Bennett  Moore,  Jr.,  Weber  College Utah 

Richard  Franklin  Murphy,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Theodore  Jacob  Noffsinger,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956.  .Maryland 
Franklin  Lewis  Oliverio,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1956.  .  .West  Virginia 

Billy  Wendel  Olsen,  B.A.,  University  of  California,   1955 California 

Bernard  John  Orlowski,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Philip  Kibbee  Parsons,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Helmer  Eugene  Pearson,  Upsala  College New  Jersey 

Alfred  John  Phillips,  University  of  Florida Florida 

James  Vincent  Picone,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,   1956.  ..Massachusetts 

Robert  Henry  Prindle,  B.A.,  St.  Michael's  College,   1956 New  York 

Anthony  Joseph  Regine,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,   1955 Rhode  Island 

Jude  Philip  Restivo,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Ronald  Lee  Ripley,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955 West  Virginia 

Malcolm  Louis  Rosenbloum,  Emory  University Missouri 

Georges  Philippe  Raynald  Roy,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,   1956 Maine 

William  Joseph  Rumberger,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College Pennsylvania 

Thomas  Melvin  Rutherford,  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College .  .  .  West  Virginia 

Frank  John  Salino,  The  University  of  Buffalo New  York 

Lawrence  Francis  Schaef er,  St.  Michael's  College New  York 

Roger  Clare  Sears,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Howard  Irwin  Segal,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Edwin  Barry  Shiller,  Emory  University Florida 

Joseph  James  Smith,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Robert  Carroll  Smith,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Alvin  Jerome  Snyder,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

<  50 


School  of  Dentistry 

David  M.  Solomon,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1956 New  Jersey 

Rudolph  Clement  Strambi,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,    1952 New  Jersey 

Wayne  Eugene  Stroud,  University  of  Maryland Illinois 

George  Webster  Struthers,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Randolph-Macon  College,   1952 

West  Virginia 

Edward  Ralph  Thompson,   Temple   University New  Jersey 

Robert  Speirs  Thomson,  B.A.,  Houghton  College,   1956 New  Jersey 

Earle  Alexander  Tompkins,  Jr.,   B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,    1955 

Massachusetts 

Gilbert  Allen  Vitek,  Graceland  College Maryland 

Raymond  Francis  Waldron,  A.B.,  Boston  College,    1956 Massachusetts 

Martin  Truett  Watson,  B.S.,  Emory  University,   1954 Georgia 

Irwin  Robert  Weiner,  University  of  Akron Ohio 

Wayne  Clark  Wills,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Charles  Rosser  Wilson,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1956 North  Carolina 

Dale  Lee  Wood,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Louis  Yarid,   A.B.,   Columbia   University,    1956 Massachusetts 

Freshman  Class 

Paul  Wilfred  Achin,  Providence  College Massachusetts 

Morris  Antonelli,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Gilbert  Samuel  Berman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Cecil  Samuel  Boland,  B.S.,  Newberry  College,   1957 Maryland 

Lester  Malcolm  Breen,  Emory  University Georgia 

Jay  Ronald  Brenner,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Donald  Acker  Michael  Brown,  B.A.,  St.  John's  College,  1951 Maryland 

Douglas  Adams  Bryans,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,    1957 Massachusetts 

George  Franklin  Buchness,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1948;  M.S.,  Catholic 

University,    1954    .' Maryland 

Richard  Mario  Carmosino,  A.B.,  Boston  University,   1957 Massachusetts 

Thomas  J.  Cavanaugh,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Lawrence  Leo  Clark,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  Jersey 

James  Richard  Crouse,  Shepherd  College Maryland 

Billy  Hugh  Darke,  B.S.,  Western  Kentucky  State  College,  1954 Kentucky 

William  Lawrence  Doheny,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Edward  Cornelius  Doherty,  B.A.,  Boston  College,   1957 Massachusetts 

Marlin  Duane  Dunker,  B.A.,  Walla  Walla  College,   1955 California 

William  Duane  Fitzgerald,   University  of  Massachusetts Massachusetts 

Sheldon  Donald  Fliss,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Richard  Arnold  Foer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957.  .  .District  of  Columbia 

Joseph  Edward  Furtado,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1954 Rhode  Island 

William  Joseph  Girotti,  B.A.,  American  International  College,    1957 

Massachusetts 
Raymond  Emil  Goepfrich,  B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,    1957 

Pennsylvania 

51   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

John  George  Goettee,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,   1957.  ..Maryland 

Melvin  Goldenberg,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1957 Rhode  Island 

Aaron  Rufus  Griffith,  Jr.,  University  of  South  Carolina South  Carolina 

Sheldon  Gerald  Gross,  University  of  Vermont Massachusetts 

Stanford  Edgar  Hamburger,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,    1957.  .  .  .Maryland 

Arnold   Hecht,    University   of   Miami Florida 

Ronald  Wesley  Higel,  University  of  Florida Florida 

William  Paul  Hoffman,  Jr.,  Earlham  College District  of  Columbia 

Patrick   Francis  Iacovelli,   Jr.,   B.S.,   Boston   College,    1952 Massachusetts 

Ronald  Harold  Israel,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Alvin  Wesley  Kagey,  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957 Maryland 

Sanford  Katsumi  Kamezawa,  University  of  California Hawaii 

Stanley  Paul  Kaminski,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,   1957 New  Jersey 

Douglas  Kaplan,  B.A.,  Alfred  University,  1957 New  Jersey 

George  Theodore  Keary,  Yale  University Massachusetts 

Michael  Edward  Kolakowski,  Jr.,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1957 

Maryland 

Robert  George  Kovack,  B.S.,  Albright  College,    1957 New  Jersey 

Ralph  Leonard  Kroopnick,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,   1957.  .Connecticut 

William  Herbert  Lackey,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Robert  Maurice  Lattanzi,  Albertus  Magnus  College Connecticut 

Jack  Edward  Liller,  University  of  Richmond Maryland 

Arnold  Irvin  Loew,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Sol  Benjamin  Love,  Georgetown  University District  of  Columbia 

Keith  Gerald  Lown,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,   1956 California 

Edward  Salters  McCallum,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

William  Edward  McLaughlin,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Joseph  Robert  Marchesani,  LaSalle  College New  Jersey 

Richard  Madison  Marrone,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Alan  J.  Martin,  Ohio  University Florida 

Robert  Cameron  Mason,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Michael  Charles  Matzkin,  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1957 Connecticut 

Robert  Francis  Meier,  Aiount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Marc  Julian  Meyers,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1957 Maryland 

Ronald  Britton  Morley,  B.A.,  Maryville  College,  1957 New  York 

Clarence  John  Myatt,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

Roy  Mitsuaki  Naito,  B.A.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1956 Hawaii 

Antone  Travers  Oliveira,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

James  Edward  Palmer,  University  of  Maryland    Maryland 

David  Bertram  Pere,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Albert  Perlmutter,  A.B.,  Boston  University,  1957 Massachusetts 

Garr  Thomas  Phelps,  Xavier  University Kentucky 

Joseph  Michael  Pistoria,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Erwin  Stuart  Raffel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Malcolm  Sidney  Renbaum,  B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1956  .  .  .  .Maryland 
John  Filmore  Robinson,  Loyola  College    Maryland 

*   52 


School  of  Dentistry 

William  Otis  Rockefeller,  University  of  Maryland New  York 

Theodore  Almada  Rosa,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Victor  Angel  Rosado,  B.A.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Puerto  Rico,  1957 

Puerto  Rico 

David  Neuman  Rudo,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Peter  Paul  Ryiz,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Richard  Daniel  Sachs,  University  of  Miami    Florida 

Hershel  Garvin  Sawyer,  A.B.,  Berea  College,  1957 West  Virginia 

Fredric  Barrie  Sax,  A. A.,  George  Washington  University,  1956 Maryland 

Harold  Mark  Shavell,  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1957 Florida 

Robert  Stanley  Siegel,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Melvin  Jordan  Slan,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Edgar  Farrell  Smith,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1952 North  Carolina 

Louis  Edward  Snyder,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland South  Carolina 

James  Miller  Steig,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology   Florida 

Stanley  Merrill  S toller,  University  of  Maryland   Maryland 

Arthur  Hein  Streeter,  B.S.,  Washington  College,  1957 Maryland 

Joseph  Ashley  Sullivan,  University  of  Miami   Florida 

Brett  Taylor  Summey,  B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,   1957 

North  Carolina 

John  Harvey  Swann,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Jerry  Dale  Taf  t,  University  of  Maryland   Montana 

Bill  Edward  Taylor,  University  of  Oklahoma Oklahoma 

Paul  Irvin  Teitelbaum,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Donald  Mathews  Tilghman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

George  Bartholomew  Towson,  Washington  College Maryland 

Norton  Allen  Tucker,  University  of  Maryland , Maryland 

Nils  Glick  Wallen,  B.A.,  Syracuse  University,    1957 New  Jersey 

Frederic  James  Wasserman,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1957 Florida 

Alfred  Stewart  Windeler,  Jr.,  Johns  Hopkins  University New  Jersey 

William  Herbert  Witherspoon,  West  Virginia  University Pennsylvania 

Larry  Emanuel  Wynne,  Emory  University Florida 

Stanley  Leonard  Zakarin,  University  of  Florida Florida 

John  Francis  Zulaski,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1957.  .  .Connecticut 


53   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

DEANS  OF  DENTAL  SCHOOLS  IN  BALTIMORE 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

(Founded  1840) 

Chapin  A.  Harris 1840-1841 

Thomas  E.  Bond 1841-1842 

Washington  R.  Handy    1842-1853 

Philip  H.  Austen 1853-1865 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas   1865—1882 

Richard  B.  Winder   1882-1894 

M.  Whilldin  Foster  1894-1914 

William  G.  Foster   1914-1923 

MARYLAND  DENTAL  COLLEGE 

1873-1878  (Merged  with  B.  C.  D.  S.) 

Richard  B.  Winder   1873-1878 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(Founded    1882) 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas   1882— 191 1 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole   191 1—1923 

BALTIMORE  MEDICAL  COLLEGE 

1895-1913  (Merged  with  U.  of  Md.) 

J.  William  Smith 1895-1901 

William  A.  Montell 1901-1903 

T.  Edgar  Orrison 1903-1904 

J.  William  Smith 1904-1913 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(B.  C.  D.  S.  Joined  the  U.  of  Md.  1923) 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole 1923-1924 

J.  Ben  Robinson   1924-1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg  (Acting)   1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg 1954-present 

*  54 


School  of  Dentistry 

INDEX 

Academic  Calendar    2 

Admission  Requirements 11 

Admission  with  Advanced  Standing 14 

Alumni  Association   38-39 

Anatomy 22-23 

Application  Procedures    13 

Arts  and  Sciences— Dental  Program   11-13 

Attendance  Requirements    14 

Biochemistry    23 

Board  of  Regents    1 

Curriculum,  Arts— Dentistry    12 

Curriculum,  Plan  of 20-21 

Deans  of  the  Baltimore  Dental  Schools 54 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 17 

Dental  History  and  Literature   23-24 

Dental  Prosthesis 

Removable  Complete  and  Partial  Prosthesis 24-25 

Fixed  Partial   Prosthesis    25-26 

Deportment    15 

Description  of  Courses    22-35 

Diagnosis    26 

Equipment  Requirements    15 

Faculty  Listing    3-8 

Fees    16 

Freshman  Class   51-53 

Gorgas  Odontological  Society   37 

Grading  and  Promotion    14-15 

Graduating  Class  (1956-57  Session)    41-43 

Graduation  Requirements    15-16 

Histology   26-27 

History  of  the  School 9-10 

Junior  Class 46-49 

Library 10 

Matriculation  and  Enrollment 13 

Medicine 

General  Medicine    27 

Oral  Medicine   28 

Microbiology    28-29 

Officers  of  Administration   3 

Officers  of  Instruction 3-8 

Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon   38 

Operative   Dentistry    29-30 

Orthodontics     30 

Pathology 30-31 

55  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

INDEX  (continued) 

Pedodontics    3 1-32 

Pharmacology     32 

Physiology    33 

Practice  Administration 33-34 

Promotion  and  Grading 14-15 

Refunds 17 

Registration    17 

Requirements  for  Admission 11 

Requirements  for  Graduation   15-16 

Requirements  for  Matriculation  and  Enrollment 13 

Roentgenology    34 

Scholarship  and  Loan  Funds 18-19 

Senior   Class    44-46 

Senior  Prize  Awards   40 

Sophomore  Class   49-5 1 

Summer  Courses   36-37 

Student  Health  Service    17-18 

Surgery    34-35 

Visual  Aids   35-36 


56 


^f  r 


A   I  'ulilicN 


of  tli«_-   I 


1959                                              1960 

JANUARY   1959 

JULY    1959 

JANUARY    1960 

JULY    1960 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3 

4     5     6     7     8     9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16   17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4 
5     6     7     8     9  10  11 
12  13   14   15  16  17   18 
19  20  21  22   23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1     2 
3     4     5     6     7     8     9 
10   11   12  13   14   15   16 
17   18   19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27   28  29  30 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1     2 

3     4     5     6     7     8     9 
10  11  12  13  14   15   16 
17    18   19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27   28  29  30 

31 

31 

FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

12     3     4     5     6     7 

8     9  10  11  12  13   14 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

1 

2     3     4     5     6     7     8 

9  10  11   12   13   14   15 

16   17   18   19  20  21  22 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

12     3     4     5     6 

7     8     9  10  11   12   13 

14   15  16   17   18   19  20 

21  22   23  24  25  26  27 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

12     3     4     5     6 

7     8     9  10  11    12    13 

14   15  16   17   18  19  20 

21  22  23  24   25  26  27 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

28  29 

28  29  30  31 

30  31 

MARCH 

SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

SEPTEMBER 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4     5     6     7 
8     9  10  11  12  13   14 

15   16  17   18  19  20  21 

22  23  24  25  26  27   28 

29  30  31 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4     5 
6     7     8     9  10   11  12 
13   14   15   16  17   18   19 
20  21  22  23  24  25   26 
27   28  29  30 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4     5 
6     7     8     9  10   11   12 
13   14   15   16  17   18   19 
20  21   22  23  24  25   26 
27   28  29  30  31 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1     2     3 
4     5     6     7     8     9  10 
11   12   13  14   15  16   17 
18  19  20  21   22  23  24 
25  26  27   28  29  30 

APRIL 

OCTOBER 

APRIL 

OCTOBER 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
12     3     4 
5     6     7     8     9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17   18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30 

S    M    T    W    T   F    S 
12     3 

4     5     6     7     8     9  10 
11   12  13  14  15  16   17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1     2 
3     4     5     6     7     8     9 
10   11   12   13   14   15   16 
17   18   19  20  21   22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 
1 
2     3     4     5     6     7     8 
9  10  11   12   13    14    15 

16   17   18   19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 

S    M    T    W    T   F    S 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

1     2 

12     3     4     5     6     7 

12     3     4     5     6     7 

12     3     4     5 

3     4     5     6     7     8     9 

8     9  10  11   12  13   14 

8     9  10  11   12  13   14 

6     7     8     9  10   11   12 

10  11  12  13  14  15   16 

15   16   17   18  19  20  21 

15   16   17   18  19  20  21 

13   14   15   16  17   18   19 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

22  23  24  25  26  27   28 

22  23  24  25  26  27   28 

20  21   22  23  24  25   26 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

29  30 

29  30  31 

27  28  29  30 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

S    M    T    W    T   F    S 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

12     3     4     5     6 

12     3     4     5 

12     3     4 

1     2     3 

7     8     9  10  11  12  13 

6     7     8     9  10   11   12 

5     6     7     8     9  10  11 

4     5     6     7     8     9  10 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

12  13  14   15  16  17   18 

11   12  13  14  15  16   17 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

19  20  21  22   23  24  25 

18  19  20  21   22  23  24 

28  29  30 

27  28  29  30  31 

26  27  28  29  30 

25  26  27   28  29  30  31 

ONE  HUNDRED  AND  NINETEENTH  CATALOGUE 

with 
Announcements  For 

The   1959-1960  Session 


BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 
DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


THE  PROVISIONS  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  con- 
tract between  the  student  and  the  University  or  Maryland.  The  University  reserves 
the  right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time  within  the  student's 
term  of  residence.  The  University  further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a 
student  to  withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the 
University. 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

and 

MARYLAND  STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Term 

Expires 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

Chairman    1966 

McCormick  and  Company,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 

Edward  F.  Holter 

V  ice-Chairman    1968 

The  National  Grange,  744  Jackson  Place,  N.W.,  Washington  6 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 

Treasurer    1966 

Denton 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

Secretary 1960 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  12  West  Madison  Street,  Baltimore  1 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

Assistant  Secretary    1961 

5800  Park  Heights  Avenue,  Baltimore  15 

William  C.  Walsh 1968 

Cumberland 

Mrs.  John  L.  Whitehurst   1968 

4101  Greenway,  Baltimore  18 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 1965 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,   Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown 

Enos  S.  Stockbridge   1960 

10  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 

Thomas  B.  Symons   1963 

Suburban  Trust  Company,  6950  Carroll  Avenue,  Takoma  Park 

C.  Ewing  Tuttle    1962 

907  Latrobe  Building,  Charles  and  Read  Streets,  Baltimore  2 


Members  of  the  Board  are  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State  for  terms  of  nine 
years  each,  beginning  the   first  Monday  in  June. 

The  President  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is,  by  law,  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Board. 

The  State  law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
shall  constitute  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


University  of  Maryland 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 

1959-1960  Session 

First  Semester 

1959 

September  21    Monday    Orientation  Program  for  Freshman  Class 

September  22   Tuesday    Registration  for  Freshman  Class 

September  23    Wednesday  .  .  .  Registration  for  Sophomore  Class 

September  24 Thursday    ....  Registration  for  Junior  and  Senior  Classes 

September  25    Friday   Instruction  begins  with  first  scheduled  period 

November  24    Tuesday    Thanksgiving  recess  begins  at  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 

November  30   Monday    Instruction  resumes  with  first  scheduled  period 

December    18    Friday   Christmas  recess  begins  at  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 

1960 

January  4    Monday    Instruction   resumes  with  first  scheduled  period 

January  25    Monday, 

and  26 Tuesday    Second  Semester   Registration 

February   3    Wednesday  .  .  .  First  Semester  ends  at  the  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 

Second  Semester 

February  4    Thursday    ....  Instruction  begins  with  first  scheduled  period 

February  22    Monday    Washington's  Birthday— holiday 

April   14    Thursday Easter  recess  begins  at  close  of  last  scheduled 

period 

April    19    Tuesday    Instruction  resumes  with  first  scheduled  period 

May  30 Monday    Memorial  Day— holiday 

June  1    Wednesday  .  .  .  Second  Semester  ends  at  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 
June  4 Saturday   Commencement 


A  student  who  registers  after  instruction  begins  must  pay  a  late  registration  fee  of 
$5.00.  No  late  registration  will  be  approved  after  Saturday  of  the  first  week  of  in- 
struction. 


School  of  Dentistry 

OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

wilson  homer  elkins,  President  of  the  University 

B.A.,    M.A.,    B.LITT.,    D.PHIL. 

MYRON   S.    AISENBERG,   Dean 
D.D.S. 

Katharine  toomey,  Administrative  Assistant 

LL.D. 

c.  watson  algire,  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

B.A.,    M.S. 

norma  j.  azlein,  Registrar 

B.A. 

OFFICERS  OF  INSTRUCTION 
1958-1959  SESSION 
Emeritus 
j.  ben  robinson,  Dean  Emeritus 

D.D.S.,    D.SC. 

Professors 

myron  s.  aisenberg,  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1922. 

Joseph  calton  BiDDix,  jr.,  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1934. 

Edward  c.  dobbs,  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 
d.d.s.,  University  of"  Maryland,  1929;  b.s.,  1952. 

brice  marden  dorsey,  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927. 

Gardner  Patrick  henry  Foley,  Professor  of  Dental  Literature 
b.a.,  Clark  University,   1923;  m.a.,  1926. 

grayson  wilbur  gaver,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

william  edward  hahn,  Professor  of  Anatomy 

d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  a.b.,  University  of  Rochester,  1938;  M.S.,  1939. 

jose  e.  Medina,  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

ernest  b.  nuttall,  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1931. 

Robert  harold  oster,  Professor  of  Physiology 

b.s.,   The  Pennsylvania   State   University,    1923;    m.s.,    1926;   ph.d.,    Harvard    Uni- 
versity,  1933. 

3  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

kyrle  w.  preis,  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929. 

d.  vincent  provenza,  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology 
b.s.,  University  o£  Maryland,  1939;  M.S.,  1941;  ph.d.,  1952. 

donald  E.  shay,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

b.s.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  ph.d.,  1943 

E.  G.  vanden  bosche,  Professor  of  Biochemistry 

a.b.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1922;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1924;  ph.d.,  1927. 

Associate  Professors 

William  Robert  biddington,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948. 

Joseph  Patrick  cappuccio,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

b.s.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

Stanley  h.  dosh,  Associate  Professor  of  Pixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1935. 

harold  golton,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1925. 

william  lee  graham,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
b.s.,  Marietta  College,  1948;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 

yam-hin  louie,  Associate  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 

b.s.,    Lingnan    University,   Canton,   China,    1938;   d.d.s.,    Northwestern    University, 
1945;  m.s.d.,   1946. 

george  mclean,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis  and  Principles  of 
Medicine 

m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1916. 

peter  mclean  lu,  Associate  Professor  of  Pixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1934. 

Walter  l.  oggesen,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926. 

burton  Robert  pollack,  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1946. 

wilbur  owen  ramsey,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

douglas  john  sanders,  Associate  Professor  of  Pedodontics 
b.s.,  Northwestern  University,  1946;  d.d.s.,  1948. 

E.  Roderick  shipley,  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1938;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

guy  paul  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 
a.b.,  West  Virginia  University,  1923;  a.m.,  1929. 


School  of  Dentistry 

l.  edward  warmer,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

tobias  Weinberg,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 
a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1930;  m.d.,  1933. 

Assistant  Professors 

irving  i.  abramson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,   University  of  Maryland,   1932. 

alvin  david  aisenberg,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1945. 

hugh  m.  clement,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944. 

fred  ehrlich,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pedodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

calvin  Joseph  gaver,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  d.d.s.,  1954. 

conrad  l.  inman,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anesthesiology 
d.d.s.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1915. 

William  kress,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936. 

george  w.  piavis,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy 

a.b.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1948;  m.ed.,  1952;  ph.d.,  Duke  University,  1958. 

Norton  morris  ross,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

b.s.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1949;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954. 

daniel  edward  shehan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

arthur  g.  siwinski,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1927;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

d.  robert  swinehart,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 

a.e.,  Dartmouth  College,  1933;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937. 

edmond  g.  vanden  bosche,  Assistant  Professor  of  Tooth  Morphology 

b.s.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1947. 

david  h.  willer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

Special  Lecturers 

martin  helrich,   Professor  of  Anesthesiology   (School  of  Medicine') 
b.s.,  Dickinson  College,  1946;  m.d..  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946. 

richard  lindeneerg,  Lecturer  in  Neuroanatomy 
m.d.,  University  of  Berlin,   1944. 

ethelbert  lovett,  Lecturer  in  Ethics 

d.d.s...  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1922. 


University  of  Maryland 

william  j.  o'donnell,  Lecturer  in  jurisprudence 

a.b.,  Loyola  College,  1937;  ll.e.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

harry  m.  robinson,  jr.,  Professor  of  Dermatology  {School  of  Medicme) 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  m.d.,  1935. 

george  herschel  yeager,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery  (School  of  Medicine) 
b.s.,  West  Virginia  University,  1927;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929. 

g.  richard  fravel,  Lecturer  in  Principles  of  Medicine 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949. 

Instructors 

Robert  l.  bartlett,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 

b.a.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

sterrett  p.  beaven,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

Stanley  s.  brager,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  d.d.s.,  1958. 

samuel  hollinger  bryant,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 

a.b.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1928;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1932. 

thomas  c.  cheng,  Instructor  in  Histology  and  Embryology 

a.b.,  Wayne  State  University,  1952;  m.s.,  University  of  Virginia,  1956;  ph.d.,  1958. 

thomas  f.  clement,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1951. 

jerome  s.  cullen,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

jose  h.  diaz,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 

b.s.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1941;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 

ralph  jack  Gordon,  Instructor  in  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

marvin  m.  graham,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

a.b.,  Cornell  University,  1938;  a.m.,  1939;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1943. 

Walter  granruth,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Pathology 

b.s.,  Loyola  College,  1950;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

m.  eugene  hinds,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

john  m.  hyson,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 

melvin  john  jagielski,  Instructor  in  Tooth  Morphology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 


School  of  Dentistry 

ralph  l.  kercheval,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

paul  F.  kiefman,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 

b.s.,  American  University,  1951;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958. 

Anthony  j.  klein,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 

b.s.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1954;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

lester  lebo,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 
b.s.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  m.d.,  1941. 

charles  brown  Leonard,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry 

b.a.,  Rutgers  College  of  South  Jersey,  1955;  m.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

richard  r.  c.  Leonard,  Instructor  in  Public  Health  Dentistry 

d.d.s.,  Indiana  University,  1922;  m.s.p.h.,  University  of  Michigan,  1944. 

Herbert  c  levin,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958. 

charles  e.  loveman,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935;  d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,   1939. 

martin  h.  morris,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry 
b.s.,  Rutgers  University,  1952;  m.s.,  1954. 

william  h.  neilund,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  d.d.s.,  1958. 

james  p.  norris,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  d.d.s.,  1956. 

frank  n.  ogden,  Instructor  in  First  Aid  and  in  Charge  of  Medical  Care  of  Stu- 
dents 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1917. 

victor  s.  primrose,  Instructor  in  Pull  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  McGill  University,  1918. 

myron  hillard  sachs,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 

d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 
aaron  schaeffer,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics 

b.a.,  Western  Maryland  College,   1939;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1947;  M.S., 

University  of  Illinois,   1948. 

Leonard  s.  Schneider,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

a.b.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958. 

leah  m.  p.  staling,  Instructor  in  Physiology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944;  m.s.,  1948. 

glenn  d.  Steele,  Instructor  in  Vixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 


University  of  Maryland 

claude  p.  taylor,  Director  of  Visual  Education 

earlb  Harris  watson,  Instructor  in  Dental  Materials  and  Dental  Prosthesis 
a.b.  University  of  North  Carolina,  1938;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

louis  weiss,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  d.d.s.,  1958. 

nelson  a.  wright,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

Graduate  Assistants 

peter  l.  johnson,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery 

b.a.,  Hofstra  College,  1953;  d.d.s.,  Georgetown  University,  1957. 

john  j.  Jordan,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Histology  and  Embryology 
b.s.,  University  of  Scranton,  1957. 

William  e.  trail,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Microbiology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

Library  Staff 

ida  marian  robinson,  Librarian  and  Associate  Professor  of  Library  Science 

a.b.,    Cornell    University,    1924;    b.s.l.s.,    Columbia    University    School    of   Library 
Service,  1944. 

Hilda  E.  moore,  Associate  Librarian  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Science 
a.b.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College,   1936;  a.b.l.s.,  Emory  University  Library 
School,   1937. 

Beatrice  Marriott,  Reference  Librarian 
a.b.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944. 

edith  m.  coyle,  Periodicals  Librarian 

a.b.,    University  of  North   Carolina,    1937;   a.b.l.s.,   University  of   North   Carolina 
School  of  Library  Science,  1939;  m.a.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1945. 

harriette  w.  shelton,  Chief  Cataloguer 

b.a.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1935;  b.s.l.s.,  Columbia  University  School  of 
Library  Sendee,  1937. 

marjorie  fluck,   Cataloguer 

b.s.  in  ed.,  Kutztown  State  Teachers  College,  1952. 

Rosalie  c.  carroll,  Library  Assistant 

Elizabeth  E.  mccoach,  Assistant  to  the  Librarian 

Patricia  c.  terzi,  Assistant  to  the  Cataloguer 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 
History 

THE  BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY  OCCUPIES  AN  IMPORTANT  AND 
interesting  place  in  the  history  of  dentistry.  At  the  end  of  the  regular  ses- 
sion—1958-59— it  completed  its  one  hundred  and  nineteenth  year  of  service  to 
dental  education.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  represents  the  first 
effort  in  history  to  offer  institutional  dental  education  to  those  anticipating  the 
practice  of  dentistry. 

The  first  lectures  on  dentistry  in  America  were  delivered  by  Dr.  Horace 
H.  Hayden  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Medicine,  between  the 
years  1823-25.  These  lectures  were  interrupted  in  1825  by  internal  dissensions 
in  the  School  of  Medicine  and  were  as  a  consequence  discontinued.  It  was  Dr. 
Hayden's  idea  that  dental  education  merited  greater  attention  than  had  been 
given  it  by  medicine  or  could  be  given  it  by  the  preceptorial  plan  of  dental 
teaching  then  in  vogue. 

Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  began  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  Baltimore  in  1800. 
From  that  time  he  made  a  zealous  attempt  to  lay  the  foundation  for  a  scientific, 
serviceable  dental  profession.  In  1831  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  came  to  Baltimore 
to  study  under  Hayden.  Dr.  Harris  was  a  man  of  unusual  ability  and  possessed 
special  qualifications  to  aid  in  establishing  and  promoting  formal  dental  educa- 
tion. Since  Dr.  Hayden's  lectures  had  been  interrupted  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  and  there  was  an  apparent  unsurmountable  difficulty  confronting  the 
creation  of  dental  departments  in  medical  schools,  an  independent  college  was 
decided  upon.  A  charter  was  applied  for  and  granted  by  the  Maryland  Legis- 
lature February  1,  1840.  The  first  Faculty  meeting  was  held  February  3,  1840, 
at  which  time  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  was  elected  President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A. 
Harris,  Dean.  The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Hayden  on  Novem- 
ber 3,  1840,  to  the  five  students  matriculating  in  the  first  class.  Thus  was 
created  as  the  foundation  of  the  present  dental  profession  the  Baltimore  College 
of  Dental  Surgery,  the  first  dental  school  in  the  world. 

Hayden  and  Harris,  the  admitted  founders  of  conventional  dental  education, 
contributed,  in  addition  to  the  factor  of  dental  education,  other  opportunities  for 
professional  growth  and  development.  In  1839  the  American  Journal  of  Dental 
Science  was  founded,  with  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  editor.  Dr.  Harris  continued 
fully  responsible  for  dentistry's  initial  venture  into  periodic  dental  literature  to 
the  time  of  his  death.  The  files  of  the  old  American  journal  of  Dental  Science 
testify  to  the  fine  contributions  made  by  Dr.  Harris.  In  1840  the  American 
Society  of  Dental  Surgeons  was  founded,  with  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  as  its 
President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  Corresponding  Secretary.  This  was 
the  beginning  of  dental  organization  in  America,  and  was  the  forerunner  of  the 
American  Dental  Association,  which  now  numbers  approximately  ninety-three 
thousand  in  its  present  membership.  The  foregoing  suggests  the  unusual  in- 
fluence Baltimore  dentists  and  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  have 
exercised  on  professional  ideals  and  policies. 


University  of  Maryland 

In  1873,  the  Maryland  Dental  College,  an  offspring  of  the  Baltimore  College 
of  Dental  Surgery,  was  organized.  It  continued  instruction  until  1878,  at  which 
time  it  was  consolidated  with  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery.  A  de- 
partment of  dentistry  was  organized  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  the  year 
1882,  graduating  a  class  each  year  from  1883  to  1923.  This  school  was  chartered 
as  a  corporation  and  continued  as  a  privately  owned  and  directed  institution  until 
1920,  when  it  became  a  State  institution.  The  Dental  Department  of  the  Balti- 
more Medical  College  was  established  in  1895,  continuing  until  1913,  when  it 
merged  with  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

The  final  combining  of  the  dental  educational  interests  of  Baltimore  was 
effected  June  15,  1923,  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  student  bodies  of  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of 
Dentistry;  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  becoming  a  distinct  depart- 
ment of  the  University  under  State  supervision  and  control.  Thus  we  find  in  the 
Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  a 
merging  of  the  various  efforts  at  dental  education  in  Maryland.  From  these 
component  elements  have  radiated  developments  of  the  art  and  science  of  dentis- 
try until  the  strength  of  its  alumni  is  second  to  none,  in  either  number  or  degree 
of  service  to  the  profession. 

Library 

This  School  is  fortunate  in  having  one  of  the  better  equipped  and  organized 
libraries  among  the  dental  schools  of  the  country.  The  library  is  located  in  the 
main  building  and  consists  of  a  stack  room,  offices  and  a  reading  room  accom- 
modating ninety-six  students.  Over  16,000  books  and  bound  journals  on  dentistry 
and  the  collateral  sciences,  together  with  numerous  pamphlets,  reprints  and  un- 
bound journals,  are  available  for  the  student's  use.  More  than  200  journals  are 
regularly  received  by  the  Library.  An  adequate  staff  promotes  the  growth  of 
the  Library  and  assists  the  student  body  in  the  use  of  the  Library's  resources. 
One  of  the  most  important  factors  of  the  dental  student's  education  is  to  teach 
him  the  value  and  the  use  of  dental  literature  in  his  formal  education  and  in 
promoting  his  usefulness  and  value  to  the  profession  during  practice.  The  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  is  ideally  equipped  to  achieve  this  aim  of  dental 
instruction. 


Course  of  Instruction 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  offers  a  course  in  dentistry  devoted  to  instruction  in  the  medical 
sciences,  the  dental  sciences,  and  clinical  practice.  Instruction  consists  of  didactic 
lectures,  laboratory  instruction,  demonstrations,  conferences,  quizzes  and  hos- 
pital ward  rounds.  Topics  are  assigned  for  collateral  reading  to  train  the  student 
in  the  value  and  use  of  dental  literature.  The  curriculum  for  the  complete 
course  appears  on  pages  21  and  22  of  this  catalogue. 

<+   10 


School  of  Dentistry 

Requirements  for  Admission 

Applicants  for  admission  must  present  evidence  of  having  completed  success- 
fully two  academic  years  of  work  in  an  accredited  college  of  arts  and  sciences 
based  upon  the  completion  of  a  four-year  high  school  course  or  the  equivalent 
in  entrance  examinations.  The  college  course  must  include  at  least  a  year's 
credit  in  English,  in  biology,  in  physics,  in  inorganic  chemistry,  and  in  organic 
chemistry.  All  required  science  courses  shall  include  both  classroom  and  labor- 
atory instruction.  Although  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  of  credit,  exclusive 
of  physical  education  and  military  science,  is  required,  additional  courses  in  the 
humanities  and  the  natural  and  social  sciences  are  desirable.  By  ruling  of  the 
Dean's  Council,  all  admission  requirements  must  be  completed  by  June  30  previ- 
ous to  the  desired  date  of  admission. 

In  considering  candidates  for  admission,  the  Board  of  Admissions  will  give 
preference  to  those  applicants  who  have  high  scholastic  records  in  secondary 
school  and  in  college;  who  make  satisfactory  scores  in  the  dental  aptitude  test; 
who  present  favorable  recommendations  from  their  respective  predental  com- 
mittee or  from  one  instructor  in  each  of  the  departments  of  biology,  chemistry, 
and  physics;  and  who,  in  all  other  respects,  give  every  promise  of  becoming  suc- 
cessful students  and  dentists  of  high  standing.  Applicants  will  not  be  admitted 
with  unabsolved  conditions  or  unabsolved  failures. 

Combined  Arts  and  Sciences-Dental  Program 

The  University  offers  a  combined  arts  and  sciences-dental  curriculum  lead- 
ing to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery.  The 
preprofessional  part  of  this  curriculum  shall  be  taken  in  residence  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park,  and  the  professional  part  in  the  School  of 
Dentistry  in  Baltimore. 

Students  who  elect  the  combined  program  and  who  have  completed  the  arts 
and  sciences  phase  of  it  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the 
School  of  Dentistry,  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  by  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  the  first  summer  commencement  following  the  comple- 
tion of  the  student's  first  year  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  A  student  may  enter 
the  arts  and  sciences-dental  program  at  College  Park  with  advanced  standing 
from  an  accredited  college  or  university,  but  the  last  year  of  the  preprofessional 
training  must  be  completed  at  College  Park  and  the  professional  training  must 
be  completed  in  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 


11  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

ARTSD£NTISTRY   CURRICULUM 

t — Semester- 
Freshman  Year  I  U 

Eng.   1,  2— Composition  and  American  Literature    3  3 

Zool.   1— General  Zoology 4 

Zool.  2-The  Animal  Phyla 4 

Chem.  1,  3— General  Chemistry 4  4 

Math.  10,  11— Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry....  3  3 

Speech  7 .  .  2 

Physical    Activities     1  1 

A.  S.  1,  2-Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men) 2  2 

Hw.  2,  4-Hygiene  (Women)    2  2 

Total   17  19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6— Composition  and  World  or  English 

Literature    3  3 

"Group  I  Elective   3 

G.  &  P.  1— American  Government .  .  3 

Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38-Organic  Chemistry   4  4 

H.  5,  6— History  of  American  Civilization   3  3 

'Modern  Language   3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

A.  S.  3,  4-Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men)    2  2 


Total   17-19      17-19 


Junior  Year 

Modern  Language  (continued) 3  3 

Phys.  10,  1 1— Fundamentals  of  Physics    4  4 

Approved  Minor  Courses    6  6 

Electives    3  3 

Total   16  16 

Senior  Year 

The  curriculum  of  the  first  year  of  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  is  accepted  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  as  the  fourth  year 
(major  sequence)  of  academic  work  toward  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 


"Group  I  Electives:   Sociology  1,  Philosophy  1,  Psychology  1,  Economics  37. 

**  Students  planning  to  request  admission  to  a  Dental  School  with  only  two  years 
of  predental  training  should  take  Physics  10-11. 

"Fr.  6,  7  or  Ger.  6,  7— (Intermediate  Scientific  French  or  German)  recommended. 


***■ 


<  12 


School  of  Dentistry 

If  at  the  end  of  the  junior  year  the  student  decides  to  postpone  his  entrance 
to  the  School  of  Dentistry  and  to  remain  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  complete  work  for  the  Bachelor's  degree,  he  may  choose  a  major  and  minor 
in  any  of  the  departments  in  which  he  has  completed  the  necessary  underclass 
requirements.  The  general  nature  of  the  first  three  years  of  this  curriculum  and 
the  generous  electives  of  the  third  year  make  possible  for  the  student  a  wide 
choice  of  departments  in  which  he  may  specialize.  In  general  the  electives  of 
the  third  year  will  be  chosen  as  for  a  major  in  some  particular  department. 

Requirements  for  Matriculation  and  Enrollment 

In  the  selection  of  students  to  begin  the  study  of  dentistry  the  School  con- 
siders particularly  a  candidate's  proved  ability  in  secondary  education  and  his 
successful  completion  of  prescribed  courses  in  predental  collegiate  training.  The 
requirements  for  admission  and  the  academic  regulations  of  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  University  of  Maryland,  are  strictly  adhered  to  by  the  School  of 
Dentistry. 

A  student  is  not  regarded  as  having  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Dentistry 
until  such  time  as  he  shall  have  paid  the  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00,  and  is  not 
enrolled  until  he  shall  have  paid  a  deposit  of  $200.00.  This  deposit  is  intended 
to  insure  registration  in  the  class  and  is  not  returnable. 

Application  Procedures 

Candidates  seeking  admission  to  the  Dental  School  should  first  write  to  the 
Office  of  the  Dean  requesting  an  application  form.  Upon  the  receipt  and  the 
examination  of  this  form  by  the  Board  of  Admissions  an  application  blank  will  be 
sent  to  those  candidates  who  merit  consideration.  Each  applicant  should  fill  out 
the  blank  in  its  entirety  and  mail  it  promptly,  together  with  the  application  fee 
and  photographs,  to  the  Board  of  Admissions,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland.  The  early  filing  of  an  application  is  urged. 
Applications  may  be  filed  after  June  1  of  the  year  previous  to  the  desired  date 
of  admission  and  during  the  next  nine  months  (to  March  1).  Applicants  wishing 
advice  on  any  problem  relating  to  their  predental  training  or  their  application 
should  communicate  with  the  Board  of  Admissions. 

All  applicants  will  be  required  to  take  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test.  This  test 
will  be  given  at  various  testing  centers  throughout  the  United  States,  its  pos- 
sessions and  Canada.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  the  Council  on  Dental  Educa- 
tion of  the  American  Dental  Association  of  the  dates  of  the  tests  and  the  locations 
of  the  testing  centers. 

Promising  candidates  will  be  required  to  appear  before  the  Board  of  Ad- 
missions for  an  interview.  On  the  basis  of  all  available  information  the  best 
possible  applicants  will  be  chosen  for  admission  to  the  School. 

A  certificate  of  entrance  will  be  issued  to  each  successful  applicant,  which  will 
permit  him  to  matriculate  and  to  register  in  the  class  to  which  he  has  applied. 

13  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Admission  with  Advanced  Standing 

(a)  Graduates  in  medicine  or  students  in  medicine  who  have  completed  two 
or  more  years  in  a  medical  school,  acceptable  to  standards  in  the  School  of 
Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  may  be  given  advanced  standing  to  the 
Sophomore  year  provided  the  applicant  shall  complete  under  competent  regu- 
lar instruction  the  courses  in  dental  technology  regularly  scheduled  in  the  first 
year. 

(b)  Applicants  for  transfer  must  (1)  meet  fully  the  requirements  for 
admission  to  the  first  year  of  the  dental  course;  (2)  be  eligible  for  promotion  to 
the  next  higher  class  in  the  school  from  which  he  seeks  to  transfer;  (3)  show  an 
average  grade  of  five  per  cent  above  the  passing  mark  in  the  school  where  transfer 
credits  were  earned;  (4)  show  evidence  of  scholastic  attainments,  character  and 
personality;  (5)  present  letter  of  honorable  dismissal  and  recommendation  from 
the  dean  of  the  school  from  which  he  transfers. 

(c)  All  applicants  for  transfer  must  present  themselves  in  person  for  an 
interview  before  qualifying  certificate  can  be  issued. 

Attendance  Requirements 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  a  full  session,  each  student  must  have  entered 
and  be  in  attendance  on  the  day  the  regular  session  opens,  at  which  time  lectures 
to  all  classes  begin,  and  remain  until  the  close  of  the  session,  the  dates  for  which 
are  announced  in  the  calendar  of  the  annual  catalogue. 

Regular  attendance  is  demanded.  A  student  whose  attendance  in  any  course 
is  unsatisfactory  to  the  head  of  the  department  will  be  denied  the  privilege  of 
final  examination  in  any  and  all  such  courses.  A  student  with  less  than  85  per 
cent  attendance  will  not  be  promoted  to  the  next  succeeding  year.  However, 
in  certain  unavoidable  circumstances  of  absences,  the  Dean  and  the  Council 
may  honor  excuses  exceeding  the  maximum  permitted. 

Grading  and  Promotion 

The  following  symbols  are  used  as  marks  for  final  grades:  A  (100-91), 
B  (90-84),  C  (83-77),  and  D  (76-70),  Passing;  F  (below  70),  Failure;  I,  In- 
complete. Progress  grades  in  courses  are  indicated  as  "Satisfactory"  and  "Un- 
satisfactory." 

A  Failure  in  any  subject  may  be  removed  only  by  repeating  the  subject  in  full. 
Students  who  have  done  work  of  acceptable  quality  in  their  completed  assign- 
ments but  who,  because  of  circumstances  beyond  their  control,  have  been  unable 
to  finish  all  assignments,  will  be  given  an  Incomplete.  A  student  shall  not  carry 
an  Incomplete  into  the  next  succeeding  year.  When  he  has  completed  the 
requirements  for  the  removal  of  an  Incomplete,  the  student  shall  be  given 
the  actual  grade  earned  in  the  course. 

<  14 


School  of  Dentistry 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  semester  credits  assigned  to 
each  course  and  numerical  values  for  gradues.  The  numerical  values  are  A-4; 
B-3;  C-2;  DT;  F-0.  The  grade  point  average  is  the  sum  of  the  products  of 
semester  credits  and  grade  values,  divided  by  the  total  number  of  semester  credits. 

Students  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.5  in  the  Freshman  year  will 
be  promoted.  At  the  end  of  the  Sophomore  year  an  overall  grade  point  average 
of  1.75  is  required  for  promotion.  A  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is  required  for 
promotion  to  the  Senior  year  and  for  graduation. 

Students  who  fail  to  meet  the  minimum  grade  point  averages  required  for 
promotion  and  who  fall  into  the  following  categories  will  be  allowed  proba- 
tionary promotion: 

1.  Freshmen  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.25-1.49. 

2.  Sophomores  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.6-1.74. 

3.  Juniors  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.85-1.99. 

Probationary  status  will  not  be  permitted  for  two  successive  years. 

A  student  may  absolve  a  total  of  eight  credit  hours  of  failure  in  an  ac- 
credited summer  school  provided  he  has  the  grade  point  average  required  for 
promotion  or  graduation,  excluding  the  failure  or  failures  which  he  has  incurred. 

Equipment 

A  complete  list  of  necessary  instruments  and  materials  for  technic  and  clinic 
courses  is  prescribed  by  the  Dental  School.  Arrangements  are  made  by  the 
Dental  School  in  advance  of  formal  enrollment  for  books,  instruments  and  ma- 
terials to  be  delivered  to  the  students  at  the  opening  of  school.  Each  student  is 
required  to  provide  himself  promptly  with  these  prescribed  necessities.  A  student 
who  does  not  meet  this  requirement  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue  with  his 
class. 


Deportment 

The  profession  of  dentistry  demands,  and  the  School  of  Dentistry  requires, 
of  its  students  evidence  of  their  good  moral  character.  The  conduct  of  the 
student  in  relation  to  his  work  and  fellow  students  will  indicate  his  fitness  to 
be  taken  into  the  confidence  of  the  community  as  a  professional  man.  Integrity, 
sobriety,  temperate  habits,  truthfulness,  respect  for  authority  and  associates  and 
honesty  in  the  transaction  of  business  affairs  as  a  student  will  be  considered  as 
evidence  of  good  moral  character  necessary  to  the  granting  of  a  degree. 

Requirements  for  Graduation 

The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who 
has  met  the  following  conditions: 

15  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

1.  A  candidate  must  furnish  documentary  evidence  that  he  has  attained 
the  age  of  21  years. 

2.  A  candidate  for  graduation  shall  have  attended  the  full  scheduled  course 
of  four  academic  years. 

3.  He  will  be  required  to  show  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  the  full 
course  of  study. 

4.  He  shall  have  satisfied  all  technic  and  clinic  requirements  of  the  various 
departments. 

5.  He  shall  have  paid  all  indebtedness  to  the  college  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  final  examinations,  and  must  have  adjusted  his  financial  obligations  in  the 
community  satisfactorily  to  those  to  whom  he  may  be  indebted. 

Student  Fees 

Matriculation  fee  (required  of  all  entering  students) $   10.00 

Tuition  (each  year): 

Non-resident    student 675.00 

Resident    student     400.00 

Student  health  service  (each  year)    20.00 

Student  Union  fee   30.00 

The  Student  Union  Fee  is  payable  by  all  students  enrolled  in 
the  Professional  Schools  on  the  Baltimore  campus  and  is  used  to 
pay  interest  on  and  amortize  the  cost  of  construction  of  the  Union 
Building. 

Special  Fee    10.00 

The  Special  Fee  is  payable  by  all  full-time  students  enrolled  in 
the  Professional  Schools  on  the  Baltimore  campus  and  is  used  to 
finance  equipment  for  the  Union  Building. 
Laboratory  breakage  deposit: 

Freshman   year    10.00 

Sophomore  and  Junior  years    5.00 

In  addition   to  fees  itemized  in  the  above  schedule,   the  following  assess- 
ments are  made  by  the  University: 
Application  fee  (paid  at  time  of  filing  formal  application  for  admission)  7.50 

Late  registration  fee    5.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  including 
payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular  registration  days.)  Those  who  do 
not  complete  their  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  will  be 
charged  a  fee  of  $5.00. 

Examinations  taken  out  of  class  and  re-examinations   .  .  . 5.00 

One  certified  transcript  of  record  is  issued  free  of  charge. 

Each  additional  copy  is  issued  only  upon  payment  of 1 .00 

Summer  Session  students  will  pay  a  $6.00  Student  Union  Fee  but  will 
not  pay  the  Special  Fee. 

««  16 


School  of  Dentistry 


Postgraduate  Courses 


Postgraduate  courses  may  be  offered  to  qualified  dental  graduates.  These 
courses  are  designed  to  provide  opportunities  for  study  in  special  fields  on  a 
refresher  level,  and  are  arranged  so  that  particular  emphasis  is  placed  on 
clinical  practices. 

Graduate  Student  Fees 

Matriculation  Fee  (for  new  students  only,  non-returnable) 10.00 

Tuition  Fee  (per  semester  credit  hour)   12.00 

Tuition   Fee   for  students  carrying  ten  or  more  credit  hours  per 

semester   120.00 

Laboratory  Fees  where  applicable  are  charged  at  the  rate  of  $5.00 
per  semester  hour  of  laboratory  credit. 

Student  Union  Fee 

Students  carrying  ten  or  more  credit  hours  per  semester  (per  annum)     ""30.00 

Students  carrying   less   than   ten   credit   hours   per  semester    (per 

annum)    *6.00 

Special  Fee 

Students   carrying   ten    or   more   credit   hours   per   semester    (per 

annum) *  10.00 

Graduation  Fee 

Master's  Degree 10.00 

Doctor's  Degree  (including  hood  and  microfilming  of  thesis) 50.00 

REFUNDS 

According  to  the  policy  of  the  University  no  fees  will  be  returned.  In  case 
the  student  discontinues  his  course  or  fails  to  register  after  a  place  has  been 
reserved  in  a  class,  any  fees  paid  will  be  credited  to  a  subsequent  course,  but 
are  not  transferable. 


Registration 

The  registration  of  a  student  in  any  school  or  college  of  the  University 
shall  be  regarded  as  a  registration  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  but  when 
such  student  transfers  to  a  professional  school  of  the  University  or  from  one 


*  Students  who  initially  enroll  for  the  second  semester  of  the  school  year  will  be 
assessed  at  the  rate  of  one  half  of  the  rates  shown  above. 

17  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

professional  school  to  another,  he  must  pay  the  usual  matriculation  fee  required 
by  each  professional  school. 

Each  student  is  required  to  fill  in  a  registration  card  for  the  office  of  the 
Registrar,  and  make  payment  of  one-half  of  the  tuition  fee  in  addition  to  all 
other  fees  noted  as  payable  before  being  admitted  to  classwork  at  the  opening 
of  the  session.  The  remainder  of  tuition  and  fees  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the 
Comptroller  during  registration  period  for  the  second  half  of  the  academic  year. 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the 
time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state  for 
at  least  one  year. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University,  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by  him 
unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal  residents 
of  the  state  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  one  full  year.  How- 
ever, the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident  to  resident 
status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registration  period  for  any 
semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents  if  at  the  time  of  their  registra- 
tion they  have  been  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  one  year  provided  such 
residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school  or  college  in  Mary- 
land or  elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active  duty  in  the  armed  services  while  sta- 
tioned in  Maryland  will  not  be  considered  as  satisfying  the  one  year  period 
referred  to  above  except  in  those  cases  in  which  the  adult  was  domiciled  in 
Maryland  for  at  least  one  year  prior  to  his  entrance  into  the  armed  service  and 
was  not  enrolled  in  any  school  during  that  period. 

The  word  domicile  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent 
place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be  claimed 
as  a  permanent  abode. 

Student  Health  Service 

The  School  undertakes  to  supply  medical  and  surgical  care  for  its  students 
through  the  Student  Health  Service.  This  care  includes  the  daily  services 
rendered  by  a  physician  and  a  graduate  nurse  in  a  well-equipped  clinic,  conven- 
iently located  in  the  Dental  School.  Also  consultations,  surgical  procedures  and 
hospitalization,  judged  to  be  necessary  by  the  Service,  are  covered  under  liberal 
limitations,  depending  on  length  of  hospitalization  and  special  expenses  incurred. 

Students  who  need  medical  attention  are  expected  to  report  at  the  office 
of  the  Student  Health  Service.  Under  circumstances  requiring  home  treatment, 
the  students  will  be  visited  at  their  College  residences. 

M   18 


School  of  Dentistry 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  the  Service  to  provide  medical  care  for  con- 
ditions antedating  each  annual  registration  in  the  University;  nor  is  it  the 
function  of  this  Service  to  treat  chronic  conditions  contracted  by  students  before 
admission  or  to  extend  treatment  to  acute  conditions  developing  in  the  period 
between  academic  years  or  during  authorized  school  vacations.  The  cost  of 
orthopedic  applicances,  the  correction  of  visual  defects,  the  services  of  special 
nurses,  and  special  medication  must  be  paid  for  by  the  student.  The  School 
does  not  accept  responsibility  for  illness  or  accident  occurring  away  from  the 
community,  or  for  expenses  incurred  for  hospitalization  or  medical  services  in 
institutions  other  than  the  University  Hospital,  or,  in  any  case,  for  medical 
expense  not  authorized  by  the  Student  Health  Service. 

Every  new  student  is  required  to  undergo  a  complete  physical  examination, 
which  includes  oral  diagnosis.  Any  defects  noted  must  be  corrected  within  the 
first  school  year.  The  passing  of  this  examination  is  a  requirement  for  the  final 
acceptance  of  any  student. 

Each  matriculant  must  present,  on  the  day  of  his  enrollment,  a  statement 
from  his  ophthalmologist  regarding  the  condition  of  his  eyes,  and  where  defects 
in  vision  exist  he  shall  show  evidence  that  corrections  have  been  made. 

If  a  student  should  enter  the  hospital  during  the  academic  year,  the  Service 
will  arrange  for  the  payment  of  part  or  all  of  the  hospital  expenses,  depending 
on  the  length  of  stay  and  the  special  expenses  incurred.  This  arrangement  applies 
only  to  students  admitted  through  the  office  of  the  School  physician. 

Prospective  students  are  advised  to  have  any  known  physical  defects  corrected 
before  entering  the  School  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of  time  which  later  correction 
might  involve. 


Scholarship  and  Loan  Funds 

A  number  of  scholarship  loans  from  various  organizations  and  educational 
foundations  are  available  to  students  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  These  loans 
are  offered  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholastic  attainment  and  the  need  on 
the  part  of  students  for  assistance  in  completing  their  course  in  dentistry.  It 
has  been  the  policy  of  the  Faculty  to  recommend  only  students  in  the  last  two 
years  for  such  privileges. 

The  Henry  Strong  Educational  Foundation 

From  this  fund,  established  under  the  will  of  General  Henry  Strong  of 
Chicago,  an  annual  allotment  is  made  to  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  for  scholarship  loans  available 
for  the  use  of  young  men  and  women  students  under  the  age  of  twenty-five. 
Recommendations  for  the  privileges  of  these  loans  are  limited  to  students  in  the 
Junior  and  Senior  years.    Only  students  who  through  stress   of  circumstances 

19  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

require  financial  aid  and  who  have  demonstrated  excellence  in  educational  pro- 
gress are  considered  in  making  nominations  to  the  secretary  of  this  fund. 

The  Edward  S.  Gaylord  Educational  Endowment  Fund 

Under  a  provision  of  the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  Edward  S.  Gaylord,  of  New 
Haven,  Connecticut,  an  amount  approximating  $16,000  was  left  to  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  the  proceeds 
of  which  are  to  be  devoted  to  aiding  worthy  young  men  in  securing  dental 
education. 

The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation 

During  World  War  II  the  Foundation  recognized  the  burden  that  the 
accelerated  course  imposed  upon  many  dental  students  who  under  normal  cir- 
cumstances would  earn  money  for  their  education  by  employment  during  the 
summer  vacation.  The  Foundation  granted  to  this  School  a  fund  to  provide 
rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental  students. 

The  Albert  A.  Harrington  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1954  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Association 
in  memory  of  Dr.  Albert  A.  Harrington,  a  member  of  the  Class  of  1910.  The 
fund  is  a  source  of  valuable  help  in  aiding  students  to  solve  their  temporary 
financial  problems. 

The  E.  Benton  Taylor  Scholarship 

One  of  the  finest  scholarships  in  the  field  of  dental  education,  the  E. 
Benton  Taylor  Scholarship  was  conceived  and  arranged  by  Mrs.  Taylor  and 
wall  be  perpetuated  by  the  Luther  B.  Benton  Company  of  Baltimore.  It  was 
put  into  operation  in  1954  and  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a  Maryland  student 
of  each  entering  class,  who  will  continue  to  receive  its  benefits  during  the  four 
years  of  his  dental  school  course. 


M  20 


School  of  Dentistry 


ill 

3  H  « 

y        CO 


M    «0    X    ^t    H 


M       iTHiH-^lO^r-ltONWlN 


<N    «T>    00    <*    00 


N    00    O    O    "*    ■*    ^ 


i     iNM«4ot^9SS       t< 


I    N    00    -^    00    00 


«  J 


o  eo     it-  ■x.to 


s 


c 

"55 

5     J 

o 

H 

M 

W            J3 

O 

J  ~  J 

CTv 

«    *. 

■ 

O 

■ 

S    . 

G\ 

4»     ■»-> 

z 
2 


N    «0       I        I    00       I    fO 


,_  .H    i-c    C4 


s  a  a  s  -s 


<  <  < 


c  .2 

<  a 


—   <s 

OQ      O 


•    -u    -u    -<j      o      W     *J    <B      >*>     O      O 
•~    .2    .2    iS    3     ftc«^J5     2     2 


21  ► 


University  of  Maryland 


m       u 

H  —    a> 
S    *  •£ 

W  H    E  ' 

PS         v 
y        CO 


rtHHHNrlNHHHHtOH     I  r-l  rH  rH  ■*  €0  r-l  W 


xt         i    i    i    i    i    i    ioo    loooooccesoo    i    i  i  to 
rt         i    i    i    i    i    i    i-<*    i tt «o tj< tji eo ■««<    i    i  I  co 

< 
H 
O 
H 


B  J 


I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I   I    I    I    I    1  I     . 
I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I        I 


E  J 

GO    JX     U  OO'*      I  <£>  00  «£>  <D      I      I  CO  <D      I      I  «D      I  O  < 

O 


rH        rHr-l      I      IMH      I      I  r-t      IHH 


M 

•J  ~   J 


E    . 

72      g  ,_,  IrH      I  r-l  r-t  CO  r-l  r-l  rH  r-l      I  rH  i-H  rH  r-t         CO 

►J 


SsSsj 


rO^, 


CO 


^  O 

rH^r^eO    S 
.   d     ."fl 

airs  is  t3  cs 
™ .8,2,2 J}  ftt  rt  5^3 
QQ^^OOPhPhPh 


rt-Q  a! 

hnm: 
eoeoco  , 


'•-t  &' 


bO  OC, 


o  o  o  o 

U   u   u   v- 
PL,  Ph  PL,  Ph 


C  be  bo 

5>    ™r7 

O  3  S 

Www 


,^«-H  ,3  ^N  £  W  *J  £  ^  ,_    "^^N 

.   .   .   .*-(rH •  6   . 

E  E  E  5?  •  •r6i3*6'6r6  fcrSrS-o 


o  c 
o  a 

OS   03 

£E 

r<    S 

03  03 
*  J5 
PhPh 


m  m  C 

OOJ 

r<    r-    O 


22 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 
ANATOMY 

Professor:  hahn  (head  of  department). 

Associate  Professor:  Thompson. 

Assistant  Professors:  edmond  g.  vanden  bosche,  and  piavis. 

DRS.    JAGIELSKI,    LINDENBERG,    LOVEMAN,    AND   SACHS. 

Anat.  111.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.  (8) 

First  year.  This  course  consists  of  dissection  and  lectures,  supplemented  by  frequent 
conferences  and  practical  demonstrations.  The  entire  human  body  is  dissected.  The 
subject  is  taught  with  the  purpose  of  emphasizing  the  principles  of  the  body  structure, 
the  knowledge  of  which  is  derived  from  a  study  of  its  organs  and  tissues,  and  the 
action  of  its  parts.  Arrangements  can  be  made  to  accommodate  qualified  students 
and  dentists  interested  in  research  or  in  making  special  dissections  or  topographical 
studies. 

Anat.  112.     Human  Neuroanatomy.  (2) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Anatomy  111  or  equivalent.  Neuro- 
anatomy is  offered  in  the  Freshman  year  following  Gross  Anatomy.  The  work  con- 
sists of  a  study  of  the  whole  brain  and  spinal  cord  by  gross  dissections  and  micro- 
scopic methods.  Correlation  is  made,  whenever  possible,  with  the  student's  work 
in  the  histology  and  physiology  of  the  central  nervous  system. 

Anat.  113.     Comparative  Tooth  Morphology.   Q) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  The  course  treats  the  evolutionary  development  of 
dentition  as  a  necessary  factor  in  the  study  of  human  oral  anatomy.  It  includes  a 
comparative  study  of  the  teeth  of  the  animal  kingdom,  with  a  comparative  study 
of  the  number,  position  and  form  of  the  teeth. 

Anat.  114.     Tooth  Morphology.  (3) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  designed  to  teach  the  form  and  functions 
and  the  relationships  of  the  teeth,  and  includes  a  study  of  the  nomenclature  of  sur- 
faces, divisions  and  relations  of  the  teeth.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  is  trained 
in  the  carving  of  the  various  teeth  and  in  the  dissection  of  extracted  teeth  through 
their  various  dimensions. 

The  second  part  of  the  course  includes  a  study  of  the  supporting  structures  of 
the  teeth  and  of  the  relation  of  the  teeth  to  these  structures.  The  periods  of  begin- 
ning calcificaion,  eruption,  complete  calcification,  and  shedding  of  the  deciduous 
teeth;  followed  by  the  periods  of  beginning  calcification,  eruption,  and  complete 
calcification  of  the  permanent  teeth,  are  studied  and  correlated  with  the  growth  in 
size  of  the  jaws  and  face. 

For  Graduates 

Anat.  211.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.    (8) 

Same  as  course  111  but  with  additional  work  on  a  more  advanced  level. 

23  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Anat.  212.     Human  Neuroanatomy.    (2) 

Same  as  course  112  but  with  additional  instruction  of  a  more  advanced  nature. 

Anat.  214.     The  Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck.    (3) 

One  conference  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week  for  one  semester. 

Anat.  216.     Research. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Professor:  vanden  boschb  (head  of  department). 

MR.    MORRIS  AND  MR.   LEONARD. 

Biochem.  111.     Principles  of  Biochemistry.  (6) 

First  year.  Prerequisites  inorganic  and  organic  chemistry,  with  additional  training 
in  quantitative  and  physical  chemistry  desirable.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  throughout  the  year.  The  chemistry  of  living  matter  forms  the  basis  of  the 
course.  The  detailed  subject  matter  includes  the  chemistry  of  carbohydrates,  fats, 
proteins,  enzymes,  vitamins,  and  hormones.  The  processes  of  respiration,  digestion, 
metabolism,  secretion  and  excretion  are  considered.  Laboratory  instruction  in  quali- 
tative and  quantitative  blood  and  urine  examination  is  included. 

For  Graduates 

Biochem.  211.     Advanced  Biochemistry.    (6) 

Prerequisite    Biochemistry    111.      Two    lectures,    one    conference    and    one    laboratory 

period  throughout  the  year. 

Biochem.  212.     Research  in  Biochemistry. 
Prerequisite  Biochemistry  211. 

DENTAL  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE 

Professor:  Foley  (head  of  department). 

Lit.  121.     Oral  and  Written  Communication.    (2) 

Second  year.  A  formal  course  of  lectures  is  given  in  the  second  year.  Many  aspects 
of  the  instruction  are  given  practical  application  in  the  third  and  fourth  years. 
The  course  has  many  purposes,  all  of  them  contributing  to  the  training  of  the  students 
for  effective  participation  in  the  extra-practice  activities  of  the  profession.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  instruction  in  the  functioning  of  the  agencies  of  communication 
in  dentistry:  the  dental  societies  and  the  dental  periodicals.  The  practical  phases  of 
the  course  include  a  thorough  study  of  the  preparation  and  uses  of  oral  and  written 
composition  by  the  dental  student  and  the  dentist;  the  use  of  libraries;  the  com- 
pilation of  bibliographies;  the  collection,  the  organization,  and  the  use  of  information; 
the  management  of  dental  meetings;  the  oral  presentation  of  papers;  and  professional 
correspondence . 

M  24 


School  of  Dentistry 

Lit.  141.     Thesis.    (2) 
Fourth  year. 

Lit.  142.     Dental  History.    (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  Lectures  in  Dental  History  describe  the  beginnings  of  the 
art  of  dental  practice  among  ancient  civilizations,  its  advancement  in  relation  to  the  de- 
velopment of  the  so-called  medical  sciences  in  the  early  civilizations,  its  struggle  through 
the  Middle  Ages  and,  finally,  its  attainment  of  recognized  professional  status  in  modern 
times.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  forces  and  stresses  that  have  brought  about 
the  evolutionary  progress  from  a  primitive  dental  art  to  a  scientific  health  service 
profession. 

DENTAL  PROSTHESIS 

A.     Removable  Complete  and  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professor:  g.  w.  gaver  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  oggesen,  ramsey  and  warner. 

DRS.   GORDON,   PRIMROSE,   WATSON   AND   WRIGHT. 

Pros.  Ilia.     Dental  Materials.    (4) 

First  year.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  scientific  back- 
ground in  the  nomenclature,  composition,  physical  properties,  practical  application, 
and  proper  manipulation  of  the  important  materials  used  in  the  practice  of  dentistry, 
excluding  drugs  and  medicinals. 

The  theoretical  aspect  of  the  course  is  presented  in  the  form  of  lectures,  demon- 
strations, informal  group  discussions,  and  directed  supplemental  reading.  From 
the  practical  standpoint,  the  student  manipulates  and  tests  the  various  materials  in 
the  laboratory,  being  guided  by  prepared  project  sheets.  The  student  develops  an 
understanding  of  these  factors:  the  importance  of  scientific  testing  of  a  material 
before  it  is  used  by  the  profession  at  large;  the  realization  that  every  material  has 
its  limitations,  which  can  be  compensated  for  only  by  intelligent  application  and 
manipulation;  and  an  appreciation  of  the  vast  field  of  research  open  to  those  who 
wish  to  improve  the  materials  now  available. 

Pros.  112a.  introduction  to  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.  (I) 
First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  devoted  to  the  manipulation  of  impression 
compound  and  the  procedures  used  in  developing  impressions  of  edentulous  arches, 
casts  and  bite  plates.  It  embraces  a  series  of  lecture-demonstrations  designed  to  give  the 
student  a  knowledge  of  the  essential  fundamentals  in  complete  denture  construc- 
tion. 

Pros.  121a.     Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.    (2) 

Second  year.    This  course  is  given  by  lecture-demonstrations  on  bite  registration,  tooth 

arrangement,  and  final  finish  of  complete  dentures. 

Pros.  131a.     Basic  Clinical  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.    (5) 

Third  year.     The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  practical  application  in  the  clinic  of 

the    fundamentals    taught    in    the    preceding    years.      Demonstrations    of    the    various 

25  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

technics  of  impression  and  bite  taking  are  offered  to  provide  the  student  with  addi- 
tional knowledge  necessary  for  clinic  work. 

Pros,  133a.     Introduction  to  Removable  Partial  Denture  Prosthesis.    (1) 
Third  year.     Second  semester.     This  lecture-demonstration  course  embraces  all  phases 
of  removable   partial  denture  construction.     Experiments   and  exercises   are  arranged 
to  give  the  student  the  fundamentals  in  designing,  casting  and  finishing  partial  den- 
tures. 

Pros.  141a.     Advanced  Clinical  Denture  Prosthesis.    (4) 

Fourth   year.     This   course   consists  of  the    clinical   application   of   the   fundamentals 

taught  in  the  previous  years.    Particular  attention  is  given  to  a  standard  method  of 

denture   construction   to   equip  the   student   with   a  basic   technic   for  use  in   private 

practice. 

B.     Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professor:  nuttall  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  dosh,  mc  lean-lu  and  oggesen. 
Assistant  Professor:  willer. 

DRS.    M.   GRAHAM  AND   STEELE. 

Pros.  122b.     Principles  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (6) 

Second  year.  This  lecture  and  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  background 
of  fundamental  knowledge  in  fixed  partial  denture  prosthesis.  The  interrelations 
of  the  biological  and  mechanical  aspects  of  dentistry  are  emphasized.  The  prin- 
ciples involved  and  the  procedures  used  in  abutment  preparations,  the  construction 
of  fundamental  retainers  and  pontic  sections,  and  the  assemblage  of  fixed  bridge 
restorations  are  presented  in  detail  and  correlated  with  the  requirements  of  occlusion. 
In  addition  to  these  procedures,  the  technics  include  impressions,  wax  manipulation, 
pattern  construction,  investing  and  casting. 

Pros.  132b.     Ceramic  and  Plastic  Restorations.    (2) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  This  course  presents  the  uses  of  porcelain  and  methyl 
methacrylate  as  restorative  materials.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  procedures  of 
preparation,  impressions,  color  selection,  temporary  protection  and  cementation.  These 
materials  are  employed  in  the  construction  of  complete  veneer  crowns  and  dowel 
crowns  and  in  staining  and  glazing  technics. 

Pros.  134b.     Basic  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (4) 

Third  year.  This  is  a  comprehensive  course  in  the  essential  requirements  for  the 
successful  use  of  the  fixed  partial  denture.  Special  consideration  is  given  to  funda- 
mental factors  in  diagnosis,  treatment  planning  and  clinical  procedures.  The  course 
integrates  biological  factors,  mechanical  principles  and  esthetic  requirements  with 
restorative  treatment.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  physiological  considerations  as  a 
basis  for  fixed  partial  denture  service. 

Pros.  142b.     Advanced  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (3) 

Fourth  year.     This  course  provides  clinical  training  and  experience  for  the  student. 

The  acquired  background  of  knowledge  is  utilized  in  rendering  treatment  services  for 

<  26 


School  of  Dentistry 

patients.  Experience  is  gained  in  assessing  completely  the  dental  problem,  planning 
a  practical  treatment  consistent  with  the  total  dental  needs  and  providing  services 
which  satisfy  the  objectives  of  prevention,  function  and  esthetics. 


DIAGNOSIS 

Professor:   biddix  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  w.  l.  graham  and  golton. 

DRS.    BRYANT,   LEBO  AND  WEISS. 

Diag.  131.  Principles  of  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.  (2) 
Third  year.  The  fundamental  principles  and  procedures  in  the  diagnosis  of  oral 
and  related  diseases  are  studied  by  intimate  clinical  observation  and  discussion  of 
interesting  cases.  The  study  of  the  oral  cavity  through  an  understanding  of  its 
relation  to  other  parts  of  the  body  is  emphasized.  By  means  of  consultations  with 
other  departments  the  procedures  of  a  comprehensive  diagnosis  are  developed  and 
applied  in  treatment  planning. 

Diag.  132.     Seminar. 

Third  year.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  teach  the  student  to  correlate  clinical, 
roentgenologic  and  laboratory  findings.  Selected  patients  are  presented  by  both 
medical  and  dental  teachers. 

Diag.  141.     Clinical  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.    (I) 
Fourth  year.     This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Diagnosis  131  and  132. 


HISTOLOGY 

Professor:  provenza  (acting  head  of  department). 

DR.   CHENG  AND  MR.   JORDAN. 

Hist.  111.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology.    (8) 

First  year.  The  course  embraces  the  thorough  study  of  the  cells,  tissues  and  organs 
of  the  various  systems  of  the  human  body.  Although  certain  aspects  of  the  dental 
histology  phase  of  the  course  are  given  strictly  as  special  entities,  many  are  in- 
cluded in  the  instruction  in  general  histology,  since  the  two  areas  are  so  intimately 
related  when  functional  and  clinical  applications  are  considered.  The  instruction  in 
embryology  is  correlated  with  that  in  histology.  It  covers  the  fundamentals  of  de- 
velopment of  the  human  body,  particular  emphasis  being  given  to  the  head  and 
facial  regions,  the  oral  cavity,  and  the  teeth  and  their  adnexa.  Specific  correlations 
are  also  made  with  the  other  courses  in  the  dental  curriculum. 

For  Graduates 

Hist.  212.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology.    (6) 

This  course  is  the  same  as  Histology  111,  except  that  it  does  not  include  the  dental 
phases  of  111,  but  does  include  additional  instruction  and  collateral  reading  of  an 
advanced  nature. 

27   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Hist.  213.     Mammalian  Oral  Histology  and  Embryology.    (2) 
Prerequisite,  Histology  111  or  212,  or  an  equivalent  course.     This  course  covers  the 
dental  aspects  of  Histology   111,  and   includes  additional  instruction  in  the   relations 
of  histologic  structure  and  embryologic  development  of  the  teeth,   their  adnexa,  and 
the  head  and  facial  regions  of  the  human  body. 

Hist.  214.     Research  in  Histology. 
Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement. 

Hist.  215.     Research  in  Embryology. 
Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement. 

MEDICINE 

A.     General  Medicine 
Associate  Professor:  mc  lean. 

DRS.  FRAVEL,  LEONARD  AND  OGDEN. 

Med.  121a.     First  Aid. 

Second  year.     Second  semester.     In  this  course  the  student  is  instructed  in  the  basic 

principles  of  first  aid. 

Med.  132a.     Principles  of  Medicine.    (2) 

Third  year.  The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  visual  aids  and  x-ray  demonstrations 
of  diseases  of  the  cardiorespiratory,  gastrointestinal,  genitourinary  and  nervous  sys- 
tems. 

Med.  141a.     Physical  Diagnosis.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  Slides  and  clinical  demonstrations  are  used  to  show 
the  methods  of  recognition  of  important  objective  signs  as  they  relate  to  body  dis- 
turbances.    The  methods  of  taking  blood  pressure  are  also  taught. 

Me d.  142a.     Principles  of  Medicine.    (2) 

Fourth  year.  Throughout  the  year  the  entire  class  is  taken  into  the  hospital  for 
medical  clinics  where  the  close  application  of  medical  and  dental  knowledge  in 
history  taking,  diagnosis,  laboratory  procedures  and  treatment  is  emphasized. 

Me d.  143a.     Preventive  and  Public  Health  Dentistry.    (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  emphasize  those 
measures  other  than  remedial  operations  that  will  tend  to  minimize  the  occurrence 
or  the  extension  of  oral  disease,  and  to  outline  the  status  of  dentistry  in  the  field  of 
general  public  health.  The  relations  of  dentistry  with  other  phases  of  public  health 
are  discussed,  as  are  the  problems  affecting  the  administration  of  dental  health  pro- 
grams. Special  effort  is  made  to  demonstrate  methods  and  materials  suitable  for  use 
in  dental  health  education  programs. 

Med.  144a.     Clinical  Conferences. 

Fourth  year.  Throughout  the  year  small  groups  of  students  are  taken  into  the  hos- 
pital for  medical  ward  rounds,  demonstrations  and  discussions. 

<  28 


School  of  Dentistry 


B.     Oral  Medicine 


Associate  Professor:  biddington. 
Assistant  Professor:  abramson. 

DRS.   T.    F.   CLEMENT  AND   NORRIS. 

Med.  121b.     Principles  of  Endodontics.    CO 

Second  year.    The  lecture  phase  presents  the  fundamentals  necessary  for  endodontic 

procedures;   the   indications   and    contraindications   for   these   procedures;   the   methods 

used  in  performing  the  necessary  steps  to  preserve  the  functions  of  the  teeth  and  to 

maintain  the  health  of  the  individual.    The  laboratory  phase  is  designed  to  teach  the 

student  the  materials,  the  instrumentation,  and  the  techniques  employed  in  endodontic 

treatment. 

Med.  122b.     Introduction  to  Periodontics,    CO 

Second  year.  The  lectures  place  special  emphasis  on  the  importance  of  oral  hygiene 
and  its  relation  to  the  prevention  of  all  dental  disorders.  The  causes,  results,  and 
treatment  of  unhygienic  conditions  of  the  oral  cavity  are  fully  considered.  Demon- 
strations are  given  in  the  prophylactic  treatment  of  the  mouth  and  in  the  accepted 
-methods  of  tooth  brushing  to  be  used  in  home  care.  In  the  laboratory  the  student 
learns  on  special  manikins  the  use  of  the  periodontal  instruments.  By  progressive 
exercises  and  drills  he  is  taught  the  basic  principles  of  good  operating  procedure  and 
the  methods  of  thorough  prophylactic  treatment. 

Med.  131b.     Basic  Clinical  Endodontics.  CO 

Third  year.    During  the  Junior  year,  the  student  applies  the   fundamentals  he  has 

learned  by  performing  endodontic  procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.  132b.     Basic  Clinical  Periodontics.    CO 

Third  year.  The  lectures  present  the  etiology,  clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis,  prognosis, 
and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  forms  of  periodontal  disease,  other  diseases 
of  the  oral  cavity,  and  lesions  of  the  lips,  cheeks,  and  tongue.  The  recognition  of 
periodontal  disease  in  its  incipient  forms  and  the  importance  of  early  treatment  are 
stressed.  The  lectures  are  well  illustrated  by  color  slides,  moving  pictures,  and  other 
visual  aids.  The  Junior  student  is  required  to  apply  the  fundamentals  he  has  learned 
by  performing  periodontal  procedures  on  a  prescribed  number  of  clinical  cases. 

Med.  141b.     Advanced  Clinical  Endodontics.    CO 

Fourth  year.  During  his  Senior  year  the  student  performs  the  more  advanced  endodontic 

procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.  142b.     Advanced  Clinical  Periodontics.   CO 

Fourth   year.      The    Senior   student    performs   the   periodontal    procedures   on    clinical 

patients  exhibiting  the  more  advanced  periodontal  problems. 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Professor:  shay  Che  ad  of  department). 

MR.    TRAIL 

Microbiol.  121.     Dental  Microbiology  and  Immunology.    (4) 

Second  year.     First  semester.     The   course  embraces  lectures,  laboratory,  demonstra- 

29   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

tions,  recitations,  and  group  conferences,  augmented  by  guided  reading.  Practical  and 
theoretical  consideration  is  given  to  pathogenic  bacteria,  viruses,  yeasts  and  molds. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  those  organisms  which  cause  lesions  in  and  about  the 
oral  cavity,  particularly  primary  focal  infections  about  the  teeth,  tonsils,  etc.,  which 
result  in  the  establishment  of  secondary  foci.  Immunological  and  serological  prin- 
ciples are  studied,  with  special  consideration  being  given  to  hypersensitivity  resulting 
from  the  use  of  antibiotics,  vaccines,  antigens,  and  other  therapeutic  agents. 

Laboratory  teaching  includes  the  methods  of  staining  and  the  cultural  charac- 
teristics of  microorganisms;  their  reaction  to  disinfectants,  antiseptics,  and  germicides; 
methods  of  sterilization  and  asepsis;  animal  inoculation;  preparation  of  sera,  vaccines, 
and  antitoxins;  a  study  of  antibiotics;  and  a  demonstration  of  virus  techniques.  In  all 
phases  of  the  course  emphasis  is  placed  on  dental  applications. 

For  Graduates 

Microbiol  200,  201.     Chemotherapy.    (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years.  A  study  of  the  chemistry,  toxicity,  pharmacology  and  therapeutic  value  of 
drugs  employed  in  the  treatment  of  disease. 

Microbiol.  202,  203.     Reagents  and  Media.    (I,   I) 

One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  A  study  of  the  methods  of  prep- 
aration and  use  of  bacteriological  reagents  and  media. 

Microbiol.  210.     Special  Problems  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.     Laboratory  course. 

Microbiol.  211.     Public  Health.    (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  Lectures  and  discussions  on  the  or- 
ganization and  administration  of  state  and  municipal  health  departments  and  private 
health  agencies.     The  course  also  includes  a  study  of  laboratory  methods. 

Microbiol.  221.     Research  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 


OPERATIVE  DENTISTRY 

Professor:   Medina  (acting  head  of  department). 

Associate  Professor:  louie. 

Assistant  Professors:  h.  m.  clement,  c.  gaver  and  edmond  g.  vanden  bosche. 

DRS.  BEAVEN,  DIAZ,  LEVIN  AND  NEILUND. 

Oyer.  121.     Fundamentals  of  Operative  Dentistry.    (5) 

Second  year.  The  student  is  trained  in  the  technical  procedures  of  cavity  prepara- 
tion and  the  manipulation  of  the  restorative  materials  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
diseases  and  injuries  of  the  tooth  structure.  These  basic  principles  are  applied  on 
composition  teeth  and  extracted  natural  teeth.  Instruction  includes  twenty-six  lectures 
and  forty-eight  three-hour  laboratory  periods. 

M  30 


School  of  Dentistry 

Oper.  131.     Basic  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry.    (4) 

Third  year.  This  course  is  a  continuing  development  of  the  fundamentals  taught  in 
Operative  121.  The  objective  is  to  present  the  additional  information  which  is 
necessary  for  the  management  of  practical  cases.  Instruction  includes  lectures, 
demonstrations  and  clinical  practice  in  which  the  student  treats  patients  under  the 
individual  guidance  of  staff  members. 

Oper.  141.     Advanced  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry.    (6) 

Fourth  year.  With  the  background  provided  by  Operative  121  and  131,  the  student 
is  able  to  comprehend  and  apply  the  procedures  for  treating  the  more  complicated 
operative  problems.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  instruct  the  student  in  the 
different  procedures  by  which  a  comprehensive  operative  service  can  be  rendered 
and  to  acquaint  him  with  as  many  unusual  clinical  cases  as  possible.  Instruction 
includes  lectures,  demonstrations,  and  clinical  practice. 

ORTHODONTICS 

Professor:  preis  (head  of  department). 

Assistant  Professors:  kress,  shehan  and  swinehart. 

DRS.    CULLEN   AND    SCHAEFFER. 

Ortho.  131.     Principles  of  Orthodontics.  (2) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  supplemented  by  slides  and  motion  pic- 
tures. The  subject  matter  includes  the  history  of  orthodontics  and  the  study  of 
growth  and  development,  evolution  of  human  dental  occlusion,  forces  of  occlusion, 
etiology  of  malocclusion,  aberrations  of  the  maxilla  and  mandible  which  affect  occlu- 
sion, and  tissue  changes  incident  to  tooth  movement. 

Ortho.  141.     Clinical  Orthodontics.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Students  are  assigned  in  small  groups  to  the  Clinic  where  patients  are 
given  a  thorough  dental  examination.  Under  the  direction  of  an  instructor  each  case 
is  diagnosed,  methods  of  procedure  are  explained,  and  treatment  planning  is  out- 
lined. In  the  more  simple  cases  therapy  is  undertaken  by  the  students  under  the 
supervision  of  an  instructor.  Students,  therefore,  have  the  opportunity  of  applying 
clinically  the  knowledge  which  they  received  during  their  Junior  year. 

PATHOLOGY 

Professor:  M.  s.  aisenberg  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professor:  Weinberg. 
Assistant  Professor:  a.  d.  aisenberg. 

DR.   GRANRUTH. 

Path.  121.     General  Pathology.  (4) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  The  general  principles  of  disease  processes  and  tissue 
reactions,  both  gross  and  microscopic,  are  taught  with  the  objectives  of  training  the 
student  to  recognize  and  be  familiar  with  the  abnormal  and  of  creating  a  foundation 
for  further  study  in  the  allied  sciences.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those  diseases  in 
the  treatment  of  which  medicodental  relationships  are  to  be  encountered. 

31    ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Path.  131.     Oral  Pathology.  (3) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  etiology  and  the 
gross  and  microscopic  manifestations  of  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  their  investing 
structures:  pathologic  dentition,  dental  anomalies,  periodontal  diseases,  calcific  de- 
posits, dental  caries,  pulpal  diseases,  dentoalveolar  abscesses,  oral  manifestations  of 
systemic  diseases,  cysts  of  the  jaws,  and  benign  and  malignant  lesions  in  and  about 
the  oral  cavity. 

Path.  141.     Seminar. 

Fourth  year.  This  constitutes  a  part  of  the  cancer  teaching  program  sponsored  by  a 
grant  from  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  It  is  conducted  by  visiting  lec- 
turers who  are  specialists  in  their  respective  fields. 

For  Graduates 

Path.  211.     Advanced  Oral  Pathology.  (8) 

Tw©  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  throughout  the  year.  This  course  is  pre- 
sented with  the  objective  of  correlating  a  knowledge  of  histopathology  with  the 
various  aspects  of  clinical  practice.  Studies  of  surgical  and  biopsy  specimens  are 
stressed. 

Path.  212.     Research. 

Time  and  credit  by  arrangement.  Research  in  areas  of  particular  interest  to  the 
student. 

PEDODONTICS 

Associate  Professor:  sanders. 
Assistant  Professor:  ehrlich. 

DRS.  BARTLETT  AND  KERCHEVAL. 

Ped.  121.     Technics  of  Pedodontics.  (I) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  This  laboratory  course  in  dentistry  for  children 
consists  of  sixteen  laboratory  periods.  Demonstrations  and  visual  aids  are  utilized  to 
augment  the  teaching  procedure.  The  work  is  performed  on  model  teeth  in  primary 
dentoforms  and  consists  of  exercises  in  cavity  preparation  in  primary  teeth  for  the 
proper  reception  of  different  restorative  materials,  in  the  technic  of  restoring  a  frac- 
tured young  permanent  anterior  tooth,  and  in  the  construction  of  a  basic  type  of 
space  maintainer. 

Ped.  131.     Clinical  Pedodontics.  (I) 

Third  year.  The  student  is  introduced  to  clinical  dentistry  for  children.  He  utilizes 
the  technical  procedures  learned  in  the  laboratory.  Didactic  instruction  includes 
sixteen  lectures  offered  during  the  first  semester.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  manage- 
ment of  the  child  patient  with  necessary  modifications  for  behavior  problems.  The 
indications  and  contraindications  for  pulpal  therapy  are  evaluated  for  the  purpose 
of  rational  tooth  conservation.  Oral  hygiene,  roentgenology,  growth  and  develop- 
ment, and  caries  susceptibility  tests  are  taught.  Training  in  preventive  orthodontics 
is  given  for  true  denture  guidance  and  to  allow  the  student  to  institute  interceptive 
or  early  remedial  measures  in  incipient  deformities. 

«*  32 


School  of  Dentistry 

The  Department  endeavors  to  develop  in  the  student  a  comprehensive  interest 
in  guiding  the  child  patient  through  the  period  of  the  mixed  dentition.  A  separate 
clinic,  equipped  with  child-size  chairs  and  supervised  by  the  pedodontics  staff,  pro- 
vides adequate  opportunity  for  clinical  applications  of  the  methods  taught  in  labora- 
tory and  lectures. 

Ped.    141.     Clinical  Pedodontics.    (J) 

Fourth  year.     The  student  continues  his  clinical  training  throughout  the  year  and  is 

assigned  the  more  difficult  cases. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

Professor:   dobbs   (head  of   department). 
Assistant  Professor:  ross. 

DR.    BRAGER. 

Pharmacol.  131.  General  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics.  (4) 
Third  year.  The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  general  survey  of  pharmacology, 
affording  the  students  the  necessary  knowledge  for  the  practice  of  rational  therapeutics. 
The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  laboratory  and  demonstrations.  The  first  semester  con- 
sists of  sixteen  hours  of  didactic  work  including  instruction  in  pharmaceutical  chemis- 
try, pharmacy,  prescription  writing,  and  the  pharmacodynamics  of  the  local-acting 
drugs.  The  second  semester  consists  of  thirty-two  hours  of  didactics  and  forty-eight 
hours  of  laboratory  instruction.  The  laboratory  experiments  are  performed  by  stu- 
dents on  animals  and  are  designed  to  demonstrate  the  direct  effects  of  drugs  on  vital 
tissues.  The  subject  material  consists  of  the  pharmacodynamics  of  the  systemic- 
acting  drugs  and  the  anti-infective  agents.  In  the  therapeutics  phase  the  students 
are  instructed  in  the  use  of  drugs  for  the  prevention,  treatment,  and  correction  of 
general  and  oral  diseases. 

Pharmacol.   141.     Oral  Therapeutics.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations.  It  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  the  practical  applica- 
tions of  pharmacology  in  the  treatment  of  dental  and  oral  diseases.  Particular  em- 
phasis is  given  to  the  newer  drugs  and  the  more  recent  advances  in  therapeutics. 
Patients  from  the  dental  clinics  and  the  hospital  are  used  for  demonstrations  whenever 
possible.  A  correlation  of  theory  with  clinical  practice  is  obtained  by  chairside  in- 
struction on  patients  in  the  dental  clinic. 

Pharmacol.   142.     Nutritional  Therapeutics.   (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations  devoted  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  nutritional  therapeutics. 
The  presentation  includes  a  study  of  the  dietary  requirements  of  essential  food  sub- 
stances in  health  and  disease.  The  vitamin  and  mineral  deficiency  states  with  their 
pathology  and  symptomatology  are  presented  with  suggestions  for  dietary  and  drug 
therapy.  Metabolic  diseases  are  discussed,  and  their  effects  on  the  nutritional  states 
are  considered.  Students  are  taught  to  plan  diets  for  patients  with  various  nutritional 
problems,  such  as  those  resulting  from  loss  of  teeth,  the  use  of  new  appliances,  dental 
caries,  stomatitis,  cellulitis,  osteomyelitis,  and  bone  fractures.  A  project  study  is 
made  by  each  student  which  includes  analyses  of  his  basal  metabolic  requirement,  his 
total  energy  requirement,  and  his  dietary  intake  in  relation  to  his  daily  needs. 

33    ► 


University  of  Maryland 

PHYSIOLOGY 

Professor:  oster  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  shipley  and  pollack. 

MRS.    STALING. 

Physiol.  121.     Principles  of  Physiology.  (6) 

Second  year.     A  fundamental  objective  of  this  course  is  to  achieve  an  integration  of 

basic  scientific  phenomena  of  function  as  they  relate  to  the  organism  as  a  whole. 

Lectures  deal  with  the  principal  fields  of  physiology,  including  heart  and  circula- 
tion, peripheral  and  central  nervous  functions,  respiration,  digestion,  muscular  ac- 
tivity, hepatic  and  renal  functions,  water  and  electrolyte  balance,  special  senses,  gen- 
eral and  cellular  metabolism,  endocrines  and  reproduction.  In  the  laboratory  work 
(first  semester)  the  classic  experiments  on  frog  and  turtle  muscle  and  heart  function 
are  followed  by  more  advanced  work  on  rabbits,  cats,  dogs  and  the  students  them- 
selves. A  special  series  of  lectures  is  devoted  to  the  application  of  basic  physiologic 
principles  to  human  clinical  problems. 

For  Graduates 

Physiol.  211.     Principles  of  Mammalian  Physiology.  (6) 

Prerequisite  permission  from  the  department.     Same  as  course  121  but  with  collateral 

reading  and  additional  instruction. 

Physiol.  212.     Advanced  Physiology. 

Hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.     Lectures  and  seminars  during  the  second  semes- 
ter. 

Physiol.  213.     Research. 

Hours  and  credits  by  arrangement. 


PRACTICE  ADMINISTRATION 

Professor:  biddix. 

DR.    LOVETT  AND  MR.   o'DONNELL. 

Pract.  Adm.   141.     Principles  of  Administration.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  students  to 
assume  the  social,  economic  and  professional  responsibilities  of  dental  practice.  The 
lectures  embrace  the  selection  of  the  office  location^and  office  equipment,  the  basis 
of  determining  fees,  the  methods  of  collecting  accounts,  the  use  of  auxiliary  personnel, 
and  the  choice  of  various  types  of  insurance  and  investments.  A  comprehensive 
bookkeeping  system  for  a  dental  office  is  explained. 

Pract.  Adm.  142.     Ethics.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  The  course  includes  lectures  on  general  ethics  and 
its  basic  teachings,  and  an  interpretation  of  the  philosophical  principles  adopted  by 
the  American  Dental  Association  and  embodied  in  its  "Principles  of  Ethics." 

<   34 


School  of  Dentistry 

Pract.  Adm.  143.     Jurisprudence.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  The  objective  of  the  course  is  to  acquaint  the  dental 
student  with  the  fundamentals  of  law  as  they  relate  to  the  dentist  and  to  his  patients. 
The  sources  of  law,  the  types  of  courts  and  court  procedures  are  explained;  the 
student  is  acquainted  with  the  special  statutory  provisions  pertaining  to  the  regula- 
tion of  the  practice  of  dentistry,  as  well  as  the  dentist's  responsibilities  under  the 
criminal  law.  The  respective  rights  and  liabilities  of  both  the  dentist  and  his  patients 
are  considered  in  lectures  dealing  with  contracts  and  torts;  practical  illustrations  of 
these  rights  and  liabilities  are  reviewed  in  the  light  of  actual  reported  cases  in  the 
courts. 

ROENTGENOLOGY 

Professor:  biddix. 

DRS.   KIEFMAN   AND  KLEIN. 

Roentgenol.  131.     Principles  of  Dental  Roentgenology.  (2) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  include  a  study  of  the  physical  principles  involved  in  the 
production  of  x-rays  and  a  discussion  of  their  properties  and  effects,  the  hazards  of 
roentgenography  to  both  operator  and  patient,  the  technics  of  taking  roentgenograms, 
and  the  processing  of  the  films.  The  conference  periods  deal  with  the  roentgeno- 
graphic  study  of  the  normal  anatomic  structures  in  health  and  the  variations  noted 
under  various  pathologic  conditions. 

Roentgenol.   132.     Introduction  to  Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology. 
Third  year.     Second  semester.     The  division  of  the  class  into  small  groups  permits 
individual  supervision  in  the  clinical  application  of  the  material  presented  in  Roent- 
genol. 131.    Under  guidance  the  student  learns  to  correctly  place,  expose  and  process 
the  film  and  mount  a  full  series  of  dental  roentgenograms. 

Roentgenol.    141.     Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology.    (I) 

Fourth  year.  Under  a  system  of  rotating  assignments  students  are  placed  in  constant 
association  with  the  routine  practical  use  of  the  roentgen  ray.  They  are  required  to 
master  the  fundamental  scientific  principles  and  to  acquire  technical  skill  in  taking, 
processing,  and  interpreting  all  types  of  intraoral  and  extraoral  films. 

SURGERY 

Professors:  dorsey  (head  of  department),  helrich,  robtnson  and  yeager. 
Associate  Professor:  cappuccio. 
Assistant  Professors:  siwinski  and  inman. 

DRS.   HINDS,  HYNSON  AND  SCHNEIDER. 

Surg.   131.     Anesthesiology.  (2) 

Third  year.  Local  anesthesia  is  taught  in  both  principle  and  practice.  In  lectures 
and  clinics  all  types  of  intraoral,  extraoral,  conduction  and  infiltration  injections; 
the  anatomical  relation  of  muscles  and  nerves;  the  theory  of  action  of  anesthetic 
agents  and  their  toxic  manifestations  are  taught.  Demonstrations  are  given  in  con- 
duction   and    infiltration    technics;    students   give    injections   under    supervision    of   an 

35  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

instructor.  General  anesthesia  is  taught  in  lectures  and  clinic  demonstrations.  The 
action  of  the  anesthetic  agents,  methods  of  administration,  indications  and  contra- 
indications, and  the  treatment  of  toxic  manifestations  are  included.  Demonstrations 
are  given  in  the  preparation  of  the  patient,  the  administration  of  all  general  anes- 
thetics (inhalant,  rectal,  spinal,  and  intravenous),  and  the  technics  for  oral  opera- 
tions. Clinics  are  held  in  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  in  the  Dental  School  and 
in  the  Hospital. 

Surg.  132.     Oral  Surgery.  (3) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  on  the  principles  of  surgery,  the  classifica- 
tion of  teeth  for  extraction,  and  the  pre-  and  postoperative  treatment  of  ambulatory 
patients.  The  student  is  assigned  to  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  on  a  rotating 
schedule  and  is  required  to  produce  local  anesthesia  and  extract  teeth  under  the 
supervision  of  an  instructor. 

Surg.  141.     Oral  Surgery.  (3) 

Fourth  year.  This  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinical  assignments,  and  practical 
demonstrations  on  the  etiology,  pathology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all  classes  of 
tumors,  infections,  deformities,  anomalies,  impacted  teeth,  fractures  and  surgical 
problems  associated  with  the  practice  of  dentistry.  Hospital  clinics,  demonstrations 
and  ward  rounds  are  given  to  familiarize  the  student  with  abnormal  conditions  inci- 
dent to  the  field  of  his  future  operations  and  to  train  him  thoroughly  in  the  diagnosis 
of  benign  and  malignant  tumors.  Weekly  seminars  are  held  in  the  Hospital.  Each 
student  prepares  and  presents  an  oral  surgery  case  report  according  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  American  Board  of  Oral  Surgery. 


For  Graduates 

Surg.  201.     Clinical  Anesthesiology.  (6) 
Forty  hours  a  week  for  thirteen  weeks. 

Surg.  220.     General  Dental  Oral  Surgery.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.  221.     Advanced  Oral  Surgery.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Swrg.  222.     Research. 

Time  and  credit  by  arrangement. 

VISUAL  AIDS  IN  TEACHING 

MR.   TAYLOR  AND  STAFF. 

The  Department  of  Visual  Aids  employs  the  latest  photographic  technics 
and  equipment  for  the  production  of  both  monochromatic  and  full-color  still 
and  motion  pictures.  By  cooperation  with  other  departments  new  material  is 
developed  for  lectures,  clinics,  publications  and  exhibits. 

<  36 


School  of  Dentistry 

Through  photography  the  School  retains  for  teaching  purposes  interesting 
cases  that  appear  in  the  clinics,  preserves  evidence  of  unusual  pathological 
cases,  and  records  anatomical  anomalies,  facial  disharmonies  and  malocclusions 
of  the  teeth.  In  addition  the  student,  through  his  contact  with  photographic 
uses,  becomes  acquainted  with  the  value  of  photography  in  clinical  practice. 
Students  are  advised  as  to  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  the  preparation  of  lectures 
and  theses,  the  arrangement  and  co-ordination  of  materials,  and  the  organiza- 
tion and  maintenance  of  records  and  histories. 

Various  art  media  and  the  use  of  modern  plastics  supplement  photography. 
By  the  combination  and  correlation  of  these  methods  all  departments  are  pro- 
vided with  an  unlimited  supply  of  valuable  and  often  irreplaceable  visual 
aids. 


SPECIAL  COURSES 

Summer   Courses 

As  the  need  arises,  summer  courses  may  be  offered  in  certain  subjects  in- 
cluded in  the  regular  curriculum.  A  charge  of  $12.00  for  each  semester  hour 
credit  is  made  for  these  courses. 


■o 


The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society  was  organized  in  1916  as  an  honorary 
student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  Society 
was  named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a 
teacher  of  many  years'  experience,  and  during  his  life  a  great  contributor  to 
dental  literature.  It  was  with  the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that  the 
Society  adopted  it. 

To  be  eligible  for  membership  a  student  must  be  in  the  first  30  per  cent  of 
his  class.  The  selection  of  this  30  per  cent  shall  be  based  on  the  weighted 
percentage  average  system  as  outlined  in  the  school  regulations.  The  meetings, 
held  once  each  month,  are  addressed  by  prominent  dental  and  medical  men,  an 
effort  being  made  to  obtain  speakers  not  connected  with  the  University.  The 
members  have  an  opportunity,  even  while  students,  to  hear  men  associated  with 
other  educational  institutions. 

Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon 

Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon,  honorary  dental  society,  was  char- 
tered at  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  during  the  session  of  1928-29.  Membership  in  the  society  is 
awarded  to  a  number  not  exceeding  12  per  cent  of  the  graduating  class.     This 

37  ► 


University  of  Maryland 


honor  is  conferred  upon  students  who  through  their  professional  course  of 
study  creditably  fulfill  all  obligations  as  students,  and  whose  conduct,  earnest- 
ness, evidence  of  good  character  and  high  scholarship  recommend  them  to 
election. 

The  following  graduates  of  the  1958  Class  were  elected  to  membership: 


Enrique  Rafael  Capo 
F.  Lee  Eggnatz 
Robert  William  Haroth 
Gerald  Franklin  Hoffman 
Lawrence  Paul  Jacobs 
Anthony  Joseph  Klein,  Jr. 


Walter  Prudden  Leonard 
John  Frank  Lessig 
Richard  Warren  Moss 
John  Sidney  Rushton 
Lawrence  Donald  Sarubin 
Howard  Stanton  Spurrier 
Marvin  Howard  Tawes,  Jr. 


Alumni  Association 

The  first  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  was  held  in  Baltimore,  March  1,  1849.  This  organi- 
zation has  continued  in  existence  to  the  present,  its  name  having  been  changed 
to  The  National  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery, 
Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland. 

The  officers  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  1958-59  are  as  follows: 


President 

Edwin  G.  Gail 

3700  N.  Charles  Street 
Baltimore  18,  Maryland 


President-Elect 

Harry  W.  Dressel,  Jr. 

6340  Frederick  Avenue 
Baltimore  28,  Maryland 


Vice-President 

Saul  M.  Gale 

425  Clinton  Place 

Newark  8,  New  Jersey 


Historian 

Milton  B.  Asbell 

25  Haddon  Avenue 

Camden  3,  New  Jersey 


Secretary 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio 

1010  St.  Paul  Street 

Baltimore   2,   Maryland 


Treasurer 

Howard  Van  Natta 
Medical  Arts  Building 
Baltimore    1,  Maryland 


Editor 

Kyrle  W.  Preis 

700  Cathedral  Street 

Baltimore   1,   Maryland 


^  38 


School  of  Dentistry 

University  Alumni  Council  Representatives 

Edwin  G.  Gail,  1959  Eugene  D.  Lyon,  1960 

Baltimore,   Maryland  Baltimore,   Maryland 

Samuel  H.  Bryant,   1961 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

Executive  Council 

Irving  Abramson,    1959  Calvin  J.  Gaver,  1960 

Baltimore,   Maryland  Catonsville,  Maryland 

Philip  L.  Block,  1961  William  B.  Mehring,  1960 

Baltimore,   Maryland  Silver  Spring,  Maryland 

Melvin  Hazen  Colvin,  1961  Joseph  M.  Tighe,  1959 

Washington,  D.  C.  Baltimore,   Maryland 

Trustees  Ex-Officio 

Edwin  G.  Gail,  President 

Harry  W.  Dressel,  Jr.,  President-Elect 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio,  Secretary 

Howard  Van  Natta,  Treasurer 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  Dean 

Elected  Trustees 

Lewis  C.  Toomey,   1959  Frank  N.  Carroll,  1959 

Silver  Spring,  Maryland  Wheeling,  West  Virginia 

Lawrence  W.  Bimestefer,  1960  Edward  C.  Morin,   1960 

Dundalk,  Maryland  Pawtucket,   Rhode   Island 

James  W.  McCarl,   1961  William  Paul  Hoffman,  1961 

Greenbelt,  Maryland  Washington,  D.  C. 

SENIOR  PRIZE  AWARDS 

The  following  prizes  were  awarded  to  members  of  the  Senior  Class  for  the 
1957-58  Session: 

The  Alexander  H.  Pater  son  Memorial  Medal 
For  Practical  Set  of  Full  Upper  and  Lower  Dentures 

HOWARD  STANTON  SPURRIER 

Honorable  Mention Stanley  Earle  Block 

39  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

The  Isaac  H.  Davis  Memorial  Medal 

(Contributed  by  Dr.  Leonard  I.  Davis) 

For  Cohesive  Gold  Filling 

PAUL  HARVEY  HYLAND 

Honorable  Mention Lawrence  Donald  Sarubin 

The  Alumni  Association  Medal 
For  Thesis 

LAWRENCE  DONALD  SARUBIN 

and 
HOWARD  STANTON  SPURRIER 

Honorable  Mention Harry  Edward  Brandau,  Jr.,  David  Allen  Watson 

The  Harry  E.  Kelsey  Award 

(Contributed  by  former  associates  of  Dr.  Kelsey: 

Drs.  Anderson,   Devlin,   Hodges,  Johnston   and  Preis) 

For  Professional  Demeanor 

JOHN  SIDNEY  RUSHTON 

The  Harry  E.  Latcham  Memorial  Medal 
For  Complete  Oral  Operative  Restoration 

JOHN  FRANK  LESSIG 

Honorable  Mention   Howard  Stanton  Spurrier 

The  Edgar  J.  Jacques  Memorial  Award 
For  Meritorious  Work  in  Practical  Oral  Surgery 

RAYMOND  DENNIS  MENTON,  JR. 

The  Herbert  Friedherg  Memorial  Award 

(Contributed  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Chapter  of  the 

National  Alumni  Association) 

For  Achievement  hy  a  New  Jersey  Senior 

IRWIN  B.  SCHWARTZ 

The  James  P.  McCormick  Award 

For  Meritorious  Work  in  the  Treatment  of  Traumatic 

Injuries  of  the  Face  and  Jaws 

.      ROBERT  MATHIS  JOHNSON 

The  Alpha  Omega  Scholarship  Award 
For  Proficiency  in  the  Course  of  Study 

HOWARD  STANTON  SPURRIER 

**  40 


School  of  Dentistry 

Graduating  Class 
1957-1958  Session 

Ralph  Richard  Asadourian,  B.A.,  University  of  New  Hampshire, 

1954 New  Hampshire 

Ronald  James  Bauerle,  B.A.,  Providence  College,    1954 Connecticut 

Carl  Mitchell  Baumann,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Philip  Stanley  Benzil,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,   1954 Florida 

Thomas  Henry  Birney,  B.A.,   University  of  Southern  California,   1954 

California 

Stanley  Earle  Block,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Paul  Bodo,  Jr.,  B.S.,   University  of  Tampa,    1954 Florida 

Stanley  Saul  Brager,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954 Maryland 

Harry  Edward  Brandau,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Sherman  Brown,   University  of  Pennsylvania New  Jersey 

John  Paul  Burton,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Charles  Wallis  Buttner,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Enrique  Rafael  Capo,  Haverf ord  College Puerto  Rico 

Robert  Ernest  Chait,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Virgil  Lewis  Chambers,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

George  Elmore  Collins,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Martin  Richard  Crytzer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Pennsylvania 

Stanley  Carl  DelTufo,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

William  Clinton  Denison,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

F.  Lee  Eggnatz,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Melvin  Feiler,  Upsala  College New  Jersey 

Dayton  Carroll  Ford,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Jose  Antonio  Fuentes,  University  of  Puerto  Rico Puerto  Rico 

John  WTilliam  Gannon,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1954.  .West  Virginia 

Richard  Chris  Georgiades,  Virginia  Military  Institute Florida 

Robert  Goren,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Barbara  Lorraine  Greco,  A.B.,  The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers 

University,    1954 New    Jersey 

Anton  Grobani,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1954 Maryland 

Fernando  Haddock,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1954 Puerto  Rico 

Robert  William  Haroth,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Barry  Ronald  Harris,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Richard  McFern  Hemphill,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1954.  .West  Virginia 
Gerald  Franklin  Hoffman,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1954.  .Connecticut 

Paul  Harvey  Hyland,   University  of  Delaware Delaware 

William  Louis  Hyman,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Allen  Burton  Itkin,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Lawrence  Paul  Jacobs,  A.B.,  Temple  University,  1954 Delaware 

Alfred  Howard  Jansen,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Mathis  Johnson,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1954.  .Maryland 
Paul  Franklin  Kiefman,  B.S.,  The  American  University,   1951 Virginia 

41   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Robert  Harmon  McLloyd  Killpack,  B.A.,  University  of  Utah,   1954 Utah 

Anthony  Joseph  Klein,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,   1954.  .  .  .New  York 

David  Rodman  Lecrone,  University  of  Delaware Delaware 

Walter  Prudden  Leonard,  Emory  University Florida 

John  Frank  Lessig,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Herbert  Gary  Levin,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Donald  Palmer  Lewis,  Norwich  University Massachusetts 

Benedict  Salvatore  LiPira,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954 Maryland 

Garrett  Isaac  Long,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1954 Maryland 

Luis  Felipe  Lucca,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1948 Puerto  Rico 

Albert  Silveira  Luiz,  A.B.,  Boston  University,   1952 Massachusetts 

Lawf ord  Earle  Magruder,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Clyde  Danforth  Marlow,  Emory  University Florida 

Carlos  Rafael  Matos,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico Puerto  Rico 

Edward  Robert  McLaughlin,  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1954 

Massachusetts 

David  Frederick  Mehlisch,  Graceland  College Maryland 

Raymond  Dennis  Menton,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1954- Maryland 

Anthony  Nicholas  Micelotti,  B.S.,  Boston  College,   1952 Massachusetts 

Paul  Masashi  Morita,   University  of  Maryland New  Jersey 

Richard  Warren  Moss,   Emory  University Florida 

James  Edward  Nadeau,  American  International  College Massachusetts 

William  Harold  Neilund,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1951 Maryland 

Philip  Patrick  Nolan,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1953 Maryland 

Ralph  Fields  Norwood,  Jr.,  Bethany  College West  Virginia 

Guy  Sullivan  O'Brien,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Furman  University,  1954 South  Carolina 

Charles  Irving  Osman,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1954 Florida 

Warren  Andrew  Parker,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  Jersey 

Bienvenido  Perez,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1954 New  York 

Joseph  Marion  Powell,  Furman  University South  Carolina 

Ralph  Weyman  Price,  North  Georgia  College Virginia 

Alan  Shia  Resnek,  Tufts  College Massachusetts 

Henry  Edward  Richter,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954 Virginia 

Peter  Arthur  Rubelman,  Emory  University Florida 

John  Sidney  Rushton,  University  of  Maryland Virginia 

Robert  Nicholas  Santangelo,   Purdue   University New  Jersey 

Lawrence  Donald  Sarubin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949 Maryland 

James  Augustus  Schaefer,  B.S.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1954 New  York 

Leonard  Stanley  Schneider,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Howard  Schwartz,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

Irwin  Bernard  Schwartz,   The  Newark  Colleges  of  Rutgers   University 

New  Jersey 

David  Howard  Shamer,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1951 Maryland 

Charles  Irvine  Shelton,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Cyril  Stanton  Sokale,  B.A.,  The  University  of  Connecticut,   1954.  .Connecticut 
Edward  William  Spinelli,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Tufts  College,  1954 Massachusetts 

<  42 


School  of  Dentistry 

Howard  Stanton  Spurrier,  University  of  Utah Utah 

John  Francis  Spychalski,  B.S.,  St.  Bernardine  of  Siena  College,  1952.  .  .New  York 

Ivan  Lee  Starr,  A.B.,  Syracuse  University,   1954 New  Jersey 

Ronald  Martin  Starr,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Elizabeth  Lee  Stewart,  The  Johns  Hopkins   University Maryland 

Marvin  Howard  Tawes,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Linn  Shecut  Tompkins,  Jr.,  University  of  South  Carolina South  Carolina 

Frank  Trotto,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1953 West  Virginia 

Donald  Herbert   Wadsworth,    Emory   University Florida 

William  James  Washuta,  University  of  Miami Florida 

David  Allen  Watson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Louis  Weiss,   University  of   Maryland Maryland 

William  Alvin  Wolf,  A.B.,   Upsala  College,    1951 Connecticut 

Rodger  August  Zelles,  B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1954 New  Jersey 

Honors 

Summa  Cum  Laude 
Howard  Stanton  Spurrier 

Magna  Cum  Laude 

Lawrence  Donald  Sarubin  Anthony  Joseph  Klein,  Jr. 

Robert  William  Haroth  Gerald  Franklin  Hoffman 

Walter  Prudden  Leonard 

Cum  Laude 

Lawrence  Paul  Jacobs  John  Frank  Lessig 

Richard  Warren  Moss  Marvin  Howard  Tawes,  Jr. 

John   Sidney   Rushton  F.  Lee  Eggnatz 

Enrique  Rafael  Capo 

Degree  Conferred  August  1,  1958 
George  Louis  Plassnig,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Senior  Class 

Kenneth  David  Bass,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1953; 

M.S.,    1955    Connecticut 

Robert  Gene  Beckelheimer,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Frederick  Blumenthal,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Leonard  Francis  Borges,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,    1951 Massachusetts 

Martin  David  Breckstein,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Lawrence  Austin  Brehne,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,   1951 New  Jersey 

43   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Robert  Francis  Bristol,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1955 Rhode  Island 

John  C.  L.  Brown,  Jr.,  B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1952 

Pennsylvania 

Bayard  Allen  Buchen,  Emory  University Florida 

Robert  Rolland  Buckner,  Washington  Missionary  College Georgia 

Barbara  Dorothea  Bucko,  B.A.,  Syracuse  University Connecticut 

Thomas  Cali,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 New  Jersey 

John  Joseph  Cartisano,  Indiana  University New  York 

Gary  Herbert  Cohen,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Ted  Conner,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Juan  Anibal  Cuevas-Jimenez,  B.S.,   University  of  Puerto  Rico,    1953 

Puerto  Rico 

Adolph  Albert  Cura,  B.A.,  Boston  College,  1955 Massachusetts 

Peter  Bernard  DalPozzol,   Colby  College Connecticut 

Allan  Lee  Danoff,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Eugene  Frederick  deLonge,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

Joseph  Budding  Dietz,  Jr.,  Lehigh  University Delaware 

Frank  Anthony  Dolle,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948;  M.S., 

1950;   Ph.D.,    1954 Maryland 

William  Frank  Dombrowski,  B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,  1950 

Maryland 
James  Francis  Dooley,  B.S.,  United  States  Merchant  Marine  Academy, 

1950;  A.B.,  Rutgers  University,   1951 New  Jersey 

William  Edward  Dowden,  B.S.,  Niagara  University,   1955 New  York 

Conrad  Castenzio  Ferlita,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Raymond  Alan  Flanders,  Colgate  University New  York 

John  Morrison  Foley,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1955 Maryland 

James  Arthur  Fowler,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Robert  Donald  Fraser,  B.S.,  Niagara  University,    1955 New  York 

Richard  Lawrence  Fraze,  Tufts  College Florida 

Larry  Joe  Frick,  The  Clemson  Agricultural  College South  Carolina 

Thornwell  Jacobs  Frick,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,  1955 South  Carolina 

Orton  Dittmar  Frisbie,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Ivan  Orlo  Gardner,  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,   1952 Maryland 

Billy  Wade  Gaskill,  West  Virginia  University Arkansas 

Gorm  Pultz  Hansen,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1957 Maryland 

Frederick  Lewis  Hodous,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Francis  Kurt  Hugelmeyer,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1955.  . .  .New  York 

Eugene  Farley  Humphreys,  Brigham  Young  University Idaho 

James  Paul  Jabbour,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1950;  Ed.M.,   1951 Massachusetts 

Calvin  Charles  Kay,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Edward  Gerard  Keen,  St.  Anselm's  College Connecticut 

Paul  Lewis  Keener,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Krall,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948 Maryland 

Jacob  Ian  Krampf,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Frank  Walter  Krause,  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,   1955 New  Jersey 

**  44 


School  sf  Dentistry 

Domenic  Edward  LaPorta,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Connecticut 

Richard  John  Lauttman,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1953 Maryland 

Robert  Louis  Lee,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Wallace  George  Lee,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1953 Michigan 

Lester  Leonard  Levin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Bernard  Lewis,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Lloly  Cross,  1954 Rhode  Island 

Leslie  Herminio  Lopez- Velez,  B.S.,   University  of  Puerto  Rico,    1955 

Puerto  Rico 

Joseph  Paul  Lynch,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,   1953 New  Jersey 

Carlos  A.  Machuca-Padin,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1954.  .  .  .Puerto  Rico 

Arnold  Irwin  Malhmood,  LIniversity  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1959 Maryland 

Jose  Manuel  Martinez,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1955 Puerto  Rico 

John  Kenneth  McDonald,  Louisiana  State  LIniversity  and  Agricultural 

and  Mechanical  College    Mississippi 

Thomas  James  Meakem,  Davis  and  Elkins  College New  Jersey 

Thomas  Eugene  Miller,  B.S.,  St.  John's  University,   1955 New  Jersey 

Bernard  Lee  Morgan,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,    1955.... West  Virginia 

Fabian  Morgan,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,   1954 North  Carolina 

John  Worthington  Myers,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Elizabeth  Haydee  Noa,  B.A.,  Nazareth  College,  1954 Puerto  Rico 

William  Barnard  O'Connor,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Robert  Owens,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,  1954 North  Carolina 

William  Edward  Parker,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Jeffry  Chandler  Pennington,  The  Citadel South  Carolina 

Charles  Kenneth  Peters,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1954 Maryland 

Gregory  Michael  Petrakis,  B.S.,  Trinity  College,  1955 Connecticut 

George  Jackson  Phillips,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Amherst  College,   1955 Maryland 

Barry  Pickus,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1955 Maryland 

Donald  Alan  Pirie,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955 Maryland 

Anthony  Michael  Policastro,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1955.  .  .  .New  Jersey 

Joseph  Eul  Polino,  B.A.,  Providence  College,    1955 Connecticut 

Alben  R.  Pollack,  B.A.,  Alfred  LIniversity,   1955 New  York 

Joel  Pollack,  B.S.,  The  City  College  of  New  York,  1955 New  York 

Albert  Edward  Postal,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

William  Lewis  Pralley,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  LIniversity,   1955.  ..West  Virginia 

John  Viering  Raese,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Paul  Raimond,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Burton  Alvin  Raphael,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Harold  Reuben  Ribakow,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Chester  James  Richmond,  Jr.,  Tufts  College Connecticut 

Matthew  Angelo  Rocco,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,    1955 New  Jersey 

Lawrence  David  Rogers,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Everett  Newton  Roush,  III,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Louis  Joseph  Ruland,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955 

Maryland 
Pvaymond  Richard  Sahley,   Marshall   College West  Virginia 

45  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Charles  Salerno,    Upsala   College New   Jersey 

Piichard  Charles  Saville,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955 Maryland 

David  Lee  Schofield,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Jerome  Schwartz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949 Maryland 

Piobert  Bernard  Silberstein,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Stanley  Leonard  Silver,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953 

District  of  Columbia 

Francis  Vincent  Simansky,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1955 Maryland 

Orlando  Louis  Skaff,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955 West  Virginia 

Philip  Smith,  University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural  College.  .Vermont 

Anthony  Sollazzo,   Rutgers   University New   Jersey 

James  Frederick  Sproul,  West  Virginia  University Ohio 

John  Joseph  Stecher,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1952 New  Jersey 

Donald  Dietrich  Stegman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952 Maryland 

Daniel  Joseph  Sullivan,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1955 Rhode  Island 

Charles  Carroll  Swoope,  Jr.,  University  of  Florida New  Jersey 

Arthur  Morton  Tilles,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

John  Louis  Varanelli,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Francis  Anthony  Veltre,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1952; 

M.S.,    1954    Maryland 

Jorge  Vendrell,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana Puerto  Rico 

James  Ray  Wampler,  Richmond  College,  University  of  Richmond Virginia 

Leonard  Clifford  Warner,  Jr.,  Colby  College Connecticut 

Edgar  Clair  White,  Marshall  College Kentucky 

Thomas  Adams  Wilson,  B.A.,  Amherst  College,    1955 Maryland 

Herbert  Sanford  Yampolsky,  B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,   1955.  .  .  .New  Jersey 

junior  Class 

Joel  Martin   Adler,    Emory   University Mississippi 

Earl  Robert  Alban,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954.  .  .Maryland 

John  Jacob  Atchinson,   Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Edmund  Donald  Baron,  Rutgers  University New  Jersey 

Hulon  Edward  Beasley,   University  of  Florida Maryland 

John  William  Biehn,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Raymond  Cline  Bodley,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Francis  Brady,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Boston  College,   1954;  M.S., 

University   of   Massachusetts,    1956 Massachusetts 

Frank  Lee  Bragg,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

James  Peter  Brown,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1956.  .Massachusetts 

Rolla  Ray  Burk,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1951 West  Virginia 

Gene  Edward  Camp,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Alfred  Chesler,  Furman  University Ohio 

Piobert  Roy  Chesney,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Robert  A.  Cialone,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955 New  Jersey 

William  John  Cimikoski,  A.B.,   University  of  Michigan,    1953.  ..  .Connecticut 

<  46 


School  of  Dentistry 

Milton  Chipman  Clegg,  B.A.,  University  of  Utah,  1956 Utah 

Clyde  Albert  Coe,    University   of  Maryland Maryland 

Blanca  Collazo,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1956 Puerto  Rico 

Frank  Lateau  Collins,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Myron  Harris  Coulton,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Thomas  Joseph  Cronin,  B.S.,  De  Paul  University,   1955 New  Jersey 

William  Walter  Cwiek,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953 Maryland 

Charles  Albert  Darby,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Charles  Albert  Dean,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1956 Massachusetts 

John  Jay  Denson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1956 Florida 

Michael  Vincent  Doran,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,   1956 Virginia 

Raymond  Dzoba,  Bowling  Green  State  University New  Jersey 

Morton  Mayer  Ehudin,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Joseph  Thomas  Fay,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1956 Rhode  Island 

Humbert  Michael  Fiskio,  A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1955;  M.A., 

University   of   Connecticut,    1956 Connecticut 

Henry  Paul  Fox,  St.  Michael's  College New  York 

Irwood  Fox,  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,   1956 Virginia 

Joseph  Giardina,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Harry  Gruen,  University  of  Miami   Florida 

Ernest  Lee  Harris,  Jr.,  Southern  Missionary  College Florida 

David  William  Heese,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953.  .  .  .Maryland 

Sanford  Sonny  Hochman,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Edward  Allen  Hurdle,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1956 Maryland 

Clemuel  Mansey  Johnson,  B.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina,  1953 

North  Carolina 

Nicholas  Irving  Jones,  B.S.,  The  Citadel,   1956 South  Carolina 

Norman  Lewis  Jones,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Alan  Donald  Jung,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Don  Samuel  Killpack,  B.S.,  University  of  Utah,   1951 Utah 

Irwin  Kolikoff,  B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College,   1953 New  Hampshire 

Don  Lee  Koubek,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1955 West  Virginia 

Robert  Marvin  Kriegsman,  A.B.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina 

North  Carolina 
Scot  Sueki  Kubota,  A.B.,  Colorado  State  College,    1953; 

A.M.,    1954    Hawaii 

Nicolas  Lasijczuk,  D.S.,  University  of  Nancy New  York 

Martin  Albert  Levin,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1957 Maryland 

Marvin  Paul  Levin,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Harry  Levy,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

William  Lee  Lovern,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Frederick  Magaziner,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Maryland 

Martin  Magaziner,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Frank  William  Mastrola,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1956.  .  .  .Rhode  Island 

Martin  Lee  Mays,  B.S.,  Wofford  College,   1957 South  Carolina 

David  Henry  McLane,  A.B.,  Marshall  College,  1957 West  Virginia 

47  > 


University  of  Maryland 

John  Stephen  McLaughlin,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

John  Bennett  Moore,  Jr.,  Weber  College Utah 

Richard  Franklin  Murphy,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Theodore  Jacob  Noffsinger,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956.  .Maryland 
Franklin  Lewis  Oliverio,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1956.  .  .West  Virginia 

Billy  Wendel  Olsen,  B.A.,  University  of  California,   1955 California 

Bernard  John  Orlowski,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Philip  Kibbee  Parsons,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Helmer  Eugene  Pearson,  Upsala  College New  Jersey 

Alfred  John  Phillips,  University  of  Florida Florida 

James  Vincent  Picone,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,   1956.  ..Massachusetts 

Robert  Henry  Prindle,  B.A.,  St.  Michael's  College,   1956 New  York 

Anthony  Joseph  Regine,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,   1955 Rhode  Island 

Jude  Philip  Restivo,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Ronald  Lee  Ripley,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955 West  Virginia 

Malcolm  Louis  Rosenbloum,  Emory  University Missouri 

Georges  Philippe  Raynald  Roy,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,   1956 Maine 

William  Joseph  Rumberger,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College Pennsylvania 

Thomas  Melvin  Rutherford,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College,  1956 

West  Virginia 

Frank  John  Salino,  The  University  of  Buffalo New  York 

Lawrence  Francis  Schaefer,  St.  Michael's  College New  York 

Roger  Clare  Sears,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

Howard  Irwin  Segal,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Edwin  Barry  Shiller,  Emory  University Florida 

Joseph  James  Smith,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Robert  Carroll  Smith,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1956 West  Virginia 

Alvin  Jerome  Snyder,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

David  M.  Solomon,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1956 New  Jersey 

Piudolph  Clement  Strambi,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,    1952 New  Jersey 

Wayne  Eugene  Stroud,  University  of  Maryland Illinois 

George  Webster  Struthers,  Jr.,  B.S.,   Randolph-Macon  College,    1952 

West  Virginia 

Edward  Ralph  Thompson,   Temple   University New  Jersey 

Robert  Speirs  Thomson,  B.A.,  Houghton  College,   1956 New  Jersey 

Earle  Alexander  Tompkins,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,   1955 

Massachusetts 

Gilbert  Allen  Vitek,  Graceland  College Maryland 

Raymond  Francis  Waldron,  A.B.,  Boston  College,    1956 Massachusetts 

Martin  Truett  Watson,  A.B.,  Emory  University,  1954 Georgia 

Irwin  Robert  Weiner,  University  of  Akron Ohio 

Wayne  Clark  Wills,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Charles  Rosser  Wilson,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1956 North  Carolina 

Dale  Lee  Wood,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Louis  Yarid.   A.B.,   Columbia   University,    1956 Massachusetts 


<3  48 


School  of  Dentistry 

Sophomore  Class 

Paul  Wilfred  Achin,  Providence  College Massachusetts 

Morris  Antonelli,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 District  of  Columbia 

Gilbert  Samuel  Berman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Cecil  Samuel  Boland,  B.S.,  Newberry  College,   1957 Maryland 

Lester  Malcolm  Breen,  Emory  University Georgia 

Jay  Ronald  Brenner,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Donald  Acker  Michael  Brown,  B.A.,  St.  John's  College,  1951 Maryland 

Douglas  Adams  Bryans,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,    i957 Massachusetts 

George  Franklin  Buchness,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1948;  M.S.,  Catholic 

University,  1954 Maryland 

Richard  Mario  Carmosino,  A.B.,  Boston  University,   1957 Massachusetts 

Thomas  J.  Cavanaugh,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Lawrence  Leo  Clark,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  Jersey 

James  Richard  Crouse,  Shepherd  College Maryland 

Billy  Hugh  Darke,  B.S.,  Western  Kentucky  State  College,   1954 Kentucky 

William  Lawrence  Doheny,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Edward  Cornelius  Dohertv,  B.A.,  Boston  College,   1957 Massachusetts 

Marlin  Duane  Dunker,  B.A.,  Walla  Walla  College,   1955 California 

William  Duane  Fitzgerald,   University  of  Massachusetts Massachusetts 

Sheldon  Donald  Fliss,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Richard  Arnold  Foer.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957.  .  .District  of  Columbia 

Joseph  Edward  Furtado,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1954 Rhode  Island 

William  Joseph  Girotti,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1957 

Massachusetts 
Raymond  Emil  Goepfrich,  B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,    1957 

Pennsylvania 
John  George  Goettee,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,   1957.  .  .Maryland 

Melvin  Goldenberg,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1957 Rhode  Island 

Aaron  Rufus  Griffith,  Jr.,  University  of  South  Carolina South  Carolina 

Sheldon  Gerald  Gross,  University  of  Vermont Massachusetts 

Stanford  Edgar  Hamburger,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,    1957.  ...  Maryland 

Arnold   Hecht,    University   of   Miami Florida 

Ronald  Wesley  Higel,  University  of  Florida Florida 

William  Paul  Hoffman,  Jr.,  Earlham  College District  of  Columbia 

Patrick   Francis  Iacovelli,   Jr.,   B.S.,    Boston   College,    1952 Massachusetts 

Ronald  Harold  Israel,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1958 Maryland 

Alvin  Wesley  Kagey,  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957 Maryland 

Sanford  Katsumi  Kamezawa,  LIniversity  of  California Hawaii 

Stanley  Paul  Kaminski,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,   1957 New  Jersey 

Douglas  Kaplan,  B.A.,  Alfred  University,  1957 New  Jersey 

George  Theodore  Keary,  Yale  University Massachusetts 

Michael  Edward  Kolakowski,  Jr.,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1957 

Maryland 
Robert  George  Kovack,  B.S.,  Albright  College,    1957 New  Jersey 


49 


University  of  Maryland 

Ralph  Leonard  Kroopnick,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1957.  .Connecticut 

William  Herbert  Lackey,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Robert  Maurice  Lattanzi,  Albertus  Magnus  College Connecticut 

Jack  Edward  Liller,  University  of  Richmond Maryland 

Arnold  Irvin  Loew,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Sol  Benjamin  Love,  Georgetown  University District  of  Columbia 

Keith  Gerald  Lown,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,  1956 California 

Edward  Salters  McCallum,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

William  Edward  McLaughlin,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Joseph  Robert  Marchesani,  LaSalle  College New  Jersey 

Richard  Madison  Marrone,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Alan  J.  Martin,  Ohio  University ■ Florida 

Robert  Cameron  Mason,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1958 Maryland 

Michael  Charles  Matzkin,  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1957 Connecticut 

Robert  Francis  Meier,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Marc  Julian  Meyers,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1957 Maryland 

Ronald  Britton  Morley,  B.A.,  Maryville  College,  1957 New  York 

Clarence  John  Myatt,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

Roy  Mitsuaki  Naito,  B.A.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1956 Hawaii 

Antone  Travers  Oliveira,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

James  Edward  Palmer,  University  of  Maryland   Maryland 

David  Bertram  Pere,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Albert  Perlmutter,  A.B.,  Boston  University,  1957 Massachusetts 

Garr  Thomas  Phelps,  Xavier  University Kentucky 

Joseph  Michael  Pistoria,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Erwin  Stuart  Raffel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Malcolm  Sidney  Renbaum,  B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1956  .  .  .  .Maryland 

John  Filmore  Robinson,  Loyola  College    Maryland 

William  Otis  Rockefeller,  University  of  Maryland New  York 

Theodore  Almada  Rosa,   University  of  Maryland,   B.S.,    1958 

District  of  Columbia 
Victor  Angel  Rosado,  B.A.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Puerto  Rico,  1957 

Puerto  Rico 

David  Neuman  Rudo,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Peter  Paul  Ryiz,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,    1958 Connecticut 

Richard  Daniel  Sachs,  University  of  Miami   Florida 

Hershel  Garvin  Sawyer,  A.B.,  Berea  College,  1957 West  Virginia 

Harold  Mark  Shavell,  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1957 Florida 

Robert  Stanley  Siegel,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1958 Maryland 

Frank  Joseph  Sinnreich,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951 Maryland 

Melvin  Jordan  Slan,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Louis  Edward  Snyder,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland .South  Carolina 

James  Miller  Steig,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology   Florida 

Stanley  Merrill  Stoller,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

Arthur  Hein  Streeter,  B.S.,  Washington  College,  1957 Maryland 

Joseph  Ashley  Sullivan,  University  of  Miami   Florida 

^  50 


School  of  Dentistry 

Brett  Taylor  Summey,  B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,   1957 

North  Carolina 

John  Harvey  Swann,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Jerry  Dale  Taf  t,  University  of  Maryland   Montana 

Bill  Edward  Taylor,  University  of  Oklahoma Oklahoma 

Paul  Irvin  Teitelbaum,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

Donald  Mathews  Tilghman,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

George  Bartholomew  Towson,  Washington  College Maryland 

Norton  Allen  Tucker,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1958 Maryland 

Nils  Glick  Wallen,  B.A.,  Syracuse  University,   1957 New  Jersey 

Frederic  James  Wasserman,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1957 Florida 

Alfred  Stewart  Windeler,  Jr.,  Johns  Hopkins  University New  Jersey 

William  Herbert  Witherspoon,  West  Virginia  University Pennsylvania 

Larry  Emanuel  Wynne,  Emory  University Florida 

Stanley  Leonard  Zakarin,  University  of  Florida Florida 

John  Francis  Zulaski,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1957.  .  .Connecticut 

Freshman  Class 

Frederick  Bradshaw  Abbott,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College Maryland 

Tulio  Fulvio  Albertini,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

James  Emil  Andrews,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1958 North  Carolina 

Robert  Apfel,  B.A.,  University  of  Miami,  1958 Florida 

Marvin  Bennet  Apter,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Herman  Axelrod,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Michael  Alan  Balenson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Donald  Harry  Barnes,  College  of  the  Pacific California 

Howard  Benjamin  Berman,  Emory  University Florida 

Samuel  Blum,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Gabriel  Herman  Blumenthal,  University  of  Miami Florida 

William  John  Bowen,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Roger  Lee  Brown,  University  of  Maryland Pennsylvania 

Peter  John  Buchetto,  Jr.,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Barry  Stanley  Buchman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Paul  William  Bushman,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958.  .  .Maryland 

Robert  Moore  Charlton,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Jerome  Milton  Chertkoff,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958.  .Maryland 

George  Gary  Clendenin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Hillard  Wilf  Cohen,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

David  Constantinos,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1957.  .Massachusetts 

William  Howard  Dickson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Albert  William  Doetzer,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1958 Maryland 

Irvin  I.  Donick,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Richard  Farish  Downes,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

John  Theodore  Drescher,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1958.  .  .  .Connecticut 
Alvin  Engel,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

51  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Bernard  David  Feinberg,  College  of  Charleston South  Carolina 

Henry  Anthony  Fischer,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1958 Florida 

James  Scott  Foulke,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Neil  Arthur  Friedman,  University  of  Southern  California California 

Richard  Saul  Friedman,  A.B.,  Rutgers  University,  1957 New  Jersey 

Thomas  Brent  Gable,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College Pennsylvania 

Charles  Augustus  Gallagher,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Lawrence  Allan  Gallerani,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1958 

Massachusetts 

Ronald  Irvin  Glaeser,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1958 Maryland 

Milton  Josef  Glatzer,  A.B.,  Rutgers  College,  1958 .New  Jersey 

Harold  Israel  Glazer,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Milton  Perry  Glazer,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

*Stuart  Howard  Goldfine,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Marshall  Robert  Goldman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

George  Joseph  Goodreau,  Jr.,  A.B.,  St.  Anselm's  College,  1953.  .New  Hampshire 

Robert  Gordon,  A.B.,  Boston  University,   1958 Massachusetts 

Larry  Earl  Grace,  B.S.,  Concord  College,   1956 West  Virginia 

Robert  Duane  Hackney,  The  State  College  of  Washington Washington 

Lawrence  Frank  Halpert,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958.  .Maryland 

Laurence  Eugene  Johns,  Shepherd  College Maryland 

James  Paul  Johnson,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1958 Pennsylvania 

Laddie  Lynn  Jones,  B.S.,  Presbyterian  College,  1958 South  Carolina 

David  Brainard  Kirby,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958.  .Pennsylvania 

Martin  Kline,  Emory  University Florida 

Richard  Thomas  Koritzer,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Robert  Alan  Kramer,  Lafayette  College New  Jersey 

Elmer  Lee,  University  of  California California 

Daniel  Levy,  Emory  University Georgia 

Donald  Eugene  Lilley,   Southern  Missionary  College Maryland 

Berton  Abner  Lowell,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Kenneth  George  Magee,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland New  Jersey 

Sidney  Samuel  Markowitz,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  David  Mechanick,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Stephen  Mark  Millison,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Stephen  Hollingshead  Mills,   University  of  Florida Florid? 

Alan  Tatsuo  Miyamoto,  B.A.,  Simpson  College,   1958 Hawaii 

Kermit  Lee  Norton,  Fresno  State  College California 

Harvey  Sheldon  Pallen,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Robert  Parker,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

John  Albert  Patterson,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,  1958 North  Carolina 

Allan  Buckner  Pertnoy,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Gerald  Alan  Pinsky,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Albert  Louis  Pizzi,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1958 Massachusetts 

*  Attended  part  session 
<J  52 


School  of  Dentistry 

Allan  Posner,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Leo  Rabago,  Jr.,  Fresno  State  College California 

Sylvan  Rankin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Victor  Rapisarda,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,   1957 Massachusetts 

Paul  Francis  Regan,  B.A.,  Boston  College,   1958 Massachusetts 

Donald  Arthur  Romeo,  A.B.,  St.  Anselm's  College,  1956 Massachusetts 

Lee  Howard  Roper,  University  of  Maryland New  Hampshire 

Ralph  Leon  Rosnow,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957; 

A.M.,  The  George  Washington  University,  1958 Maryland 

Jack  Arnold  Roth,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

Howard  Leslie  Rothschild,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

David  Rubin,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Sheldon  Allen  Rudie,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Howard  Frederick  Rudo,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Joseph  Anthony  Salvo,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1958 Massachusetts 

Earle  Milton  Schulz,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Howard  Erwin  Schunick,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Frank  Lewis  Schwartz,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Allen  Hirch  Simmons,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,  1955 California 

Reed  Campbell  Snow,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Theodore  Sheldon  Sobkov,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Irvin  Murray  Sopher,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Kenneth  Bernard  Stern,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Dennis  Martin  Sullivan,  University  of  Georgia South  Carolina 

John  Thomson,  III,  Houghton  College New  Jersey 

Norman  Michael  Trabulsy,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1957 Florida 

Alan  Jay  Trager,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Lamar  Gordon  Warren,  Jr.,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Robert  William  Warson,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1958 Maryland 

Warren  George  Watrel,  B.S.,   Syracuse   University,    1957;   M.S.,    1958 

New  Jersey 

Roger  Allan  Webster,  University  of  Oregon California 

Jerome  Jacob  Weinstein,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

John  Charles  Wilhelm,  A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1953 Maryland 

Rex  Patrick  Wood,  B.S.,  The  State  College  of  Washington,  1958.  .  .Washington 
David  Ansel  Young,  Whittier  College California 


53 


University  of  Maryland 

DEANS  OF  DENTAL  SCHOOLS  IN  BALTIMORE 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

(Founded  1840) 

Chapin  A.  Harris 1840-1841 

Thomas  E.  Bond  1841-1842 

Washington  R.  Handy    1842-1853 

Philip  H.  Austen 1853-1865 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas   1865—1882 

Richard  B.  Winder   .' 1882-1894 

M.  Whilldin  Foster  1894-1914 

William  G.  Foster   1914-1923 

MARYLAND  DENTAL  COLLEGE 

1873-1878  (Merged  with  B.  C.  D.  S.) 

Richard  B.  Winder   1873-1878 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(Founded    1882) 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas   1882—191 1 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole   191 1  —  1923 

BALTIMORE  MEDICAL  COLLEGE 

1895-1913  (Merged  with  U.  of  Md.) 

J.  William  Smith 1895-1901 

William  A.  Montell 1901-1903 

j.  Edgar  Orrison 1903-1904 

J.  William  Smith 1904-1913 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(B.  C.  D.  S.  Joined  the  U.  of  Md.  1923) 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole   1923-1924 

J.  Ben  Robinson   1924-1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg  (Acting)  1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg 1954— present 

^  54 


School  of  Dentistry 

INDEX 

Academic  Calendar    2 

Admission    Requirements    11 

Admission  with  Advanced  Standing   14 

Alumni    Association    38-39 

Anatomy    23-24 

Application  Procedures 13 

Arts  and  Sciences— Dental  Program   11-13 

Attendance  Requirements    14 

Biochemistry 24 

Board  of  Regents 1 

Curriculum,  Arts— Dentistry   12 

Curriculum,  Plan  of 21-22 

Deans  of  the  Baltimore  Dental  Schools 54 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 18 

Dental  History  and  Literature    24-25 

Dental  Prosthesis 

Removable  Complete  and  Partial  Prosthesis    25-26 

Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 26-27 

Deportment    15 

Description  of  Courses    23-37 

Diagnosis    27 

Equipment  Requirements    15 

Faculty  Listing 3-8 

Fees,   Graduate    17 

Fees,  Student 16 

Freshman  Class   51-53 

Gorgas  Odontological  Society    37 

Grading  and  Promotion 14-15 

Graduating  Class  (1957-58  Session) 41-43 

Graduation  Requirements    15-16 

Histology 27-28 

History  of  the  School   9-10 

Index    55-56 

Junior  Class 46-48 

Library 10 

Matriculation  and  Enrollment 13 

Medicine 

General  Medicine 28 

Oral  Medicine   29 

Microbiology    29-30 

Officers  of  Administration   3 

Officers  of  Instruction   3-8 

Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon 37-38 

Operative  Dentistry 30-3 1 

55  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

INDEX  QcontinuecT) 

Orthodontics    31 

Pathology 31-32 

Pedodontics    32-33 

Pharmacology 33 

Physiology    34 

Postgraduate  Courses 17 

Practice  Administration 34-35 

Promotion  and  Grading 14-15 

Refunds    17 

Registration    17 

Requirements  for  Admission 11 

Requirements  for  Graduation   15-16 

Requirements  for  Matriculation  and  Enrollment 13 

Roentgenology    35 

Scholarship  and  Loan  Funds 19-20 

Senior  Class 43-46 

Senior  Prize  Awards   39-40 

Sophomore  Class   49-5 1 

Summer  Courses    37 

Student  Health  Service 18-19 

Surgery 35-36 

Visual  Aids    36-37 


56 


1Q60 


No.  13 


>f   I 


eit  B<e 


1960-1961 


V    OF 


196C 

1961 

JANUARY  I960 

JULY    1966 

JANUARY   1M1 

JULY    1961 

S    M  T   W    T 

F 

s 

S 

M   T  W   T   F 

S 

S 

M    T   W    T 

F   S 

S 

M   T   W    T   F    S 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2     8     4     6 

6     7 

1 

3     4     5     6     7 

8 

9 

3 

4     5     6     7     8 

9 

8 

9  10  11  12 

18  14 

I 

3     4     5     6     7     8 

10  11   12  IS  14 

15 

16 

10 

11  12  13  14  15 

16 

15 

16  17   18  19 

20  21 

9 

10  11  12  13  14  15 

17  18  19  20  21 

22 

23 

17 

18  19  20  21  22 

23 

22 

23  24  25  26 

27  28 

16 

17  18  19  20  21  22 

24  25  26  27  28 

29 

30 

24 

25  26  27  28  29 

30 

29  80  81 

23 

24  25  26  27  28  29 

31 

31 

30 

31 

FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 

S    M    T    W    T 

F 

s 

S 

M   T   W   T   F 

S 

S 

M    T   W   T 

F    S 

S 

M    T    W    T    F    S 

12     3     4 

5 

6 

12     3     4     5 

6 

1     8 

8     4 

12     8     4     6 

7     8     9  10  11 

12 

13 

7 

8     9  10  11  12 

18 

5 

6     7     8     9 

10  11 

6 

7     8     9  10   11   12 

14  15  16  17  18 

19 

20 

14 

15  16  17  18  19 

20 

12 

13  14  15  16 

17  18 

13 

14  15  16  17  18  19 

21  22  23  24  25 

26 

27 

21 

22  23  24  25  26 

27 

19 

20  21  22  23 

24  26 

20 

21  22  23  24  25  26 

28   29 

28 

29  30  31 

26 

27  28 

27 

28  29  30  31 

MARCH 

SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

SEPTEMBER 

S    M    T   W   T 

F 

S 

S 

M   T   W    T   F 

s 

s 

M   T   W   T 

F    S 

S 

M    T   W   T   F   S 

12     3 

4 

6 

1     2 

8 

1     3 

8     4 

1     2 

6     7     8     9  10 

11 

12 

4 

5     6    7     8     9 

10 

5 

6     7     8     9 

10  11 

3 

4     5     6     7     8     9 

13  14  15  16  17 

18 

19 

11 

12  18  14  15  16 

17 

12 

18  14  16  16 

17  18 

10 

11  12  13  14  15  16 

20  21  22  23  24 

25 

26 

18 

19  20  21  22  23 

24 

19 

20  21  22  28 

24  26 

17 

18  19  20  21  22  28 

27   28   29  30  31 

25 

26  27  28  29  80 

26 

27  28  29  80 

81 

24 

26  26  27   28  29  80 

APRIL 

OCTOBER 

APRIL 

OCTOBER 

S    M    T    W    T 

F 

S 

s 

M   T   W    T   F 

s 

S 

M    T    W    T 

F    S 

S 

M    T    W    T    F    S 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

2     3     4     6     6     7 

3     4     5     6     7 

8 

9 

2 

8     4     5     6     7 

8 

2 

3     4     5     6 

7     8 

8 

9  10   11   12  IS  14 

10  11   12  18  14 

15 

16 

9 

10  11  12  18  14 

15 

9 

10  11   12  18 

14  15 

15 

16  17  18  19  20  21 

17   18  19  20  21 

22 

28 

16 

17  18  19  20  21 

22 

16 

17  18  19  20 

21  22 

22 

23  24  25  26  27  28 

24  25  26  27  28 

29 

30 

23 

24  25  26  27  28  29 

23 

24  25  26  27 

28  29 

29 

30  81 

30 

81 

30 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 

S    M    T    W    T 

F 

S 

S 

M   T   W   T   F 

S 

S 

M    T    W    T 

F    S 

S 

M   T   W   T    F   S 

12     3     4     5 

6 

7 

12     3     4 

5 

12     3     4 

6     6 

13     8     4 

8     9  10   11   12 

13 

14 

6 

7     8     9  10   11 

12 

7 

8     9  10  11 

12  13 

5 

6     7     8     9  10  11 

15  16  17  18  19 

20 

21 

13 

14  15  16  17  18 

19 

14 

15  16  17  18 

19  20 

12 

13  14  15  16  17  18 

22  23  24  25  26 

27 

28 

20 

21  22  23  24  25 

26 

21 

22  23  24  25 

26  27 

19 

20  21  22  23  24  25 

29  30  31 

27 

28  29  80 

28 

29  30  31 

26 

27  28  29  30 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

S    M   T   W    T 

F 

S 

S 

M   T   W   T   F 

S 

S 

M    T    W    T 

F    S 

S 

M   T   W   T   F   S 

1     3 

3 

4 

1     2 

3 

1 

2     8 

1     2 

5    6     7     8     9 

10 

11 

4 

6     6    7     8     9 

10 

4 

5     6    7     8 

9   10 

3 

4     6     6     7     8     9 

12  13  14  15  16 

17 

18 

11 

12  13  14  16  16 

17 

11 

12  18  14  15 

16  17 

10 

11  12  IS  14  15  16 

19  20  21  22  23 

24 

25 

18 

19  20  21  22  23 

24 

18 

19  20  21  22 

28  24 

17 

18  19  20  21  22  28 

26   27   28  29  30 

25 

26  27  28  29  80 

81 

25 

26  27  28  29 

30 

24 
31 

25  26  27  28  29  80 

ONE  HUNDRED  AND  TWENTIETH   CATALOGUE 

with 

Announcements  For 

The  1960-1961  Session 


BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 
DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


THE  PROVISIONS  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  con- 
tract between  the  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  University  reserves 
the  right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time  within  the  student's 
term  of  residence.  The  University  further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a 
student  to  withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the 
University. 


'"* 


s   BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

and 

MARYLAND  STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Term 
Expires 
Charles  P.  McCormick 

Chairman    1966 

McCormick  and  Company,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Vice-Chairman    1968 

The  National  Grange,  1616  H  Street,  N.W.,  Washington  6 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

Secretary   1967 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore  1 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 

Treasurer    1966 

Denton 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

Assistant  Secretary    1961 

5800  Park  Heights  Avenue,  Baltimore  15 

C.  Ewlng  Tuttle 

Assistant   Treasurer    1962 

907  Latrobe  Building,  Charles  and  Read  Streets,  Baltimore  2 

Richard  W.  Case 1967 

Commercial  Credit  Building,  300  St.  Paul  Place,  Baltimore  2 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 1965 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown 

Thomas  B.  Symons    1963 

Suburban  Trust  Company,  6950  Carroll  Avenue,  Takoma  Park 

William  C.  Walsh 1968 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland 

Mrs.  John  L.  Whitehurst 1967 

4101  Greenway,  Baltimore  18 

Members  of  the  Board  were  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State  for  terms  of 
nine  years  each,  beginning  the  first  Monday  in  June. 

Members  of  the  Board  appointed  to  serve  after  June  1,  1960  are  limited  to  two  con- 
secutive seven-year  terms. 

The  President  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is  by  law,  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Board. 

The  State  law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
shall  constitute  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


University  of  Maryland 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 

1960-1961  Session 

First  Semester 

1960 

September  19    Monday    Orientation  Program  for  Freshman  Class 

September  20   Tuesday    Registration  for  Freshman  Class 

September  21    Wednesday     . .  Registration  for  Sophomore  Class 

September  22 Thursday    ....  Registration  for  Junior  and  Senior  Classes 

September  23    Friday   Instruction  begins  with  first  scheduled  period 

November  22   Tuesday    Thanksgiving  recess  begins  at  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 

November  28    Monday    Instruction  resumes  with  first  scheduled  period 

December  21    Wednesday     . .  Christmas  recess  begins  at  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 

1961 

January  3    Tuesday    Instruction  resumes  with  first  scheduled  period 

January  20    Friday     Inauguration  Day— holiday 

January  30    Monday, 

and   31    Tuesday    Second  Semester  Registration 

February   3    Friday   First  Semester  ends  at  the  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 

Second  Semester 

February  6    Monday     Instruction  begins  with  first  scheduled  period 

February  22    Wednesday     . .  Washington's  Birthday— holiday 

March  30    Thursday    ....  Easter  recess  begins  at  close  of  last  scheduled 

period 

April   4    Tuesday    Instruction  resumes  with  first  scheduled  period 

May  30   Tuesday    Memorial  Day— holiday 

June  7    Wednesday     . .  Second  Semester  ends  at  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 
June  10     Saturday    Commencement 


A  student  who  registers  after  instruction  begins  must  pay  a  late  registration  fee  of 
$5.00.   No  late  registration  will  be  approved  after  Friday  of  the  first  week  of  instruction. 

M  2 


School  of  Dentistry 

OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

wilson  homer  elkins,  President  of  the  University 

B.A.,    M.A.,    B.LITT.,    D.PHIL. 

MYRON   S.    AISENBERG,   Dean 
D.D.S. 

Katharine  toomey,  Administrative  Assistant 

LL.D. 

G.  watson  algire,  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

B.A.,    M.S. 

norma  j.  azlein,  Registrar 


OFFICERS  OF  INSTRUCTION 
1959-1960  SESSION 


Emeritus 


j.  ben  robinson,  Dean  Emeritus 
D.D.S.,  d.sc. 

Professors 

myron  s.  aisenberg,  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

Joseph  calton  biddix,  jr.,  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1934. 

Edward  c.  dobbs,  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929;  b.s.,  1952. 

erice  marden  dorsey,  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927. 

Gardner  Patrick  henry  Foley,  Professor  of  Dental  Literature 

b.a.,  Clark  University,  1923;  m.a.,  1926. 

Grayson  wilbur  gaver,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

William  edward  hahn,  Professor  of  Anatomy 

d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  a.b.,  University  of  Rochester,  1938;  m.s.,  1939. 

jose  e.  medina,  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

Ernest  b.  nuttall,  Professor  of  Vixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

3  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

*robert  harold  oster,  Professor  of  Physiology 

b.s.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,    1923;   m.s.,    1926;  ph.d.,   Harvard   Uni- 
versity,  1933. 

kyrle-  w.  preis,  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929. 

d.  Vincent  provenza,  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1939;  m.s.,  1941;  ph.d.,  1952. 

wilbur  owen  ramsey,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

donald  E.  shay,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.s.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1937;  m.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  ph.d.,  1943 

E.  g.  vanden  bosche,  Professor  of  Biochemistry 

a.b.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1922;  m.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1924;  ph.d.,  1927. 

Associate  Professors 

Joseph  Patrick  cappuccio,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

b.s.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

Stanley  h.  dosh,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1935. 

alvin  f.  Gardner,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

a.a.,  University  of  Florida,  1940;  d.d.s.,  Emory  University,  1943;  m.s.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University,  1959. 

harold  golton,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1925. 

yam-hin  louie,  Associate  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 

b.s.,   Lingnan   University,   Canton,   China,    1938;   d.d.s.,    Northwestern    University, 
1945;  m.s.d.,  1946. 

george  mclean,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis  and  Principles  of 
Medicine 

m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1916. 

peter  mclean  lu,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934. 

Walter  l.  oggesen,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926. 

burton  Robert  pollack,  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 


*  Deceased  January  2,  1960. 
M  4 


School  of  Dentistry 

douglas  john  sanders,  Associate  Professor  of  Pedodontics 
b.s.,  Northwestern  University,  1946;  d.d.s.,  1948. 

E.  Roderick  Shipley,  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1938;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

guy  paul  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 
a.b.,  West  Virginia  University,   1923;  a.m.,   1929. 

l.  edward  warner,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

tobias  Weinberg,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 
a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1930:  m.d.,   1933. 

Assistant  Professors 

irving  i.  abramson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,   University  of  Maryland,   1932. 

alvin  david  aisenberg,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1945. 

hugh  m.  clement,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1944. 

fred  ehrlich,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pedodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

Calvin  Joseph  gaver,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  d.d.s.,  1954. 

conrad  l.  inman,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anesthesiology 
d.d.s.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1915. 

william  kress,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936. 

george  w.  piavis,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy 

a.b.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1948;  m.ed.,  1952;  ph.d.,  Duke  University,  1958. 

Norton  morris  ross,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

b.s.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1949;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954. 

daniel  edward  shehan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

Arthur  g.  siwinski,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1927;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

d.  Robert  swinehart,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 

a.b.,  Dartmouth  College,  1933;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937. 

edmond  g.  vanden  bosche,  Assistant  Professor  of  Tooth  Morphology 

b.s.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 


University  of  Maryland 

david  h.  willer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

Special  Lecturers 

c.  richard  fravel,  Lecturer  in  Principles  of  Medicine 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1949. 

martin  helrich,  Professor  of  Anesthesiology  (School  of  Medicine') 
e.s.,  Dickinson  College,  1946;  m.d.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946. 

richard  lindenberg,  Lecturer  in  Neuroanatomy 
m.d.,  University  of  Berlin,  1944. 

ethelbert  lovett,  Lecturer  in  Ethics 

d.d.s. ,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1922. 

William  j.  o'donnell,  Lecturer  in  jurisprudence 

a.b.,  Loyola  College,  1937;  ll.b.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

harry  m.  robinson,  jr.,  Professor  of  Dermatology  (School  of  Medicine) 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  m.d.,   1935. 

george  herschel  yeager,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery  (School  of  Medicine) 
b.s.,  West  Virginia  University,   1927;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1929. 

Instructors 

sterrett  p.  beaven,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

earl  F.  becker,  Instructor  in  Microbiology 

b.s.,  Muhlenberg  College,  1951;  M.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1957. 

henry  j.  bianco,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1956. 

samuel  hollinger  bryant,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 

a.b.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1928;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1932. 

thomas  F.  clement,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 

jerome  s.  cullen,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

jose  h.  diaz,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 

b.s.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1941;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1950. 

frank  A.  dolle,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948;  M.S.,  1950;  ph.d.,  1954;  d.d.s.,  1959. 

conrad  c.  ferlita,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 

b.s.,  University  of  Miami,  1956;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 


School  of  Dentistry 

john  m.   foley,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 

b.s.,  Loyola  College,  1955;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959. 

ralph  jack  Gordon,  Instructor  in  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  Maryland,   1933. 

marvin  m.  graham,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

a.b.,  Cornell  University,  1938;  a.m.,  1939;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1943. 

Walter  granruth,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Pathology 

b.s.,  Loyola  College,  1950;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

Robert  l.  heldrich,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 

a.b.,  Gettysburg  College,  1951;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

richard  m.  hemphill,   Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

a.b.,  West  Virginia  University,  1954;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

melvin  john  jagielski,  Instructor  in  Tooth  Morphology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 

peter  l.  johnson,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

b.a.,  Hofstra  College,  1953;  d.d.s.,  Georgetown  University,  1957. 

francis  j.  kihn,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 

b.s.,  Loyola  College,  1952;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

anthony  j.  klein,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 

b.s.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1954;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

lester  lebo,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 
b.s.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  m.d.,  1941. 

charles  brown  Leonard,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry 

b.a.,  Rutgers  College  of  South  Jersey,  1955;  m.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

richard  r.  c  Leonard,  Instructor  in  Public  Health  Dentistry 

d.d.s.,  Indiana  University,  1922;  m.s.p.h.,  University  of  Michigan,  1944. 

Herbert  g.  levin,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958. 

charles  e.  loveman,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935;  d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

martin  h.  morris,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry 
b.s.,  Rutgers  University,  1952;  m.s.,  1954. 

james  p.  norris,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  d.d.s.,  1956. 

frank  n.  ogden,  Instructor  in  First  Aid  and  in  Charge  of  Medical  Care  of  Stu- 
dents 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1917. 

victor  s.  primrose,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  McGill  University,  1918. 

myron  hillard  sachs,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 
d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

7  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Joseph  h.  seipp,  Instructor  in  Histology  aud  Embryology 

a.b.,  Loyola  College,  1951;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  1957. 

philip  smith,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

leah  m.  p.  staling,  Instructor  in  Physiology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944;  M.S.,  1948. 

glenn  d.  Steele,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

claude  p.  taylor,  Director  of  Visual  Education 

Francis  a.  veltre,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S.,  1954;  d.d.s.,  1959. 

earle  Harris  watson,  Instructor  in  Dental  Materials  and  Dental  Prosthesis 
a.b.  University  of  North  Carolina,  1938;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

nelson  a.  wright,  Instructor  in  Pull  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

george  d.  yent,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

Graduate  Assistants 

john  j.  Jordan,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Histology  and  Embryology 
b.s.,  University  of  Scranton,   1957. 

Library  Staff 

IDA  marian  robinson,  Librarian  and  Associate  Professor  of  Library  Science 

a.b.,    Cornell    University,    1924;   b.s.l.s.,    Columbia    University    School    of   Library 
Service,  1944. 

Hilda  e.  moore,  Associate  Librarian  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Science 
a.b.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College,   1936;  a.b.l.s.,  Emory  University  Library 
School,   1937. 

Beatrice  marriott,  Reference  Librarian 
a.b.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944. 

edith  m.  coyle,  Periodicals  Librarian 

a.b.,    University  of  North   Carolina,    1937;   a.b.l.s.,   University  of   North   Carolina 
School  of  Library  Science,  1939;  m.a.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1945. 

Eleanor  m.  mitten,  Chief  Cataloguer 

b.s.,  Cornell  University,  1942;  b.s.l.s.,  Syracuse  University,  1949. 

marjorie  vilk,   Cataloguer 

b.s.,  Kutztown  State  Teachers  College,  1952. 

marie  martin,  Library  Assistant 

Jacqueline  b.  clem,  Assistant  to  the  Librarian 

betty  b.  linkous,  Assistant  to  the  Cataloguer 

<*  8 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 
Historv 

THE  BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY  OCCUPIES  AN  IMPORTANT  AND 
interesting  place  in  the  history  of  dentistry.  At  the  end  of  the  regular  ses- 
sion—1959-60— it  completed  its  one  hundred  and  twentieth  year  of  service  to 
dental  education.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  represents  the  first 
effort  in  history  to  offer  institutional  dental  education  to  those  anticipating  the 
practice  of  dentistry. 

The  first  lectures  on  dentistry  in  America  were  delivered  by  Dr.  Horace 
H.  Hayden  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Medicine,  between  the 
years  1823-25.  These  lectures  were  interrupted  in  1825  by  internal  dissensions 
in  the  School  of  Medicine  and  were  as  a  consequence  discontinued.  It  was  Dr. 
Hayden's  idea  that  dental  education  merited  greater  attention  than  had  been 
given  it  by  medicine  or  could  be  given  it  by  the  preceptorial  plan  of  dental 
teaching  then  in  vogue. 

Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  began  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  Baltimore  in  1800. 
From  that  time  he  made  a  zealous  attempt  to  lay  the  foundation  for  a  scientific, 
serviceable  dental  profession.  In  1831  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  came  to  Baltimore 
to  study  under  Hayden.  Dr.  Harris  was  a  man  of  unusual  ability  and  possessed 
special  qualifications  to  aid  in  establishing  and  promoting  formal  dental  educa- 
tion. Since  Dr.  Hayden's  lectures  had  been  interrupted  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  and  there  was  an  apparent  unsurmountable  difficulty  confronting  the 
creation  of  dental  departments  in  medical  schools,  an  independent  college  was 
decided  upon.  A  charter  was  applied  for  and  granted  by  the  Maryland  Legis- 
lature February  1,  1840.  The  first  Faculty  meeting  was  held  February  3,  1840, 
at  which  time  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  was  elected  President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A. 
Harris,  Dean.  The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Hayden  on  Novem- 
ber 3,  1840,  to  the  five  students  matriculating  in  the  first  class.  Thus  was 
created  as  the  foundation  of  the  present  dental  profession  the  Baltimore  College 
of  Dental  Surgery,  the  first  dental  school  in  the  world. 

Hayden  and  Harris,  the  admitted  founders  of  conventional  dental  education, 
contributed,  in  addition  to  the  factor  of  dental  education,  other  opportunities  for 
professional  growth  and  development.  In  1839  the  American  Journal  of  Dental 
Science  was  founded,  with  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  editor.  Dr.  Harris  continued 
fully  responsible  for  dentistry's  initial  venture  into  periodic  dental  literature  to 
the  time  of  his  death.  The  files  of  the  old  American  Journal  of  Dental  Science 
testify  to  the  fine  contributions  made  by  Dr.  Harris.  In  1840  the  American 
Society  of  Dental  Surgeons  was  founded,  with  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  as  its 
President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  Corresponding  Secretary.  This  was 
the  beginning  of  dental  organization  in  America,  and  was  the  forerunner  of  the 
American  Dental  Association,  which  now  numbers  approximately  ninety-three 
thousand  in  its  present  membership.  The  foregoing  suggests  the  unusual  in- 
fluence Baltimore  dentists  and  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  have 
exercised  on  professional  ideals  and  policies. 

9  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

In  1873,  the  Maryland  Dental  College,  an  offspring  of  the  Baltimore  College 
of  Dental  Surgery,  was  organized.  It  continued  instruction  until  1878,  at  which 
time  it  was  consolidated  with  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery.  A  de- 
partment of  dentistry  was  organized  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  the  year 
1882,  graduating  a  class  each  year  from  1883  to  1923.  This  school  was  chartered 
as  a  corporation  and  continued  as  a  privately  owned  and  directed  institution  until 
1920,  when  it  became  a  State  institution.  The  Dental  Department  of  the  Balti- 
more Medical  College  was  established  in  1895,  continuing  until  1913,  when  it 
merged  with  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

The  final  combining  of  the  dental  educational  interests  of  Baltimore  was 
effected  June  15,  1923,  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  student  bodies  of  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of 
Dentistry;  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  becoming  a  distinct  depart- 
ment of  the  University  under  State  supervision  and  control.  Thus  we  find  in  the 
Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  a 
merging  of  the  various  efforts  at  dental  education  in  Maryland.  From  these 
component  elements  have  radiated  developments  of  the  art  and  science  of  dentis- 
try until  the  strength  of  its  alumni  is  second  to  none,  in  either  number  or  degree 
of  service  to  the  profession. 

Library 

This  School  is  fortunate  in  having  one  of  the  better  equipped  and  organized 
libraries  among  the  dental  schools  of  the  country.  The  dental  collection  is  part 
of  the  Health  Sciences  Library,  which  includes  also  pharmacy,  medicine  and 
nursing,  with  about  86,000  bound  volumes  and  over  1600  current  subscriptions 
to  scientific  periodicals.  A  new  air-conditioned,  four-story  library  building  at 
111  South  Greene,  across  the  street  from  the  Dental  School,  provides  ample 
space  for  books  and  readers.  A  well-qualified  staff  of  professionally  trained  and 
certified  librarians  promotes  the  services  of  the  library  and  assists  the  student 
body  in  the  use  of  library  resources.  One  of  the  most  important  factors  of  the 
dental  student's  education  is  to  teach  him  the  value  and  the  use  of  dental 
literature  in  his  formal  education  and  in  promoting  his  usefulness  and  value  to 
the  profession  during  practice.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  is 
ideally  equipped  to  achieve  this  aim  of  dental  instruction. 

Course  of  Instruction 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  offers  a  course  in  dentistry  devoted  to  instruction  in  the  medical 
sciences,  the  dental  sciences,  and  clinical  practice.  Instruction  consists  of  didactic 
lectures,  laboratory  instruction,  demonstrations,  conferences,  quizzes  and  hos- 
pital ward  rounds.  Topics  are  assigned  for  collateral  reading  to  train  the  student 
in  the  value  and  use  of  dental  literature.  The  curriculum  for  the  complete 
course  appears  on  pages  22  and  23  of  this  catalogue. 

<+  10 


School  of  Dentistry 

Requirements  for  Admission 

Applicants  for  admission  must  present  evidence  of  having  completed  success- 
fully two  academic  years  of  work  in  an  accredited  college  of  arts  and  sciences 
based  upon  the  completion  of  a  four-year  high  school  course  or  the  equivalent 
in  entrance  examinations.  The  college  course  must  include  at  least  a  year's 
credit  in  English,  in  biology,  in  physics,  in  inorganic  chemistry,  and  in  organic 
chemistry.  All  required  science  courses  shall  include  both  classroom  and  labor- 
atory instruction.  Although  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  of  credit,  exclusive 
of  physical  education  and  military  science,  is  required,  additional  courses  in  the 
humanities  and  the  natural  and  social  sciences  are  desirable.  By  ruling  of  the 
Dean's  Council,  all  admission  requirements  must  be  completed  by  June  30  previ- 
ous to  the  desired  date  of  admission. 

In  considering  candidates  for  admission,  the  Board  of  Admissions  will  give 
preference  to  those  applicants  who  have  high  scholastic  records  in  secondary 
school  and  in  college;  who  make  satisfactory  scores  in  the  dental  aptitude  test; 
who  present  favorable  recommendations  from  their  respective  predental  com- 
mittee or  from  one  instructor  in  each  of  the  departments  of  biology,  chemistry, 
and  physics;  and  who,  in  all  other  respects,  give  every  promise  of  becoming  suc- 
cessful students  and  dentists  of  high  standing.  Applicants  will  not  be  admitted 
with  unabsolved  conditions  or  unabsolved  failures. 

Combined  Arts  and  Sciences-Dental  Program 

The  University  offers  a  combined  arts  and  sciences-dental  curriculum  lead- 
ing to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery.  The 
preprofessional  part  of  this  curriculum  shall  be  taken  in  residence  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park,  and  the  professional  part  in  the  School  of 
Dentistry  in  Baltimore. 

Students  who  elect  the  combined  program  and  who  have  completed  the  arts 
and  sciences  phase  of  it  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the 
School  of  Dentistry,  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  by  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  the  first  summer  commencement  following  the  comple- 
tion of  the  student's  first  year  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  A  student  may  enter 
the  arts  and  sciences-dental  program  at  College  Park  with  advanced  standing 
from  an  accredited  college  or  university,  but  the  last  year  of  the  preprofessional 
training  must  be  completed  at  College  Park  and  the  professional  training  must 
be  completed  in  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 


11 


University  of  Maryland 

ARTS-DENTISTRY   CURRICULUM 

r-Semester—s 

"Freshman  Year  1  11 

Eng.   1,  2— Composition  and  American  Literature   3  3 

Zool.   1— General  Zoology 4 

Zool.  2— The  Animal  Phyla   .  .  4 

Chem.  1,  3— General  Chemistry 4  4 

Math.  10,  11— Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry....  3  3 

Speech  7 .  .  2 

Physical    Activities     1  1 

A.  'S.  1,  2-Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men) 2  2 

Hea.  2,  4-Hygiene  (Women)    2  2 

Total   17  19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6— Composition  and  World  or  English 

Literature    3  3 

*Group  I  Elective   3 

G.  &  P.  1— American  Government .  .  3 

Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38-Organic  Chemistry   4  4 

**H.  5,  6— History  of  American  Civilization   3  3 

*  *  *Modern  Language   3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

A.  S.  3,  4-Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men)    2  2 

Total   17-19      17-19 

Junior  Year 

Modern  Language  (continued) 3  3 

Phys.   10,   1 1— Fundamentals  of  Physics    4  4 

Approved  Minor  Courses    6  6 

Electives    3  3 

Total   16  16 

Senior  Year 

The  curriculum  of  the  first  year  of  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  is  accepted  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  as  the  fourth  year 
(major  sequence)  of  academic  work  toward  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 


*Group  I  Electives:  Sociology  1,  Philosophy  1,  Psychology  1,  Economics  37. 
** Students  planning  to  request  admission  to  a  Dental  School  with  only  two  years 
of  predental  training  should  take  Physics  10-11. 
***Fr.  6    7  or  Ger.  6,  7  (Intermediate  Scientific  French  or  German)  recommended. 


12 


School  of  Dentistry 

If  at  the  end  of  the  junior  year  the  student  decides  to  postpone  his  entrance 
to  the  School  of  Dentistry  and  to  remain  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  complete  work  for  the  Bachelor's  degree,  he  may  choose  a  major  and  minor 
in  any  of  the  departments  in  which  he  has  completed  the  necessary  underclass 
requirements.  The  general  nature  of  the  first  three  years  of  this  curriculum  and 
the  generous  electives  of  the  third  year  make  possible  for  the  student  a  wide 
choice  of  departments  in  which  he  may  specialize.  In  general  the  electives  ot 
the  third  year  will  be  chosen  as  for  a  major  in  some  particular  department. 

Requirements  for  Matriculation  and  Enrollment 

In  the  selection  of  students  to  begin  the  study  of  dentistry  the  School  con- 
siders particularly  a  candidate's  proved  ability  in  secondary  education  and  his 
successful  completion  of  prescribed  courses  in  predental  collegiate  training.  The 
requirements  for  admission  and  the  academic  regulations  of  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  University  of  Maryland,  are  strictly  adhered  to  by  the  School  of 
Dentistry. 

A  student  is  not  regarded  as  having  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Dentistry 
until  such  time  as  he  shall  have  paid  the  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00,  and  is  not 
enrolled  until  he  shall  have  paid  a  deposit  of  $200.00.  This  deposit  is  intended 
to  insure  registration  in  the  class  and  is  not  returnable. 

Application  Procedures 

Candidates  seeking  admission  to  the  Dental  School  should  write  to  the  Office 
of  the  Dean  requesting  an  application  form.  Each  applicant  should  fill  out 
the  blank  in  its  entirety  and  mail  it  promptly,  together  with  the  application  fee 
and  photographs,  to  the  Board  of  Admissions,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland.  The  Board  of  Admissions  will  acknowledge 
promptly  the  receipt  of  the  application.  If  this  acknowledgment  is  not  received 
within  ten  days,  the  applicant  should  contact  the  Board  immediately.  The 
early  filing  of  an  application  is  urged.  Applications  may  be  filed  after  June  1 
of  the  year  previous  to  the  desired  date  of  admission  and  during  the  next  nine 
months  (to  March  1).  Applicants  wishing  advice  on  any  problem  relating  to 
their  predental  training  or  their  application  should  communicate  with  the  Board 
of  Admissions. 

All  applicants  will  be  required  to  take  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test.  This  test 
will  be  given  at  various  testing  centers  throughout  the  United  States,  its  pos- 
sessions and  Canada.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  the  Council  on  Dental  Educa- 
tion of  the  American  Dental  Association  of  the  dates  of  the  tests  and  the  locations 
of  the  testing  centers. 

Promising  candidates  will  be  required  to  appear  before  the  Board  of  Ad- 
missions for  an  interview.  On  the  basis  of  all  available  information  the  best 
possible  applicants  will  be  chosen  for  admission  to  the  School. 

A  certificate  of  entrance  will  be  issued  to  each  successful  applicant,  which  will 
permit  him  to  matriculate  and  to  register  in  the  class  to  which  he  has  applied. 

13  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Admission  with  Advanced  Standing 

(a)  Graduates  in  medicine  or  students  in  medicine  who  have  completed  two 
or  more  years  in  a  medical  school,  acceptable  to  standards  in  the  School  of 
Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  may  be  given  advanced  standing  to  the 
Sophomore  year  provided  the  applicant  shall  complete  under  competent  regu- 
lar instruction  the  courses  in  dental  technology  regularly  scheduled  in  the  first 
year. 

(b)  Applicants  for  transfer  must  (1)  meet  fully  the  requirements  for 
admission  to  the  first  year  of  the  dental  course;  (2)  be  eligible  for  promotion  to 
the  next  higher  class  in  the  school  from  which  he  seeks  to  transfer;  (3)  show  an 
average  grade  of  five  per  cent  above  the  passing  mark  in  the  school  where  transfer 
credits  were  earned;  (4)  show  evidence  of  scholastic  attainments,  character  and 
personality;  (5)  present  letter  of  honorable  dismissal  and  recommendation  from 
the  dean  of  the  school  from  which  he  transfers. 

(c)  All  applicants  for  transfer  must  present  themselves  in  person  for  an 
interview  before  qualifying  certificate  can  be  issued. 

Attendance  Requirements 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  a  full  session,  each  student  must  have  entered 
and  be  in  attendance  on  the  day  the  regular  session  opens,  at  which  time  lectures 
to  all  classes  begin,  and  remain  until  the  close  of  the  session,  the  dates  for  which 
are  announced  in  the  calendar  of  the  annual  catalogue. 

Regular  attendance  is  demanded.  A  student  whose  attendance  in  any  course 
is  unsatisfactory  to  the  head  of  the  department  will  be  denied  the  privilege  of 
final  examination  in  any  and  all  such  courses.  A  student  with  less  than  85  per 
cent  attendance  will  not  be  promoted  to  the  next  succeeding  year.  However, 
in  certain  unavoidable  circumstances  of  absences,  the  Dean  and  the  Council 
may  honor  excuses  exceeding  the  maximum  permitted. 

Grading  and  Promotion 

The  following  symbols  are  used  as  marks  for  final  grades:  A  (100-91), 
B  (90-84),  C  (83-77),  and  D  (76-70),  Passing;  F  (below  70),  Failure;  I,  In- 
complete. Progress  grades  in  courses  are  indicated  as  "Satisfactory"  and  "Un- 
satisfactory." 

A  Failure  in  any  subject  may  be  removed  only  by  repeating  the  subject  in  full. 
Students  who  have  done  work  of  acceptable  quality  in  their  completed  assign- 
ments but  who,  because  of  circumstances  beyond  their  control,  have  been  unable 
to  finish  all  assignments,  will  be  given  an  Incomplete.  A  student  shall  not  carry 
an  Incomplete  into  the  next  succeeding  year.  When  he  has  completed  the 
requirements  for  the  removal  of  an  Incomplete,  the  student  shall  be  given 
the  actual  grade  earned  in  the  course. 

<  14 


School  of  Dentistry 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  semester  credits  assigned  to 
each  course  and  numerical  values  for  grades.  The  numerical  values  are  A-4; 
B-3;  C-2;  D-l;  F-0.  The  grade  point  average  is  the  sum  of  the  products  of 
semester  credits  and  grade  values,  divided  by  the  total  number  of  semester  credits. 

Students  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.5  in  the  Freshman  year  will 
be  promoted.  At  the  end  of  the  Sophomore  year  an  overall  grade  point  average 
of  1.75  is  required  for  promotion.  A  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is  required  for 
promotion  to  the  Senior  year  and  for  graduation. 

Students  who  fail  to  meet  the  minimum  grade  point  averages  required  for 
promotion  and  who  fall  into  the  following  categories  will  be  allowed  proba- 
tionary promotion: 

1.  Freshmen  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.25-1.49. 

2.  Sophomores  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.6-1.74. 

3.  Juniors  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.85-1.99. 

Probationary  status  will  not  be  permitted  for  two  successive  years. 

A  student  may  absolve  a  total  of  eight  credit  hours  of  failure  in  an  ac- 
credited summer  school  provided  he  has  the  grade  point  average  required  for 
promotion  or  graduation,  excluding  the  failure  or  failures  which  he  has  incurred. 

Equipment 

A  complete  list  of  necessary  instruments  and  materials  for  technic  and  clinic 
courses  is  prescribed  by  the  Dental  School.  Arrangements  are  made  by  the 
Dental  School  in  advance  of  formal  enrollment  for  books,  instruments  and  ma- 
terials to  be  delivered  to  the  students  at  the  opening  of  school.  Each  student  is 
required  to  provide  himself  promptly  with  these  prescribed  necessities.  A  student 
who  does  not  meet  this  requirement  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue  with  his 
class. 

Deportment 

The  profession  of  dentistry  demands,  and  the  School  of  Dentistry  requires, 
of  its  students  evidence  of  their  good  moral  character.  The  conduct  of  the 
student  in  relation  to  his  work  and  fellow  students  will  indicate  his  fitness  to 
be  taken  into  the  confidence  of  the  community  as  a  professional  man.  Integrity, 
sobriety,  temperate  habits,  truthfulness,  respect  for  authority  and  associates  and 
honesty  in  the  transaction  of  business  affairs  as  a  student  will  be  considered  as 
evidence  of  good  moral  character  necessary  to  the  granting  of  a  degree. 

Requirements  for  Graduation 

The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who 
has  met  the  following  conditions: 

1.  A  candidate  must  furnish  documentary  evidence  that  he  has  attained 
the  age  of  21  years. 

2.  A  candidate  for  graduation  shall  have  attended  the  full  scheduled  course 
of  four  academic  years. 

15  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

3.  He  will  be  required  to  show  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  the  full 
course  of  study. 

4.  He  shall  have  satisfied  all  technic  and  clinic  requirements  of  the  various 
departments. 

5.  He  shall  have  paid  all  indebtedness  to  the  college  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  final  examinations,  and  must  have  adjusted  his  financial  obligations  in  the 
community  satisfactorily  to  those  to  whom  he  may  be  indebted. 

Student  Fees 

Matriculation  fee  (required  of  all  entering  students) $   10.00 

Tuition  (each  year): 

Non-resident   student    750.00 

Resident  student    400.00 

Student  health  service  (each  year) 20.00 

Student  Union  fee    30.00 

The  Student  Union  fee  is  payable  by  all  students  enrolled  in 
the  Professional  Schools  on  the  Baltimore  campus  and  is  used  to 
pay  interest  on  and  amortize  the  cost  of  construction  of  the  Union 
Building. 

Special    fee    10.00 

The  Special  fee  is  payable  by  all  full-time  students  enrolled  in 
the  Professional  Schools  on  the  Baltimore  campus  and  is  used  to 
finance  equipment  for  the  Union  Building. 

Student   Activities    fee 12.50 

For  the  purpose  of  administering  various  student  activities,  the 
Student  Senate,  after  approval  by  the  separate  classes  and  the 
Faculty  Council,  voted  a  fee  of  $12.50  to  be  paid  at  the  time  of  registration. 

Laboratory  breakage  deposit: 

Freshman    year    10.00 

Sophomore  and  Junior  years   5.00 

In  addition  to  fees  itemized  in  the  above  schedule,  the  following  assess- 
ments are  made  by  the  University: 
Application  fee  (paid  at  time  of  filing  formal  application  for  admission)  7.50 

Late  registration  fee    5.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  including 
payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular  registration  days.)  Those  who  do 
not  complete  their  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  will  be 
charged  a  fee  of  $5.00. 

Examinations  taken  out  of  class  and  re-examinations 5.00 

One  certified  transcript  of  record  is  issued  free  of  charge. 

Each  additional  copy  is  issued  only  upon  payment  of 1.00 

Summer  Session  students  will  pay  a  $6.00  Student  Union  Fee  but  will 
not  pay  the  Special  Fee. 

<  16 


School  of  Dentistry 

Postgraduate  Courses 

Postgraduate  courses  may  be  offered  to  qualified  dental  graduates.  These 
courses  are  designed  to  provide  opportunities  for  study  in  special  fields  on  a 
refresher  level,  and  are  arranged  so  that  particular  emphasis  is  placed  on 
clinical  practices. 

Graduate  Student  Fees 

Matriculation  Fee  (for  new  students  only,  non-returnable) 10.00 

Tuition  Fee  (per  semester  credit  hour) 12.00 

Tuition  Fee  for  students  carrying  ten  or  more  credit  hours  per 

semester   120.00 

Laboratory  Fees  where  applicable  are  charged  at  the  rate  of  $5.00 
per  semester  hour  of  laboratory  credit. 

Student  Union  Fee 

Students  carrying  ten  or  more  credit  hours  per  semester  (per  annum)     *30.00 

Students  carrying  less   than   ten  credit  hours   per  semester    (per 

annum)    *6.00 

Special  Fee 

Students   carrying   ten    or  more   credit   hours   per  semester   (per 

annum) *10.00 

Graduation  Fee 

Master's  Degree 10.00 

Doctor's  Degree  (including  hood  and  microfilming  of  thesis) 50.00 

REFUNDS 

According  to  the  policy  of  the  University  no  fees  will  be  returned.  In  case 
the  student  discontinues  his  course  or  fails  to  register  after  a  place  has  been 
reserved  in  a  class,  any  fees  paid  will  be  credited  to  a  subsequent  course,  but 
are  not  transferable. 

Registration 

The  registration  of  a  student  in  any  school  or  college  of  the  University 
shall  be  regarded  as  a  registration  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  but  when 
such  student  transfers  to  a  professional  school  of  the  University  or  from  one 
professional  school  to  another,  he  must  pay  the  usual  matriculation  fee  required 
by  each  professional  school. 


*  Students  who  initially  enroll  for  the  second  semester  of  the  school  year  will  be 
assessed  at  the  rate  of  one  half  of  the  rates  shown  above. 

17   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Each  student  is  required  to  fill  in  a  registration  card  for  the  office  of  the 
Registrar,  and  make  payment  of  one-half  of  the  tuition  fee  in  addition  to  all 
other  fees  noted  as  payable  before  being  admitted  to  classwork  at  the  opening 
of  the  session.  The  remainder  of  tuition  and  fees  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the 
Comptroller  during  registration  period  for  the  second  half  of  the  academic  year. 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the 
time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state  for 
at  least  one  year. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University,  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by  him 
unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal  residents 
of  the  state  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  one  full  year.  How- 
ever, the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident  to  resident 
status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registration  period  for  any 
semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents  if  at  the  time  of  their  registra- 
tion they  have  been  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  one  year  provided  such 
residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school  or  college  in  Mary- 
land or  elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active  duty  in  the  armed  services  while  sta- 
tioned in  Maryland  will  not  be  considered  as  satisfying  the  one  year  period 
referred  to  above  except  in  those  cases  in  which  the  adult  was  domiciled  in 
Maryland  for  at  least  one  year  prior  to  his  entrance  into  the  armed  service  and 
was  not  enrolled  in  any  school  during  that  period. 

The  word  domicile  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent 
place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be  claimed 
as  a  permanent  abode. 

Student  Health  Service 

The  School  undertakes  to  supply  medical  and  surgical  care  for  its  students 
through  the  Student  Health  Service.  This  care  includes  the  daily  services 
rendered  by  a  physician  and  a  graduate  nurse  in  a  well-equipped  clinic,  conven- 
iently located  in  the  Dental  School.  Also  consultations,  surgical  procedures  and 
hospitalization,  judged  to  be  necessary  by  the  Service,  are  covered  under  liberal 
limitations,  depending  on  length  of  hospitalization  and  special  expenses  incurred. 

Students  who  need  medical  attention  are  expected  to  report  at  the  office 
of  the  Student  Health  Service.  Under  circumstances  requiring  home  treatment, 
the  students  will  be  visited  at  their  College  residences. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  the  Service  to  provide  medical  care  for  con- 
ditions  antedating  each   annual   registration   in   the   University;   nor   is   it   the 

^   18 


School  of  Dentistry 

function  of  this  Service  to  treat  chronic  conditions  contracted  by  students  before 
admission  or  to  extend  treatment  to  acute  conditions  developing  in  the  period 
between  academic  years  or  during  authorized  school  vacations.  The  cost  of 
orthopedic  applicances,  the  correction  of  visual  defects,  the  services  of  special 
nurses,  and  special  medication  must  be  paid  for  by  the  student.  The  School 
does  not  accept  responsibility  for  illness  or  accident  occurring  away  from  the 
community,  or  for  expenses  incurred  for  hospitalization  or  medical  services  in 
institutions  other  than  the  University  Hospital,  or,  in  any  case,  for  medical 
expense  not  authorized  by  the  Student  Health  Service. 

Every  new  student  is  required  to  undergo  a  complete  physical  examination, 
which  includes  oral  diagnosis.  Any  defects  noted  must  be  corrected  within  the 
first  school  year.  The  passing  of  this  examination  is  a  requirement  for  the  final 
acceptance  of  any  student. 

Each  matriculant  must  present,  on  the  day  of  his  enrollment,  a  statement 
from  his  ophthalmologist  regarding  the  condition  of  his  eyes,  and  where  defects 
in  vision  exist  he  shall  show  evidence  that  corrections  have  been  made. 

If  a  student  should  enter  the  hospital  during  the  academic  year,  the  Service 
will  arrange  for  the  payment  of  part  or  all  of  the  hospital  expenses,  depending 
on  the  length  of  stay  and  the  special  expenses  incurred.  This  arrangement  applies 
only  to  students  admitted  through  the  office  of  the  School  physician. 

Prospective  students  are  advised  to  have  any  known  physical  defects  corrected 
before  entering  the  School  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of  time  which  later  correction 
might  involve. 

Scholarship  and  Loan  Funds 

A  number  of  scholarship  loans  from  various  organizations  and  educational 
foundations  are  available  to  students  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  These  loans 
are  offered  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholastic  attainment  and  the  need  on 
the  part  of  students  for  assistance  in  completing  their  course  in  dentistry.  It 
has  been  the  policy  of  the  Faculty  to  recommend  only  students  in  the  last  two 
years  for  such  privileges. 

The  Edward  S.  Gaylord  Educational  Endowment  Fund 

Under  a  provision  of  the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  Edward  S.  Gaylord,  of  New 
Haven,  Connecticut,  an  amount  approximating  $16,000  was  left  to  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  the  proceeds 
of  which  are  to  be  devoted  to  aiding  worthy  young  men  in  securing  dental 
education. 

The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation 

During  World  War  II  the  Foundation  recognized  the  burden  that  the 
accelerated  course  imposed  upon  many  dental  students  who  under  normal  cir- 

19  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

cumstances  would  earn  money  for  their  education  by  employment  during  the 
summer  vacation.  The  Foundation  granted  to  this  School  a  fund  to  provide 
rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental  students. 

The  Albert  A.  Harrington  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1954  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Association 
in  memory  of  Dr.  Albert  A.  Harrington,  a  member  of  the  Class  of  1910.  The 
fund  is  a  source  of  valuable  help  in  aiding  students  to  solve  their  temporary 
financial  problems. 

The  E.  Benton  Taylor  Scholarship 

One  of  the  finest  scholarships  in  the  field  of  dental  education,  the  E. 
Benton  Taylor  Scholarship  was  conceived  and  arranged  by  Mrs.  Taylor  and 
will  be  perpetuated  by  the  Luther  B.  Benton  Company  of  Baltimore.  It  was 
put  into  operation  in  1954  and  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a  Maryland  student 
of  each  entering  class,  who  will  continue  to  receive  its  benefits  during  the  four 
years  of  his  dental  school  course. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION  FOR  THE  BALTIMORE  UNION 

PROFESSIONAL  INSTITUTIONS 
UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  Baltimore  Union  for  students  of  the  Professional  Schools  is  located 
adjacent  to  the  Professional  Schools  at  621  West  Lombard  Street.  Accommoda- 
tions for  195  men  are  provided  in  a  five-story  semi-air-conditioned  building 
which  also  contains  a  cafeteria,  fountain  lounge,  meeting  rooms,  laundry  facili- 
ties, game  room,  bookstore,  barber  shop  and  lounges  on  each  floor.  Double 
rooms  are  available.  The  rental  agreement  is  made  for  rooms  only;  meals  are 
served  cafeteria  style  on  a  cash  basis.  The  contract  for  accommodations  covers 
the  academic  year. 

ACADEMIC  YEAR 

The  Rates  are: 

$150.00  per  semester  per  double  room 

$  60.00  per  six  weeks'  summer  session  per  double  room 

Other: 

$45.00  per  month 

Three  single  rooms  are  available.   They  will  be  assigned  on  the  basis  of 

length  of  residence  in  The  Baltimore  Union. 

What  the  Rate  covers: 

The  rate  shown  above  is  per  person  and  includes  the  following: 

^  20 


School  of  Dentistry 

Room  furnishings,  bed  and  cover,  mattress,  chest  of  drawers,  closet, 
book  shelves,  desk,  medicine  cabinet,  desk  chair  and  desk  lamp. 

Maid  service  will  include  cleaning  of  room  twice  per  week  and  replace- 
ment of  change  of  linen  once  each  week. 

Telephone  service  is  available  through  the  Chesapeake  &  Potomac  Tele- 
phone Company.  Cost  of  the  telephone  is  not  included  in  the  room  rate. 
Information  can  be  obtained  from  the  Manager's  Office. 

Mail  semce  is  also  provided. 

The  resident  provides  blankets,  towels,  pillow  and  linens.   Towels  and  linens 
must  be  rented  through  the  designated  Commercial  Rental  Service. 

A  small  amount  of  luggage  space  is  available.   Storage  of  anything  other  than 
luggage  will  not  be  available. 

TRANSIENTS 
The   Rates  are: 

$  4.00  per  day 
$24.00  per  week 

What  the  Rate  covers: 

The  services  will  include  one  bath  and  one  face  towel,  one  face  cloth,  soap 
.and  change  of  linen  daily  (once  per  week  if  weekly  guest). 

HOW  TO  APPLY  FOR  A  ROOM  ASSIGNMENT 

Write  for  application   form   to 

MANAGER'S  OFFICE 

The  Baltimore  Union 

621    West   Lombard   Street 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland 


21 


University  of  Maryland 


co 

hi 

s  1 

j 

s 

oo 

IN 

»-4    CO 

to 

00 

■*    iH 

%* 

E 

u 

on 

JO 

«* 

«5 

1    M 

<£> 

00 

■«*    CO 

d 

o 

eo 

1    C- 

CD 

(M 

1«    ■*> 

J 

e^ 

H 

H 

j 

<! 

H 

O 

H 

. 

n  «  o  o  ■*  f  >* 

IS    HHHUIDN 


•2     °  «° 

<*       <e  eo 
M 


i  eo  <0  oo     i  -* 


D 

CO 

J 

M 

D 

c 
o 

5 

"53 

O 

ec 

u 

CO 

M 

ai 

w 

D 

l-H 

vO 

o 
u 

tL. 

o 

O 

vO 
ON 

z 

rt 

< 

-1 

Oh 

rt    N    M    f  «     «  O 

,H     ^     ,_,     ,_,         _     _|     r-l     N  £h 


C       S       fi       S     .3     •»      E       E 


™    ,-,    CJ    _! 


H     ■-      H      H      N 


2  ^ 


•    -O    "C    T3     y     <t> 


ss 


ft     SB 
O    ft. 


ft    ft,    ft,    ft 


22 


School  of  Dentistry 


Sal 

I  H   1 

U         QQ 


HrtHNHNHHi 


H(CH       IHHrKWHM 


i    i us    i    i    ito    no    ioic    to    i    leeiso  i  «, 

I      Id      I     I     IN      IN      IdN      100      I      llfiMSetOO        a 

•0  i-trl  S 


«< 
H 
O 
H 


u          -*00      INWUNMUKINtO      INUNM 

S       cm        ico      n«»h^wh    icoiHCoeo 

-J 


<a«000     I     INN     IN     l«0"#     IN     l«0W<#<e     |N    •   <~ 
^H  I     tr*€*      111      IHN     ICO      IHrlN  ICQ        2 


I     I     I     I     I     I     I     I     I00( 

I    I    I    I    I   I    I    I    l"»- 


;:::::::;::::  I  i  !  i  :  i  ii  i 


b  ^ 


o 

B 
M 

o  „   * 

J     J 


too    i    iNte    in    i«ooo    i«o    i    i    ico    i    i«c  I  o 

I    ihh    ih    Iri         ih    I    i    I        l    li-l  I  8 


^   .d  .-£ . .  .tl . 

B|M 

a  a  s  2  s  o  b  &  £  &,  o<  £  £  £  g  £  <» 


i  -.O  rtX  d 

2  2  ^  *  -  n  •*  2  2  S  S  " 

B  E  B  ^"-n-cf-p-c  ii-5-6  S  «  8  S'l  £ 


•  •J      0  c~n  g 

~E  £ 

i  «  «'  f  u 


23 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

ANATOMY 

Professor:  hahn  (head  of  department). 

Associate  Professor:  Thompson. 

Assistant  Professors:  edmond  g.  vanden  bosche,  and  piavis. 

DRS.   JAGIELSKI,   LINDENBERG,    LOVEMAN,   AND   SACHS. 

Anat.  111.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.  (8) 

First  year.  This  course  consists  o£  dissection  and  lectures,  supplemented  by  frequent 
conferences  and  practical  demonstrations.  The  entire  human  body  is  dissected.  The 
subject  is  taught  with  the  purpose  of  emphasizing  the  principles  of  the  body  structure, 
the  knowledge  of  which  is  derived  from  a  study  of  its  organs  and  tissues,  and  the 
action  of  its  parts.  Arrangements  can  be  made  to  accommodate  qualified  students 
and  dentists  interested  in  research  or  in  making  special  dissections  or  topographical 
studies. 

Anat.  112.     Human  Neuroanatomy.  (2) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Anatomy  111  or  equivalent.  Neuro- 
anatomy is  offered  in  the  Freshman  year  following  Gross  Anatomy.  The  work  con- 
sists of  a  study  of  the  whole  brain  and  spinal  cord  by  gross  dissections  and  micro- 
scopic methods.  Correlation  is  made,  whenever  possible,  with  the  student's  work 
in  the  histology  and  physiology  of  the  central  nervous  system. 

Anat.  113.     Comparative  Tooth  Morphology.  (I) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  The  course  treats  the  evolutionary  development  of 
dentition  as  a  necessary  factor  in  the  study  of  human  oral  anatomy.  It  includes  a 
comparative  study  of  the  teeth  of  the  animal  kingdom,  with  a  comparative  study 
of  the  number,  position  and  form  of  the  teeth. 

Anat.  114.     Tooth  Morphology.  (3) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  designed  to  teach  the  form  and  functions 
and  the  relationships  of  the  teeth,  and  includes  a  study  of  the  nomenclature  of  sur- 
faces, divisions  and  relations  of  the  teeth.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  is  trained 
in  the  carving  of  the  various  teeth  and  in  the  dissection  of  extracted  teeth  through 
their  various  dimensions. 

The  second  part  of  the  course  includes  a  study  of  the  supporting  structures  of 
the  teeth  and  of  the  relation  of  the  teeth  to  these  structures.  The  periods  of  begin- 
ning calcificaion,  eruption,  complete  calcification,  and  shedding  of  the  deciduous 
teeth;  followed  by  the  periods  of  beginning  calcification,  eruption,  and  complete 
calcification  of  the  permanent  teeth,  are  studied  and  correlated  with  the  growth  in 
size  of  the  jaws  and  face. 

For  Graduates 

Anat.  211.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.    (8) 

Same  as  course  111  but  with  additional  work  on  a  more  advanced  level. 

^  24 


School  of  Dentistry 

Anat.  212.     Human  Neuroanatomy.    (2) 

Same  as  course   112  but  with  additional  instruction  of  a  more  advanced  nature. 

Anat.  214.     The  Anatomy  of  the  Head,  and  Neck.    (3) 

One  conference  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week  for  one  semester. 

Anat.  216.     Research. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Professor:  vanden  bosche  (head  of  department). 

MR.    MORRIS  AND  MR.    LEONARD. 

Biochem.  111.     Principles  of  Biochemistry.  (6) 

First  year.  Prerequisites  inorganic  and  organic  chemistry,  with  additional  training 
in  quantitative  and  physical  chemistry  desirable.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  throughout  the  year.  The  chemistry  of  living  matter  forms  the  basis  of  the 
course.  The  detailed  subject  matter  includes  the  chemistry  of  carbohydrates,  fats, 
proteins,  enzymes,  vitamins,  and  hormones.  The  processes  of  respiration,  digestion, 
metabolism,  secretion  and  excretion  are  considered.  Laboratory  instruction  in  quali- 
tative and  quantitative  blood  and  urine  examination  is  included. 

For  Graduates 

Biochem.  211.     Advanced  Biochemistry.    (6) 

Prerequisite    Biochemistry    111.      Two    lectures,    one    conference    and    one    laboratory 

period  throughout  the  year. 

Biochem.  212.     Research  in  Biochemistry. 
Prerequisite  Biochemistry  211. 

DENTAL  HISTORY  AND   LITERATURE 

Professor:  Foley 

Lit.  121.     Oral  and  Written  Communication.    (2) 

Second  year.  A  formal  course  of  lectures  is  given  in  the  second  year.  Many  aspects 
of  the  instruction  are  given  practical  application  in  the  third  and  fourth  years. 
The  course  has  many  purposes,  all  of  them  contributing  to  the  training  of  the  students 
for  effective  participation  in  the  extra-practice  activities  of  the  profession.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  instruction  in  the  functioning  of  the  agencies  of  communication 
in  dentistry:  the  dental  societies  and  the  dental  periodicals.  The  practical  phases  of 
the  course  include  a  thorough  study  of  the  preparation  and  uses  of  oral  and  written 
composition  by  the  dental  student  and  the  dentist;  the  use  of  libraries;  the  com- 
pilation of  bibliographies;  the  collection,  the  organization,  and  the  use  of  information; 
the  management  of  dental  meetings;  the  oral  presentation  of  papers;  and  professional 
correspondence. 

25   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Lit.  141.     Thesis.    (2) 
Fourth  year. 

Lit.  142.     Dental  History.    (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  Lectures  in  Dental  History  describe  the  beginnings  of  the 
art  of  dental  practice  among  ancient  civilizations,  its  advancement  in  relation  to  the  de- 
velopment of  the  so-called  medical  sciences  in  the  early  civilizations,  its  struggle  through 
the  Middle  Ages  and,  finally,  its  attainment  of  recognized  professional  status  in  modern 
times.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  forces  and  stresses  that  have  brought  about 
the  evolutionary  progress  from  a  primitive  dental  art  to  a  scientific  health  service 
profession. 

DENTAL  PROSTHESIS 

A.     Removable  Complete  and  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professors:  g.  w.  gaver  (head  of  department)  and  ramsey. 
Associate  Professors:  oggesen  and  warner. 

DRS.    GORDON,    PRIMROSE,    WATSON   AND   WRIGHT. 

Pros.  11  la.     Dental  Materials.    (4) 

First  year.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  scientific  back- 
ground in  the  nomenclature,  composition,  physical  properties,  practical  application, 
and  proper  manipulation  of  the  important  materials  used  in  the  practice  of  dentistry, 
excluding  drugs  and  medicinals. 

The  theoretical  aspect  of  the  course  is  presented  in  the  form  of  lectures,  demon- 
strations, informal  group  discussions,  and  directed  supplemental  reading.  From 
the  practical  standpoint,  the  student  manipulates  and  tests  the  various  materials  in 
the  laboratory,  being  guided  by  prepared  project  sheets.  The  student  develops  an 
understanding  of  these  factors:  the  importance  of  scientific  testing  of  a  material 
before  it  is  used  by  the  profession  at  large;  the  realization  that  every  material  has 
its  limitations,  which  can  be  compensated  for  only  by  intelligent  application  and 
manipulation;  and  an  appreciation  of  the  vast  field  of  research  open  to  those  who 
wish  to  improve  the  materials  now  available. 

Pros.  112a.  Introduction  to  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.  (I) 
First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  devoted  to  the  manipulation  of  impression 
compound  and  the  procedures  used  in  developing  impressions  of  edentulous  arches, 
casts  and  bite  plates.  It  embraces  a  series  of  lecture-demonstrations  designed  to  give  the 
student  a  knowledge  of  the  essential  fundamentals  in  complete  denture  construc- 
tion. 

Pros.  121a.     Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.    (2) 

Second  year.   This  course  is  given  by  lecture-demonstrations  on  bite  registration,  tooth 

arrangement,  and  final  finish  of  complete  dentures. 

Pros.  131a.     Basic  Clinical  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.    (5) 

Third  year.    The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  practical  application  in  the  clinic  of 

the   fundamentals    taught    in    the    preceding   years.     Demonstrations   of   the    various 

<  26 


School  of  Dentistry 

technics  of  impression  and  bite  taking  are  offered  to  provide  the  student  with  addi- 
tional knowledge  necessary  for  clinic  work. 

Pros.  133a.     Introduction  to  Removable  Partial   Denture  Prosthesis.    (2) 
Third  year.     Second  semester.     This  lecture-demonstration  course  embraces  all  phases 
or   removable   partial  denture  construction.     Experiments   and   exercises   are   arranged 
to  give  the  student  the  fundamentals  in  designing,  casting  and  finishing  partial  den- 
tures. 

Pros.  141a.     Advanced  Clinical  Denture  Prosthesis.    (4) 

Fourth  year.     This   course  consists  of  the   clinical   application   of   the   fundamentals 

taught  in  the  previous  years.    Particular  attention  is  given  to  a  standard  method  of 

denture  construction  to  equip  the   student   with   a  basic  technic   for  use  in  private 

practice. 

B.     Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professor:  nuttall  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  dosh,  mc  lean-lu  and  oggesen. 
Assistant  Professor:  willer. 

DRS.    M.   GRAHAM  AND   STEELE. 

Pros.  122b.     Principles  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (6) 

Second  year.  This  lecture  and  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  background 
of  fundamental  knowledge  in  fixed  partial  denture  prosthesis.  The  interrelations 
of  the  biological  and  mechanical  aspects  of  dentistry  are  emphasized.  The  prin- 
ciples involved  and  the  procedures  used  in  abutment  preparations,  the  construction 
of  fundamental  retainers  and  pontic  sections,  and  the  assemblage  of  fixed  bridge 
restorations  are  presented  in  detail  and  correlated  with  the  requirements  of  occlusion. 
In  addition  to  these  procedures,  the  technics  include  impressions,  wax  manipulation, 
pattern  construction,  investing  and  casting. 

Pros.  132b.     Ceramic  and  Plastic  Pxestorations.    (2) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  This  course  presents  the  uses  of  porcelain  and  methyl 
methacrylate  as  restorative  materials.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  procedures  of 
preparation,  impressions,  color  selection,  temporary  protection  and  cementation.  These 
materials  are  employed  in  the  construction  of  complete  veneer  crowns  and  dowel 
crowns  and  in  staining  and  glazing  technics. 

Pros.  134b.     Basic  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (4) 

Third  year.  This  is  a  comprehensive  course  in  the  essential  requirements  for  the 
successful  use  of  the  fixed  partial  denture.  Special  consideration  is  given  to  funda- 
mental factors  in  diagnosis,  treatment  planning  and  clinical  procedures.  The  course 
integrates  biological  factors,  mechanical  principles  and  esthetic  requirements  with 
restorative  treatment.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  physiological  considerations  as  a 
basis  for  fixed  partial  denture  service. 

Pros.  142b.     Advanced  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (3) 

Fourth  year.     This  course  provides  clinical  training  and  experience   for  the  student. 

The  acquired  background  of  knowledge  is  utilized  in  rendering  treatment  services  for 

27   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

patients.  Experience  is  gained  in  assessing  completely  the  dental  problem,  planning 
a  practical  treatment  consistent  with  the  total  dental  needs  and  providing  services 
which  satisfy  the  objectives  of  prevention,  function   and  esthetics. 


DIAGNOSIS 

Professor:  biddix  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professor:  golton. 

DRS.  BRYANT,  HELDRICH,  LEBO  AND  YENT. 

Diag.  131.  Principles  of  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.  (2) 
Third  year.  The  fundamental  principles  and  procedures  in  the  diagnosis  of  oral 
and  related  diseases  are  studied  by  intimate  clinical  observation  and  discussion  of 
interesting  cases.  The  study  of  the  oral  cavity  through  an  understanding  of  its 
relation  to  other  parts  of  the  body  is  emphasized.  By  means  of  consultations  with 
other  departments  the  procedures  of  a  comprehensive  diagnosis  are  developed  and 
applied  in  treatment  planning. 

Diag.  132.     Seminar. 

Third  year.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  teach  the  student  to  correlate  clinical, 
roentgenologic  and  laboratory  findings.  Selected  patients  are  presented  by  both 
medical  and  dental  teachers. 

Diag.  141.     Clinical  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.    (I) 
fourth  year.     This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Diagnosis  131  and  132. 

HISTOLOGY 

Professor:  provenza  (acting  head  of  department). 

MR.   JORDAN   AND  DR.    SEIPP. 

Hist.  111.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology.    (8) 

First  year.  The  course  embraces  the  thorough  study  of  the  cells,  tissues  and  organs 
of  the  various  systems  of  the  human  body.  Although  certain  aspects  of  the  dental 
histology  phase  of  the  course  are  given  strictly  as  special  entities,  many  are  in- 
cluded in  the  instruction  in  general  histology,  since  the  two  areas  are  so  intimately 
related  when  functional  and  clinical  applications  are  considered.  The  instruction  in 
embryolooy  is  correlated  with  that  in  histology.  It  covers  the  fundamentals  of  de- 
velopment of  the  human  body,  particular  emphasis  being  given  to  the  head  and 
facial  regions,  the  oral  cavity,  and  the  teeth  and  their  adnexa.  Specific  correlations 
are  also  made  with  the  other  courses  in  the  dental  curriculum. 

For  Graduates 

Hist.  212.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology.    (6) 

This  course  is  the  same  as  Histology  111,  except  that  it  does  not  include  the  dental 
phases  of  111,  but  does  include  additional  instruction  and  collateral  reading  of  an 
advanced  nature. 

■<  28 


School  of  Dentistry 

Hist.  213.     Mammalian  Oral  Histology  and  Embryology.    (2) 
Prerequisite,  Histology  111   or  212,  or  an  equivalent  course.     This  course  covers  the 
dental  aspects  of  Histology   111,  and  includes  additional  instruction  in  the   relations 
of  histologic  structure  and  embryologic  development  of  the  teeth,   their  adnexa,  and 
the  head  and  facial  regions  of  the  human  body. 

Hist.  214.     Research  in  Histology. 
Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement. 

Hist.  215.     Research  in  Embryology. 
Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement. 

MEDICINE 
A.     General  Medicine 
Associate  Professor:  mc  lean. 

DRS.  FRAVEL,  LEONARD  AND  OGDEN. 

Med.   121a.     First  Aid. 

Second  year.    Second  semester.    In  this  course  the  student  is  instructed  in  the  basic 

principles  of  first  aid. 

Med.    132a.     Principles  of  Medicine.   (2) 

Third  year.    The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  visual  aids  and  x-ray  demonstrations 

of    diseases    of    the    cardio-respiratory,    gastro-intestinal,    genitourinary    and    nervous 

systems. 

Med.  141a.     Physical  Diagnosis.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  Slides  and  clinical  demonstrations  are  used  to  show  the 
methods  of  recognition  of  important  objective  signs  as  they  relate  to  body  disturb- 
ances. The  methods  of  taking  blood  pressure  and  its  significance,  also  the  recognition 
and  treatment  of  medical  emergencies,  are  taught. 

Med.  142a.     Principles  of  Medicine.  (2) 

Fourth  year.  Throughout  the  year  the  entire  class  is  taken  into  the  hospital  for  medical 
clinics  where  the  close  application  of  medical  and  dental  knowledge  in  history  taking, 
diagnosis,   laboratory  procedures  and   treatment  is  emphasized. 

Med.  143a.     Preventive  and  Public  Health  Dentistry.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  emphasize  those 
measures  other  than  remedial  operations  that  will  tend  to  minimize  the  occurrence  or 
the  extension  of  oral  disease,  and  to  outline  the  status  of  dentistry  in  the  field  of  gen- 
eral public  health.  The  relations  of  dentistry  with  other  phases  of  public  health  are 
discussed,  as  are  the  problems  affecting  the  administration  of  dental  health  programs. 
Special  effort  is  made  to  demonstrate  methods  and  materials  suitable  for  use  in  dental 
health  education  programs. 

Med.   144a.     Clinical  Conferences. 

Fourth  year.   Throughout  the  year  small  groups  of  students  are  taken  into  the  hospital 

for  medical  ward  rounds,  demonstrations  and  discussions. 

29   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

B.     Oral  Medicine 
Assistant  Professor:  abramson. 

DRS.  T.   F.   CLEMENT,   J.   P.   NORMS  AND   J.    M.    FOLEY. 

Med.  121b.     Principles  of  Endodontics.   (I) 

Second  year.    The  lecture  phase  presents  the  fundamentals  necessary  for  endodontic 

procedures;  the  indications  and   contraindications  for  these  procedures;   the  methods 

used  in  performing  the  necessary  steps  to  preserve  the  functions  of  the  teeth  and  to 

maintain  the  health  of  the  individual.   The  laboratory  phase  is  designed  to  teach  the 

student  the  materials,  the  instrumentation,  and  the  techniques  employed  in  endodontic 

treatment. 

Med.  122b.     Introduction  to  Periodontics.    (I) 

Second  year.  The  lectures  place  special  emphasis  on  the  importance  of  oral  hygiene 
and  its  relation  to  the  prevention  of  all  dental  disorders.  The  causes,  results,  and 
treatment  of  unhygienic  conditions  of  the  oral  cavity  are  fully  considered.  Demon- 
strations are  given  in  the  prophylactic  treatment  of  the  mouth  and  in  the  accepted 
methods  of  tooth  brushing  to  be  used  in  home  care.  In  the  laboratory  the  student 
learns  on  special  manikins  the  use  of  the  periodontal  instruments.  By  progressive 
exercises  and  drills  he  is  taught  the  basic  principles  of  good  operating  procedure  and 
the  methods  of  thorough  prophylactic  treatment. 

Med.  131b.     Basic  Clinical  Endodontics.  (I) 

Third  year.    During  the  Junior  year,  the  student  applies  the  fundamentals  he  has 

learned  by  performing  endodontic  procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.  132b.     Basic  Clinical  Periodontics.    (I) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  present  the  etiology,  clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis,  prognosis, 
and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  forms  of  periodontal  disease,  other  diseases 
of  the  oral  cavity,  and  lesions  of  the  lips,  cheeks,  and  tongue.  The  recognition  of 
periodontal  disease  in  its  incipient  forms  and  the  importance  of  early  treatment  are 
stressed.  The  lectures  are  well  illustrated  by  color  slides,  moving  pictures,  and  other 
visual  aids.  The  Junior  student  is  required  to  apply  the  fundamentals  he  has  learned 
by  performing  periodontal  procedures  on  a  prescribed  number  of  clinical  cases. 

Med.  141b.     Advanced  Clinical  Endodontics.    (I) 

Fourth  year.  During  his  Senior  year  the  student  performs  the  more  advanced  endodontic 

procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.  142b.     Advanced  Clinical  Periodontics.   (I) 

Fourth   year.      The   Senior   student   performs   the   periodontal   procedures   on    clinical 

patients  exhibiting  the  more  advanced  periodontal  problems. 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Professor:  shay  (head  of  department). 

MR.    BECKER. 

Microbiol.  121.     Dental  Microbiology  and  Immunology.    (4) 

Second  year.     First  semester.     The   course  embraces  lectures,  laboratory,  demonstra- 

^   30 


School  of  Dentistry 

tions,  recitations,  and  group  conferences,  augmented  by  guided  reading.  Practical  and 
theoretical  consideration  is  given  to  pathogenic  bacteria,  viruses,  yeasts  and  molds. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  those  organisms  which  cause  lesions  in  and  about  the 
oral  cavity,  particularly  primary  focal  infections  about  the  teeth,  tonsils,  etc.,  which 
result  in  the  establishment  of  secondary  foci.  Immunological  and  serological  prin- 
ciples are  studied,  with  special  consideration  being  given  to  hypersensitivity  resulting 
from  the  use  of  antibiotics,  vaccines,  antigens,  and  other  therapeutic  agents. 

Laboratory  teaching  includes  the  methods  of  staining  and  the  cultural  charac- 
teristics of  microorganisms;  their  reaction  to  disinfectants,  antiseptics,  and  germicides; 
methods  of  sterilization  and  asepsis;  animal  inoculation;  preparation  of  sera,  vaccines, 
and  antitoxins;  a  study  of  antibiotics;  and  a  demonstration  of  virus  techniques.  In  all 
phases  of  the  course  emphasis  is  placed  on  dental  applications. 

For  Graduates 

Microbiol  200,  201.     Chemotherapy.    (J -2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years.  A  study  of  the  chemistry,  toxicity,  pharmacology  and  therapeutic  value  of 
drugs  employed  in  the  treatment  of  disease. 

Microbiol.  202,  203.     Reagents  and  Media.    (I,  J) 

One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  A  study  of  the  methods  of  prep- 
aration and  use  of  bacteriological  reagents  and  media. 

Microbiol.  210.     Special  Problems  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.     Laboratory  course. 

Microbiol.  211.     Public  Health.    (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  Lectures  and  discussions  on  the  or- 
ganization and  administration  of  state  and  municipal  health  departments  and  private 
health  agencies.     The  course  also  includes  a  study  of  laboratory  methods. 

Microhol.  339.     Research  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 

OPERATIVE  DENTISTRY 

Professor:   Medina  (acting  head  of  department). 

Associate  Professor:  louie. 

Assistant  Professors:  h.  m.  clement,  c.  gaver  and  edmond  g.  vanden  bosche. 

DRS.    BEAVEN,    BIANCO,    DIAZ,    LEVIN    AND    VELTRE. 

Oper.  121.     Fundamentals  of  Operative  Dentistry.    (5) 

Second  year.  The  student  is  trained  in  the  technical  procedures  of  cavity  prepara- 
tion and  the  manipulation  of  the  restorative  materials  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
diseases  and  injuries  of  the  tooth  structure.  These  basic  principles  are  applied  on 
composition  teeth  and  extracted  natural  teeth.  Instruction  includes  twenty-six  lectures 
and  forty-eight  three-hour  laboratory  periods. 

31  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Oper.  131.     Basic  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry.    (4) 

Third  year.  This  course  is  a  continuing  development  of  the  fundamentals  taught  in 
Operative  121.  The  objective  is  to  present  the  additional  information  which  is 
necessary  for  the  management  of  practical  cases.  Instruction  includes  lectures, 
demonstrations  and  clinical  practice  in  which  the  student  treats  patients  under  the 
individual  guidance  of  staff  members. 

Oper.  141.     Advanced  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry.    (6) 

Fourth  year.  With  the  background  provided  by  Operative  121  and  131,  the  student 
is  able  to  comprehend  and  apply  the  procedures  for  treating  the  more  complicated 
operative  problems.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  instruct  the  student  in  the 
different  procedures  by  which  a  comprehensive  operative  service  can  be  rendered 
and  to  acquaint  him  with  as  many  unusual  clinical  cases  as  possible.  Instruction 
includes  lectures,  demonstrations,  and  clinical  practice. 

ORTHODONTICS 

Professor:  preis  (head  of  department). 
Assistant  Professors:  kress,  shehan  and  swinehart. 

DR.    CULLEN. 

Ortho.  131.     Principles  of  Orthodontics.  (2) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  supplemented  by  slides  and  motion  pic- 
tures. The  subject  matter  includes  the  history  of  orthodontics  and  the  study  of 
growth  and  development,  evolution  of  human  dental  occlusion,  forces  of  occlusion, 
etiology  of  malocclusion,  aberrations  of  the  maxilla  and  mandible  which  affect  occlu- 
sion, and  tissue  changes  incident  to  tooth  movement. 

Ortho.  141.     Clinical  Orthodontics.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Students  are  assigned  in  small  groups  to  the  Clinic  where  patients  are 
given  a  thorough  dental  examination.  Under  the  direction  of  an  instructor  each  case 
is  diagnosed,  methods  of  procedure  are  explained,  and  treatment  planning  is  out- 
lined. In  the  more  simple  cases  therapy  is  undertaken  by  the  students  under  the 
supervision  of  an  instructor.  Students,  therefore,  have  the  opportunity  of  applying 
clinically  the  knowledge  which  they  received  during  their  Junior  year. 

PATHOLOGY 

Professor:  m.  s.  aisenberg  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  Gardner  and  Weinberg. 
Assistant  Professor:  a.  d.  aisenberg. 

DR.   GRANRUTH. 

Path.  121.     General  Pathology.  (4) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  The  general  principles  of  disease  processes  and  tissue 
reactions,  both  gross  and  microscopic,  are  taught  with  the  objectives  of  training  the 
student  to  recognize  and  be  familiar  with  the  abnormal  and  of  creating  a  foundation 
for  further  study  in  the  allied  sciences.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those  diseases  in 
the  treatment  of  which  medicodental  relationships  are  to  be  encountered. 

^  32 


School  of  Dentistry 

Path.  131.     Oral  Pathology.  (3) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  The  course  includes  a  study  o£  the  etiology  and  the 
gross  and  microscopic  manifestations  of  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  their  investing 
structures:  pathologic  dentition,  dental  anomalies,  periodontal  diseases,  calcific  de- 
posits, dental  caries,  pulpal  diseases,  dentoalveolar  abscesses,  oral  manifestations  of 
svstemic  diseases,  cysts  of  the  jaws,  and  benign  and  malignant  lesions  in  and  about 
the  oral  cavity. 

Path.   141.     Seminar. 

Fourth  year.  This  constitutes  a  part  of  the  cancer  teaching  program  sponsored  by  a 
grant  from  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  It  is  conducted  by  visiting  lec- 
turers who  are  specialists  in  their  respective  fields. 

For  Graduates 

Path.  211.     Advanced  Oral  Pathology.  (8) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  throughout  the  year.  This  course  is  pre- 
sented* with  the  objective  of  correlating  a  knowledge  of  histopathology  with  the 
various  aspects  of  clinical  practice.  Studies  of  surgical  and  biopsy  specimens  are 
stressed. 

Path.  212.     Research. 

Time  and   credit  by  arrangement.      Research  in   areas  of  particular   interest   to   the 

student. 

PEDODONTICS 

Associate  Professor:  sanders. 
Assistant  Professor:  ehrlich. 

DRS.    FERLITA   AND  KIHN. 

Ped.  121.     Technics  of  Pedodontics.  (I) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  This  laboratory  course  in  dentistry  for  children 
consists  of  sixteen  laboratory  periods.  Demonstrations  and  visual  aids  are  utilized  to 
augment  the  teaching  procedure.  The  work  is  performed  on  model  teeth  in  primary 
dentoforms  and  consists  of  exercises  in  cavity  preparation  in  primary  teeth  for  the 
proper  reception  of  different  restorative  materials,  in  the  technic  of  restoring  a  frac- 
tured young  permanent  anterior  tooth,  and  in  the  construction  of  a  basic  type  of 
space  maintainer. 

Ped.  131.     Clinical  Pedodontics.  (I) 

Third  year.  The  student  is  introduced  to  clinical  dentistry  for  children.  He  utilizes 
the  technical  procedures  learned  in  the  laboratory.  Didactic  instruction  includes 
sixteen  lectures  offered  during  the  first  semester.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  manage- 
ment of  the  child  patient  with  necessary  modifications  for  behavior  problems.  The 
indications  and  contraindications  for  pulpal  therapy  are  evaluated  for  the  purpose 
of  rational  tooth  conservation.  Oral  hygiene,  roentgenology,  growth  and  develop- 
ment, and  caries  susceptibility  tests  are  taught.  Training  in  preventive  orthodontics 
is  given  for  true  denture  guidance  and  to  allow  the  student  to  institute  interceptive 
or  early  remedial  measures  in  incipient  deformities. 

33    ► 


University  of  Maryland 

The  Department  endeavors  to  develop  in  the  student  a  comprehensive  interest 
in  guiding  the  child  patient  through  the  period  of  the  mixed  dentition.  A  separate 
clinic,  equipped  with  child-size  chairs  and  supervised  by  the  pedodontics  staff,  pro- 
vides adequate  opportunity  for  clinical  applications  of  the  methods  taught  in  labora- 
tory and  lectures. 

Ped.   141.     Clinical  Pedodontics.    (J) 

Fourth  year.     The  student  continues  his  clinical  training  throughout  the  year  and  is 

assigned  the  more  difficult  cases. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

Professor:  dobbs  (head  of  department) 
Assistant  Professor:    ross. 

DR.   DOLLE. 

Pharmacol.  131.  General  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics.  (4) 
Third  year.  The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  general  survey  of  pharmacology, 
affording  the  students  the  necessary  knowledge  for  the  practice  of  rational  therapeutics. 
The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  laboratory  and  demonstrations.  The  first  semester 
consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  didactic  work  including  instruction  in  the  sites  and  modes 
of  drug  action,  prescription  writing,  and  the  pharmacodynamics  and  therapeutics 
of  the  local-acting  drugs.  The  second  semester  consists  of  thirty-two  hours  of  didactics 
and  forty-eight  hours  of  laboratory  instruction.  The  laboratory  experiments  are  per- 
formed by  students  on  animals  and  are  designed  to  demonstrate  the  direct  effects  of 
drugs  on  vital  tissues.  The  subject  material  consists  of  the  pharmacodynamics  of  the 
systemic-acting  drugs  and  the  anti-infective  agents.  In  the  therapeutics  phase  the 
students  are  instructed  in  the  use  of  drugs  for  the  prevention,  treatment,  and  correction 
of  general  and  oral  diseases. 

Pharmacol.  141.     Oral  Therapeutics.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations.  It  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  the  practical  applications 
of  pharmacology  in  the  treatment  of  dental  and  oral  diseases.  Particular  emphasis  is 
given  to  the  newer  drugs  and  the  more  recent  advances  in  therapeutics.  Patients  from 
the  dental  clinics  and  the  hospital  are  used  for  demonstrations  whenever  possible. 
A  correlation  of  theory  with  clinical  practice  is  obtained  by  chairside  instruction  on 
patients  in  the  dental  clinic. 

Pharmacol.    142.     Nutritional    Therapeutics.    (I) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations  devoted  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  nutritional  therapeutics.  The 
presentation  includes  a  study  of  the  dietary  requirements  of  essential  food  substances 
in  health  and  disease.  The  vitamin  and  mineral  deficiency  states  with  their  pathology 
and  symptomatology  are  presented  with  suggestions  for  dietary  and  drug  therapy. 
Metabolic  diseases  are  discussed,  and  their  effects  on  the  nutritional  states  are  con- 
sidered. Students  are  taught  to  plan  diets  for  patients  with  various  nutritional  prob- 
lems, such  as  those  resulting  from  loss  of  teeth,  the  use  of  new  dental  appliances, 
dental  caries,  stomatitis,  cellulitis,  osteomyelitis,  and  bone  fractures.  A  project  study 
is  made  by  each  student  which  includes  analyses  of  his  basal  metabolic  requirement, 
his  total  energy  requirement,  and  his  dietary  intake  in  relation  to  his  daily  needs. 

^   34 


School  of  Dentistry 

PHYSIOLOGY 

Professor:  oster  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  shipley  and  pollack. 

MRS.    STALING. 

Physiol.  121.     Principles  of  Physiology.  (6) 

Second  year.     A  fundamental  objective  of  this  course  is  to  achieve  an  integration  of 

basic  scientific  phenomena  of  function  as  they  relate  to  the  organism  as  a  whole. 

Lectures  deal  with  the  principal  fields  of  physiology,  including  heart  and  circula- 
tion, peripheral  and  central  nervous  functions,  respiration,  digestion,  muscular  ac- 
tivity, hepatic  and  renal  functions,  water  and  electrolyte  balance,  special  senses,  gen- 
eral and  cellular  metabolism,  endocrines  and  reproduction.  In  the  laboratory  work 
(first  semester)  the  classic  experiments  on  frog  and  turtle  muscle  and  heart  function 
are  followed  by  more  advanced  work  on  rabbits,  cats,  dogs  and  the  students  them- 
selves. A  special  series  of  lectures  is  devoted  to  the  application  of  basic  physiologic 
principles  to  human  clinical  problems. 

For  Graduates 

Physiol.  211.     Principles  of  Mammalian  Physiology.  (6) 

Prerequisite  permission  from  the  department.  Same  as  course  121  but  with  collateral 
reading  and  additional  instruction. 

Physiol.  212.     Advanced  Physiology. 

Hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.  Lectures  and  seminars  during  the  second  semes- 
ter. 

Physiol.  223.     Research. 

Hours  and  credits  by  arrangement. 

PRACTICE  ADMINISTRATION 

Professor:  biddix. 

DR.   LOVETT  AND  MR.   o'dONNELL. 

Pract.  Adm.  141.     Principles  of  Administration.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  students  to 
assume  the  social,  economic  and  professional  responsibilities  of  dental  practice.  The 
lectures  embrace  the  selection  of  the  office  location  and  office  equipment,  the  basis 
of  determining  fees,  the  methods  of  collecting  accounts,  the  use  of  auxiliary  personnel, 
and  the  choice  of  various  types  of  insurance  and  investments.  A  comprehensive 
bookkeeping  system  for  a  dental  office  is  explained. 

Pract.  Adm.  142.     Ethics.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  The  course  includes  lectures  on  general  ethics  and 
its  basic  teachings,  and  an  interpretation  of  the  philosophical  principles  adopted  by 
the  American  Dental  Association  and  embodied  in  its  "Principles  of  Ethics." 

35  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Pract.  Adm.  143.     Jurisprudence.  (I) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  The  objective  o£  the  course  is  to  acquaint  the  dental 
student  with  the  fundamentals  of  law  as  they  relate  to  the  dentist  and  to  his  patients. 
The  sources  of  law,  the  types  of  courts  and  court  procedures  are  explained;  the 
student  is  acquainted  with  the  special  statutory  provisions  pertaining  to  the  regula- 
tion of  the  practice  of  dentistry,  as  well  as  the  dentist's  responsibilities  under  the 
criminal  law.  The  respective  rights  and  liabilities  of  both  the  dentist  and  his  patients 
are  considered  in  lectures  dealing  with  contracts  and  torts;  practical  illustrations  of 
these  rights  and  liabilities  are  reviewed  in  the  light  of  actual  reported  cases  in  the 


courts. 


ROENTGENOLOGY 


Professor:  biddix. 

DRS.    KLEIN   AND   SMITH. 


Roentgenol.  131.     Principles  of  Dental  Roentgenology.  (2) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  include  a  study  of  the  physical  principles  involved  in  the 
production  of  x-rays  and  a  discussion  of  their  properties  and  effects,  the  hazards  of 
roentgenography  to  both  operator  and  patient,  the  technics  of  taking  roentgenograms, 
and  the  processing  of  the  films.  The  conference  periods  deal  with  the  roentgeno- 
graphic  study  of  the  normal  anatomic  structures  in  health  and  the  variations  noted 
under  various  pathologic  conditions. 

Roentgenol.   132.     Introduction  to  Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology. 
Third  year.     Second  semester.     The  division  of  the  class  into  small  groups  permits 
individual* supervision  in  the  clinical  application  of  the  material  presented  in  Roent- 
genol. 131.    Under  guidance  the  student  learns  to  correctly  place,  expose  and  process 
the  film  and  mount  a  full  series  of  dental  roentgenograms. 

Roentgenol.   141.     Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology.   Q) 

Fourth  year.  Under  a  system  of  rotating  assignments  students  are  placed  in  constant 
association  with  the  routine  practical  use  of  the  roentgen  ray.  They  are  required  to 
master  the  fundamental  scientific  principles  and  to  acquire  technical  skill  in  taking, 
processing,  and  interpreting  all  types  of  intraoral  and  extraoral  films. 

SURGERY 

Professors:  dorsey  (head  of  department),  helrich,  robinson  and  yeager. 
Associate  Professor:  cappuccio. 
Assistant  Professors:  siwinski  and  inman. 

DRS.    HEMPHILL    AND    JOHNSON. 

Surg.  131.     Anesthesiology.  (2) 

Third  year.  Local  anesthesia  is  taught  in  both  principle  and  practice.  In  lectures 
and  clinics  all  types  of  intraoral,  extraoral,  conduction  and  infiltration  injections; 
the  anatomical  relation  of  muscles  and  nerves;  the  theory  of  action  of  anesthetic 
agents  and  their  toxic  manifestations  are  taught.  Demonstrations  are  given  in  con- 
duction  and   infiltration   technics;   students   give   injections   under  supervision   of  an 

M  36 


School  of  Dentistry 

instructor.  General  anesthesia  is  taught  in  lectures  and  clinic  demonstrations.  The 
action  of  the  anesthetic  agents,  methods  of  administration,  indications  and  contra- 
indications, and  the  treatment  of  toxic  manifestations  are  included.  Demonstrations 
are  given  in  the  preparation  of  the  patient,  the  administration  of  all  general  anes- 
thetics (inhalant,  rectal,  spinal,  and  intravenous),  and  the  technics  for  oral  opera- 
tions. Clinics  are  held  in  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  in  the  Dental  School  and 
in  the  Hospital. 

Surg.  132.     Oral  Surgery.  (3) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  on  the  principles  of  surgery,  the  classifica- 
tion of  teeth  for  extraction,  and  the  pre-  and  postoperative  treatment  of  ambulatory 
patients.  The  student  is  assigned  to  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  on  a  rotating 
schedule  and  is  required  to  produce  local  anesthesia  and  extract  teeth  under  the 
supervision  of  an  instructor. 

Surg.  141.     Oral  Surgery.  (3) 

Fourth  year.  This  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinical  assignments,  and  practical 
demonstrations  on  the  etiology,  pathology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all  classes  of 
tumors,  infections,  deformities,  anomalies,  impacted  teeth,  fractures  and  surgical 
problems  associated  with  the  practice  of  dentistry.  Hospital  clinics,  demonstrations 
and  ward  rounds  are  given  to  familiarize  the  student  with  abnormal  conditions  inci- 
dent to  the  field  of  his  future  operations  and  to  train  him  thoroughly  in  the  diagnosis 
of  benign  and  malignant  tumors.  Weekly  seminars  are  held  in  the  Hospital. 

For  Graduates 

Surg.  201.     Clinical  Anesthesiology.  (6) 
Forty  hours  a  week  for  thirteen  weeks. 

Surg.  220.     General  Dental  Oral  Surgery.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.  221.     Advanced  Oral  Surgery.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.  222.     Research. 

Time  and  credit  by  arrangement. 

VISUAL  AIDS  IN  TEACHING 

MR.   TAYLOR  AND  STAFF. 

The  Department  of  Visual  Aids  employs  the  latest  photographic  technics 
and  equipment  for  the  production  of  both  monochromatic  and  full-color  still 
and  motion  pictures.  By  cooperation  with  other  departments  new  material  is 
developed  for  lectures,  clinics,  publications  and  exhibits. 

Through  photography  the  School  retains  for  teaching  purposes  interesting 
cases  that  appear  in  the  clinics,  preserves  evidence  of  unusual  pathological 
cases,  and  records  anatomical  anomalies,  facial  disharmonies  and  malocclusions 

37  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

of  the  teeth.  In  addition  the  student,  through  his  contact  with  photographic 
uses,  becomes  acquainted  with  the  value  of  photography  in  clinical  practice. 
Students  are  advised  as  to  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  the  preparation  of  lectures 
and  theses,  the  arrangement  and  co-ordination  of  materials,  and  the  organiza- 
tion and  maintenance  of  records  and  histories. 

Various  art  media  and  the  use  of  modern  plastics  supplement  photography. 
By  the  combination  and  correlation  of  these  methods  all  departments  are  pro- 
vided with  an  unlimited  supply  of  valuable  and  often  irreplaceable  visual 
aids. 

A  closed  circuit  television  system  is  used  to  enable  large  groups  to  visualize 
clinical  and  laboratory  procedures.  Close-up  pictures  of  the  various  operations 
are  made  possible  for  comfortable  viewing  in  lecture  hall  and  laboratory. 

SPECIAL  COURSES 
Summer  Courses 

As  the  need  arises,  summer  courses  may  be  offered  in  certain  subjects  in- 
cluded in  the  regular  curriculum.  A  charge  of  $12.00  for  each  semester  hour 
credit  is  made  for  these  courses. 


The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society  was  organized  in  1916  as  an  honorary 
student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  Society 
was  named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a 
teacher  of  many  years'  experience,  and  during  his  life  a  great  contributor  to 
dental  literature.  It  was  with  the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that  the 
Society  adopted  it. 

To  be  eligible  for  membership  a  student  must  be  in  the  first  30  per  cent  of 
his  class.  The  selection  of  this  30  per  cent  shall  be  based  on  the  weighted 
percentage  average  system  as  outlined  in  the  school  regulations.  The  meetings, 
held  once  each  month,  are  addressed  by  prominent  dental  and  medical  men,  an 
effort  being  made  to  obtain  speakers  not  connected  with  the  University.  The 
members  have  an  opportunity,  even  while  students,  to  hear  men  associated  with 
other  educational  institutions. 

Omicron  Kayfa  Ufsilon 

Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon,  honorary  dental  society,  was  char- 
tered at  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  during  the  session  of  1928-29.  Membership  in  the  society  is 
awarded  to  a  number  not  exceeding  12  per  cent  of  the  graduating  class.    This 

*  38 


School  of  Dentistry 


honor  is  conferred  upon  students  who  through  their  professional  course  of 
study  creditably  fulfill  all  obligations  as  students,  and  whose  conduct,  earnest- 
ness, evidence  of  good  character  and  high  scholarship  recommend  them  to 
election. 

The  following  graduates  of  the   1959  Class  were  elected  to  membership: 


Kenneth  David  Bass 
Barbara   Dorothea    Bucko 
Frank  Anthony  Dolle 
Frank  Walter  Krause 
John  Viering  Raese 
Matthew  Angelo  Rocco 
Louis  Joseph  Ruland,  Jr. 


Jerome  Schwartz 

Robert   Bernard  Silberstein 

Charles   Carroll    Swoope,    Jr. 

Francis   Anthony  Veltre 

Jorge  Vendrell 

Gorm   von  Pultz-Hansen 


Alumni  Association 

The  first  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  was  held  in  Baltimore,  March  1,  1849.  This  organi- 
zation has  continued  in  existence  to  the  present,  its  name  having  been  changed 
to  The  National  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery, 
Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland. 

The  officers  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  1959-60  are  as  follows: 


President 
Harry  W.  Dressel,  Jr. 

6340  Frederick  Avenue 
Baltimore  28,  Maryland 

First  Vice-President 
William  F.  Decesare 

216  Broadway 
Providence,   Rhode  Island 

Past   President 

Ex-Officio 

Edwin  G.  Gail 

3700  N.  Charles  Street 

Baltimore  18,  Maryland 

Treasurer 
Howard  Van    Natta 
Medical   Arts   Building 
Baltimore    1,  Maryland 


President  Elect 

Daniel  F.  Lynch 

1678  Primrose  Road 

Washington  12,  D.  C. 

Second   Vice-President 
James  E.  John 

804   Medical   Arts    Building 
Roanoke,  Virginia 

Secretary 

Joseph  P.   Cappuccio 

1010    St.    Paul   Street 

Baltimore  2,   Maryland 

Editor 

Kyrle  W.  Preis 

700    Cathedral   Street 

Baltimore    1,   Maryland 


Historian-Librarian 

Milton  B.  Asbell 

25  Haddon  Avenue 

Camden   3,  New  Jersey 


39 


University  of  Maryland 

University  Alumni  Council  Representatives 

Eugene  D.  Lyon,  1960  Samuel  H.  Bryant,  1961 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,  Maryland 

Harry  Levin,   1962 

Baltimore,   Maryland 

Executive  Council 
Harry  W.  F.  Dressel  Kyrle  W.  Preis 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,  Maryland 

Howard  Van  Natta  Edwin  G.  Gail 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,  Maryland 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio  William  F.  Decesare 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Providence,  Rhode  Island 

Daniel  F.  Lynch  James  E.  John 

Washington,  D.  C.  Roanoke,  Virginia 

Milton  B.  Asbell 
Camden,  New  Jersey 

ELECTED  MEMBERS 

Executive  Council 

Calvin  J.  Gaver  Melvin  Hazen  Colvin 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Washington,  D.  C 

William  B.  Mehring  L.  Lynn  Emmart 

Silver    Spring,    Maryland  Baltimore,   Maryland 

Philip  L.  Block  Philip  J.   Norris 

Baltimore,   Maryland  Baltimore,   Maryland 

ENDOWMENT  FUND 

TRUSTEES  EX-OFE1C10 

Harry  W.  F.  Dressel,  Jr.,  President 

Daniel  F.  Lynch,  President-Elect 

Joseph  P.   Cappuccio,   Secretary 

Howard  Van  Natta,  Treasurer 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  Dean 

ELECTED  TRUSTEES 

Lawrence  W.  Bimestefer,  1960  Edward  C.  Morin,  1960 

Baltimore,    Maryland  Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island 

James  W.  McCarl,  1961  William  Paul  Hoffman,  1961 

Greenbelt,  Maryland  Washington,  D.  C. 

Ashur  G.  Chavoor,    1962  Arthur  I.  Bell,   1962 

Washington,  D.  C.  Baltimore,   Maryland 

M  40 


School  of  Dentistry 

SENIOR  PRIZE  AWARDS 

The  following  prizes  were  awarded  to  members  of  the  Senior  Class  for  the 
1958-59   Session: 

The  Alexander  H.  Pater  soft  Memorial  Medal 
For  Practical  Set  of  Fidl  Upper  and  Lower  Dentures 

FRANK  WALTER  KRAUSE 
Honorable  Mention Edgar  C.  White 

The  Isaac  H.  Davis  Memorial  Medal 

(Contributed  by  Dr.  Leonard  I.  Davis) 

For  Cohesive  Gold  Filling 

FRANK  WALTER  KRAUSE 
Honorable   Mention Ivan   Orlo  Gardner 

The  Alumni  Association  Medal 
For  Thesis 

CHARLES  CARROLL  SWOOPE,  JR. 

Honorable   Mention Kenneth   David   Bass  and  Ivan  Orlo   Gardner 

The  Harry  E.  Kelsey  Award 

(Contributed  by  former  associates  of  Dr.  Kelsey: 

Drs.  Anderson,   Devlin,   Hodges,  Johnston   and  Preis) 

For  Professional  Demeanor 

FRANK  ANTHONY  DOLLE 

The  Harry  E.  Latcham  Memorial  Medal 
For  Complete  Oral  Operative  Restoration 

JEFFRY  CHANDLER  PENNINGTON 
Honorable  Mention Richard  Lawrence  Fraze 

The  Edgar  J.  Jacques  Memorial  Award 
For  Meritorious  Work  in  Practical  Oral  Surgery 

CHESTER  JAMES   RICHMOND,   JR. 

The  Herbert  Friedherg  Memorial  Award 

(Contributed  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Chapter  of  the 

National  Alumni  Association) 

For  Achievement  by  a  New  Jersey  Sefiior 

CHARLES  CARROLL  SWOOPE,  JR. 

The  Sigma  Epsilon  Delta  Memorial  Medal 
For  Highest  Average  in  Basic  Sciences 

CHARLES  CARROLL  SWOOPE,  JR. 

41   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Graduating  Class 
1958-1959  Session 

Kenneth  David  Bass,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1953; 

M.S.,   1955    Connecticut 

Robert  Gene  Beckelheimer,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Frederick  Blumenthal,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Martin  David  Breckstein,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Lawrence  Austin  Brehne,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,   1951 New  Jersey 

Robert  Francis  Bristol,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1955 Rhode  Island 

Bayard  Allen  Buchen,  Emory  University Florida 

Robert  Rolland  Buckner,  Washington  Missionary  College Georgia 

Barbara  Dorothea  Bucko,  B.A.,  Syracuse  University Connecticut 

Thomas  Cali,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 New  Jersey 

John  Joseph  Cartisano,  Indiana  University New  York 

Gary  Herbert  Cohen,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Ted  Conner,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Juan  Anibal  Cuevas-Jimenez,  B.S.,   University  of  Puerto  Rico,    1953 

Puerto  Rico 

Adolph  Albert  Cura,  B.A.,  Boston  College,  1955 Massachusetts 

Peter  Bernard  DalPozzol,  Colby  College Connecticut 

Allan  Lee  Danoff,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Eugene  Frederick  deLonge,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

Joseph  Budding  Dietz,  Jr.,  Lehigh  University Delaware 

Frank  Anthonv  Dolle,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948;  M.S., 

1950;    Ph.D.,    1954 Maryland 

William  Frank  Dombrowski,  B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,   1950 

Maryland 
James  Francis  Dooley,  B.S.,  United  States  Merchant  Marine  Academy, 

1950;  A.B.,  Rutgers  University,    1951 New  Jersey 

William  Edward  Dowden,   B.S.,  Niagara  University,    1955 New  York 

Conrad  Castenzio  Ferlita,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Raymond  Alan  Flanders,  Colgate  University New  York 

John  Morrison  Foley,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1955 Maryland 

James  Arthur  Fowler,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Robert  Donald  Fraser,  B.S.,  Niagara  University,    1955 New  York 

Richard  Lawrence  Fraze,  Tufts  College Florida 

Larry  Joe  Frick,  The  Clemson  Agricultural  College South  Carolina 

Thornwell  Jacobs  Frick,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,  1955 South  Carolina 

Orton  Dittmar  Frisbie,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Ivan  Orlo  Gardner,  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1952 Maryland 

Billy  Wade  Gaskill,  West  Virginia  University Arkansas 

Frederick  Lewis  Hodous,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Francis  Kurt  Hugelmeyer,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1955.  . .  .New  York 

Eugene  Farley  Humphreys,  Brigham  Young  University Idaho 

James  Paul  Jabbour,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1950;  Ed.M.,  1951 Massachusetts 

^  42 


School  of  Dentistry 

Calvin  Charles  Kay,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Edward  Gerard  Keen,  St.  Anselm's  College Connecticut 

Paul  Lewis  Keener,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  Krall,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948 Maryland 

Jacob  Ian  Krampf,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Frank  Walter  Krause,  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,   1955 New  Jersey 

Domenic  Edward  LaPorta,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Connecticut 

Robert  Louis  Lee,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Wallace  George  Lee,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1953 Michigan 

Lester  Leonard  Levin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Leslie  Herminio  Lopez-Velez,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,   1955 

Puerto  Rico 

Joseph  Paul  Lynch,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1953 New  Jersey 

Carlos  A.  Machuca-Padin,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1954.  . .  .Puerto  Rico 

Arnold  Irwin  Malhmood,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1959 Maryland 

Jose  Manuel  Martinez,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1955 Puerto  Rico 

John  Kenneth  McDonald,  Louisiana  State  University  and  Agricultural 

and  Mechanical  College   Mississippi 

Thomas  James  Meakem,  Jr.,  Davis  and  Elkins  College New  Jersey 

Thomas  Eugene  Miller,  B.S.,  St.  John's  University,  1955 New  Jersey 

Bernard  Lee  Morgan,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955.... West  Virginia 

Fabian  Morgan,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1954 North  Carolina 

John  Worthington  Myers,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Elizabeth  Haydee  Noa,  B.A.,  Nazareth  College,  1954 Puerto  Rico 

William  Barnard  O'Connor,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Robert  Owens,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,  1954 North  Carolina 

JefTry  Chandler  Pennington,  The  Citadel . South  Carolina 

Charles  Kenneth  Peters,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1954 Maryland 

Gregory  Michael  Petrakis,  B.S.,  Trinity  College,  1955 Connecticut 

George  Jackson  Phillips,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1955 Maryland 

Barry  Pickus,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1955 Maryland 

Donald  Alan  Pirie,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 Maryland 

Anthony  Michael  Policastro,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1955.  . .  .New  Jersey 

Joseph  Eul  Polino,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1955 Connecticut 

Alben  R.  Pollack,  B.A.,  Alfred  University,  1955 New  York 

Joel  Pollack,  B.S.,  The  City  College  of  New  York,  1955 New  York 

Albert  Edward  Postal,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

William  Lewis  Pralley,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1955... West  Virginia 

John  Viering  Raese,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Paul  Raimond,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Burton  Alvin  Raphael,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Harold  Reuben  Ribakow,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Chester  James  Richmond,  Jr.,  Tufts  College Connecticut 

Matthew  Angelo  Rocco,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,   1955 New  Jersey 

Lawrence  David  Rogers,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Everett  Newton  Roush,  III,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

43   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Louis  Joseph  Ruland,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955 

Maryland 

Raymond  Richard  Sahley,   Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Charles  Salerno,    Upsala   College New  Jersey 

Richard  Charles  Saville,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955 Maryland 

David  Lee  Schofield,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Jerome  Schwartz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949 Maryland 

Robert  Bernard  Silberstein,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Stanley  Leonard  Silver,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953 

District  of  Columbia 

Francis  Vincent  Simansky,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1955 Maryland 

Orlando  Louis  Skaff,  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955 West  Virginia 

Philip  Smith,  University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural  College.  .Vermont 

Anthony  Sollazzo,   Rutgers   University New   Jersey 

James  Frederick  Sproul,  West  Virginia  University Ohio 

John  Joseph  Stecher,  B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,   1952 New  Jersey 

Donald  Dietrich  Stegman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952 Maryland 

Daniel  Joseph  Sullivan,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1955 Rhode  Island 

Charles  Carroll  Swoope,  Jr.,  University  of  Florida New  Jersey 

Arthur  Morton  Tilles,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

John  Louis  Varanelli,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Francis  Anthony  Veltre,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1952; 

M.S.,   1954 .Maryland 

Jorge  Vendrell,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana Puerto  Rico 

Gorm  von  Pultz-Hansen,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1957 Maryland 

Leonard  Clifford  Warner,  Jr.,  Colby  College Connecticut 

Edgar  Clair  White,  Marshall  College Kentucky 

Thomas  Adams  Wilson,   B.A.,  Amherst  College,    1955 Maryland 

Herbert  Sanford  Yampolsky,  B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,   1955.  .  .  .New  Jersey 

Honors 

University  Gold  Medal  for  Scholarship,  Summa  Cum  Laude 

Awarded  to 

Charles  Carroll  Swoope,  Jr. 

Certificates  of  Honor,  Magna  Cum  Laude 

Awarded  to 

Frank  Anthony  Dolle  Gorm    von    Pultz-Hansen 

Barbara    Dorothea   Bucko  Matthew  Angelo   Rocco 

Jerome  Schwartz 

Cum  Laude 
Kenneth  David  Bass  Frank  Walter   Krause 

Robert    Bernard    Silberstein  John  Viering  Raese 

Jorge  Vendrell  Francis  Anthony  Veltre 

Louis  Joseph  Ruland,  Jr. 

M  44 


School  of  Dentistry 

REGISTER  OF  STUDENTS 

1959-1960  Session 

Senior  Class 

Joel   Martin   Adler,    Emory   University Mississippi 

Earl  Robert  Alban,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954.  .  .Maryland 

John  Jacob  Atchinson,   Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Edmund  Donald  Baron,  Rutgers  University New  Jersey 

Hulon   Edward   Beasley,   University   of   Florida Maryland 

John  William  Biehn,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Raymond  Cline  Bodley,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Francis  Brady,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Boston  College,   1954;  M.S., 

University   of   Massachusetts,    1956 Massachusetts 

Frank  Lee  Bragg,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

James  Peter  Brown,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1956.  .Massachusetts 

Rolla  Ray  Burk,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1951 West  Virginia 

Gene  Edward  Camp,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Alfred  Chesler,  Furman  University Ohio 

Robert  Roy  Chesney,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Robert  A.  Cialone,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955 New  Jersey 

William  John  Cimikoski,  A.B.,   University  of  Michigan,    1953 ...  .Connecticut 

Milton  Chipman  Clegg,  B.A.,  University  of  Utah,  1956 Utah 

Clyde  Albert  Coe,    University   of  Maryland Maryland 

Blanca  Collazo,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1956 Puerto  Rico 

Frank  Lateau  Collins,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Myron  Harris  Coulton,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Thomas  Joseph  Cronin,  B.S.,  De  Paul  University,  1955 New  Jersey 

William  Walter  Cwiek,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953 Maryland 

Charles  Albert  Darby,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Charles  Albert  Dean,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1956 Massachusetts 

John  Jay  Denson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1956 Florida 

Michael  Vincent  Doran,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,   1956 Virginia 

Raymond  Dzoba,  Bowling  Green  State  University New  Jersey 

Morton  Mayer  Ehudin,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Joseph  Thomas  Fav,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1956 Rhode  Island 

Humbert  Michael  Fiskio,  A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1955;  M.A., 

University   of   Connecticut,    1956 Connecticut 

Henry  Paul  Fox,  St.  Michael's  College New  York 

Irwood  Fox,  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,   1956 Virginia 

Joseph  Giardina,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Harry  Gruen,  University  of  Miami   Florida 

Ernest  Lee  Harris,  Jr.,  Southern  Missionary  College Florida 

David  William  Heese,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953.  .  .  .Maryland 

Sanford  Sonny  Hochman,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Edward  Allen  Hurdle,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1956 Maryland 

45  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Clemuel  Mansey  Johnson,  B.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina,  1953 

North  Carolina 

Nicholas  Irving  Jones,  B.S.,  The  Citadel,  1956 South  Carolina 

Norman  Lewis  Jones,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Alan  Donald  Jung,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952 Maryland 

Don  Samuel  Killpack,  B.S.,  University  of  Utah,   1951 Utah 

Irwin  KolikofF,  B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College,   1953 New  Hampshire 

Don  Lee  Koubek,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1955 West  Virginia 

Robert  Marvin  Kriegsman,  A.B.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina,  1957 

North  Carolina 
Scot  Sueki  Kubota,  A.B.,  Colorado  State  College,    1953; 

A.M.,    1954    Hawaii 

Nicolas  Lasijczuk,   Ch.D.,   University  of  Nancy New  York 

Richard  John  Lauttman,   B.S.,    Loyola   College,    1953 Maryland 

Martin  Albert  Levin,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1957 Maryland 

Marvin  Paul  Levin,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1957 Maryland 

Harry  Levy,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

William  Lee  Lovern,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Frederick  Magaziner,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 Maryland 

Martin  Magaziner,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Frank  William  Mastrola,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1956.  .  .  .Rhode  Island 

Martin  Lee  Mays,  B.S.,  Wofford  College,  1957 South  Carolina 

David  Henry  McLane,  A.B.,  Marshall  College,  1957 West  Virginia 

John  Stephen  McLaughlin,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

John  Bennett  Moore,  Jr.,  Weber  College Utah 

Richard  Franklin  Murphy,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Theodore  Jacob  Noffsinger,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956.  .Maryland 
Franklin  Lewis  Oliverio,  B.S.,  WTest  Virginia  LIniversity,  1956.  .  .West  Virginia 

Billy  Wendel  Olsen,  B.A.,  University  of  California,   1955 California 

Bernard  John  Orlowski,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Philip  Kibbee  Parsons,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Helmer  Eugene  Pearson,  Upsala  College New  Jersey 

Alfred  John  Phillips,  University  of  Florida Florida 

lames  Vincent  Picone,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,   1956.  .  .Massachusetts 

Robert  Henry  Prindle,  B.A.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1956 New  York 

Anthony  Joseph  Regine,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,   1955 Rhode  Island 

Jude  Philip  Restivo,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

Ronald  Lee  Ripley,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955 West  Virginia 

Malcolm  Louis  Rosenbloum,  Emory  University Missouri 

Georges  Philippe  Raynald  Roy,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,   1956 Maine 

William  Joseph  Rumberger,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College Pennsylvania 

Thomas  Melvin  Rutherford,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College,  1956 

West  Virginia 

Frank  John  Salino,  The  University  of  Buffalo New  York 

Lawrence  Francis  Schaefer,  St.  Michael's  College New  York. 

Roger  Clare  Sears,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

<  46 


School  of  Dentistry 

Howard  Irwin  Segal,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Edwin  Barry  Shiller,  Emory  University Florida 

Joseph  James  Smith,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Robert  Carroll  Smith,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1956 West  Virginia 

Alvin  Jerome  Snyder,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956 Maryland 

David  M.  Solomon,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1956 New  Jersey 

Rudolph  Clement  Strambi,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,    1952 New  Jersey 

Wayne  Eugene  Stroud,  University  of  Maryland Illinois 

George  Webster  Struthers,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Randolph-Macon  College,    1952 

West  Virginia 

Edward  Ralph  Thompson,   Temple   University New  Jersey 

Robert  Speirs  Thomson,  B.A.,  Houghton  College,   1956 New  Jersey 

Earle  Alexander  Tompkins,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1955 

Massachusetts 

Gilbert  Allen  Vitek,  Graceland  College Maryland 

Raymond  Francis  Waldron,  A.B.,  Boston  College,    1956 Massachusetts 

Martin  Truett  Watson,  A.B.,  Emory  University,  1954 Georgia 

Irwin  Robert  Weiner,  University  of  Akron Ohio 

Wayne  Clark  Wills,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Charles  Rosser  Wilson,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1956 North  Carolina 

Dale  Lee  Wood,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Louis  Yarid.  A.B..  Columbia  University.    1956 Massachusetts 

junior  Class 

Paul  Wilfred  Achin,  Providence  College .  .  > Massachusetts 

Morris  Antonelli,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 District  of  Columbia 

Gilbert  Samuel  Berman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Cecil  Samuel  Boland,  B.S.,  Newberry  College,   1957 Maryland 

Lester  Malcolm  Breen,  Emory  University Georgia 

Donald  Acker  Michael  Brown,  B.A.,  St.  John's  College,  1951 Maryland 

Douglas  Adams  Bryans,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,    1957 Massachusetts 

George  Franklin  Buchness,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1948;  M.S.,  Catholic 

University,  1954 Maryland 

Richard  Mario  Carmosino,  A.B.,  Boston  University,   1957 Massachusetts 

Thomas  J.  Cavanaugh,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Lawrence  Leo  Clark,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  Jersey 

James  Richard  Crouse,  Shepherd  College Maryland 

Billy  Hugh  Darke,  B.S.,  Western  Kentucky  State  College,   1954 Kentucky 

William  Lawrence  Doheny,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Edward  Cornelius  Doherty,  B.A.,  Boston  College,   1957 Massachusetts 

Maxim  Duane  Dunker,  B.A.,  Walla  Walla  College,  1955 California 

William  Duane  Fitzgerald,   University  of  Massachusetts Massachusetts 

Sheldon  Donald   Fliss,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1959 Maryland 

Richard  Arnold  Foer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957.  .  .District  of  Columbia 
Joseph  Edward  Furtado,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1954 Rhode  Island 

47  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

William  Joseph  Girotti,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1957 

Massachusetts 
Raymond  Emil  Goepfrich,  B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,    1957 

Pennsylvania 
John  George  Goettee,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,   1957.  .  .Maryland 

Melvin  Goldenberg,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1957 Rhode  Island 

Aaron  Rufus  Griffith,  Jr.,  University  of  South  Carolina South  Carolina 

Sheldon  Gerald  Gross,   University  of  Vermont Massachusetts 

Stanford  Edgar  Hamburger,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,    1957.  ..  .Maryland 

Arnold   Hecht,    University   of   Miami Florida 

Ronald  Wesley  Higel,   University  of  Florida Florida 

William  Paul  Hoffman,  Jr.,  Earlham  College District  of  Columbia 

Patrick  Francis  Iacovelli,   Jr.,   B.S.,    Boston   College,    1952 Massachusetts 

Ronald  Harold  Israel,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1958 Maryland 

Alvin  Wesley  Kagey,  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957 Maryland 

Sanford  Katsumi  Kamezawa,  University  of  California Hawaii 

Stanley  Paul  Kaminski,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,   1957 New  Jersey 

Douglas  Kaplan,  B.A.,  Alfred  University,  1957 New  Jersey 

George  Theodore  Keary,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958.  .  .  .Massachusetts 
Michael  Edward  Kolakowski,  Jr.,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1957 

Maryland 

Robert  George  Kovack,  B.S.,  Albright  College,   1957 New  Jersey 

Ralph  Leonard  Kroopnick,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,   1957.  .Connecticut 

Robert  Maurice  Lattanzi,  Albertus  Magnus  College Connecticut 

Jack  Edward  Liller,  University  of  Richmond Maryland 

Arnold  Irvin  Loew,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Sol  Benjamin  Love,  Georgetown  University District  of  Columbia 

*Keith  Gerald  Lown,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,   1956 California 

Edward  Salters  McCallum,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

William  Edward  McLaughlin,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Joseph  Robert  Marchesani,  LaSalle  College New  Jersey 

Richard  Madison  Marrone,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Alan  J.  Martin,  Ohio  University Florida 

Robert  Cameron  Mason,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1958 Maryland 

Michael  Charles  Matzkin,  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1957 Connecticut 

Robert  Francis  Meier,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Marc  Julian  Meyers,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1957 Maryland 

Ronald  Britton  Morley,  B.A.,  Maryville  College,  1957 New  York 

Clarence  John  Myatt,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

Roy  Mitsuaki  Naito,  B.A.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1956 Hawaii 

Antone  Travers  Oliveira,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

James  Edward  Palmer,  University  of  Maryland   Maryland 

David  Bertram  Pere,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Albert  Perlmutter,  A.B.,  Boston  University,  1957 Massachusetts 


Died  February  25,  1960. 
48 


School  of  Dentistry 

Garr  Thomas  Phelps,  Xavier  University Kentucky 

Joseph  Michael  Pistoria,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

iirwin  Stuart  Raffel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Malcolm  Sidney  Renbaum,  B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1956  .  .  .  .Maryland 

John  Filmore  Robinson,  Loyola  College    Maryland 

William  Otis  Rockefeller,  University  of  Maryland New  York 

Theodore  Almada  Rosa,   University  of  Maryland,   B.S.,    1958 

District  of  Columbia 
Victor  Angel  Rosado,  B.A.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Puerto  Rico,  1957 

Puerto  Rico 

David  Neuman  Rudo,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Peter  Paul  Ryiz,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,   1958 Connecticut 

Richard  Daniel  Sachs,  University  of  Miami    Florida 

Hershel  Garvin  Sawyer,  A.B.,  Berea  College,  1957 West  Virginia 

Robert  Stanley  Siegel,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

Frank  Joseph  Sinnreich,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951 Maryland 

Melvin  Jordan  Slan,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Louis  Edward  Snyder,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1959.  .South  Carolina 

James  Miller  Steig,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology   Florida 

Stanley  Merrill  Stoller,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

Arthur  Hein  Streeter,  B.S.,  Washington  College,  1957 Maryland 

Joseph  Ashley  Sullivan,  University  of  Miami   Florida 

Brett  Taylor  Summey,  B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,   1957 

North  Carolina 

John  Harvey  Swann,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Jerry  Dale  Taf t,  University  of  Maryland   Montana 

Bill  Edward  Taylor,  University  of  Oklahoma Oklahoma 

Paul  Irvin  Teitelbaum,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

Donald  Mathews  Tilghman,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

George  Bartholomew  Towson,  Washington  College Maryland 

Norton  Allen  Tucker,  University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,  1958 Maryland 

Nils  Glick  Wallen,  B.A.,  Syracuse  University,    1957 New  Jersey 

Frederic  James  Wasserman,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1957 Florida 

Alfred  Stewart  Windeler,  Jr.,  Johns  Hopkins  University New  Jersey 

William  Herbert  Witherspoon,  West  Virginia  University Pennsylvania 

Larry  Emanuel  Wynne,  Emory  University Florida 

Stanlev  Leonard  Zakarin,  University  of  Florida Florida 

John  Francis  Zulaski,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1957.  .  .Connecticut 

Sophomore  Class 

Frederick  Bradshaw  Abbott,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College Maryland 

Tulio  Fulvio  Albertini,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

James  Emil  Andrews,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1958 North  Carolina 

Robert  Apfel,  B.A.,  University  of  Miami,  1958 Florida 

Marvin  Bennet  Apter,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

49  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Joseph  erman  Axelrod,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Michael  Alan  Balenson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Donald  Harry  Barnes,  College  of  the  Pacific California 

Howard  Benjamin  Berman,  Emory  University Florida 

Samuel  Blum,   University  of  Maryland,  B.S.,    1959 District  of  Columbia 

William  John  Bowen,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957;  M.S.,  1959 

Maryland 

Roger  Lee  Brown,   University  of  Maryland Pennsylvania 

Peter  John  Buchetto,  Jr.,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Barry  Stanley  Buchman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Paul  William  Bushman,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958.  .  .Maryland 

Robert  Moore  Charlton,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1960 Maryland 

Jerome  Milton  Chertkoff,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958.  .Maryland 

George  Gary  Clendenin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

David  Constantinos,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1957.  .Massachusetts 

William  Howard  Dickson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Albert  William  Doetzer,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1958 Maryland 

Richard  Farish  Downes,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

John  Theodore  Drescher,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1958.  .  .  .Connecticut 

Alvin  Engel,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Henry  Anthony  Fischer,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1958 Florida 

James  Scott  Foulke,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Neil  Arthur  Friedman,  University  of  Southern  California California 

Richard  Saul  Friedman,  A.B.,  Rutgers  University,   1957 New  Jersey 

Thomas  Brent  Gable,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College Pennsylvania 

Charles  Augustus  Gallagher,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959.  ..  .Maryland 
Lawrence  Allan  Gallerani,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1958 

Massachusetts 

Ronald  Irvin  Glaeser,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1958 Maryland 

Milton  Josef  Glatzer,  A.B.,  Rutgers  College,  1958 New  Jersey 

Marshall  Robert  Goldman,   B.S.,    University   of  Maryland,    1960.  ..  .Maryland 
George  Joseph  Goodreau,  Jr.,  A.B.,  St.  Anselm's  College,  1953.  .New  Hampshire 

Robert  Gordon,  A.B.,  Boston  University,   1958 Massachusetts 

Larry  Earl  Grace,  B.S.,  Concord  College,   1956 West  Virginia 

Robert  Duane  Hackney,  The  State  College  of  Washington Washington 

Lawrence  Frank  Halpert,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958.  .Maryland 

Laurence  Eugene  Johns,  Shepherd  College Maryland 

James  Paul  Johnson,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1958 Pennsylvania 

Laddie  Lynn  Jones,  B.S.,  Presbyterian  College,  1958 South  Carolina 

David  Brainard  Kirby,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958.  .Pennsylvania 

Martin  Kline,  Emory  University Florida 

Pxichard  Thomas  Koritzer,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Robert  Alan  Kramer,  Lafayette  College New  Jersey 

Daniel  Levy,  Emory  University Georgia 

Donald  Eugene  Lilley,   Southern  Missionary  College Maryland 

Berton  Abner  Lowell,  University  of  Miami Florida 

-<  50 


School  of  Dentistry 

Sidney  Samuel  Markowitz,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Joseph  David  Mechanick,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Stephen  Mark  Millison,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Stephen  Hollingshead  Mills,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Alan  Tatsuo  Miyamoto,  B.A.,  Simpson  College,   1958 Hawaii 

Kermit  Lee  Norton,  Fresno  State  College California 

Harvey  Sheldon  Fallen,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Robert  Parker,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

*John  Albert  Patterson,  B.S.,  Davidson  College,  1958 North  Carolina 

Allan  Buckner  Pertnoy,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Gerald  Alan  Pinsky,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Albert  Louis  Pizzi,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1958 Massachusetts 

Leo  Rabago,  Jr.,  Fresno  State  College California 

Sylvan  Rankin,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1960 Maryland 

Paul  Francis  Regan,  B.A.,  Boston  College,    1958 Massachusetts 

Donald  Arthur  Romeo,  A.B.,  St.  Anselm's  College,  1956 Massachusetts 

Lee  Howard  Roper,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 New  Hampshire 

Jack  Arnold  Roth,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

Howard  Leslie  Rothschild,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

David  Rubin,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Howard  Frederick  Rudo,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Joseph  Anthony  Salvo,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1958 Massachusetts 

Earle  Milton  Schulz,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960 Maryland 

Howard  Erwin  Schunick,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Frank  Lewis  Schwartz,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1959 Maryland 

Allen  Hirch  Simmons,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,  1955 California 

Reed  Campbell  Snow,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Theodore  Sheldon  Sobkov,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Irvin  Murray  Sopher,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Dennis  Martin  Sullivan,  University  of  Georgia South   Carolina 

John  Thomson,  III,  Houghton  College New  Jersey 

Norman  Michael  Trabulsy,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1957 Florida 

Alan  Jay  Trager,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Lamar  Gordon  Warren,  Jr.,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Robert  William  Warson,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1958 Maryland 

Roger  Allan  Webster,  University  of  Oregon California 

Jerome  Jacob  Weinstein,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

John  Charles  Wilhelm,  A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1953 Maryland 

Rex  Patrick  Wood,  B.S.,  The  State  College  of  Washington,  1958.  .  .Washington 
David  Ansel  Young,  Whittier  College California 

Freshman  Class 

Richard  Paul  Beimler,  A.B.,  Gettysburg  College,    1955 New  York 

Frank   Melcon    Benneyan,    A.B.,    Fresno    State    College,    1959 California 


*  Attended  part  session 

51 


University  of  Maryland 

John  David  Bimestefer,  A.B.,  Duke  University,  1959 Maryland 

David  Wayne  Bishop,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

Leonard   Donald   Blumson,    B.S.,    University   of   Miami,    1957 Maryland 

Richard   Allen   Bochkor,   A.B.,    St.    Michael's   College,    1954.  ..  .Massachusetts 

Robert  Jack  Burt,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,    1959 Maryland 

Carl  Michael  Caplan,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

James  McCormick  Carew,  B.A.,  St.  Anselm's  College,    1959.  .New  Hampshire 

Ronald  Albert  Carter,   A.B.,   Fresno   State   College,    1958 California 

Earl  LeRoy  Chambers,  Jr.,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1958 ...  .Maryland 

Dale  Richard  Collins,   University  of  Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 

Frank   Costabile,   B.S.,    University   of   Maryland,    1959 New   Jersey 

*  Leonard    Hilyard   Cutler,    University    of    Delaware Delaware 

Thomas  Michael  Darrigan,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1959.... New  York 

Renato   Patrick   DeSantis,   A.B.,    Loyola   College,    1958 Maryland 

Glenn  Boyd  Dickerson,   University  of  South  Carolina South   Carolina 

Gene  Watkins  Eng,   B.A.,   Emory   University,    1959 Florida 

William  Bernard  Finagin,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1959 

District  of  Columbia 

Michael  Alan  Fine,   A.B.,   Catawba  College,    1959 New   York 

Robert  Pacy  Fleishman,  Loyola  College Maryland 

Stanley  Berle  Foxman,   B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,    1958 Maryland 

Leon  Friedman,  B.A.,  Lehigh   University,    1959 New  Jersey 

Franklin  F.  Frush,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Richard  Anthony  Gallagher,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959.  ..  .Maryland 

Francis  Xavier  Geczik,   B.S.,   Iona  College,    1959 New  York 

Peter  Lewis  Goldstone,   A.B.,   Harvard  College,    1959 New  York 

Leroy  Goren,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Herbert  Gottlieb,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Mark  Lee  Govrin,  University  of  Maryland New  Jersey 

William  Herbert  Griswold,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958.  .  .  .New  Jersey 

John  Estyle  Hanson,  B.S.,  Shepherd  College,  1959 Maryland 

Wilberto  Francisco  Hernandez- Vales,  B.S.,   University  of  Puerto  Rico,    1959 

Puerto  Rico 

Stanley  Elliott  Hyatt,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Carl  Winston  Irwin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Ralph  William  Jacobson,  Emory  University Florida 

William  Carl  Jennette,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1959 Maryland 

Dean  Clvde  Johnson,   University  of   Utah Utah 

Robert  Allen  Katz,  B.S.,  Boston  College,   1959 Massachusetts 

Clayton  Edward  King,   B.A.,   Providence  College,    1959 Massachusetts 

Donald  Raymond  King,    University   of   Florida Florida 

Earl  Ephraim  Klioze,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Herbert  Mark  Koenigsberg,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Stanley  Louis  Kolker,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

*  Attended  part  session. 

<  52 


School  of  Dentistry 

George  Andrew  Kraft,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Pennsylvania 

George  Krupinsky,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Paul  Max  Ladd,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Richard  Joseph  Landino,  B.A.,  Providence  College,    1959 Connecticut 

Stuart  Theodore  Landsman,  B.S.,  Queens  College,   1959 New  York 

Delia  Ruth  Looper,  B.A.,  Longwood  College,   1959 Virginia 

Lorin  George  Maser,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Martin  Bruce  Millkon,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Harry  Charles  Mullins,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Martin  Neil  Narun,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958 Maryland 

*  Richard  Stephen  Nemes,  American  University Pennsylvania 

Jerome  William  Newman,  B.A.,  The  Citadel,    1959 Florida 

David  Bennett  Nuckols,  B.A.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1949 Kentucky 

George  William  Oatis,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Samuel  Oshry,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

John  Charles  Pentzer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 Maryland 

Stanford  Elliott  Picker,  B.A.,  University  of  California,   1958;  M.A.,   1959 

California 
Robert  Theobald  Probst,  II,  Iowa  State  College,  B.S.,  1950;  M.S.,   1952 

Connecticut 
George  Michael  Quinlan,  Jr.,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1957 

Massachusetts 

John  Robert  Rasczewski,  Bucknell  University Maryland 

Richard  Mann  Reddish,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Martin  Stewart  Reeber,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Francis  Richard  Richo,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1959 Connecticut 

Edward  Richard  Rose,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1959 Maryland 

Ivan  Alan  Rosengarden,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Paul  Rubinstein,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Nicolaus  Sakiewicz,  B.S.,  Columbia  University,   1959 New  Jersey 

Robert  Alan  Samuel,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Fred  Maurice   Scholnick,   University  of   Maryland Maryland 

Paul  Wesley  Shaffer,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

Donald  Siegendorf ,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Howard  Ronald  Siegler,   University  of  Miami New  York 

Junius  Thomas  Soliday,  Davis  and  Elkins  College West  Virginia 

Edward  David  Spire,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

John  Walter  Staubach,  B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,   1959.  .  .Maryland 

*  Kenneth  Bernard  Stern,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

George  Cyril  Strong,  Los  Angeles  City  College California 

Eberhard   Wolfgang   Tinter,   Iona   College Germany 

Thomas  John  Toman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Peter  Anthony  Tomasello,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1959.  .New  Jersey 
Henry  John  Van  Hassel,  B.A.,  Maryville  College,   1954 New  Jersey 


'Attended  part  session.  

53 


University  of  Maryland 

Lorenzo  Stephan  Vazzana,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959      .  .      Maryland 

Kenneth  Harold  Webster,   State  College  of  Washington Washington 

Francis  William  Welch,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,    1958 Massachusetts 

Paul  Xavier  Welch,  American  International  College Massachusetts 

George  Carl  White,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Joseph  Michael  Wiesenbaugh,  Jr.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College ....  Pennsylvania 
Harvey  Ray  Wildman,   B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,    1959.  .Connecticut 

Herbert  Alan  Wolford,  D.V.M.,  Michigan  State  College,  1952 Pennsylvania 

Sheldon  Joel  Wollman,  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Gary  Lee  Womer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Maurice  Richard  Woodard,  B.S.,  American  University,  1952 Maryland 

Donald  Russell  Yent,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 


*«  54 


School  of  Dentistry 

DEANS  OF  DENTAL  SCHOOLS  IN  BALTIMORE 
BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

(Founded  1840) 

Chapin  A.  Harris 1840-1841 

Thomas  E.  Bond 1841-1842 

Washington  R.  Handy    1842-1853 

Philip  H.  Austen 1853-1865 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas   1865—1882 

Richard  B.  Winder   1882-1894 

M.  Whilldin  Foster  1894-1914 

William  G.  Foster   1914-1923 

MARYLAND  DENTAL  COLLEGE 

1873-1878  (Merged  with  B.  C.  D.  S.) 

Richard  B.  Winder   1873-1878 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(Founded   1882) 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas   1882-191 1 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole   1911-1923 

BALTIMORE  MEDICAL  COLLEGE 

1895-1913  (Merged  with  U.  of  Md.) 

J.  William  Smith 1895-1901 

William  A.  Montell 1901—1903 

T.  Edgar  Orrison 1903—1904 

J.  William  Smith 1904-1913 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(B.  C.  D.  S.  Joined  the  U.  of  Md.  1923) 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole   1923—1924 

J.  Ben  Robinson   1924-1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg  (Acting) 1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg 1954— present 

55  ► 


University  of  Maryland 


INDEX 


Academic  Calendar 2 

Admission  Requirements    11 

Admission  with  Advanced 

Standing 14 

Alumni  Association   39-40 

Anatomy 24-25 

Application  Procedures 13 

Arts  and  Sciences- 
Dental  Program 11-13 

Attendance   Requirements 14 

Baltimore  Union 20-2 1 

Biochemistry 25 

Board  of  Regents 1 

Cafeteria 20 

Curriculum,  Plan  of 22-23 

Deans  of  the  Baltimore 

Dental  Schools 55 

Definition  of  Residence  and 

Non-Residence   18 

Dental  History  and  Literature.  .25-26 
Dental  Prosthesis 

Removable  Complete  and 

Partial  Prosthesis 26-27 

Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 27-28 

Deportment    15 

Description  of  Courses 24-38 

Diagnosis    28 

Dormitory    Accommodations ....  20-2 1 

Equipment    Requirements 15 

Faculty    Listing 3-8 

Fees,  Graduate   17 

Fees,  Student 16 

Freshman  Class 5 1-54 

Gorgas  Odontological  Society.  .  .       38 
Graduating  Class  (1958-59  Ses- 
sion)      42-44 

Graduation  Requirements 15-16 


Histology    28-29 

History   of   the   School 9-10 

Index    56 

Junior  Class 47-49 

Library    10 

Matriculation  and  Enrollment.  .  13 
Medicine 

General    Medicine 29 

Oral  Medicine 30 

Microbiology     30-3 1 

Officers  of  Administration 3 

Officers  of  Instruction 3-8 

Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon 38-39 

Operative  Dentistry 31-32 

Orthodontics 32 

Pathology   32-33 

Pedodontics    33-34 

Pharmacology   34 

Physiology    35 

Postgraduate  Courses 17 

Practice  Administration 35-36 

Promotion  and  Grading 14-15 

Refunds    17 

Registration    17-18 

Requirements  for  Admission  ...  11 
Requirements  for  Graduation  ..15-16 
Requirements    for    Matriculation 

and  Enrollment 13 

Roentgenology    36 

Scholarship  and  Loan  Funds.  .  .  19-20 

Senior  Class 45-47 

Senior  Prize  Awards 41 

Sophomore  Class 49-5 1 

Summer   Courses 38 

Student  Health  Service 18-19 

Surgery 36-37 

Visual   Aids 37-38 


56 


Catalog  of 


School  of  Dentistry 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

T*k    ¥     T    ¥       ¥       ¥—1  Tt  X  "V  T 


The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  he  regarded 
as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the  student  and  the 
University  of  Maryland.  The  University  reserves  the 
right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time 
within  the  student's  term  of  residence.  The  University 
further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a  student 
to  withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in  the 
best  interests  of  the  University. 


ONE  HUNDRED  AND  TWENTY  FIRST  CATALOGUE 

with 

Announcements   For 

The   1961-1962  Session 


BALTIMORE   COLLEGE   OF   DENTAL   SURGERY 
DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


THE  PROVISIONS  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  con- 
tract between  the  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  University  reserves 
the  right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time  within  the  student's 
term  of  residence.  The  University  further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a 
student  to  withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the 
University. 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

and 
MARYLAND  STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Term 
Expires 
Charles  P.  McCormick 

Chairman    1966 

McCormick  and   Company,    414  Light   Street,    Baltimore    2 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Vice-Chairman    1968 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  U.  S.  D.  A..  Appraisers  Stores'  Building, 
10?  South  Gay  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

Secretary    1967 

The  Baltimore  Instinite,    10  West  Chase   Street,   Baltimore    1 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 

Treasurer     1966 

Denton 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

Assistant  Secretary 1964 

5800  Park  Heights  Avenue,  Baltimore   15 

C.  EWTNG  TUTTLE 

Assistant    Treasurer 1962 

907  Latrobe  Building,  Charles  and  Read  Streets,  Baltimore  2 

Richard  W.  Case    1967 

Commercial  Credit  Building,   Baltimore 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn    1965 

The   Pangborn   Corporation,   Pangborn    Blvd.,    Hagerstown 

Thomas  B.  Symons   1963 

Suburban  Trust  Company,  6950  Carroll  Avenue,  Takoma  Park 

William  C.  Walsh 1968 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland 

Mrs.  John  L.  Whitehurst    1967 

4101   Green  way,   Baltimore   18 


Members  of  the  Board  are  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State  for  terms  of 
seven  years  each,  beginning  the  first  Monday  in  June.  Members  may  serve  only  two 
consecutive  terms. 

The  President  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is,  by  law,  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Board. 

The  State  law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
shall  constitute  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


University  of  Maryland 

ACADEMIC   CALENDAR 
1961-1962  Session 

First  Semester 

1961 

September    18    ....  Monday     ....  Orientation  Program  for  Freshman  Class 
September    19     ...  .Tuesday         .    Registration  for  Freshman  Class 
September   20    ....  Wednesday    .  .  Registration  for  Sophomore  Class 
September    21     ...  .Thursday     .  .    Registration  for  Junior  and  Senior  Classes 

September    22    ....  Friday    Instruction  begins  with  first  scheduled  period 

November  21    Tuesday         .  .Thanksgiving   recess  begins  at  close   of  last 

scheduled  period 
November    27    ....  Monday     ....  Instruction     resumes    with     first     scheduled 

period 
December  20    Wednesday    .  .  Christmas  recess  begins  at  close  of  last  sched- 
uled period 

1962 

January    3     Wednesday    .  .  Instruction     resumes     with     first     scheduled 

period 
January  29  and  30.  Monday 

Tuesday     ....  Second  Semester  Registration 
February    2    Friday    First    Semester    ends    at    the    close    of    last 

scheduled  period 

Second  Semester 

February    5     Monday     ....  Instruction  begins  with  first  scheduled  period 

February  22    Thursday     .  .  .  Washington's    Birthday— Holiday 

April     19     Thursday     .  .  .  Easter  recess  begins  at  close  of  last  scheduled 

period 

April  24  Tuesday  ....  Instruction  resumes  with  first  scheduled  pe- 
riod 

May   30    Wednesday    .  .  Memorial  Day— Holiday 

June  7  Thursday  .  .  .  Second  Semester  ends  at  close  of  last  sched- 
uled period 

June  9    Saturday    ....  Commencement 

A  student  who  registers  after  instruction  begins  must  pay  a  late  registration  fee  of 
$5.00.  No  late  registration  will  be  approved  after  Friday  of  the  first  week  of  instruction. 

<*   2 


School  of  Dentistry 
OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 
wilson  homer  elkins,  President  of  the  University 

B.A.,    M.A.,    B.LITT.,    D.PHIL. 

MYRON   S.    AISENBERG,    Dean 
D.D.S. 

Katharine  toomey,  Administrative  Assistant 

LL.D. 

G.  watson  algire,  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

B.A.,    M.S. 

norma  j.  azlein,  Registrar 

B.A. 


OFFICERS  OF  INSTRUCTION 
1960-1961  SESSION 
Emeritus 

J.   BEN   ROBINSON,    Demi    EviflitllS 
D.D.S.,  D.SC. 

Professors 

myron  s.  aisenberg,  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1922. 

Joseph  calton  biddix,  jr.,  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s. ,   University  of  Maryland,    1934. 

edward  c.  dobbs,  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  .Maryland,   1929;   b.s.,    1952. 

brice  marden  dorsey,  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1927. 

Gardner  Patrick  henry  Foley,  Professor  of  Dental  Literature 
b.a.,  Clark  University,    1923;  m.a.,    1926. 

grayson  wilbur  gaver,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1922. 

William  edward  hahn,  Professor  of  Anatomy 

d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  a.b.,  University  of  Rochester,  1938;  m.s.  1939. 

jose  e.  Medina,  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948. 

ernest  b.  nuttall,  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University   of  Maryland,    1931. 


University  of  Maryland 

kyrle  w.  preis,  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1929. 

d.  vincent  provenza,  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1939;  M.S.,  1941;  ph.d.,   1952. 

wilbur  owen  ramsey,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1943. 

donald  e.  shay,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

b.s.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  ph.d.,  1943. 

e.  g.  vanden  bosche,  Professor  of  Biochemistry 

a.b.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1922;  m.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1924;  ph.d.,  1927. 

john  irving  white,  Professor  of  Physiology 

b.a.,  University  of  Illinois,  1939;  ph.d.,  Rutgers  University,  1950. 


Associate  Professors 

irving  i.  abramson,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 

Joseph  Patrick  cappuccio,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

b.s.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

Stanley  h.  dosh,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1935. 

ALvrN  f.  Gardner,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

a.a.,  University  of  Florida,   1940;  d.d.s.,  Emory  University,    1943;  m.s.,  University 
of  Illinois,  1957;  ph.d.,  Georgetown  University,  1959. 

harold  golton,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1925. 

yam-hin  louie,  Associate  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 

b.s.,   Lingnan    University,   Canton,    China,    1938;   d.d.s.,    Northwestern    University, 
1945;  m.s.d,   1946. 

george  mc  lean,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis  and  Principles  of 
Medicine 

m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1916. 

peter  mc  lean  lu,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1934. 

Walter  l.  oggesen,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,   University  of  Maryland,    1926. 

burton  robert  pollack,  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1946. 

douglas  john  sanders,  Associate  Professor  of  Pedodontics 
b.s.,   Northwestern   University,    1946;  d.d.s.,    1948. 


School  of  Dentistry 

e.  Roderick  Shipley,  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1938;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

guy  paul  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 
a.b.,  West  Virginia  University,    1923;  a.m.,    1929. 

l.  edward  warner,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland.  1931. 


Assistant  Professors 

alvin  david  aisenberg,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s. ,   University   of  Maryland,    1945. 

samuel  hollinger  bryant,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 

a.b.,  Western  Maryland  College,   1928;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1932. 

hugh  m.  clement,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1944. 

jerome  s.  cullen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1941. 

fred  ehrlich,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pedodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1947. 

calvtn  Joseph  gaver,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1950;  d.d.s.,   1954. 

marvtn  m.  graham,  Assistant  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

a.b.,  Cornell  University,  1938;  a.m.,  1939;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1943. 

conrad  l.  inman,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anesthesiology 
d.d.s.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,   1915. 

william  kress,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1936. 

james  p.  norris,  Assistant  Professor  in  Oral  Medicine 
b.s.,   University  of  Man  land,    1950;  d.d.s.,    1956. 

george  w.  piavis,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy 

a.b.,  Western  Maryland  College,   1948;  m.ed.,   1952;  ph.d.,  Duke  University,   1958. 

Norton  morris  ross,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

b.s.,  University  of  Connecticut,    1949;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1954. 

daniel  edward  shehan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

Arthur  g.  si  win  ski,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,    1927;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,    1931. 

d.  Robert  swinehart,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 

a.b.,  Dartmouth  College,   1933;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1937. 


University  of  Maryland 

edmond  g.  vanden  bosche,  Assistant  Professor  of  Tooth  Morphology 

b.s.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

david  h.  willer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

Special  Lecturers 

c.  Richard  fravel,  Lecturer  in  Principles  of  Medicine 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949. 

martin  helrich,  Professor  of  Anesthesiology  (School  of  Medicine') 
b.s.,  Dickinson  College,  1946;  m.d.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946. 

richard  lindenberg,  Lecturer  in  Neuroanatomy 
m.d.,  University  of  Berlin,  1944. 

ethelbert  lovett,  Lecturer  in  Ethics 

d.d.s.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1922. 

William  j.  o'donnell,  Lecturer  in  jurisprudence 

a.b.,  Loyola  College,  1937;  ll.b.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

harry  m.  robinson,  jr.,  Professor  of  Dermatology  (School  of  Medicine*) 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  m.d.,  1935. 

george  herschel  yeager,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery  (School  of  Medicine) 
b.s.,   West   Virginia    University,    1927;    m.d.,    University    of   Maryland,    1929. 

Instructors 

sterrett  p.  beaven,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1941. 

earl  F.  becker,  Instructor  in  Microbiology 

b.s.,  Muhlenberg  College,   1951;  M.S.,  George  Washington  University,   1957. 

henry  j.  bianco,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956. 

jerome  d.  buxbaum,  Instructor  in  Physiology 
b.sc,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  d.d.s.,  1955. 

thomas  f.  clement,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1951. 

charles  a.  darby,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 
d.d.s.,   University  of  Maryland,    1960. 

paul  a.  deems,  Instructor  in  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1928. 

jose  h.  diaz,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 

b.s.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,   1941;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1950. 

frank  a.  dolle,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948;  m.s.,  1950;  ph.d.,   1954;  d.d.s.,  1959. 


School  of  Dentistry 

conrad  c.  ferlita,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 

b.s.,  University  of  Miami,   1956;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

John  m.  Foley,  Instructor  in  Histology  and  Embryology 

b.s.,  Loyola  College,  1955;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

Joseph  j.  giardina,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1960. 

ralph  jack  Gordon,  Instructor  in  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

Walter  granruth,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Pathology 

b.s.,  Loyola  College,   1950;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954. 

Robert  l.  heldrich,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 

a.b.,  Gettysburg  College,  1951;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

richard  m.  hemphill,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

a.b.,  West  Virginia  University,   1954;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1958. 

melvtn  john  jAGiELSKi,  Instructor  in  Tooth  Morphology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 

peter  l.  johnson,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

b.a.,  Hofstra  College,    1953;  d.d.s.,  Georgetown   University,    1957. 

francis  j.  kihn,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 

b.s.,  Loyola  College,  1952;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

anthony  j.  klein,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 

b.s.,  University  of  Cincinnati,    1954;  d.d.s.,   University  of  Maryland,    1958. 

lester  lebo,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 
b.s.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  m.d.,  1941. 

charles  brown  Leonard,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry 

b.a.,  Rutgers  College  of  South  Jersey,   1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957. 

richard  r.  c.  Leonard,  Instructor  in  Public  Health  Dentistry 

d.d.s.,  Indiana  University,  1922;  m.s.p.h.,  University  of  Michigan,  1944. 

charles  e.  love  man,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935;  d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,   1939. 

john  s.  mclaughldx,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1960. 

martin  h.  morris,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry 
b.s.,  Rutgers  University,    1952;  m.s.,    1954. 

Theodore  j.  noffsinger,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 

a.b.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960. 

Christopher  j.  o'connell,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

b.s.,  Holy  Cross  College,   1952;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,    1956. 


University  of  Maryland 

frank  n.  ogden,   Instructor  in   First  Aid  and  in  Charge   of  Medical  Care  of 
Students 

m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1917. 

victor  s.  primrose,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  McGill  University,  1918. 

myron  hillard  sachs,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 
d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

Joseph  h.  seipp,  Instructor  in  Histology  and  Embryology 

a.b.,  Loyola  College,   1951;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955;  M.S.,   University 
of  Pittsburgh,  1957. 

philip  smith,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s.,   University  of  Maryland,    1959. 

leah  m.  p.  staling,  Instructor  in  Physiology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1944;  m.s.,   1948. 

glenn  d.  Steele,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1942. 

claude  p.  taylor,  Director  of  Visual  Education 

Francis  a.  veltre,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  m.s.,  1954;  d.d.s.,  1959. 

earle  Harris  watson,  Instructor  in  Dental  Materials  and  Dental  Prosthesis 
a.b.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1938;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1942. 

nelson  A.  wright,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955. 

george  d.  yent,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

Library  Staff 

eda  marian  robinson,  Librarian  and  Associate  Professor  of  Library  Science 
a.b.,    Cornell    University,    1924;    b.s.l.s.,    Columbia    University    School  of    Library 
Service,  1944. 

hilda  e.  moore,  Associate  Librarian  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Science 
a.b.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College,  1936;  a.b.l.s.,  Emory  University  Library 
School,   1937. 

sarah  l.  atkins,  Cataloging  Assistant 

marie  m.  chaffman,  Assistant  Circulation  Librarian 

Jacqueline  b.  clem,  Secretary  to  the  Librarian 

Edith  m.  coyle,  Head,  Serials  Department 

a.b.,   University  of  North   Carolina,   1937;   a.b.l.s.,    University  of   North   Carolina 
School  of  Library  Science,   1939;  m.a.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1945. 


School  of  Dentistry 

ruth  E.  hanna,  Assistayit  Acquisitions  Librarian 

a.b.,  Hanover  College,   1939;  m.s.l.s.,  Catholic  University  of  America,   1961. 

simone  c.  hurst,  Head,  Circulation  Department 

Florence  r.  kirk,  Reference  Librarian 

betty  b.  linkous,  Cataloging  Assistant 

hans-guenther  r.  listfeldt,  Assistant  Serials  Librarian 

b.s.,  Loyola  College,   1956;  m.s.l.s.,  Catholic   University  of  America,    1961. 

Beatrice  marriott,  Reference  Librarian 
a.b.,  University  of  Maryland,   1944. 

eleanor  m.  mitten,  Head,  Catalog  Department 

b.s.,  Cornell  University,   1942;  b.s.l.s.,  Syracuse  University,   1949. 

elwood  sterling,  Library  Clerk 

marjorie  f.  vilk,  Cataloger 

b.s.,  Kutztown  State  Teachers  College,   1952. 

CATHERINE    M.    WHEATLEY,    Serials    Assistant 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

History 

THE  BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY  OCCUPIES  AN  IMPORTANT  AND 
interesting  place  in  the  history  of  dentistry.  At  the  end  of  the  regular  ses- 
sion—1960-61— it  completed  its  one  hundred  and  twenty-first  year  of  service  to 
dental  education.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  represents  the  first 
effort  in  history  to  offer  institutional  dental  education  to  those  anticipating  the 
practice  of  dentistry. 

The  first  lectures  on  dentistry  in  America  were  delivered  by  Dr.  Horace 
H.  Hayden  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Medicine,  between  the 
years  1823-25.  These  lectures  were  interrupted  in  1825  by  internal  dissensions 
in  the  School  of  Medicine  and  were  as  a  consequence  discontinued.  It  was  Dr. 
Hayden's  idea  that  dental  education  merited  greater  attention  than  had  been 
given  it  by  medicine  or  could  be  given  it  by  the  preceptorial  plan  of  dental 
teaching  then  in  vogue. 

Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  began  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  Baltimore  in  1800. 
From  that  time  he  made  a  zealous  attempt  to  lay  the  foundation  for  a  scientific, 
serviceable  dental  profession.  In  1831  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  came  to  Baltimore 
to  study  under  Hayden.  Dr.  Harris  was  a  man  of  unusual  ability  and  possessed 
special  qualifications  to  aid  in  establishing  and  promoting  formal  dental  educa- 
tion. Since  Dr.  Hayden's  lectures  had  been  interrupted  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  and  there  was  an  apparent  unsurmountable  difficulty  confronting  the 
creation  of  dental  departments  in  medical  schools,  an  independent  college  was 
decided  upon.  A  charter  was  applied  for  and  granted  by  the  Maryland  Legis- 
lature February  1,  1840.  The  first  Faculty  meeting  was  held  February  3,  1840, 
at  which  time  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  was  elected  President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A. 
Harris,  Dean.  The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Hayden  on  No- 
vember 3,  1840,  to  the  five  students  matriculating  in  the  first  class.  Thus  was 
created  as  the  foundation  of  the  present  dental  profession  the  Baltimore  College 
of  Dental  Surgery,  the  first  dental  school  in  the  world. 

Hayden  and  Harris,  the  admitted  founders  of  conventional  dental  education, 
contributed,  in  addition  to  the  factor  of  dental  education,  other  opportunities  for 
professional  growth  and  development.  In  1839  the  American  journal  of  Dental 
Science  was  founded,  with  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  editor.  Dr.  Harris  continued 
fully  responsible  for  dentistry's  initial  venture  into  periodic  dental  literature  to 
the  time  of  his  death.  The  files  of  the  old  American  Journal  of  Dental  Science 
testify  to  the  fine  contributions  made  by  Dr.  Harris.  In  1840  the  American 
Society  of  Dental  Surgeons  was  founded,  with  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  as  its 
President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  Corresponding  Secretary.  This  was 
the  beginning  of  dental  organization  in  America,  and  was  the  forerunner  of  the 
American  Dental  Association,  which  now  numbers  approximately  ninety-three 
thousand  in  its  present  membership.  The  foregoing  suggests  the  unusual  in- 
fluence Baltimore  dentists  and  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  have 
exercised  on  professional  ideals  and  policies. 


10 


School  of  Dentistry 

In  1873,  the  Maryland  Dental  College,  an  offspring  of  the  Baltimore  Col- 
lege of  Dental  Surgery,  was  organized.  It  continued  instruction  until  1878,  at 
which  time  it  was  consolidated  with  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery. 
A  department  of  dentistry  was  organized  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  the 
year  1882,  graduating  a  class  each  year  from  1883  to  1923.  This  school  was 
chartered  as  a  corporation  and  continued  as  a  privately  owned  and  directed  insti- 
tution until  1920,  when  it  became  a  State  institution.  The  Dental  Department 
of  the  Baltimore  Medical  College  was  established  in  1895,  continuing  until  1913, 
when  it  merged  with  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

The  final  combining  of  the  dental  educational  interests  of  Baltimore  was 
effected  June  15,  1923,  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  student  bodies  of  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Den- 
tistry; the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  becoming  a  distinct  department 
of  the  University  under  State  supervision  and  control.  Thus  we  find  in  the 
Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  a 
merging  of  the  various  efforts  at  dental  education  in  Maryland.  From  these 
component  elements  have  radiated  developments  of  the  art  and  science  of  den- 
tistry until  the  strength  of  its  alumni  is  second  to  none,  in  either  number  or 
degree  of  service  to  the  profession. 

Library 

This  School  is  fortunate  in  having  one  of  the  better  equipped  and  organized 
libraries  among  the  dental  schools  of  the  country.  The  dental  collection  is  part 
of  the  Health  Sciences  Library,  which  includes  also  pharmacy,  medicine  and 
nursing,  with  about  90,000  bound  volumes  and  over  1600  current  subscriptions 
to  scientific  periodicals.  A  new  air-conditioned,  four-story  library  building  at 
111  South  Greene,  across  the  street  from  the  Dental  School,  provides  ample 
space  for  books  and  readers.  A  well-qualified  staff  of  professionally  trained  and 
certified  librarians  promotes  the  services  of  the  library  and  assists  the  student 
body  in  the  use  of  library  resources.  One  of  the  most  important  factors  of  the 
dental  student's  education  is  to  teach  him  the  value  and  the  use  of  dental  litera- 
ture in  his  formal  education  and  in  promoting  his  usefulness  and  value  to  the 
profession  during  practice.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  is  ideally 
equipped  to  achieve  this  aim  of  dental  instruction. 

Course  of  Instruction 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  offers  a  course  in  dentistry  devoted  to  instruction  in  the  medical 
sciences,  the  dental  sciences,  and  clinical  practice.  Instruction  consists  of  di- 
dactic lectures,  laboratory  instruction,  demonstrations,  conferences,  quizzes  and 
hospital  ward  rounds.  Topics  are  assigned  for  collateral  reading  to  train  the  stu- 
dent in  the  value  and  use  of  dental  literature.  The  curriculum  for  the  complete 
course  appears  on  pages  23  and  24  of  this  catalogue. 


11 


University  of  Maryland 

Requirements  for  Admission 

Applicants  for  admission  must  present  evidence  of  having  completed  success- 
fully two  academic  years  of  work  in  an  accredited  college  of  arts  and  sciences 
based  upon  the  completion  of  a  four-year  high  school  course  or  the  equivalent 
in  entrance  examinations.  The  college  course  must  include  at  least  a  year's 
credit  in  English,  in  hiology,  in  -physics,  in  inorganic  chemistry,  and  in  organic 
chemistry.  All  required  science  courses  shall  include  both  classroom  and  labor- 
atory instruction.  Although  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  of  credit,  exclusive 
of  physical  education  and  military  science,  is  required,  additional  courses  in  the 
humanities  and  the  natural  and  social  sciences  are  desirable.  By  ruling  of  the 
Dean's  Council,  all  admission  requirements  must  be  completed  by  June  30  previ- 
ous to  the  desired  date  of  admission. 

In  considering  candidates  for  admission,  the  Board  of  Admissions  will  give 
preference  to  those  applicants  who  have  high  scholastic  records  in  secondary 
school  and  in  college;  who  make  satisfactory  scores  in  the  dental  aptitude  test; 
who  present  favorable  recommendations  from  their  respective  predental  com- 
mittee or  from  one  instructor  in  each  of  the  departments  of  biology,  chemistry, 
and  physics;  and  who,  in  all  other  respects,  give  every  promise  of  becoming  suc- 
cessful students  and  dentists  of  high  standing.  Applicants  will  not  be  admitted 
with  unabsolved  conditions  or  unabsolved  failures. 


Combined  Arts  and  Sciences-Dental  Program 

The  University  offers  a  combined  arts  and  sciences-dental  curriculum  lead- 
ing to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery.  The 
preprofessional  part  of  this  curriculum  shall  be  taken  in  residence  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park,  and  the  professional  part  in  the  School  of 
Dentistry  in  Baltimore. 

Students  who  elect  the  combined  program  and  who  have  completed  the  arts 
and  sciences  phase  of  it  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the 
School  of  Dentistry,  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  by  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  the  first  summer  commencement  following  the  comple- 
tion of  the  student's  first  year  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  A  student  may  enter 
the  arts  and  sciences-dental  program  at  College  Park  with  advanced  standing 
from  an  accredited  college  or  university,  but  the  last  year  of  the  preprofessional 
training  must  be  completed  at  College  Park  and  the  professional  training  must 
be  completed  in  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 


<  12 


School  of  Dentistry 


ARTS-DENTISTRY   CURRICULUM 


Freshman  Year 


Eng.    1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 
Zool.   1 — General    Zoology 
Zool.  2— The    Animal    Phyla 

Chem.   1,  3 — General  Chemistry    .  

Math.   10,   11 — Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry 

Speech  7      

Physical     Activities        

A.  S.   1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men)    

Hea.  2,  A — Hygiene    (Women)     


—Semester- -> 
1  11 


Total 


3 

4 

4 
3 

1 
2 
2 

17 


4 
4 
3 
2 
1 
2 
2 

19 


Sophomore  Year 

Eng.   3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English 

Literature  

*Group    I    Elective  

G.  &  P.   1 — American  Government    

Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38 — Organic  Chemistry  

**H.    5,   6 — History   of   American  Civilization    

***Modem  Language    

Physical  Activities  

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men)    


Total 


Junior  Year 


Modern    Language    (continued)     

Phys.  10,  11 — Fundamentals  of  Physics 

Approved  Minor  Courses    

Electives    


3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

3 

3 

3 

3 

1 

1 

2 

2 

17-19 

17-19 

3 

3 

4 

4 

6 

6 

3 

3 

Total 


16 


16 


Senior  Year 


The  curriculum  of  the  first  year  of  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  is  accepted  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  as  the  fourth  year 
(major  sequence)  of  academic  work  toward  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 


*Group  I  Electives:  Sociology  1,  Philosophy  1,  Psychology  1,  Economics  37. 

**Students  planning  to  request  admission  to  a  Dental  School  with  only  two  years 
of  predental  training  should  take  Physics  10-11. 

***Fr.  6,  7  or  Ger.  6,  7  (Intermediate  Scientific  French  or  German)  recommended. 

13   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

If  at  the  end  of  the  junior  year  the  student  decides  to  postpone  his  entrance 
to  the  School  of  Dentistry  and  to  remain  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  complete  work  for  the  Bachelor's  degree,  he  may  choose  a  major  and  minor 
in  any  of  the  departments  in  which  he  has  completed  the  necessary  underclass 
requirements.  The  general  nature  of  the  first  three  years  of  this  curriculum  and 
the  generous  electives  of  the  third  year  make  possible  for  the  student  a  wide 
choice  of  departments  in  which  he  may  specialize.  In  general  the  electives  of 
the  third  year  will  be  chosen  as  for  a  major  in  some  particular  department. 

Requirements  for  Matriculation  and  Enrollment 

In  the  selection  of  students  to  begin  the  study  of  dentistry  the  School  con- 
siders particularly  a  candidate's  proved  ability  in  secondary  education  and  his 
successful  completion  of  prescribed  courses  in  predental  collegiate  training.  The 
requirements  for  admission  and  the  academic  regulations  of  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  University  of  Maryland,  are  strictly  adhered  to  by  the  School  of 
Dentistry. 

A  student  is  not  regarded  as  having  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Dentistry 
until  such  time  as  he  shall  have  paid  the  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00,  and  is  not 
enrolled  until  he  shall  have  paid  a  deposit  of  $200.00.  This  deposit  is  intended 
to  insure  registration  in  the  class  and  is  not  returnable. 

Application  Procedures 

Candidates  seeking  admission  to  the  Dental  School  should  write  to  the  Office 
of  the  Dean  requesting  an  application  form.  Each  applicant  should  fill  out 
the  blank  in  its  entirety  and  mail  it  promptly,  together  with  the  application  fee 
and  photographs,  to  the  Board  of  Admissions,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland.  The  Board  of  Admissions  will  acknowledge 
promptly  the  receipt  of  the  application.  If  this  acknowledgment  is  not  received 
within  ten  days,  the  applicant  should  contact  the  Board  immediately.  The 
early  filing  of  an  application  is  urged.  Applications  may  be  filed  after  June  1 
of  the  year  previous  to  the  desired  date  of  admission  and  during  the  next  nine 
months  (to  March  1).  Applicants  wishing  advice  on  any  problem  relating  to 
their  predental  training  or  their  application  should  communicate  with  the  Board 
of  Admissions. 

All  applicants  will  be  required  to  take  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test.  This  test 
will  be  given  at  various  testing  centers  throughout  the  United  States,  its  pos- 
sessions and  Canada.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  the  Council  on  Dental  Edu- 
cation of  the  American  Dental  Association  of  the  dates  of  the  tests  and  the  loca- 
tions of  the  testing  centers. 

Promising  candidates  will  be  required  to  appear  before  the  Board  of  Ad- 
missions for  an  interview.  On  the  basis  of  all  available  information  the  best 
possible  applicants  will  be  chosen  for  admission  to  the  School. 

A  certificate  of  entrance  will  be  issued  to  each  successful  applicant,  which 
will  permit  him  to  matriculate  and  to  register  in  the  class  to  which  he  has  applied. 

^   14 


School  of  Dentistry 

Admission  with  Advanced  Standing 

(a)  Graduates  in  medicine  or  students  in  medicine  who  have  completed  two 
or  more  years  in  a  medical  school,  acceptable  to  standards  in  the  School  of 
Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  may  be  given  advanced  standing  to  the 
Sophomore  year  provided  the  applicant  shall  complete  under  competent  regular 
instruction  the  courses  in  dental  technology  regularly  scheduled  in  the  first  year. 

(b)  Applicants  for  transfer  must  (1)  meet  fully  the  requirements  for  ad- 
mission to  the  first  year  of  the  dental  course;  (2)  be  eligible  for  promotion  to 
the  next  higher  class  in  the  school  from  which  he  seeks  to  transfer;  (3)  have 
no  grades  below  C  in  the  school  where  transfer  credits  were  earned;  (4)  show 
evidence  of  scholastic  attainments,  character  and  personality;  (5)  present  letter 
of  honorable  dismissal  and  recommendation  from  the  dean  of  the  school  from 
which  he  transfers. 

(c)  All  applicants  for  transfer  must  present  themselves  in  person  for  an 
interview  before  qualifying  certificate  can  be  issued. 

Attendance  Requirements 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  a  full  session,  each  student  must  have  entered 
and  be  in  attendance  on  the  day  the  regular  session  opens,  at  which  time  lectures 
to  all  classes  begin,  and  remain  until  the  close  of  the  session,  the  dates  for  which 
are  announced  in  the  calendar  of  the  annual  catalogue. 

Regular  attendance  is  demanded.  A  student  whose  attendance  in  any 
course  is  unsatisfactory  to  the  head  of  the  department  will  be  denied  the  privi- 
lege of  final  examination  in  any  and  all  such  courses.  A  student  with  less  than 
85  per  cent  attendance  will  not  be  promoted  to  the  next  succeeding  year.  How- 
ever, in  certain  unavoidable  circumstances  of  absences,  the  Dean  and  the  Coun- 
cil may  honor  excuses  exceeding  the  maximum  permitted. 

Grading  and  Promotion 

The  following  symbols  are  used  as  marks  for  final  grades:  A  (100-91), 
B  (90-84),  C  (83-77),  and  D  (76-70),  Passing;  F  (below  70),  Failure;  I,  In- 
complete. Progress  grades  in  courses  are  indicated  as  "Satisfactory"  and  "Un- 
satisfactory." 

A  Failure  in  any  subject  may  be  removed  only  by  repeating  the  subject  in 
full.  Students  who  have  done  work  of  acceptable  quality  in  their  completed  as- 
signments but  who,  because  of  circumstances  beyond  their  control,  have  been 
unable  to  finish  all  assignments,  will  be  given  an  Incomplete.  A  student  shall 
not  carry  an  Incomplete  into  the  next  succeeding  year.  When  he  has  completed 
the  requirements  for  the  removal  of  an  Incomplete,  the  student  shall  be  given 
the  actual  grade  earned  in  the  course. 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  semester  credits  assigned  to 
each  course  and  numerical  values  for  grades.  The  numerical  values  are  A-4; 
B-3;  C-2;  D-l;  F-0.  The  grade  point  average  is  the  sum  of  the  products  of 
semester  credits  and  grade  values,  divided  by  the  total  number  of  semester  credits. 

15  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Students  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.5  in  the  Freshman  year  will 
be  promoted.  At  the  end  of  the  Sophomore  year  an  overall  grade  point  average 
of  1.75  is  required  for  promotion.  A  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is  required  for 
promotion  to  the  Senior  year  and  for  graduation. 

Students  who  fail  to  meet  the  minimum  grade  point  averages  required  for 
promotion  and  who  fall  into  the  following  categories  will  be  allowed  probationary 
promotion : 

1.  Freshmen  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.25-1.49. 

2.  Sophomores  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of   1.6-1.74. 

3.  Juniors  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of   1.85-1.99. 

Probationary  status  will  not  be  permitted  for  two  successive  years. 

A  student  may  absolve  a  total  of  eight  credit  hours  of  failure  in  an  ac- 
credited summer  school  provided  he  has  the  grade  point  average  required  for 
promotion  or  graduation,  excluding  the  failure  or  failures  which  he  has  incurred. 

Equipment 

A  complete  list  of  necessary  instruments  and  materials  for  technic  and  clinic 
courses  is  prescribed  by  the  Dental  School.  Arrangements  are  made  by  the 
Dental  School  in  advance  of  formal  enrollment  for  books,  instruments  and  ma- 
terials to  be  delivered  to  the  students  at  the  opening  of  school.  Each  student  is 
required  to  provide  himself  promptly  with  these  prescribed  necessities.  A  stu- 
dent who  does  not  meet  this  requirement  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue  with 
his  class. 

Deportment 

The  profession  of  dentistry  demands,  and  the  School  of  Dentistry  requires, 
of  its  students  evidence  of  their  good  moral  character.  The  conduct  of  the 
student  in  relation  to  his  work  and  fellow  students  will  indicate  his  fitness  to 
be  taken  into  the  confidence  of  the  community  as  a  professional  man.  Integrity, 
sobriety,  temperate  habits,  truthfulness,  respect  for  authority  and  associates  and 
honesty  in  the  transaction  of  business  affairs  as  a  student  will  be  considered  as 
evidence  of  good  moral  character  necessary  to  the  granting  of  a  degree. 

Requirements  for  Graduation 

The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who 
has  met  the  following  conditions: 

1.  A  candidate  must  furnish  documentary  evidence  that  he  has  attained 
the  age  of  21  years. 

2.  A  candidate  for  graduation  shall  have  attended  the  full  scheduled 
course  of  four  academic  years. 

3.  He  will  be  required  to  show  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  the  full 
course  of  study. 

+  16 


School  of  Dentistry 

4.  He  shall  have  satisfied  all  technic  and  clinic  requirements  of  the  various 
departments. 

5.  He  shall  have  paid  all  indebtedness  to  the  college  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  final  examinations,  and  must  have  adjusted  his  financial  obligations  in  the 
community  satisfactorily  to  those  to  whom  he  may  be  indebted. 

Student  Fees 

Matriculation  fee  (required  of  all  entering  students) $   10.00 

Tuition  (each  year): 

Non-resident    student    750.00 

Resident  student    400.00 

Student  health   service   (each  year)    20.00 

Student  Union  fee    30.00 

The  Student  Union  fee  is  payable  by  all  students  enrolled  in 
the  Professional  Schools  on  die  Baltimore  campus  and  is  used  to 
pay  interest  on  and  amortize  the  cost  of  construction  of  the  Union 
Building. 

Special    fee     10.00 

The  Special  fee  is  payable  by  all  full-time  students  enrolled  in 
the  Professional  Schools  on  the  Baltimore  campus  and  is  used  to 
finance  equipment  for  the  Union  Building. 

Student  Activities  fee    12.50 

For  the  purpose  of  administering  various  student  activities,   the 
Student  Senate,  after  approval  by  the  separate  classes  and  the 
Faculty  Council,  voted  a  fee  of  $12.50  to  be  paid  at  the  time  of 
registration. 

Laboratory  breakage  deposit: 

Freshman   year    10.00 

Sophomore  and  Junior  years    5.00 

In  addition  to  fees  itemized  in  the  above  schedule,   the  following  assess- 
ments are  made  by  the  University: 
Application  fee  (paid  at  time  of  filing  formal  application  for  admission)  7.50 

Late  registration  fee   5.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  including 
payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular  registration  days.)  Those  who  do 
not  complete  their  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  will  be 
charged  a  fee  of  $5.00. 

Examinations  taken  out  of  class  and  re-examinations    5.00 

One  certified  transcript  of  record  is  issued  free  of  charge. 

*Each  additional  copy  is  issued  only  upon  payment  of 1.00 

Summer  Session  students  will  pay  a  $6.00  Student  Union  Fee  but  will 
not  pay  the  Special  Fee. 

*When  more  than  one  copy  is  requested  at  the  same  time,  $1.00  is  charged 
for  the  first  copy  and  fifty  cents  for  each  additional  copy. 

17  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Postgraduate  Courses 

Postgraduate  courses  may  be  offered  to  qualified  dental  graduates.  These 
courses  are  designed  to  provide  opportunities  for  study  in  special  fields  on  a 
refresher  level,  and  are  arranged  so  that  particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  clini- 
cal practices. 

Graduate  Student  Fees 

Matriculation  Fee  (for  new  students  only,  non-returnable)   ....  10.00 

Tuition  Fee  (per  semester  credit  hour)   12.00 

Tuition  Fee  for  students  carrying  ten  or  more  credit  hours  per 

semester     120.00 

Laboratory  Fees  where  applicable  are  charged  at  the  rate  of  $5.00 
per  semester  hour  of  laboratory  credit. 

Student  Union  Fee 

Students  carrying   ten   or  more  credit  hours  per  semester   (per 

annum)     *30.00 

Students  carrying  less  than   ten  credit  hours  per  semester  (per 

annum)         *6.00 

Special  Fee 

Students  carrying   ten   or   more  credit   hours   per  semester   (per 

annum)    *  10.00 

Graduation  Fee 

Master's   Degree    10.00 

Doctor's  Degree  (including  hood  and  microfilming  of  thesis)  .  .  .  50.00 

REFUNDS 

According  to  the  policy  of  the  University  no  fees  will  be  returned.  In  case 
the  student  discontinues  his  course  or  fails  to  register  after  a  place  has  been 
reserved  in  a  class,  any  fees  paid  will  be  credited  to  a  subsequent  course,  but 
are  not  transferable. 

Registration 

The  registration  of  a  student  in  any  school  or  college  of  the  University 
shall  be  regarded  as  a  registration  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  but  when 
such  student  transfers  to  a  professional  school  of  the  University  or  from  one 
professional  school  to  another,  he  must  pay  the  usual  matriculation  fee  required 
by  each  professional  school. 


*  Students  who  initially  enroll  for  the  second  semester  of  the  school  year  will  be 
assessed  at  the  rate  of  one  half  of  the  rates  shown  above. 

^    18 


School  of  Dentistry 

Each  student  is  required  to  fill  in  a  registration  card  for  the  office  of  the 
Registrar,  and  make  payment  of  one-half  of  the  tuition  fee  in  addition  to  all 
other  fees  noted  as  payable  before  being  admitted  to  classwork  at  the  opening 
of  the  session.  The  remainder  of  tuition  and  fees  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the 
Comptroller  during  registration  period  for  the  second  half  of  the  academic  year. 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the 
time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state  for 
at  least  one  year. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University,  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by  him 
unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal  residents 
of  the  state  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  one  full  year.  How- 
ever, the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident  to  resident 
status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registration  period  for  any  semes- 
ter. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents  if  at  the  time  of  their  regis- 
tration they  have  been  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  one  year  provided  such 
residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school  or  college  in  Mary- 
land or  elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active  duty  in  the  armed  services  while  sta- 
tioned in  Maryland  will  not  be  considered  as  satisfying  the  one  year  period 
referred  to  above  except  in  those  cases  in  which  the  adult  was  domiciled  in 
Maryland  for  at  least  one  year  prior  to  his  entrance  into  the  armed  service  and 
was  not  enrolled  in  any  school  during  that  period. 

The  word  domicile  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent 
place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be  claimed 
as  a  permanent  abode. 

Student  Health  Service 

The  School  undertakes  to  supply  medical  and  surgical  care  for  its  students 
through  the  Student  Health  Service.  This  care  includes  the  daily  services 
rendered  by  a  physician  and  a  graduate  nurse  in  a  well-equipped  clinic,  conven- 
iently located  in  the  Dental  School.  Also  consultations,  surgical  procedures  and 
hospitalization,  judged  to  be  necessary  by  the  Service,  are  covered  under  liberal 
limitations,  depending  on  length  of  hospitalization  and  special  expenses  incurred. 

Students  who  need  medical  attention  are  expected  to  report  at  the  office 
of  the  Student  Health  Service.  Under  circumstances  requiring  home  treatment, 
the  students  will  be  visited  at  their  College  residences. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  the  Service  to  provide  medical  care  for  con- 
ditions antedating  each  annual  registration  in  the  University;  rior  is  it  the 
function  of  this  Service  to  treat  chronic  conditions  contracted  by  students  before 
admission  or  to  extend  treatment  to  acute  conditions  developing  in  the  period 
between   academic  years   or  during   authorized   school  vacations.     The  cost  of 

19  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

orthopedic  appliances,  the  correction  of  visual  defects,  the  services  of  special 
nurses,  and  special  medication  must  be  paid  for  by  the  student.  The  School 
does  not  accept  responsibility  for  illness  or  accident  occurring  away  from  the 
community,  or  for  expenses  incurred  for  hospitalization  or  medical  services  in 
institutions  other  than  the  University  Hospital,  or,  in  any  case,  for  medical 
expense  not  authorized  by  the  Student  Health  Service. 

Every  new  student  is  required  to  undergo  a  complete  physical  examination, 
which  includes  oral  diagnosis.  Any  defects  noted  must  be  corrected  within  the 
first  school  year.  The  passing  of  this  examination  is  a  requirement  for  the  final 
acceptance  of  any  student. 

Each  matriculant  must  present,  on  the  day  of  his  enrollment,  a  statement 
from  his  ophthalmologist  regarding  the  condition  of  his  eyes,  and  where  defects 
in  vision  exist  he  shall  show  evidence  that  corrections  have  been  made. 

If  a  student  should  enter  the  hospital  during  the  academic  year,  the  Serv- 
ice will  arrange  for  the  payment  of  part  or  all  of  the  hospital  expenses,  depending 
on  the  length  of  stay  and  the  special  expenses  incurred.  This  arrangement  ap- 
plies only  to  students  admitted  through  the  office  of  the  School  physician. 

Prospective  students  are  advised  to  have  any  known  physical  defects  cor- 
rected before  entering  the  School  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of  rime  which  later 
correction  might  involve. 

Scholarship  and  Loan  Funds 

A  number  of  scholarship  loans  from  various  organizations  and  educational 
foundations  are  available  to  students  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  These  loans 
are  offered  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholastic  attainment  and  the  need  o» 
the  part  of  students  for  assistance  in  completing  their  course  in  dentistry.  It 
has  been  the  policy  of  the  Faculty  to  recommend  only  students  in  the  last  two 
years  for  such  privileges. 

The  Edward  S.  Gaylord  Educational  Endowment  Fund 

Under  a  provision  of  the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  Edward  S.  Gaylord,  of  New 
Haven,  Connecticut,  an  amount  approximating  $16,000  was  left  to  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  the 
proceeds  of  which  are  to  be  devoted  to  aiding  worthy  young  men  in  securing 
dental  education. 


The.  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation 

During  World  War  II  the  Foundation  recognized  the  burden  that  the  ac- 
celerated course  imposed  upon  many  dental  students  who  under  normal  cir- 
cumstances would  earn  money  for  their  education  by  employment  during  the 
summer  vacation.  The  Foundation  granted  to  this  School  a  fund  to  provide 
rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental  students. 

^  20 


School  of  Dentistry 

The  Albert  A.  Harrington  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1954  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Association 
in  memory  of  Dr.  Albert  A.  Harrington,  a  member  of  the  Class  of  1910.  The 
fund  is  a  source  of  valuable  help  in  aiding  students  to  solve  their  temporary 
financial  problems. 

The  E.  Benton  Taylor  Scholarship 

One  of  the  finest  scholarships  in  the  field  of  dental  education,  the  E.  Ben- 
ton Taylor  Scholarship  was  conceived  and  arranged  by  Mrs.  Taylor  and  will  be 
perpetuated  by  the  Luther  B.  Benton  Company  of  Baltimore.  It  was  put  into 
operation  in  1954  and  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a  Maryland  student  of  each 
entering  class,  who  will  continue  to  receive  its  benefits  during  the  four  years 
of  his  dental  school  course. 

The  Student  Senate-Alumni  Fund 

This  fund,  created  in  1960,  was  established  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  any 
student  of  the  School  who  may  be  in  need  of  an  emergency  loan. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  FOR  THE  BALTIMORE  UNION 

PROFESSIONAL  INSTITUTIONS 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  Baltimore  Union  for  students  of  the  Professional  Schools  is  located 
adjacent  to  the  Professional  Schools  at  621  West  Lombard  Street.  Accommoda- 
tions for  195  men  are  provided  in  a  five-story  semi-air-conditioned  building 
which  also  contains  a  cafeteria,  fountain  lounge,  meeting  rooms,  laundry  facul- 
ties, game  room,  bookstore,  barber  shop  and  lounges  on  each  floor.  Double 
rooms  are  available.  The  rental  agreement  is  made  for  rooms  only;  meals  are 
served  cafeteria  style  on  a  cash  basis.  The  contract  for  accommodations  covers 
the  academic  year. 

ACADEMIC  YEAR 

The  Rates  are: 

$150.00  per  semester  per  double  room 

$  60.00  per  six  weeks'  summer  session  per  double  room 

Other: 

$45.00  per  month 

Three  single  rooms  are  available.     They  will  be  assigned  on  the  basis  of 

length  of  residence  in  The  Baltimore   Union. 

What  the  Rate  covers: 

The  rate  shown  above  is  per  person  and  includes  the  following: 

Room  furnishings,  bed  and  cover,  mattress,  chest  of  drawers,  closet,  book 

shelves,  desk,  medicine  cabinet,  desk  chair  and  desk  lamp. 

21   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Maid  service  will  include  cleaning  of  room  twice  per  week  and  replace- 
ment of  change  of  linen  once  each  week. 

Telephone  service  is  available  through  the  Chesapeake  &  Potomac  Tele- 
phone Company.  Cost  of  the  telephone  is  not  included  in  the  room  rate. 
Information  can  be  obtained  from  the  Manager's  Office. 

Mail  service  is  also  provided. 

The  resident  provides  blankets,    towels,   pillow   and   linens.     Towels  and 
linens  must  be  rented  through  the  designated  Commercial  Rental  Service. 

A  small  amount  of  luggage  space  is  available.     Storage  of  anything  other 
than  luggage  will  not  be  available. 

TRANSIENTS 

The  Rates  are: 

$  4.00  per  day 
$24.00  per  week 

What  the  Rate  covers: 

The  services  will  include  one  bath  and  one  face  towel,  one  face  cloth,  soap 
and  change  of  linen  daily  (once  per  week  if  weekly  guest). 

HOW   TO   APPLY   FOR   A  ROOM   ASSIGNMENT 

Write  for  application  form  to 

MANAGER'S  OFFICE 

The   Baltimore   Union 

621  West  Lombard  Street 

Baltimore   1,   Maryland 


22 


School  of  Dentistry 


Tfl  U 

*  ~  Z 

5  5  £ 


00    IN    t-t   O    00    CO    rr 


1"   m    ^   H  C  f4   55 


H 
O 


to  00  M   *  CO 
OS    CN    t-   Tf    *# 


t*t*<CO-<*CO00<»CNCN      I    t. 
CNCNOS-^OS't'^OOS 


*k      CM   00   <£>   CN    -*   «0   i* 

"-*       IO   H  h   t-   O   Him 


•  •<*•<*    -oo«ooo    •  3H  «p    I  m 

•  CM   CM.       •   i*   OS   ■*       -M*  w 


D 

J 

D 

t-i 

o 

U 

(/> 

en 

D 

C4 

U 

ON 

Ui 

_L, 

O 

ON 

2  a 

P  QQ 

O 


N    rl   rl    M    M    H 


S  j 


2   :   :   :   :      * 


H   CI   CO  r-i 


E    rH    rH    r-l    rH 


«j  +j  «J  ^ 

«  a  c    i 

a  s  a  2 

<  <  <  M 


a>    o   o 

—  -    - 

o  b  cu 


03  .O  XJ  .  tH  tH 

,-H  tH  CM  —  J\|  CN 

N  CM  IN  O  rt  H 

H  H  ri  o 


0 

T-i       <*      XS 

tH    CN 

.   CN    CM 

3-0-3 

a   «    i 


«    +-   3     i>    O     O 

C ■  ii  b  &  Oi  Pu 


23 


University  of  Maryland 


sd 

3  w 

u 
*S»o    'CO    -xr-i    •    'CD    •©    •    •©©    "♦   |« 

jjjCO     "*     "-"QO     •     •-*     -00     •     -©N     -U5       rH 

0  tH  « 


■*S       1C     •©©     •©     •     •©©«©,. 
•  M     -CM     .rlN     -00     •     -K-.cC^oolCJ 


< 

H 

O   _ 

^tjTW  'C*       ©C*e*©X(N©     .N©CM<N 

0>  CM  00    •COCOMCOCOrH'^eOrH     •  CO  rH  CO  CO 


eoox   •   •No   -cm    -to-*    -cm    •  ©«•«*»    -cm  i^r 

«H  >     -rHCO     -TH     ._Cm     -CO     -t-itHCS  CO       K 

M 


•oox   -x    • 


CdmUMrf     •©»©©     •     -CM©     •     -©     •©©    I  ■* 

o 
a 

w 

U     .o 
O     * 


.     -X     •    -MX     -©X 


•  xx    •     ne     ci    -«x    -e    •    ■     x    •     ©   (  c 

•     -r-lr-i     -r-(     -r*  -v-i rl        CM 


^©■*    •  :£>     •o©c'1©© 

•  ,-4  rH  CO  ri  rH 


5^ 


©©     •©©©«©    I  CM 


©     •«©<£©     •©    1  "* 

CO 


co  co  co 


CM  CM  CO  ' 

COCO,-) 


mtH  OCO 
^CO  OrH 


SSS) 


2c< 


;co§ 

T-i  W 

.    a 

i  •  h 
i  >a  od 

-£«  — 


TOlSS 


c 


22 

Cm  pu  eu  cu  tf  t»  x 


05       •    •    •    • ; 

E        •    ••    • 

e    :::::•::::  r":  :::':**:  :^  ■: 

H  r*CM  •  ••*  • 

OJ  •    •<*■<*  •  •'-i  •  "T 

r~)  •     •     •     • r-lT-t  •  •  •  w 

£.                                •                              H                                •  o 

i.        I*Z*liIT»-i        rHrHMKleO-rK'-'i*         O  CHN  Jj,        *• 

ess ^  .Tj-dd-cc fe*a« s s § s s £ 

«^Qr3,jgSSSSOO^pLlrWe-r^PUtfOD 


24 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 
ANATOMY 

Professor:   hahn  (hjsad  of  department). 

Associate  Professor:   Thompson. 

Assistant  Professors:  edmond  g.  vanden  bosche,  and  piavis. 

DRS.    JAGIELSKI,    LDNDENBERG,    LOVEMAN,    AND    SACHS. 

Anat.    111.     Human  Gtoss  Anatomy.  (5-3) 

First  year.  This  course  consists  of  dissection  and  lectures,  supplemented  by  frequent 
conferences  and  practical  demonstrations.  The  entire  human  body  is  dissected.  The 
subject  is  taught  with  the  purpose  of  emphasizing  the  principles  of  the  body  structure, 
the  knowledge  of  which  is  derived  from  a  study  of  its  organs  and  tissues,  and  the 
action  of  its  parts.  Arrangements  can  be  made  to  accommodate  qualified  students 
and  dentists  interested  in  research  or  in  making  special  dissections  or  topographical 
studies. 

Anat.    112.     Human   Neuroanatomy.    (2) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Anatomy  111  or  equivalent.  Neuro- 
anatomy is  offered  in  the  Freshman  year  following  Gross  Anatomy.  The  work  con- 
sists of  a  study  of  the  whole  brain  and  spinal  cord  by  gross  dissections  and  micro- 
scopic methods.  Correlation  is  made,  whenever  possible,  with  the  student's  work 
in  the  histology  and  physiology  of  the  central  nervous  system. 

Anat.    113.     Comparative  Tooth  Morphology.  (1) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  The  course  treats  the  evolutionary  development  of 
dentition  as  a  necessary  factor  in  the  study  of  human  oral  anatomy.  It  includes  a 
comparative  study  of  the  teeth  of  the  animal  kingdom,  with  a  comparative  study 
of  the  number,  position  and  form  of  the  teeth. 

For  Graduates 

Anat.   211.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.   (5-3) 

Same  as  course  1 1 1  but  with  additional  work  on  a  more  advanced  level. 

Anat.   212.     Human  Neuroanatomy.  (2) 

Same  as  course  112  but  with  additional  instruction  of  a  more  advanced  nature. 

Anat.   214.     The  Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck.  (3) 

One  conference  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week  for  one  semester. 

Anat.   216.     Research. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 


BIOCHEMISTRY 

Professor:   vanden  bosche   (head  of  department). 

MR.    MORRIS    AND    MR.    LEONARD. 

Biochem.    111.     Principles   of   Biochemistry.    (6) 

First    year.    Prerequisites    inorganic    and    organic    chemistry,    with    additional    training 

in   quantitative  and    physical    chemistry    desirable.    Two    lectures    and    one    laboratory 

25  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

period  throughout  the  year,  with  one  conference  period  per  week  during  the  first 
eight  weeks  of  Semester  I.  The  chemistry  of  living  matter  forms  the  basis  of  the 
course.  The  detailed  subject  matter  includes  the  chemistry  of  carbohydrates,  fats, 
proteins,  enzymes,  vitamins,  and  hormones.  The  processes  of  respiration,  digestion, 
metabolism,  secretion  and  excretion  are  considered.  Laboratory  instruction  in  qualitative 
blood  and  urine  examination  is  included. 

For  Graduates 

Biochem.   211.     Advanced  Biochemistry.   (6) 

Prerequisite    Biochemistry    111.    Two    lectures,    one    conference    and    one    laboratory 

period  throughout  the  year. 

Biochem.    212.     Research  in  Biochemistry. 
Prerequisite  Biochemistry  211. 


DENTAL  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE 

Professor:  Foley. 

Lit.    121      Oral  and  Written  Communication.  (2) 

Second  year.  A  formal  course  of  lectures  is  given  in  the  second  year.  Many  aspects 
of  the  instruction  are  given  practical  application  in  the  third  and  fourth  years. 
The  course  has  many  purposes,  all  of  them  contributing  to  the  training  of  the  students 
for  effective  participation  in  the  extra-practice  activities  of  the  profession.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  instruction  in  the  functioning  of  the  agencies  of  communication 
in  dentistry:  the  dental  societies  and  the  dental  periodicals.  The  practical  phases  of 
the  course  include  a  thorough  study  of  the  preparation  and  uses  of  oral  and  written 
composition  by  the  dental  student  and  the  dentist;  the  use  of  libraries;  the  com- 
pilation of  bibliographies;  the  collection,  the  organization,  and  the  use  of  information; 
the  management  of  dental  meetings;  the  oral  presentation  of  papers,  and  professional 
correspondence. 

Lit.    141.     Thesis.  (2) 
Fourth  year. 

Lit.    142.     Dental  History.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  Lectures  in  Dental  History  describe  the  beginnings  of  the 
art  of  dental  practice  among  ancient  civilizations,  its  advancement  in  relation  to  the  de- 
velopment of  the  so-called  medical  sciences  in  the  early  civilizations,  its  struggle  through 
the  Middle  Ages  and,  finally,  its  attainment  of  recognized  professional  status  in  modem 
times.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  forces  and  stresses  that  have  brought  about 
the  evolutionary  progress  from  a  primitive  dental  art  to  a  scientific  health  service 
profession. 

DENTAL  PROSTHESIS 

A.  Removable  Complete  and  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professors:  g.  w.  gaver  (head  of  department)  and  ramsey. 
Associate  Professors:   oggesen  and  warner. 

DRS.    GORDON,    PRIMROSE,    WATSON,    WRIGHT    AND    YENT. 


26 


School  of  Dentistry 

Pros.    11  la.     Dental  Materials.  (4) 

First  year.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  scientific  back- 
ground in  the  nomenclature,  composition,  physical  properties,  practical  application, 
and  proper  manipulation  of  the  important  materials  used  in  the  practice  of  dentistry, 
excluding  drugs  and  medicinals. 

The  theoretical  aspect  of  the  course  is  presented  in  the  form  of  lectures,  demon- 
strations, informal  group  discussions,  and  directed  supplemental  reading.  From 
the  practical  standpoint,  the  student  manipulates  and  tests  the  various  materials  in 
the  laboratory,  being  guided  by  prepared  project  sheets.  The  student  develops  an 
understanding  of  these  factors :  the  importance  of  scientific  testing  of  a  material 
before  it  is  used  by  the  profession  at  large;  the  realization  that  every  material  has 
its  limitations,  which  can  be  compensated  for  only  by  intelligent  application  and 
manipulation;  and  an  appreciation  of  the  vast  field  of  research  open  to  those  who 
wish  to  improve  the  materials  now  available. 

Pros.  112a.  Introduction  to  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.  (1) 
First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  devoted  to  the  manipulation  of  impression 
compound  and  the  procedures  used  in  developing  impressions  of  edentulous  arches, 
casts  and  bite  plates.  It  embraces  a  series  of  lecture-demonstrations  designed  to  give  the 
student  a  knowledge  of  the  essential  fundamentals  in  complete  denture  construc- 
tion. 

Pros.    121a.     Complete    Denture    Prosthesis.    (2) 

Second  year.  This  course  is  given  by  lecture-demonstrations  on  bite  registration,  tooth 

arrangement,  and  final  finish  of  complete  dentures. 

Pros.    131a.     Basic  Clinical  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.  (5) 
Third  year.  The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  practical  application  in  the  clinic  of 
the    fundamentals    taught    in    the   preceding    years.    Demonstrations    of    the    various 
technics  of  impression  and  bite  taking  are  offered  to  provide  the  student  with  addi- 
tional knowledge  necessary  for  clinic  work. 

Pros.    133a.     Introduction  to  Removable  Partial  Denture  Prosthesis.   CO 
Third  year.   Second  semester.   This  lecture-demonstration  course  embraces  all  phases 
of   removable  partial   denture   construction.    Experiments    and    exercises    are    arranged 
to  give  the  student  the  fundamentals  in  designing,  casting  and  finishing  partial  den- 
tures. 

Pros.    141a.     Advanced  Clinical  Denture  Prosthesis.  (4) 

Fourth   year.   This   course   consists   of   the    clinical    application    of    the    fundamentals 

taught  in  the  previous  years.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  a  standard  method  of 

denture  construction   to  equip   the   student  with   a  basic   technic   for   use  in  private 

practice. 

B.  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professor:  nuttall  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  dosh,  mc  lean-lu  and  oggesen. 
Assistant  Professors:   graham  and  willer. 

DR.   STEELE. 

Pros.    122b.     Principles  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.  (6) 

Second  year.  This  lecture  and  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  background 

of   fundamental    knowledge    in    fixed    partial    denture    prosthesis.    The    interrelations 

27  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

of  the  biological  and  mechanical  aspects  of  dentistry  are  emphasized.  The  prin- 
ciples involved  and  the  procedures  used  in  abutment  preparations,  the  construction 
of  fundamental  retainers  and  pontic  sections,  and  the  assemblage  of  fixed  bridge 
restorations  are  presented  in  detail  and  correlated  with  the  requirements  of  occlusion. 
In  addition  to  these  procedures,  the  technics  include  impressions,  wax  manipulation, 
pattern  construction,  investing  and  casting. 

Pros.    132b.     Ceramic  and  Plastic  Restorations.  (2) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  This  course  presents  the  uses  of  porcelain  and  methyl 
methacrylate  as  restorative  materials.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  procedures  of 
preparation,  impressions,  color  selection,  temporary  protection  and  cementation.  These 
materials  are  employed  in  the  construction  of  complete  veneer  crowns  and  dowel 
crowns  and  in  staining  and  glazing  technics. 

Pros.    134b.     Basic  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.  (4) 

Third  year.  This  is  a  comprehensive  course  in  the  essential  requirements  for  the 
successful  use  of  the  fixed  partial  denture.  Special  consideration  is  given  to  funda- 
mental factors  in  diagnosis,  treatment  planning  and  clinical  procedures.  The  course 
integrates  biological  factors,  mechanical  principles  and  esthetic  requirements  with 
restorative  treatment.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  physiological  considerations  as  a 
basis  for  fixed  partial  denture  service. 

Pros.  142b.  Advanced  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.  (3) 
Fourth  year.  This  course  provides  clinical  training  and  experience  for  the  student. 
The  acquired  background  of  knowledge  is  utilized  in  rendering  treatment  services  for 
patients.  Experience  is  gained  in  assessing  completely  the  dental  problem,  planning 
a  practical  treatment  consistent  with  the  total  dental  needs  and  providing  services 
which  satisfy  the  objectives  of  prevention,  function  and  esthetics. 


DIAGNOSIS 

Professor:  biddix  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professor:   golton. 
Assistant  Professor:  bryant. 

DRS.  HELDRICH,  LEBO  AND  SMITH. 

Diag.  131.  Principles  of  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.  (2) 
Third  year.  The  fundamental  principles  and  procedures  in  the  diagnosis  of  oral 
and  related  diseases  are  studied  by  intimate  clinical  observation  and  discussion  of 
interesting  cases.  The  study  of  the  oral  cavity  through  an  understanding  of  its 
relation  to  other  parts  of  the  body  is  emphasized.  By  means  of  consultations  with 
other  departments  the  procedures  of  a  comprehensive  diagnosis  are  developed  and 
applied  in  treatment  planning. 

Diag.    132.     Seminar. 

Third  year.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  teach  the  student  to  correlate  clinical, 
roentgenologic  and  laboratory  findings.  Selected  patients  are  presented  by  both 
medical  and  dental  teachers. 

Diag.    141.     Clinical  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.  (1) 
Fourth  year.  This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Diagnosis  131  and  132. 


28 


School  of  Dentistry 

HISTOLOGY 
Professor:  provenza  (acting  head  of  department). 

DRS.    J.    M.    FOLEY    AND    SEIPP. 

Hist.    III.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology.  (8) 

First  year.  The  course  embraces  the  thorough  study  of  the  cells,  tissues  and  organs 
of  the  various  systems  of  the  human  body.  Although  certain  aspects  of  the  dental 
histology  phase  of  the  course  are  given  strictly  as  special  entities,  many  are  in- 
cluded in  the  instruction  in  general  histology,  since  the  two  areas  are  so  intimately 
related  when  functional  and  clinical  applications  are  considered.  The  instruction  in 
embryology  is  correlated  with  that  in  histology.  It  covers  the  fundamentals  of  de- 
velopment of  the  human  body,  particular  emphasis  being  given  to  the  head  and 
facial  regions,  the  oral  cavity,  and  the  teeth  and  their  adnexa.  Specific  correlations 
are  also  made  with  the  other  courses  in  the  dental  curriculum. 

For  Graduates 

Hist.   212.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology.  (4-2) 

This  course  is  the  same  as  Histology  111,  except  that  it  does  not  include  the  dental 
phases  of  111,  but  does  include  additional  instruction  and  collateral  reading  of  an 
advanced  nature. 

Hist.   223.     Mammalian  Oral    Histology  and  Embryology.  (2) 
Prerequisite,   Histology   111   or  212,  or  an  equivalent  course.  This  course  covers  the 
dental  aspects  of  Histology   111,  and  includes  additional  instruction  in  the  relations 
of  histologic  structure  and  embryologic  development  of  the  teeth,   their  adnexa,   and 
the  head  and  facial  regions  of  the  human  body. 

Hist.   399.     Research. 

Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement. 


MEDICINE 
A.  General  Medicine 
Associate  Professor:  mc  lean. 

DRS.  FRAVEL,  LEONARD  AND  OGDEN. 

Med.    12  la.     First  Aid. 

Second  year.  Second  semester.   In  this  course  the  student   is  instructed   in   the  basic 

principles  of  first  aid. 

Med.    132a.     Principles  of  Medicine.  (2) 

Third  year.  The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,   visual   aids   and   x-ray   demonstrations 

of    diseases    of    the    cardio-respiratory,     gastro-intestinal,     genitourinary    and    nerrous 

systems. 

Med.    14 la.     Physical  Diagnosis.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  Slides  and  clinical  demonstrations  are  used  to  show  the 
methods  of  recognition  of  important  objective  signs  as  they  relate  to  body  disturb- 
ances. The  methods  of  taking  blood  pressure  and  its  significance,  also  the  recognition 
and  treatment  of  medical  emergencies,  are  taught. 

29  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Med.    142a.     Principles  of  Medicine.  (2)  4 

Fourth  year.  Throughout  the  year  the  entire  class  is  taken  into  the  hospital  for  medical 
clinics  where  the  close  application  of  medical  and  dental  knowledge  in  history  taking, 
diagnosis,  laboratory  procedures  and  treatment  is  emphasized. 

Med.  143a.  Preventive  and  Public  Health  Dentistry.  (1) 
Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  emphasize  those 
measures  other  than  remedial  operations  that  will  tend  to  minimize  the  occurrence  or 
the  extension  of  oral  disease,  and  to  outline  the  status  of  dentistry  in  the  field  of  gen- 
eral public  health.  The  relations  of  dentistry  with  other  phases  of  public  health  are 
discussed,  as  are  the  problems  affecting  the  administration  of  dental  health  programs. 
Special  effort  is  made  to  demonstrate  methods  and  materials  suitable  for  use  in  dental 
health  education  programs. 

Med.    144a.     Clinical  Conferences. 

Fourth  year.  Throughout  the  year  small  groups  of  students  are  taken  into  the  hospital 

for  medical  ward  rounds,  demonstrations  and  discussions. 


B.     Oral  Medicine 

Associate  Professor:  abramson. 
Assistant  Professor:  norms. 

DRS.   T.   F.   CLEMENT  AND  MC  LAUGHLIN. 

Med.    121b.     Principles  of  Endodontics.  (1) 

Second  year.  The  lecture  phase  presents  the  fundamentals  necessary  for  endodontic 

procedures;  the  indications  and  contraindications  for  these  procedures;   the  methods 

use4  in  performing  the  necessary  steps  to  preserve  the  functions  of  the  teeth  and  to 

maintain  the  health  of  the  individual.  The  laboratory  phase  is  designed  to  teach  the 

student  the  materials,  the  instrumentation,  and  the  techniques  employed  in  endodontic 

treatment. 

Med.    122b.     Introduction  to  Periodontics.  (1) 

Second  year.  The  lectures  place  special  emphasis  on  the  importance  of  oral  hygiene 
and  its  relation  to  the  prevention  of  all  dental  disorders.  The  causes,  results,  and 
treatment  of  unhygienic  conditions  of  the  oral  cavity  are  fully  considered.  Demon- 
strations are  given  in  the  prophylactic  treatment  of  the  mouth  and  in  the  accepted 
methods  of  tooth  brushing  to  be  used  in  home  care.  In  the  laboratory  the  student 
learns  on  special  manikins  the  use  of  the  periodontal  instruments.  By  progressive 
exercises  and  drills  he  is  taught  the  basic  principles  of  good  operating  procedure  and 
the  methods  of  thorough  prophylactic  treatment. 

Med.    131b.     Basic  Clinical  Endodontics.  (1) 

Third  year.  During  the  Junior  year,   the   student   applies   the   fundamentals   he   has 

learned  by  performing  endodontic  procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.    132b.     Basic  Clinical  Periodontics.  (1) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  present  the  etiology,  clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis,  prognosis, 
and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  forms  of  periodontal  disease,  other  diseases 
of  the  oral  cavity,  and  lesions  of  the  lips,  cheeks,  and  tongue.  The  recognition  of 
periodontal  disease  in  its  incipient  forms  and  the  importance  of  early  treatment  are 
stressed.  The  lectures  are  well  illustrated  by  color  slides,  moving  pictures,  and  other 
visual  aids.  The  Junior  student  is  required  to  apply  the  fundamentals  he  has  learned 
by  performing  periodontal  procedures  on  a  prescribed  number  of  clinical  cases. 

<+  30 


School  of  Dentistry 

Med.    14 lb.     Advanced  Clinical  Endodontics.   (1) 

Fourth  year.  During  his  Senior  year  the  student  performs  the  more  advanced  endodontic 

procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.    142b.     Advanced  Clinical  Periodontics.  (1) 

Fourth   year.    The    Senior    student    performs    the   periodontal    procedures    on    clinical 

patients  exhibiting  the  more  advanced  periodontal  problems. 


MICROBIOLOGY 
Professor:  shay  (head  of  department). 

MR.  BECKER. 

Microbiol.  121.  Dental  Microbiology  and  Immunology.  (4) 
Second  year.  First  semester.  The  course  embraces  lectures,  laboratory,  demonstra- 
tions, recitations,  and  group  conferences,  augmented  by  guided  reading.  Practical  and 
theoretical  consideration  is  given  to  pathogenic  bacteria,  viruses,  yeasts  and  molds. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  those  organisms  which  cause  lesions  in  and  about  the 
oral  cavity,  particularly  primary  focal  infections  about  the  teeth,  tonsils,  etc.,  which 
result  in  the  establishment  of  secondary  foci.  Immunological  and  serological  prin- 
ciples are  studied,  with  special  consideration  being  given  to  hypersensitivity  resulting 
from  the  use  of  antibiotics,  vaccines,  antigens,  and  other  therapeutic  agents. 

Laboratory  teaching  includes  the  methods  of  staining  and  the  cultural  charac- 
teristics of  microorganisms;  their  reaction  to  disinfectants,  antiseptics,  and  germicides; 
methods  of  sterilization  and  asepsis;  animal  inoculation;  preparation  of  sera,  vaccines, 
and  antitoxins;  a  study  of  antibiotics;  and  a  demonstration  of  virus  techniques.  In  all 
phases  of  the  course  emphasis  is  placed  on  dental  applications. 


For  Graduates 

Microbiol.   200,    201.     Chemotherapy.    (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years.  A  study  of  the  chemistry,  toxicity,  pharmacology  and  therapeutic  value  of 
drugs  employed  in  the  treatment  of  disease. 

Microbiol.   202,  203.     Reagents  and  Media.  (1,    1) 

One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  A  study  of  the  methods  of  prep- 
aration and  use  of  bacteriological  reagents  and  media. 

Microbiol.   210.     Special  Problems  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.  Laboratory  course. 

Microbiol.   211.     Public  Health.  (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  Lectures  and  discussions  on  the  or- 
ganization and  administration  of  state  and  municipal  health  departments  and  private 
health  agencies.  The  course  also  includes  a  study  of  laboratory  methods. 

Microbol.    339.     Research  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 


31 


University  of  Maryland 

OPERATIVE  DENTISTRY 

Professor :  meduma  (acting  head  of  department). 

Associate  Professor:   louie. 

Assistant  Professors:  h.  m.  clement,  c.  gaver  and  edmond  g.  vanden  boschb. 

DRS.   BEAVEN,  BIANCO,   DIAZ,   NOFFSINGER   AND  VELTRE. 

Offer.    111.     Tooth  Morphology.  (3) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  designed  to  teach  the  form  and  functions 
and  the  relationships  of  the  teeth,  and  includes  a  study  of  the  nomenclature  of  sur- 
faces, divisions  and  relations  of  the  teeth.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  is  trained 
in  the  carving  of  the  various  teeth  and  in  die  dissection  of  extracted  teeth  through 
their  various  dimensions. 

The  second  part  of  the  course  includes  a  study  of  the  supporting  structures  of 
the  teeth  and  of  the  relation  of  the  teeth  to  these  structures.  The  periods  of  begin- 
ning calcification,  eruption,  complete  calcification,  and  shedding  of  the  deciduous 
teeth;  followed  by  the  periods  of  beginning  calcification,  eruption,  and  complete 
calcification  of  the  permanent  teeth,  are  studied  and  correlated  with  the  growth  in 
size  of  the  jaws  and  face. 

Oper.    121.     Fundamentals  of  Operative  Dentistry.   (5) 

Second  year.  The  student  is  trained  in  the  technical  procedures  of  cavity  prepara- 
tion and  the  manipulation  of  the  restorative  materials  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
diseases  and  injuries  of  the  tooth  structure.  These  basic  principles  are  applied  on 
composition  teeth  and  extracted  natural  teeth.  Instruction  includes  twenty-six  lectures 
and  forty-eight  three-hour  laboratory  periods. 

Oper.    131.     Basic  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry.  (4) 

Third  year.  This  course  is  a  continuing  development  of  the  fundamentals  taught  in 
Operative  121.  The  objective  is  to  present  the  additional  information  which  is 
necessary  for  the  management  of  practical  cases.  Instruction  includes  lectures, 
demonstrations  and  clinical  practice  in  which  the  student  treats  patients  under  the 
individual  guidance  of  staff  members. 

Oper.    141.     Advanced  Clinical  Operative   Dentistry.   (6) 

Fourth  year.  With  the  background  provided  by  Operative  121  and  131,  the  student 
is  able  to  comprehend  and  apply  the  procedures  for  treating  the  more  complicated 
operative  problems.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  instruct  the  student  in  the 
different  procedures  by  which  a  comprehensive  operative  service  can  be  rendered 
and  to  acquaint  him  with  as  many  unusual  clinical  cases  as  possible.  Instruction 
includes  lectures,  demonstrations,  and  clinical  practice. 

ORTHODONTICS 

Professor:  preis  (head  of  department) 

Assistant  Professors:  cullen,  kress,  shehan  and  swinehart. 

DR.    DEEMS. 

Ortho.    131.     Principles  of  Orthodontics.  (2) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  supplemented  by  slides  and  motion  pic- 
tures. The  subject  matter  includes  the  history  of  orthodontics  and  the  study  of 
growth  and  development,  evolution  of  human  dental  occlusion,  forces  of  occlusion, 
etiology  of  malocclusion,  aberrations  of  the  maxilla  and  mandible  which  affect  occlu- 
sion, and  tissue  changes  incident  to  tooth  movement. 

**   32 


School  of  Dentistry 

Ortho.    141.     Clinical  Orthodontics.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  Students  are  assigned  in  small  groups  to  the  Clinic  where  patients  are 
given  a  thorough  dental  examination.  Under  the  direction  of  an  instructor  each  case 
is  diagnosed,  methods  of  procedure  are  explained,  and  treatment  planning  is  out- 
lined. In  the  more  simple  cases  therapy  is  undertaken  by  the  students  under  the 
supervision  of  an  instructor.  Students,  therefore,  have  the  opportunity  of  applying 
clinically  the  knowledge  which  they  received  during  their  Junior  year. 

PATHOLOGY 

Professor:  m.  s.  aisenberg  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professor:  Gardner. 
Assistant  Professor:  a.  d.  aisenberg. 

DR.    GRANRUTH. 

Path.    121.     General  Pathology.  (4) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  The  general  principles  of  disease  processes  and  tissue 
reactions,  both  gross  and  microscopic,  are  taught  with  the  objectives  of  training  the 
student  to  recognize  and  be  familiar  with  the  abnormal  and  of  creating  a  foundation 
for  further  study  in  the  allied  sciences.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those  diseases  in 
the  treatment  of  which  medicodental  relationships  are  to  be  encountered. 

Path.    131.     Oral  Pathology.  (3) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  etiology  and  the 
gross  and  microscopic  manifestations  of  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  their  investing 
structures:  pathologic  dentition,  dental  anomalies,  periodontal  diseases,  calcific  de- 
posits, dental  caries,  pulpal  diseases,  dentoalveolar  abscesses,  oral  manifestations  of 
systemic  diseases,  cysts  of  the  jaws,  and  benign  and  malignant  lesions  in  and'  about 
the  oral  cavity. 

Path.    141.     Seminar. 

Fourth  year.  This  constitutes  a  part  of  the  cancer  teaching  program  sponsored  by  a 
grant  from  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  It  is  conducted  by  visiting  lec- 
turers who  are  specialists  in  their  respective  fields. 

For  Graduates 

Path.   211.     Advanced  Oral  Pathology.  (8) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  throughout  the  year.  This  course  is  pre- 
sented with  the  objective  of  correlating  a  knowledge  of  histopathology  with  the 
various  aspects  of  clinical  practice.  Studies  of  surgical  and  biopsy  specimens  are 
stressed. 

Path.   212.     Research. 

Time   and    credit    by    arrangement.    Research    in    areas    of    particular    interest    to    the 

student. 

PEDODONTICS 

Associate  Professor:    sanders. 
Assistant  Professor:   ehrlich. 

DRS.  FERLITA,  GIARDINA  AND  KIHN. 

Ped.    121.     Technics  of  Pedodontics.  (1) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  This  laboratory  course  in  dentistry  for  children  consists 

33   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

of  eight  lectures  and  sixteen  laboratory  periods.  Demonstrations  and  visual  aids  are 
utilized  to  augment  the  teaching  procedure.  The  work  is  performed  on  model  teeth 
in  primary  dentoforms  and  consists  of  exercises  in  cavity  preparation  in  primary 
teeth  for  the  proper  reception  of  different  restorative  materials,  in  the  technic  of 
restoring  a  fractured  young  permanent  anterior  tooth,  and  in  the  construction  of  a 
basic  type  of  space  maintainer. 

Ped.    131.     Clinical  Pedodontics.  (1) 

Third  year.  The  student  is  introduced  to  clinical  dentistry  for  children.  He  utilizes  the 
technical  procedures  learned  in  the  laboratory.  Didactic  instruction  includes  sixteen 
lectures  offered  during  the  first  semester.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  management  of  the 
child  patient  with  necessary  modifications  for  behavior  problems.  The  indications  and 
contraindications  for  pulpal  therapy  are  evaluated  for  the  purpose  of  rational  tooth 
conservation.  Oral  hygiene,  roentgenology,  growth  and  development,  and  caries  sus- 
ceptibility tests  are  taught.  Training  in  preventive  orthodontics  is  given  for  true 
denture  guidance  and  to  allow  the  student  to  institute  interceptive  or  early  remedial 
measures  in  incipient  deformities. 

The  Department  endeavors  to  develop  in  the  student  a  comprehensive  interest 
in  guiding  the  child  patient  through  the  period  of  the  mixed  dentition.  A  separate 
clinic,  equipped  with  child-size  chairs  and  supervised  by  the  pedodontics  staff,  provides 
adequate  opportunity  for  clinical  applications  of  the  methods  taught  in  laboratory 
and  lectures. 

Ped.    141.     Clinical  Pedodontics.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  The  student  continues  his  clinical  training  throughout  the  year  and 
is  assigned  the  more  difficult  cases.  In  addition,  the  senior  student  is  assigned  to  a 
public  health  clinic  which  consists  of  individual,  completely  equipped  operating  rooms 
giving  the  student  experience  in  the  management  and  treatment  of  the  child  patient. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

Professor:  dobbs  (head  of  department) 
Assistant  Professor:  ross. 

DR.   DOLLE. 

Pharmacol.  131.  General  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics.  (4) 
Third  year.  The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  general  survey  of  pharmacology, 
affording  the  students  the  necessary  knowledge  for  the  practice  of  rational  therapeutics. 
The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  laboratory  and  demonstrations.  The  first  semester 
consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  didactic  work  including  instruction  in  the  sites  and  modes 
of  drug  action,  prescription  writing,  and  the  pharmacodynamics  and  therapeutics 
of  the  local-acting  drugs.  The  second  semester  consists  of  thirty-two  hours  of  didactics 
and  forty-eight  hours  of  laboratory  instruction.  The  laboratory  experiments  are  per- 
formed on  students  and  on  animals  and  are  designed  to  demonstrate  the  direct  effects 
of  drugs  on  vital  tissues.  The  subject  material  consists  of  the  pharmacodynamics  of  the 
systemic-acting  drugs  and  the  anti-infective  agents.  In  the  therapeutics  phase  the 
students  are  instructed  in  the  use  of  drugs  for  the  prevention,  treatment,  and  correction 
of  general  and  oral  diseases. 

Pharmacol.    141.     Oral  Therapeutics.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations.  It  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  the  practical  applications 
of  pharmacology  in  the  treatment  of  dental  and  oral  diseases.  Particular  emphasis  is 

+    34 


School  of  Dentistry 

given  to  the  newer  drugs  and  the  more  recent  advances  in  therapeutics.  Patients  from 
the  dental  clinics  and  the  hospital  are  used  for  demonstrations  whenever  possible. 
A  correlation  of  theory  with  clinical  practice  is  obtained  by  chairside  instruction  on 
patients  in  the  dental  clinic. 

Pharmacol.    142.     Nutritional  Therapeutics.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations  devoted  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  nutritional  therapeutics.  The 
presentation  includes  a  study  of  the  dietary  requirements  of  essential  food  substances 
in  health  and  disease.  The  vitamin  and  mineral  deficiency  states  with  their  pathology 
and  symptomatology  are  presented  with  suggestions  for  dietary  and  drug  therapy. 
Metabolic  diseases  are  discussed,  and  their  effects  on  the  nutritional  states  are  con- 
sidered. Students  are  taught  to  plan  diets  for  patients  with  various  nutritional  prob- 
lems, such  as  those  resulting  from  loss  of  teeth,  the  use  of  new  dental  appliances, 
dental  caries,  stomatitis,  cellulitis,  osteomyelitis,  and  bone  fractures.  A  project  study 
is  made  by  each  student  which  includes  analyses  of  his  basal  metabolic  requirement, 
his  total  energy  requirement,  and  his  dietary  intake  in  relation  to  his  daily  needs. 

PHYSIOLOGY 

Professor:  white  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  shipley  and  pollack. 

DR.   BUXBAUM   AND   MRS.    STALING. 

Physiol.    121.     Principles  of  Physiology.   (6) 

Second  year.  A  fundamental  objective  of  this  course  is  to  achieve  an  integration  of 

basic  scientific  phenomena  of  function  as  they  relate  to  the  organism  as  a  whole. 

Lectures  deal  with  the  principal  fields  of  physiology,  including  heart  and  circula- 
tion, peripheral  and  central  nervous  functions,  respiration,  digestion,  muscular  ac- 
tivity, hepatic  and  renal  functions,  water  and  electrolyte  balance,  special  senses,  gen- 
eral and  cellular  metabolism,  endocrines  and  reproduction.  In  the  laboratory  work 
(first  semester)  the  classic  experiments  on  frog  and  turtle  muscle  and  heart  function 
are  followed  by  more  advanced  work  on  rabbits,  cats,  dogs  and  the  students  them- 
selves. A  special  series  of  lectures  is  devoted  to  the  application  of  basic  physiologic 
principles  to  human  clinical  problems. 

For  Graduates 

Physiol.   211.     Principles  of  Mammalian  Physiology,  (6) 

Prerequisite  permission  from  the  department.  Same  as  course   121   but  with  collateral 

reading  and  additional  instruction. 

Physiol.   212.     Advanced  Physiology. 

Hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.  Lectures  and  seminars  during  the  second  semes- 
ter. 

Physiol.   213.     Research. 

Hours  and  credits  by  arrangement. 

PRACTICE  ADMINISTRATION 

Professor:    bdodix. 

DR.    LOVETT   AND    MR.    o'DONNELL. 

35    ► 


University  of  Maryland 


Pract.  Adm.    141.     Principles  of  Administration.   (1) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  students 
assume  the  social,  economic  and  professional  responsibilities  of  dental  practice.  The 
lectures  embrace  the  selection  of  the  office  location  and  office  equipment,  the  basis 
of  determining  fees,  the  methods  of  collecting  accounts,  the  use  of  auxiliary  personnel, 
and  the  choice  of  various  types  of  insurance  and  investments.  A  comprehensive 
bookkeeping  system  for  a  dental  office  is  explained. 

Pract.  Adm.    142.     Ethics.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  The  course  includes  lectures  on  general  ethics  and 
its  basic  teachings,  and  an  interpretation  of  the  philosophical  principles  adopted  by 
the  American  Dental  Association  and  embodied  in  its  "Principles  of  Ethics." 

Pract.  Adm.    143.     Jurisprudence.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  The  objective  of  the  course  is  to  acquaint  the  dental 
student  with  the  fundamentals  of  law  as  they  relate  to  the  dentist  and  to  his  patients. 
The  sources  of  law,  and  types  of  courts  and  court  procedures  are  explained;  the 
student  is  acquainted  with  the  special  statutory  provisions  pertaining  to  the  regula- 
tion of  the  practice  of  dentistry,  as  well  as  the  dentist's  responsibilities  under  the 
criminal  law.  The  respective  rights  and  liabilities  of  both  the  dentist  and  his  patients 
are  considered  in  lectures  dealing  with  contracts  and  torts;  practical  illustrations  of 
these  rights  and  liabilities  are  reviewed  in  the  light  of  actual  reported  cases  in  the 
courts. 


ROENTGENOLOGY 


Professor:  biddix. 

DRS.    DARBY    AND    KLEIN. 


Roentgenol.    131.     Principles  of  Dental  Roentgenology.  (2) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  include  a  study  of  the  physical  principles  involved  in  the 
production  of  x-rays  and  a  discussion  of  their  properties  and  effects,  the  hazards  of 
roentgenography  to  both  operator  and  patient,  the  technics  of  taking  roentgenograms, 
and  the  processing  of  the  films.  The  conference  periods  deal  with  the  roentgeno- 
graphic  study  of  the  normal  anatomic  structures  in  health  and  the  variations  noted 
under  various  pathologic  conditions. 

Roentgenol.    132.     Introduction  to  Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology. 
Third  year.   Second  semester.   The  division   of   the  class  into  small   groups  permits 
individual  supervision  in  the  clinical  application  of  the  material  presented  in  Roent- 
genol. 131.  Under  guidance  the  student  learns  to  correctly  place,  expose  and  process 
the  film  and  mount  a  full   series  of  dental  roentgenograms. 

Roentgenol.    141.     Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology.  (1) 

Fourth  year.  Under  a  system  of  rotating  assignments  students  are  placed  in  constant 
association  with  the  routine  practical  use  of  the  roentgen  ray.  They  are  required  to 
master  the  fundamental  scientific  principles  and  to  acquire  technical  skill  in  taking, 
processing,  and  interpreting  all  types  of  intraoral  and  extraoral  films. 

SURGERY 

Professors:  dorsey  (head  of  department),  helrich,  robdnson  and  yeager. 

Associate  Professor:  cappuccio. 

Assistant  Professors:  siwtnski  and  inman. 

DRS.   HEMPHILL,   JOHNSON    AND   O'CONNELL. 

*    36 


School  of  Dentistry 

Surg.    131.     Anesthesiology.   (2) 

Third  year.  Local  anesthesia  is  taught  in  both  principle  and  practice.  In  lectures 
and  clinics  all  types  of  intraoral,  extraoral,  conduction  and  infiltration  injections; 
the  anatomical  relation  of  muscles  and  nerves;  the  theory  of  action  of  anesthetic 
agents  and  their  toxic  manifestations  are  taught.  Demonstrations  are  given  in  con- 
duction and  infiltration  technics;  students  give  injections  under  the  supervision  of  an 
instructor.  General  anesthesia  -  is  taught  in  lectures  and  clinic  demonstrations.  The 
action  of  the  anesthetic  agents,  methods  of  administration,  indications  and  contra- 
indications, and  the  treatment  of  toxic  manifestations  are  included.  Demonstrations 
are  given  in  the  preparation  of  the  patient,  the  administration  of  all  general  anes- 
thetics (inhalant,  rectal,  spinal,  and  intravenous),  and  the  technics  for  oral  opera- 
tions. Clinics  are  held  in  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  in  the  Dental  School  and 
in  the  Hospital. 

Surg.    J 32.     Oral  Surgery.   (3) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  on  the  principles  of  surgery,  the  classifica- 
tion of  teeth  for  extraction,  and  the  pre-  and  postoperative  treatment  of  ambulatory 
patients.  The  student  is  assigned  to  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  on  a  rotating 
schedule  and  is  required  to  produce  local  anesthesia  and  extract  teeth  under  the 
supervision  of  an   instructor. 

Surg.    141.     Oral  Surgery.  (3) 

Fourth  year.  This  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinical  assignments,  and  practical 
demonstrations  on  the  etiology,  pathology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all  classes  of 
tumors,  infections,  deformities,  anomalies,  impacted  teeth,  fractures  and  surgical 
problems  associated  with  the  practice  of  dentistry.  Hospital  clinics,  demonstrations 
and  ward  rounds  are  given  to  familiarize  the  student  with  abnormal  conditions  inci- 
dent to  the  field  of  his  future  operations  and  to  train  him  thoroughly  in  the  diagnosis 
of  benign  and  malignant  tumors.  Weekly  seminars  are  held  in  the  Hospital. 


Tot  Graduates 

Surg.   201.     Clinical  Anesthesiology.  (6) 
Forty  hours  a  week  for  thirteen  weeks. 

Surg.   220.     General  Dental  Oral  Surgery.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.   221.     Advanced  Oral  Surgery.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.   222.     Research. 

Time  and  credit  by  arrangement. 


VISUAL  AIDS  IN  TEACHING 

MR.    TAYLOR    AND   STAFF. 

The  Department  of  Visual  Aids  employs  the  latest  photographic  technics 
and  equipment  for  the  production  of  both  monochromatic  and  full-color  still 
and  motion  pictures.  By  cooperation  with  other  departments  new  material  is 
developed  for  lectures,  clinics,  publications  and  exhibits. 


37  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Through  photography  the  School  retains  for  teaching  purposes  interesting 
cases  that  appear  in  the  clinics,  preserves  evidence  of  unusual  pathological 
cases,  and  records  anatomical  anomalies,  facial  disharmonies  and  malocclusions 
of  the  teeth.  In  addition  the  student,  through  his  contact  with  photographic 
uses,  becomes  acquainted  with  the  value  of  photography  in  clinical  practice. 
Students  are  advised  as  to  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  the  preparation  of  lectures 
and  theses,  the  arrangement  and  co-ordination  of  materials,  and  the  organiza- 
tion and  maintenance  of  records  and  histories. 

Various  art  media  and  the  use  of  modern  plastics  supplement  photography. 
By  the  combination  and  correlation  of  these  methods  all  departments  are  pro- 
vided with  an  unlimited  supply  of  valuable  and  often  irreplaceable  visual 
aids. 

A  closed  circuit  television  system  is  used  to  enable  large  groups  to  visualize 
clinical  and  laboratory  procedures.  Close-up  pictures  of  the  various  operations 
are  made  possible  for  comfortable  viewing  in  lecture  hall  and  laboratory. 


SPECIAL  COURSES 

Summer  Courses 

As  the  need  arises,  summer  courses  may  be  offered  in  certain  subjects  in- 
cluded in  the  regular  curriculum.  A  charge  of  $12.00  for  each  semester  hour 
credit  is  made  for  these  courses. 


The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society  was  organized  in  1916  as  an  honorary 
student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  Society 
was  named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a 
teacher  of  many  years'  experience,  and  during  his  life  a  great  contributor  to 
dental  literature.  It  was  with  the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that  the 
Society  adopted  it. 

To  be  eligible  for  membership  a  student  must  be  in  the  first  30  per  cent  of 
his  class.  The  selection  of  this  30  per  cent  shall  be  based  on  the  weighted 
percentage  average  system  as  outlined  in  the  school  regulations.  The  meetings, 
held  once  each  month,  are  addressed  by  prominent  dental  and  medical  men,  an 
effort  being  made  to  obtain  speakers  not  connected  with  the  University.  The 
members  have  an  opportunity,  even  while  students,  to  hear  men  associated  with 
other  educational  institutions. 

Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon 

Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon,  honorary  dental  society,  was  char- 
tered at  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland    during    the    session    of    1928-29.    Membership    in    the    society    is 

<*  38 


School  of  Dentistry 

awarded  to  a  number  not  exceeding  12  per  cent  of  the  graduating  class.  This 
honor  is  conferred  upon  students  who  through  their  professional  course  of 
study  creditably  fulfill  all  obligations  as  students,  and  whose  conduct,  earnest- 
ness, evidence  of  good  character  and  high  scholarship  recommend  them  to 
election. 

The  following  graduates  of  the  1960  Class  were  elected  to  membership: 

Joel   Martin   Adler  Bernard   John   Orlowski 

Hulon   Edward   Beasley  Helmer  Eugene  Pearson 

Rolla  Ray  Burk,  Jr.  James  Vincent  Picone 

Robert  A.  Cialone  Malcolm   Louis   Rosenbloum 

John  J.  Denson,  Jr.  David  M.  Solomon 

David  William  Heese  Wayne  Eugene  Stroud 


Alumni  Association 

The  first  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  was  held  in  Baltimore,  March  1,  1849.  This  organi- 
zation has  continued  in  existence  to  the  present,  its  name  having  been  changed 
to  The  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental 
School,  University  of  Maryland. 

The  officers  to  the  Alumni  Association  for  1960-61  are  as  follows: 

President  President  Elect 

Daniel  F.  Lynch  Joseph  P.  Cappuccio 

1401   16th  Street,  N.  W.  1010  St.  Paul  Street 

Washington  6,  D.  C.  Baltimore  2,  Maryland 

First  Vice  President  Second  Vice  President 

E.    Milburn   Colvin,   Jr.  Charles    B.    Ledbetter 

1726  21st  Street,  N.  W.  Byron  Building  (Cameron  Village) 

Washington  9,  D.  C.  Raleigh,  North  Carolina 

Past  President  (Ex-Officio')  Secretary 

Harry  W.  F.  Dressel,  Jr.  Calvin  J.  Gaver 

6340   Frederick   Avenue  1427  Kirkwood  Road 

Baltimore  28,   Maryland  Baltimore    7,    Maryland 

Treasurer  Editor 

Howard  Van  Natta  Kyrle  W.  Preis 

Medical  Arts  Building  700  Cathedral  Street 

Baltimore   1,   Maryland  Baltimore   1,  Maryland 

Historian-Librarian 

Milton  B.  Asbell 

25   Haddon  Avenue 

Camden  3,  New  Jersey 

39  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

University  Alumni  Council  Representatives 

Samuel  H.  Bryant,   1961  Harry  Levin,  1962 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,  Maryland 

Edward  D.   Stone,    1963 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

EXECUTIVE  COUNCIL 

Daniel  F.   Lynch  Kyrle  W.  Preis 

Washington,   D.  C.  Baltimore,  Maryland 

Howard  Van  Natta  Harry  W.  Dressel,  Jr. 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,  Maryland 

Calvin  J.  Gaver  E.   Milburn  Col  vent,   Jr. 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Washington,   D.  C. 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio  Charles    B.    Ledbetter 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Raleigh,  North  Carolina 

Milton  B.  Asbell 
Camden,  New  Jersey 

ELECTED  MEMBERS 

Executive  Council 

Philip   L.    Block  J.   Philip   Norris 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,  Maryland 

Melvin  Hazen  Colvin  Eugene  A.  Leatherman 

Washington,   D.   C.  Randallstown,  Maryland 

L.  Lynn  Emmart  Benjamin   A.    Williamowsky 
Baltimore,  Maryland  Silver  Spring,  Maryland 

ENDOWMENT  FUND 

TRUSTEES  EX-OFFICIO 

Daniel  F.  Lunch,  President 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio,  President  Elect 

Calvin  J.  Gaver,  Secretary 

Howard  Van  Natta,  Treasurer 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  Dean 

ELECTED  TRUSTEES 

W.  Paul  Hoffman,  1961  James  W.  McCarl,   1961 

Washington,   D.  C.  Greenbelt,  Maryland 

Arthur  I.  Bell,    1962  Ashur  G.  Chavoor,  1962 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Washington,   D.  C. 

Peter  T.  Kanelos,  1963  Jesse  Tracer 

Providence,    Rhode    Island  Baltimore,  Maryland 

^  40 


School  of  Dentistry 


SENIOR  PRIZE  AWARDS 

The  following  prizes  were  awarded  to  members  of  the  Senior  Class    for  the 
1959-60  Session: 

The  Alexander  H.  Paterson  Memorial  Medal 

For  Practical  Set  of  full  Upper  and  Lower  Dentures 

CHARLES  ALBERT  DARBY 


Honorable  Mention 


Edgar  C.  White 


The  Isaac  H.  Davis  Memorial  Medal 

(Contributed  by  Dr.  Leonard  I.  Davis) 

for  Cohesive   Gold   Filling 

EDWIN  BARRY  SHILLER 
Honorable  Mention    Gene   Edward  Camp 

The  Alumni  Association  Medal 

For  Thesis 
JAMES  VINCENT  PICONE 

The  Harry  E.  Kelsey  Award 

(Contributed  by  former  associates  of  Dr.  Kelsey: 

Drs.  Anderson,  Devlin,  Hodges,  Johnston  and  Preis) 

For  Professional  Demeanor 

FRANK  LEE  BRAGG 

The  Harry  E.  Latcham  Memorial  Medal 

For  Complete  Oral  Operative  Restoration 

WAYNE  EUGENE  STROUD 

Honorable  Mention  Joel  Martin  Adler 

The  Edgar  J.  ]acques  Memorial  Award 

For  Meritorious  Work  in  Practical  Oral  Surgery 

FRANK  LEE  BRAGG 

The  Herbert  Friedherg  Memorial  Award 

(Contributed  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Chapter  of  the 

National  Alumni  Association) 

For  Achievement  hy  a  New  Jersey  Senior 

DAVID  M.  SOLOMON 

The  Katharine  Toomey  Plaque 

(Contributed  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Lewis  C.  Toomey) 

For  Devotion  to  the  School  and  to  the  Profession 

THEODORE  JACOB  NOFFSINGER,  JR. 

The  Timothy  O.  Heatwole  Chair 

To  the  Senior  Who  Has  Best  Exemplified  the  Qualities 

of  Ethical  Standards,  Kindnesses  and  Humanitarianism 

HULON  EDWARD  BEASLEY 

41  ► 


University  of  Maryland 


The  Alpha  Omega  Scholarship  Plaque 

For  Proficiency  in  the  Course  of  Study 

JOHN  J.  DENSON,  JR. 

The  Sigma  Epsilon  Delta  Memorial  Medal 

For  Highest  Average  in  Basic  Sciences 

JOHN  J.  DENSON,  JR. 


Honors 

University  Gold  Medal  for  Scholarship,  Summa  Cum  Laude 
Awarded  to 

John  J.  Denson,  Jr. 

Certificates  of  Honor,  Magna  Cum  Laude 
Awarded  to 

David  M.  Solomon  Rolla  Ray  Burk,  Jr. 

Hulon    Edward    Beasley  Helmer  Eugene  Pearson 

Robert   A.    Cialone 

Cum  Laude 

Joel  Martin  Adler  James  Vincent  Picone 

David  William  Heese  Malcolm  Louis  Rosenbloum 

Bernard   John  Orlowski  Wayne    Eugene    Stroud 

Degree  Conferred  August    1,    1960 

John  William  Biehn,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Alfred  Chesler,   Furman   University West  Virginia 

Milton  Chipman  Clegg,  B.A.,   University  of  Utah,   1956 Utah 

Raymond  Dzoba,  Bowling  Green  State  University New  Jersey 

Irwin  KolikofT,  B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College,   1953 New  Hampshire 

Richard  Franklin  Murphy,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Raymond  Francis  Waldron,  A.B.,  Boston  College,    1956  Massachusetts 


42 


School  of  Dentistry 

Graduating  Class 

1959-1960  Session 

Joel  Martin  Aciler,   Emory  University  Mississippi 

John  Jacob  Atchison,  Marshall  College  West  Virginia 

Edmund  Donald  Baron,   Rutgers  University  New  Jersey 

Hulon  Edward  Beasley,   University  of  Florida Maryland 

Raymond  Cline  Bodley,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

William  Francis  Brady,  Jr.,   B.S.^  Boston  College,    1954;  M.S., 

University  of  Massachusetts,    1956 Massachusetts 

Frank  Lee  Bragg,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

James  Peter  Brown,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1956.    Massachusetts 
Rolla  Ray  Burk,  Jr.,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1951  West  Virginia 

Gene  Edward  Camp,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Robert  Roy  Chesney,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Robert  A.  Cialone,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955 New  Jersey 

William  John  Cimikoski,  A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1953 Connecticut 

Clyde  Albert  Coe,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Blanca  Collazo,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1956 Puerto  Rico 

Frank  Lateau  Collins,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Myron  Harris  Coulton,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Thomas  Joseph  Cronin,  B.S.,  De  Paul  University,   1955 New  Jersey 

William  Walter  Cwiek,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953 Maryland 

Charles  Albert   Darby,    University   of   Maryland Maryland 

Charles  Albert  Dean,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1956 Massachusetts 

John  Jay  Denson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,   1956 Florida 

Michael  Vincent  Doran,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,   1956 Virginia 

Morton  Mayer  Ehudin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Joseph  Thomas  Fay,  B.A.,   Providence  College,    1956 Rhode  Island 

Humbert  Michael  Fiskio,  A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1955;  M.A., 

University  of  Connecticut,    1956 Connecticut 

Henry  Paul  Fox,  St.  Michael's  College New  York 

Irwood  Fox,  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,   1956 Virginia 

Joseph  Giardina,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Harry   Gruen,    University    of    Miami Florida 

Ernest  Lee  Harris,  Jr.,   Southern   Missionary  College Florida 

David  William  Heese,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953.  .  .    Maryland 

Sanford  Sonny  Hochman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1957 Maryland 

Clemuel  Mansey  Johnson,  B.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina,   1953 

North  Carolina 

Nicholas  Irving  Jones,  B.S.,  The  Citadel,    1956 South  Carolina 

Norman  Lewis  Jones,  Marshall  College West  Virginia 

Alan  Donald  Jung,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952  Maryland 

Don  Samuel  Killpack,  B.S.,  University  of  Utah,    1951 Utah 

Don  Lee  Koubek,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955 West  Virginia 

Robert  Marvin  Kriegsman,  A.B.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina,   1957 

North  Carolina 

43  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Scot  Sueki  Kubota,  A.B.,  Colorado  State  College,  1953; 

A.M.,    1954 Hawaii 

Nicholas  Lasijczuk,  Ch.D.,  University  of  Nancy New  York 

Richard  John  Lauttman,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,    1953 Maryland 

Martin  Albert  Levin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Marvin  Paul  Levin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Harry  Levy,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

William  Lee  Lovem,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Frederick  Magaziner,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1954 Maryland 

Martin  Magaziner,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Frank  William  Mastrola,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Providence  College,    1956    .      Rhode  Island 

Martin  Lee  Mays,   B.S.,   Wofford  College,    1957 South  Carolina 

David  Henry  McLane,.  A.B.,  Marshall  College,    1957  West  Virginia 

John  Stephen  McLaughlin,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

John  Bennett  Moore,  Jr.,  Weber  College Utah 

Theodore  Jacob  Noffsinger,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1956     Maryland 
Franklin  Lewis  Oliverio,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1956    .   West  Virginia 

Billy  Wendel  Olsen,  B.A.,  University  of  California,   1955 California 

Bernard  John  Orlowski,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Philip  Kibbee  Parsons,  West  Virginia  University  West  Virginia 

Helmer  Eugene  Pearson,  Upsala  College New  Jersey 

Alfred  John  Phillips,  University  of  Florida Florida 

James  Vincent  Picone,  B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,   1956       Massachusetts 

Robert  Henry  Prindle,  B.A.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1956 New  York 

Anthony  Joseph    Regine,   B.S.,    Tufts   College,    1955 Rhode   Island 

Jude  Philip  Restivo,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1956 Maryland 

Ronald  Lee  Ripley,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,   1955 West  Virginia 

Malcolm  Louis  Rosenbloum,  Emory  University Missouri 

Georges  Philippe  Raynald  Roy,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,   1956 Maine 

William  Joseph  Rumberger,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College Pennsylvania 

Thomas  Melvin  Rutherford,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College,  1956 

West  Virginia 

Frank  John  Salino,  The  University  of  Buffalo New  York 

Lawrence  Francis  Schaefer,  St.  Michael's  College New  York 

Roger  Clare  Sears,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1958  Maryland 

Howard  Irwin  Segal,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Edwin  Barry  Shiller,   Emory  University Florida 

Joseph  James  Smith,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Robert  Carroll  Smith,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1956 West  Virginia 

Alvin  Jerome  Snyder,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1956 Maryland 

David  M.  Solomon,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1956 New  Jersey 

Rudolph  Clement  Strambi,  B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1952 New  Jersey 

Wayne    Eugene    Stroud,    University    of    Maryland Illinois 

George  Webster  Struthers,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1952 

West  Virginia 

Edward  Ralph  Thompson,  Temple  University New  Jersey 

Robert  Speirs  Thomson,  B.A.,  Houghton  College,   1956 New  Jersey 

Earle  Alexander  Tompkins,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1955 

Massachusetts 

<<  44 


School  of  Dentistry 

Gilbert   Allen   Vitek,    Graceland   College  Maryland 

Martin  Truett  Watson,  A.B.,  Emory  University,    1954  Georgia 

Irwin  Robert  Weiner,  University  of  Akron  Ohio 

Wayne  Clark  Wills,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Charles  Rosser  Wilson,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,   1956 North  Carolina 

Dale  Lee  Wood,  Western   Maryland  College  Maryland 

Louis  Yarid,  A.B.,  Columbia  University,    1956 Massachusetts 


REGISTER  OF  STUDENTS 

1960-1961  Session 
Senior  Class 

Paul   Wilfred   Achin,   Providence   College        Massachusetts 

Earl  Robert  Alban,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954.  .  .    Maryland 

Morris  Antonelli,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 District  of  Columbia 

Gilbert  Samuel  Berman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Cecil  Samuel  Boland,  B.S.,  Newberry  College,    1957 Maryland 

Lester   Malcolm   Breen,    Emory    University Georgia 

Donald  Acker  Michael  Brown,  B.A.,  St.  John's  College  1951 Maryland 

Douglas  Adams  Bryans,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,    1957 Massachusetts 

George  Franklin  Buchness,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1948;  M.S.,  Catholic 

University,     1954 Maryland 

Richard  Mario  Carmosino,  A.B.,  Boston  University,  1957 Massachusetts 

Thomas  J.  Cavanaugh,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1957 Maryland 

Lawrence  Leo  Clark,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  Jersey 

James  Richard  Crouse,  Shepherd  College Maryland 

Billy  Hugh  Darke,  B.S.,  Western  Kentucky  State  College,  1954 Kentucky 

William  Lawrence  Doheny,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Edward  Cornelius  Doherty,  B.A.,  Boston  College,    1957 Massachusetts 

Marlin  Duane   Dunker,   B.A.,   Walla  Walla   College,    1955 California 

William  Duane  Fitzgerald,   University  of  Massachusetts Massachusetts 

Sheldon  Donald  Fliss,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Richard  Arnold  Foer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957.    District  of  Columbia 

Joseph  Edward  Furtado,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1954 Rhode  Island 

William  Joseph  Girotti,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1957 

Massachusetts 
Raymond  Emil  Goepfrich,  B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,   1957 

Pennsylvania 
John  George  Goettee,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,   1957.  .  .    Maryland 

Melvin  Goldenberg,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1957 Rhode  Island 

Aaron  Rufus  Griffith,  Jr.,   University  of  South  Carolina South  Carolina 

Sheldon  Gerald  Gross,   University  of  Vermont Massachusetts 

Stanford  Edgar  Hamburger,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957    .  .    Maryland 

Arnold  Hecht,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Ronald  Wesley  Higel,  University  of  Florida Florida 

William  Paul  Hoffman,  Jr.,  Earlham  College District  of  Columbia 

45  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Edward  Allen  Hurdle,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,    1956 Maryland 

Patrick  Francis  Iacovelli,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Boston  College,   1952 Massachusetts 

Ronald  Harold  Israel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Alvin  Wesley  Kagey,  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,   1957  Maryland 

Sanford  Katsumi  Kamezawa,  University  of  California Hawaii 

Stanley  Paul  Kaminski,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1957 New  Jersey 

Douglas  Kaplan,  B.A.,  Alfred  University,    1957 New  Jersey 

George  Theodore  Keary,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958.  .  .   Massachusetts 
Michael  Edward  Kolakowski,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 

Maryland 

Robert  George  Kovack,  B.S.,  Albright  College,  1957 New  Jersey 

Ralph  Leonard  Kroopnick,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,   1957.  .Connecticut 

Robert  Maurice  Lattanzi,  Albertus  Magnus  College Connecticut 

Jack  Edward  Liller,   University  of  Richmond Maryland 

Arnold   Irvin    Loew,    University   of    Miami Florida 

Sol  Benjamin  Love,  Georgetown  University District  of  Columbia 

Edward  Salters  McCallum,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

William  Edward  McLaughlin,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Joseph  Robert  Marchesani,  LaSalle  College New  Jersey 

Richard  Madison  Marrone,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Alan  J.  Martin,  Ohio   University Florida 

Robert  Cameron  Mason,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Michael  Charles  Matzkin,  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,   1957 Connecticut 

Robert  Francis  Meier,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Marc  Julian  Meyers,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1957 Maryland 

Ronald  Britton  Morley,  B.A.,  Maryville  College,   1957 New  York 

Clarence  John  Myatt,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,   1957 Massachusetts 

Roy  Mitsuaki  Naito,  B.A.,  University  of  Hawaii,   1956 Hawaii 

Antone  Travers  Oliveria,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,   1957 Massachusetts 

James  Edward  Palmer,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

David  Bertram  Pere,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Albert   Perlmutter,    A.B.,    Boston    University,    1957 Massachusetts 

Garr  Thomas   Phelps,   Xavier   University Kentucky 

Joseph  Michael  Pistoria,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Erwin  Stuart  Raffel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Malcolm  Sidney  Renbaum,  B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1956.  .  .    Maryland 

John  Filmore  Robinson,  Loyola  College Maryland 

William  Otis  Rockefeller,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1961 New  York 

Theodore  Almada  Rosa,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 

District  of  Columbia 
Victor  Angel  Rosado,  B.A.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Puerto  Rico,   1957 

Puerto  Rico 

David  Neuman  Rudo,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Peter  Paul  Ryiz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958  Connecticut 

Richard  Daniel  Sachs,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Hershel  Garvin  Sawyer,  A.B.,  Berea  College,   1957    West  Virginia 

Robert  Stanley  Siegel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Frank  Joseph  Sinnreich,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1951      .    Maryland 


46 


School  of  Dentistry 

Melvin  Jordan  Slan,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Louis  Edward  Snyder,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959.    South  Carolina 

James  Miller  Steig,   Georgia  Institute  of  Technology Florida 

Stanley  Merrill  Stoller,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1958 Maryland 

Arthur  Hein  Streeter,  B.S.,  Washington  College,    1957 Maryland 

Joseph  Ashley  Sullivan,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Brett  Taylor  Summey,  B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1957 

North  Carolina 

John  Harvey  Swann,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1956 Maryland 

Jerry  Dale  Taft,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1961 Montana 

Bill  Edward  Taylor,  University  of  Oklahoma Oklahoma 

Paul  Irvin  Teitelbaum,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1958 Maryland 

Donald  Mathews  Tilghman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1958.  .  .    Maryland 

George    Bartholomew    Towson,    Washington    College Maryland 

Norton  Allen  Tucker,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Nils  Glick  Wallen,  B.A.,  Syracuse  University,   1957 New  Jersey 

Frederic  James  Wasserman,   B.E.,   University  of  Florida,    1957 Florida 

Alfred  Stewart  Windeler,  Jr.,  Johns  Hopkins  University New  Jersey 

William  Herbert  Witherspoon,  West  Virginia  University Pennsylvania 

Larry  Emanuel  Wynne,   Emory   University Florida 

Stanley  Leonard  Zakarin,    University  of  Florida Florida 

John  Francis  Zulaski,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1957.    Connecticut 

Junior  Class 

Frederick  Bradshaw  Abbott,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College Maryland 

Tulio  Fulvio  Albertini,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1959 Maryland 

James  Emil  Andrews,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1958 North  Carolina 

Robert  Apfel,  B.A.,  University  of  Miami,    1958 Florida 

Marvin  Bennet  Apter,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Joseph  Herman  Axelrod,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Michael  Alan  Balenson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Donald  Harry  Barnes,  College  of  the  Pacific California 

Howard   Benjamin   Berman,    Emory   University Florida 

Samuel  Blum,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 District  of  Columbia 

William  John  Bowen,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957;  M.S.,    1959 

Maryland 

Roger  Lee  Brown,  University  of  Maryland Pennsylvania 

Peter  John  Buchetto,  Jr.,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Barry  Stanley  Buchman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Paul  William  Bushman,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1958     Maryland 

Robert  Moore  Charlton,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1960 Maryland 

George  Gary  Clendenin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

David  Constantinos,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1957.    Massachusetts 

William  Howard  Dickson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1958 Maryland 

Albert  William  Doetzer,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1958 Maryland 

Richard  Farish  Downes,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

John  Theodore  Drescher,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1958         Connecticut 

47  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

Alvin  Engel,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Henry  Anthony  Fischer,   B.S.,   University  of   Florida,    1958 Florida 

James  Scott  Foulke.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Neil  Arthur  Friedman,  University  of  Southern  California California 

Richard  Saul  Friedman,.  A.B.,  Rutgers  University,   1957 New  Jersey 

Thomas  Brent   Gable,   Franklin   and   Marshall   College Pennsylvania 

Charles  Augustus  Gallagher,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1959.  .  .    Maryland 
Lawrence  Allan  Gallerani,  B.A.,  American  International  College,    1958 

Massachusetts 

Ronald  Irvin  Glaeser,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1958 Maryland 

Milton  Josef  Glatzer,  A.B.,  Rutgers  College,  1958 New  Jersey 

Marshall  Robert  Goldman,    B.S.,    University  of  Maryland,    1960.  .  .    Maryland 
George  Joseph  Goodreau,  Jr.,  A.B.,  St.  Anselm's  College,  1953.    New  Hampshire 

Robert  Gordon,  A.B.,  Boston  University,    1958 Massachusetts 

Larry  Earl  Grace,  B.S.,  Concord  College,    1956 West  Virginia 

Robert  Duane  Hackney,  B.S.,  The  State  College  of  Washington,   1959 

Washington 
Lawrence  Frank  Halpert,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958     Maryland 

Laurence  Eugene  Johns,   Shepherd  College Maryland 

James  Paul  Johnson,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,   1958  Pennsylvania 

Laddie  Lynn  Jones,  B.S.,  Presbyterian  College,   1958 South  Carolina 

David  Brainard  Kirby,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958     Pennsylvania 

Martin    Kline,    Emory    University Florida 

Richard  Thomas  Koritzer,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Robert  Alan  Kramer,  Lafayette  College New  Jersey 

Daniel  Levy,    Emory  University Georgia 

Donald  Eugene  Lilley,   Southern  Missionary  College Maryland 

Berton   Abner  Lowell,    University  of   Miami Florida 

Sidney  Samuel  Markowitz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Joseph  David  Mechanick,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Stephen  Mark  Millison,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Stephen    Hollingshead    Mills,    University    of    Florida Florida 

Alan  Tatsuo  Miyamoto,  B.A.,  Simpson  College,  1958 Hawaii 

Kermit  Lee  Norton,  Fresno  State  College California 

Harvey    Sheldon    Pallen,    University    of    Florida Florida 

Robert  Parker,   B.S.,    University  of   Maryland,    1959 Maryland 

Allan  Buckner  Pertnoy,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Gerald  Alan  Pinsky,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Albert  Louis  Pizzi,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,    1958 Massachusetts 

Leo    Rabago,    Jr.,    Fresno    State    College California 

Sylvan  Rankin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Paul  Francis  Regan,  B.A.,  Boston  College,    1958 Massachusetts 

Donald  Arthur  Romeo,  A.B.,  St.  Anselm's  College,   1956 Massachusetts 

Lee  Howard  Roper,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960 New  Hampshire 

Jack  Arnold   Roth,  West  Virginia   University Maryland 

Howard  Leslie  Rothschild,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

David  Rubin,   University  of   Miami Florida 

Howard  Frederick  Rudo,   B.A.,   University  of  Maryland,    1958 Maryland 


48 


School  of  Dentistry 

Joseph  Anthony  Salvo,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,   1958  Massachusetts 

Earle  Milton  Schulz,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960  Maryland 

Howard  Erwin  Schunick.   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Frank  Lewis  Schwartz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959  Maryland 

Allen  Hirch  Simmons,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,   1955 California 

Reed  Campbell  Snow,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Theodore  Sheldon  Sobkov,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958  Maryland 

Irvin  Murray  Sopher,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Dennis  Martin  Sullivan,  B.A.,  Belmont  Abbey  College,    1960     South  Carolina 

John  Thomson,  III,  B.S,  Houghton  College,   1960 New  Jersey 

Alan  Jay  Trager,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1958 Maryland 

Lamar  Gordon  Warren,  Jr.,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Robert  William  Warson,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,    1958 Maryland 

Jerome  Jacob  Weinstein,   B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1958  Maryland 

John  Charles  Wilhelm,   A.B.,   Western   Maryland  College,    1953  Maryland 

Rex  Patrick  Wood,  B.S.,  The  State  College  of  Washington,  1958    .    Washington 
David  Ansel  Young,  Whittier  College California 

Sofhomore  Class 

Richard  Paul  Beimler,  A.B.,  Gettysburg  College,   1955 New  York 

Frank  Melcon  Benneyan,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,  1959 California 

John  David  Bimestefer,  A.B.,  Duke  University,  1959 Maryland 

David  Wayne  Bishop,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

Leonard  Donald  Blumson,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,   1957 Maryland 

Robert  Jack  Burt,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959 Maryland 

Carl  Michael  Caplan,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

James  McCormick  Carew,  B.A.,  St.  Anselm's  College,   1959.    New  Hampshire 

Ronald  Albert  Carter,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,   1958 California 

Earl  LeRoy  Chambers,   Jr.,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1958    .  .    Maryland 

Dale  Richard  Collins,   University  of  Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 

Frank  Costabile,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1959 New  Jersey 

Thomas  Michael  Darrigan,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1959.  .  .    New  York 

Renato  Patrick  DeSantis,  A.B.,  Loyola  College,   1958 Maryland 

Gene  Watkins  Eng,  B.A.,  Emory  University,   1959 Florida 

William  Bernard  Finagin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1959 Maryland 

Michael  Alan  Fine,  A.B.,  Catawba  College,  1959 New  York 

Robert  Pacy  Fleishman,  Loyola  College Maryland 

Stanley  Berle  Foxman,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,    1958 Maryland 

Leon  Friedman,  B.A.,  Lehigh  University,   1959 New  Jersey 

Franklin  F.  Frush,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Richard  Anthony  Gallagher,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1959    .      Maryland 

Francis  Xavier  Geczik,  B.S.,  Iona  College,  1959 New  York 

Peter  Lewis  Goldstone,  A.B.,  Harvard  College,   1959  New  York 

Leroy  Goren,  University  of  Maryland  Maryland 

Herbert  Gottlieb,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959  Maryland 

Mark  Lee  Govrin,   University  of  Maryland  New  Jersey 

William  Herbert  Griswold,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958         New  Jersey 

49  ► 


University  of  Maryland 

John  Estyle  Hanson,  B.S.,  Shepherd  College,  1959 Maryland 

Wilberto  Francisco  Hernandez- Vales,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,   1959 

Puerto  Rico 

Stanley  Elliott  Hyatt,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Carl  Winston  Irwin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Ralph    William    Jacobson,    Emory    University Florida 

William  Carl  Jennette,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1959 Maryland 

Dean  Clyde  Johnson,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Robert  Allen  Katz,   B.S.,   Boston  College,    1959 Massachusetts 

Clayton  Edward  King,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1959 Massachusetts 

Donald  Raymond  King,   University  of  Florida Florida 

Earl  Ephraim  Klioze,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Herbert  Mark  Koenigsberg,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Stanley  Louis  Kolker,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

George  Andrew  Kraft,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Pennsylvania 

George  Krupinsky,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Paul  Max  Ladd,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Richard  Joseph  Landino,   B.A.,   Providence  College,    1959 Connecticut 

Stuart  Theodore  Landsman,  B.S.,  Queens  College,   1959 New  York 

Delia  Ruth  Looper,  B.A.,  Longwood  College,    1959 Virginia 

Lorin  George  Maser,  University  of  Maryland District  of  Columbia 

Martin  Bruce  Millison,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Harry  Charles  Mullins,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Martin  Neil  Narun,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1958 Maryland 

Jerome  William  Newman,   B.A.,  The  Citadel,    1959 Florida 

David  Bennett  Nuckols,  B.A.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1949 Kentucky 

George  William  Oatis,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Samuel  Oshry,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

John  Charles  Pentzer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 Maryland 

Stanford  Elliott  Picker,  B.A.,  University  of  California,  1958;  M.A.,   1959 

California 
Robert  Theobald  Probst,  II,  B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,   1950;  M.S.,  1952 

Connecticut 
George  Michael  Quinlan,  Jr.,  B.A.,  American  International  College,   1957 

Massachusetts 

John  Robert  Rasczewski,  Bucknell  University Maryland 

Richard  Mann  Reddish,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960 Maryland 

Martin  Stewart  Reeber,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Francis  Richard  Richo,  B.A.,  Providence  College,   1959 Connecticut 

Edward  Richard  Rose,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959 Maryland 

Ivan  Alan  Rosengarden,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Paul  Rubinstein,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Nicolaus  Sakiewicz,  B.S.,  Columbia  University,   1959 New  Jersey 

Robert  Alan   Samuel,    University   of   Florida Florida 

Fred  Maurice  Scholnick,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960 Maryland 

Paul  Wesley  Shaffer,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

Donald  Siegendorf,    University   of   Miami Florida 

Howard  Ronald  Siegler,  University  of  Miami New  York 


50 


School  of  Dentistry 

Junius  Thomas  Soliday,  Davis  and  Elkins  College West  Virginia 

Edward  David  Spire,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

John  Walter  Staubach,  B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1959.  .    Maryland 

George  Cyril  Strong,  Los  Angeles  City  College California 

Ebcrhard   Wolfgang   Tinter,    Iona   College Germany 

Thomas  John  Toman,    University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Norman  Michael  Trabulsy,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,   1957 Florida 

Henry  John  Van  Hassel,  B.A.,  Maryville  College,   1954 New  Jersey 

Lorenzo  Stephan  Vazzana,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959 Maryland 

Kenneth  Harold  Webster,  B.S.,  State  College  of  Washington,  1960.  Washington 

Francis  William  Welch,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,   1958 Massachusetts 

Paul  Xavier  Welch,  American  International  College Massachusetts 

George  Carl  White,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Joseph  Michael  Wiesenbaugh,  Jr.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College ....  Pennsylvania 
Harvey  Ray  Wildman,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1959.  Connecticut 
Herbert  Alan  Wolford,  D.V.M.,  Michigan  State  College,  1952.  .  .  .Pennsylvania 

Sheldon    Joel   Wollman,    Johns    Hopkins    University Maryland 

Gary  Lee  Womer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958 Maryland 

Maurice  Richard  Woodard,  B.S.,  American  University,  1952 Maryland 

Donald  Russell  Yent,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Freshman  Class 

Charles  Bernard  Abelson,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Fred  Norton  Ansel,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Angelo  Angelino  Baccala,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

Paul  Vincent  Beauvais,  B.S.,  St.  Francis  College,  1960 Massachusetts 

Lucien  Ernest  Benoit,  Providence  College Rhode  Island 

Bernard  Harry  Blaustein,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Donald  Lee  Bloum,  B.A.,  Washington  Missionary  College,   1956.  .  .    Maryland 

William  Langton  Brice,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Albert  Edward  Carlotti,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1960. Rhode  island 

Edgar  Harold  Chambers,   B.S.,    University  of   Miami,    1960 Florida 

Martin  Leo  Chaput,   B.A.,  Merrimack  College,    1960 Massachusetts 

Stephen  Robert  Cognata,   University  of  California California 

William  Clise  Colwell,  Washington  State  University Washington 

Joseph  Louis  Corey,   A.B.,   West  Virginia  University,    1960.  .  .    West  Virginia 

Ronald  Dalinsky,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Charles  Edward  Doll,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Saint  Bonaventure  University,  1960     New  York 

Robert  Lore  Early,  B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,   1960 Maryland 

Edward  Robert  Emerson,  Washington  College Maryland 

Barry  Elliott  Feldman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Richard  John  Fennelly,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College Pennsylvania 

Burton  Morton  Finifter,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960 Maryland 

Robert  Paul  Fogarty,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Clark  Neamand  Foulke,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 Maryland 

Lawrence  Fox,   B.A.,   University  of  Maryland,    1960 Maryland 

Francis  Leon  Fraser,  A.B.,  Carroll  College,  1955 Maryland 

51   ► 


University  of  Maryland 

John  Michael  Freiler,  B.S.,  Moravian  College,  1960 New  Jersey 

Richard  Anthony  Gaudio,  A.B.,  Providence  College,   1959 Connecticut 

John  Charles  Gigliotti,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960.  Maryland 

Gary  Kenneth  Gold,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1960  Maryland 

Ira  Norman   Goldbach,   University  of   Miami Florida 

Rodney  Frank  Golden,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Constantinos  Xenophon   Govedaros,    University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Edward  George  Grace,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1960     New  York 

Marian   Carter  Greear,    Jr.,    University  of   Florida Florida 

Stephen    Michael    Grussmark,    University    of    Florida Florida 

Dennis  Wright  Guard,   University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Thomas  Kenneth,  Guglielmo,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1960 

New  Jersey 
John  Patrick  Hackett,   Bucknell   University  New  Jersey 

Paul  Ronald  Hall,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1960    .  Maryland 

Joseph  Gold  Handelman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960  Maryland 

Alan   Howard   Hart,    University   of   Maryland  Maryland 

Frederick  Guy  Herrick,  B.S.,  Bates  College,    1960 New  Jersey 

Jeffrey  Alan  Herrman,  University  of  Miami      Florida 

Robert  William   Hilkene,    Fairleigh  Dickinson   University New   Jersey 

Lawrence  Edwards  Himelfarb,  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960. Maryland 

Joseph  Hinich,  Jr.,  Utah  State  University Utah 

Maxwell  Patrick  Hogan,   Niagara  University New  York 

Charles  Edward  Hunt,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,   1958  Maryland 

John  Roedel  Jaeger,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Dickinson  College,  1960 Maryland 

Ron  James  Jonas,  Washington   State  University Washington 

John  Joseph  Jordan,   B.S.,   University  of  Scranton,    1957  Pennsylvania 

Clifford  Harold  Jue,   University  of  California California 

Richard  Bennett  Kirk,  B.S.,  Baldwin-Wallace  College,  1959  New  Jersey 

Albert  Hiram  Klair,  Jr.,  Washington  College Maryland 

Neil  Woodrow  Lamb,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960 Maryland 

Jeffrey  Allen  Legum,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960 Maryland 

Harold    Bernard    Levine,    University    of    Miami Florida 

Malcolm  Lawrence  Mclnnis,   Providence  College Massachusetts 

Donald  Lee  Maloof,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Franklin  Eugene  May,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,   1956 Maryland 

Ian  Bertram  Miller,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Walter  Merrill  Miller,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,    1960 Maryland 

David  Lawrence  Mincey,   A.B.,   University  of  North  Carolina,    1960 

North  Carolina 

Richard  Stephen  Nemes,  Montgomery  Junior  College Maryland 

Robert  Preston  Nitzell,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Wayne  Lance  O'Roark,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960 Maryland 

Albert  Louis  Ousborne,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Pete  Padousis,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Joseph  O.  Pampalone,  B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1960 New  York 

Charles   Bernard  Parr,   Jr.,   Loyola   College Maryland 

John  Fairfax  Patterson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1960  Maryland 


52 


School  of  Dentistry 

Lance  David  Petersen,  Montgomery  Junior  College Maryland 

Stanley  Martin  Plies,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Ernest  Alfred  Ponce,  San  Bernardino  Valley  College California 

Norman  Henry  Proulx,  B.A.,  Saint  Anselm's  College,  1960.  .  .  .New  Hampshire 

Philip  Howard  Pushkin,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Irving  Jacob  Raksin,  B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1960 Maryland 

Albert  Richard  Raye,  B.S.,  Washington  College,  1960 Maryland 

Norman   Robert    Ressin,    University    of    Maryland Maryland 

Charles   Milton   Rosenberg,   B.A.,   Emory   University,    1960 Georgia 

John  Nicholas  Russo,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1960.  .  .  .Delaware 

John  Winthrop  Sargent,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,   1960 New  Jersey 

John  Reno  Savoia,  B.S.,   Springfield  College,    1960 Massachusetts 

James  Lawrence  Schatz,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1960 Maryland 

Thomas   Anthony   Simes,    B.S.,    University   of   Cincinnati,    1957 Ohio 

Harvey  Frank  Simon,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Douglas  Graham  Spink,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,   1960.    Massachusetts 

V'ictor  Elliott  Spiro,  A.B.,   Boston  University,   1959 Massachusetts 

Albert  Haywood  Swain,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1960 New  Jersey 

Herbert    Barry    Taragin,    University    of    Maryland Maryland 

Jerome  Bernard  Taragin,  Georgetown  University District  of  Columbia 

Clinton   Dee   Taylor,    University   of   Utah Utah 

Mervin  Armel  Todd,  A.B.,  Duke  University,   1960 New  Jersey 

Charles  Edward  Toomey,  III  B.S.,  Washington  and  Lee  University,  1959 

Maryland 

Warren  Kenneth  Veith,  B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,   1960 New  Jersey 

Thomas  Francis  Walsh,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,   1960.  .  .    New  York 

Ronald  Stanley  Wershba,  B.S.,  Long  Island  University,    1960 New  York 

David  L.  White,   Jr.,   A.B.,   University  of  California,    1960 California 

Theodore  Toms  Wycall,  B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College,  1960 New  Jersey 

John   Paroy   Youngman,    Saint   Petersburg   Junior   College Florida 


53 


University  of  Maryland 

DEANS  OF  DENTAL  SCHOOLS  IN  BALTIMORE 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

(Founded    1840) 

Chapin  A.   Harris    1840-1841 

Thomas  E.   Bond 1841-1842 

Washington  R.  Handy    1842-1853 

Philip   H.   Austen    1853-1865 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas   1865-1882 

Richard  B.  Winder 1882-1894 

M.  Whilldin  Foster   1894-1914 

William    G.    Foster    1914-1923 

MARYLAND  DENTAL  COLLEGE 

1873-1878  (Merged  with  B.  C.  D.  S.) 

Richard  B.  Winder    1873-1878 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(Founded   1882) 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas   1882-191 1 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole    191 1  —  1923 

BALTIMORE  MEDICAL  COLLEGE 

1895-1913  (Merged  with  U.  of  Md.) 

J.  William  Smith    1895-1901 

William   A.   Montell    1901-1903 

J.  Edgar  Orrison    1903-1904 

J.  William   Smith    1904-1913 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(B.  C.  D.  S.  Joined  the  U.  of  Md.    1923) 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole   1923-1924 

J.  Ben  Robinson    1924-1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg  (Acting)    1953 

Myron   S.   Aisenberg    1954— present 


54 


University  of  Maryland 


INDEX 


Academic  Calendar  2 

Admission   Requirements  12 

Admission  with   Advanced 

Standing  15 

Alumni   Association  39-40 

Anatomy     25 

Application  Procedures  14 

Arts   and  Sciences- 
Dental    Program  12-14 

Attendance  Requirements 15 

Baltimore    Union 21-22 

Biochemistry     25-26 

Board  of  Regents 1 

Cafeteria     21 

Curriculum,    Plan    of    23-24 

Deans  of  the  Baltimore 

Dental  Schools   54 

Definition  of  Residence  and 

Non-Residence    19 

Dental   History  and  Literature  26 

Dental    Prosthesis 

Removable  Complete  and 

Partial   Prosthesis    26-27 

Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 27-28 

Deportment     16 

Description    of    Courses     25-38 

Diagnosis     28 

Dormitory  Accommodations  21-22 

Equipment  Requirements 16 

Faculty    Listing     3-9 

Fees,  Graduate    18 

Fees,    Student     17 

Freshman    Class     51-53 

Gorgas  Odontological  Society    .         38 
Graduating   Class    (1959-60) 

Session    43-45 

Graduation  Requirements  16-17 


Histology 

History  of  the  School 

Index  

Junior  Class        

Library 


Matriculation  and  Enrollment 
Medicine 

General  Medicine 

Oral   Medicine 

Microbiology 

Officers   of   Administration 

Officers   of   Instruction    

Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon      

Operative  Dentistry    

Orthodontics   

Pathology    

Pedodontics     

Pharmacology     

Physiology 

Postgraduate    Courses 
Practice    Administration 

Promotion  and  Grading    

Refunds     

Registration     

Requirements  for  Admission 
Requirements  for  Graduation    . 
Requirements    for    Matriculation 

and  Enrollment 

Roentgenology     

Scholarship  and  Loan  Funds 

Senior   Class    

Senior   Prize    Awards    

Sophomore   Class 

Summer  Courses    

Student  Health  Service 

Surgery  

Visual  Aids  


29 
10-11 

55 
47-49 

11 

14 

29-30 
30-31 

31 
3 

3-9 
38-39 

32 
32-33 

33 
33-34 
34-35 

35 

18 
35-36 
15-16 

18 
18-19 

12 
16-17 

14 
36 
20-21 
45-47 
41-42 
49-51 
38 
19-20 
36-37 
37-38 


55 


*    -*c-i;- 


THE 


UNIVERSITY  of  MARYLAND 


School  of  Dentistry 


m 


1962-1963 


The  provisions  of  this  'publication  are  not  to  he  regarded 
as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the  student  and  the 
University  of  Maryland.  The  University  reserves  the 
right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time 
within  the  student's  term  of  residence.  The  University 
further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a  student 
to  withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in  the 
best  interests  of  the  University. 


ONE    HUNDRED   AND   TWENTY-SECOND    CATALOGUE 

with 

Announcements   For 

The  1962-1963  Session 


BALTIMORE    COLLEGE    OF    DENTAL    SURGERY 
DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


THE  PROVISIONS  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  con- 
tract between  the  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  University  reserves 
the  right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time  within  the  student's 
term  of  residence.  The  University  further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a 
student  to  withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the 
University. 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

and 
MARYLAND  STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

Chairman     1966 

McCormick  and  Company,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Vice-ChaiTman 1968 

Farmers   Home  Administration,  U.   S.   D.   A.,   Appraisers   Stores' 
Building,  103  South  Gay  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

Secretary   1967 

The  Baltimore   Institute,   10  West  Chase   Street,  Baltimore   1 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 

Treasurer    1966 

Denton 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

Assistant  Secretary 1964 

5800  Park  Heights  Avenue,  Baltimore  15 

C.  Ewing  Tuttle 

Assistant  Treasurer 1962 

907  Latrobe   Building  Charles  and  Read  Streets,  Baltimore  2 

Richard  W.  Case  1967 

Cmmercial  Credit  Building,  Baltimore 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 1965 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown 

Thomas  B.  Symons 1963 

Suburban  Trust  Company,  6950  Carroll  Avenue,  Takoma  Park 

Willlam  C.  Walsh 1963 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland 

Mrs.  John  L.  Whitehurst 1967 

4101  Greenway,  Baltimore  18 


Members  of  the  Board  are  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State  for  terms  of 
seven  years  each,  beginning  the  first  Monday  in  June.  Members  may  serve  only  two 
consecutive  terms. 

The  President  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is,  by  law,  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Board. 

The  State  law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
shall  constitute  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


University  of  Maryland 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 
1962-1963  Session 

First  Semester 

1962 

September  17 Monday Orientation  Program  for  Freshman  Class 

September  18 Tuesday Registration  for  Freshman  Class 

September  19 Wednesday Registration  for  Sophomore  Class 

September  20 Thursday Registration  for  Junior  and  Senior  Classes 

September  21 Friday Instruction    begins    with    first    scheduled 

period 
November  20 Tuesday Thanksgiving  recess  begins  at  close  of  last 

scheduled  period 

November  26 Monday Instruction   resumes   with   first   scheduled 

period 
December  19 Wednesday  __ Christmas   recess  begins  at  close   of   last 

scheduled  period 

1963 

January  2 Wednesday Instruction    resumes   with    first   scheduled 

period 

January  28 Monday, 

and  29 Tuesday Second  Semester  Registration 

February  1 Friday First   Semester  ends  at  the  close  of   last 

scheduled  period 

Second  Semester 

February  4 Monday Instruction    begins    with    first    scheduled 

period 

February  22 Friday Washington's  Birthday — Holiday 

April  11 Thursday Easter  recess  begins  at  close  of  last  sched- 
uled period 

April  16 Tuesday Instruction    resumes   with   first  scheduled 

period 

May  30 Thursday Memorial   Day — Holiday 

June  6 Thursday Second  Semester  ends  at  close  of  last  sched- 
uled period 

June  8 Saturday Commencement 

2 


School  of  Dentistry 
OFFICERS   OF   ADMINISTRATION 

wilson   homer  elkins,  President  of   the   University 

B.A.,   M.A.,  B.LITT.,  D.PHIL. 

MYRON    S.   AISENBERG,  Dean 
D.D.S. 

c.  watson  algire,  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registration 

B.A.,  M.S. 

james  p.  hill,  Registrar 

OFFICERS  OF  INSTRUCTION 
1961-1962   SESSION 

Emeritus 

j.  ben  robinson,  Dean  Emeritus 

D.D.S.,    D.SC. 

Professors 

myron  s.  aisenberg,  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

Joseph  calton  BDDDix,  jr.,  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1934. 

edward  c.  dobbs,  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929;  B.s.,  1952. 

brice  marden  dorsey,  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927. 

Gardner  Patrick  henry  foley,  Professor  of  Dental  Literature 
b.a.,  Clark  University,  1923;  m.a.,  1926. 

Grayson  wilbur  caver,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

William  edward  hahn,  Professor  of  Anatomy 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  a.b.,  University  of  Rochester,  1958;  M.S.,  1939. 

jose  e.  Medina,  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948. 

ernest  b.  nuttall,  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

kyrle  w.  preis,  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929. 


University  of  Maryland 

D.  Vincent  provenza,  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1939;  M.S.,  1941;  ph.d.,  1952. 

wilbur  owen  Ramsey,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

donald  e.  shay,  Professor  of  Microbiology 
b.s.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  PH.D.,  1943. 

e.  g.  vanden  bosche,  Professor  of  Biochemistry 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1922;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1924;  PH.D.,  1927. 

john  irving  white,  Professor  of  Physiology 

b.a.,  University  of  Illinois,  1939;  PH.D.,  Rutgers  University,  1950. 


Associate  Professors 

irving  I.  abramson,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 

Joseph  Patrick  cappuccio,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 
b.s.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

Stanley  h.  dosh,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1935. 

alvin  f.  Gardner,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 
a.a.,  University  of  Florida,  1940;  d.d.s.,  Emory  University,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Il- 
linois, 1957;  ph.d.,  Georgetown  University,  1959. 

calvin  Joseph  gaver,  Associate  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  d.d.s.,  1954. 

yam-hin  louie,  Associate  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
b.s.,  Lingnan  University,  Canton,  China,  1938;  d.d.s.,  Northwestern  University,  1945; 
m.s.d.,  1946. 

george  mc  lean,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis  and  Principles  of  Medicine 
M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1916. 

peter  mc  lean-lu,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934. 

Walter  L.  oggesen,  Associate  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,   University  of  Maryland,   1926. 

george  w.  piavis,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 

a.b.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1948;   m.ed.,  1952;   ph.d.,  Duke  University,  1958. 

burton  Robert  pollack,  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

douglas  john  Sanders,  Associate  Professor  of  Pedodontics 
b.s.,  Northwestern  University,  1946;  d.d.s.,  1948. 

E.  Roderick  shipley,  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1938;  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

4 


School  of  Dentistry 

L.  edward  warner,  Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

Assistant  Professors 

alvin  david   aisenberg,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology 
d.d.s,,  University  of  Maryland,  1945. 

samuel  hollinger  bryant,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 

a.b.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1928;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 

huch  m.  clement,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944. 

jerome  s.  cullen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

jose  h.  diaz,  Assistant  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 

b.s.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1941;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 

frank  a.  dolle,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948;    M.S.,   1950;   PH.D.,  1954;  d.d.s.,   1959 

fred  ehrlich,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pedodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

Marvin  M.  graham,  Assistant  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

a.b.,  Cornell  University,  1938;  a.m.,  1939;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1943. 

conrad  l.  inman,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anesthesiology 
d.d.s.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1915. 

william  kress,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936 

james  p.  norris,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Medicine 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  d.d.s.,  1956. 

Norton  morris  ross,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

B.s.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1949;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

daniel  edward  shehan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

frank  j.   sinnreich,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy 
B.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  d.d.s.,  1961. 

Arthur  g.  siwinski,  Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery. 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1927;   M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

D.  Robert  sv.tnehart,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthodontics 

a.b.,  Dartmouth  College,  1933;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937. 

edmond  g.  vanden  bosche,  Assistant  Professor  of  Tooth  Morphology 

b.s.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

david  H.  willer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 


University  of  Maryland 

Special  Lecturers 

c.  richard  fravel,  Lecturer  in  Principles  of  Medicine 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949. 

martin  helrich,  Professor  of  Anesthesiology   {School  of  Medicine) 
b.s.,  Dickinson  College,  1946;  M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946. 

richard  lindenberg,  Lecturer  in  Neuroanatomy 
m.d.,  University  of  Berlin,  1944. 

ethelbert  lovett,  Lecturer  in  Ethics 

d.d.s.,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  1922. 

william  j.  o'donnell,  Lecturer  in  Jurisprudence 

A.B.,  Loyola  College,  1937;  ll.b.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

harry  m.  robinson,  jr.,  Professor  of  Dermatology  (School  of  Medicine) 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  m.d.,  1935. 

George  herschel  yeager,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery   (School  of  Medicine) 
B.s.,  West  Virginia  University,  1927;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929. 

Instructors 

sterrett  p.  beaven,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

earl  f.  becker,  Instructor  in  Microbiology 

b.s.,  Muhlenberg  College,  1951;   M.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1957. 

henry  j.  bianco,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

jerome  d.  buxbaum,  Instructor  in  Physiology 
b.s.c,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  d.d.s.,  1955. 

gene  E.  camp,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

thomas  F.  clement,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 

james  R.  crouse,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

Charles  a.  darby,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

paul  a.  deems,  Instructor  in  Orthodontics 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1928. 

Conrad  c.  ferlita,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 
B.s.,  University  of  Miami,  1956;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 

JOHN  M.  foley,  Instructor  in  Histology  and  Embryology 
B.s.,  Loyola  College,  1955;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

Joseph  j.  giardina,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 


School  of  Dentistry 

john  G.  coettee,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

b.s.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1957;   d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

ralph  jack  cordon,  Instructor  in  Dental  Prosthesis 
d.d.s. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

Walter  granruth,  JR.,  Instructor  in  Pathology 

B.s.,  Loyola  College,  1950;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

david  w.  heese,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 

b.a.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

melvin  john  jagielski,  Instructor  in  Tooth  Morphology 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 

francis  j.  kihn,  Instructor  in  Pedodontics 

B.s.,  Loyola  College,  1952;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

anthony  J.  klein,  Instructor  in  Roentgenology 

B.s.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1954;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

Michael  e  kolakowski,  Instructor  in  Oral  Medicine 
B.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957;  d.d.s.,  1961. 

lester  lebo,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 
B.s.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;    m.d.,  1941. 

Charles  brown  Leonard,   jr.,   Instructor  in  Biochemistry 
b.a.,  Rutgers  College  of  South  Jersey,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

richard  r.  c  Leonard,  Instructor  in  Public  Health  Dentistry 

d.d.s.,  Indiana  University,  1922;   m.s.p.h.,  University  of  Michigan,  1944. 

Charles  E  loveman,  Instructor  in   Anatomy 

a.b.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935;  d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

martin  H.  morris,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry 
b.s.,  Rutgers  University,  1952;   M.S.,  1954. 

frank  n.  ogden,  Instructor  in  First  Aid  and  in  Charge  of  Medical  Care  of  Students 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1917. 

james  e.  palmer,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

Chester  j.  Richmond,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

myron  HiLLARD  sachs,  Instructor  in  Anatomy 
d.d.s.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

Joseph  h.  seipp,  Instructor  in  Histology  and  Embryology 

a.b.,  Loyola  College,  1951;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1955;    M.S.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  1957. 

philip  smith,  Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

leah  M.  p.  staling,  Instructor  in  Physiology 
bs.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944;  M.S.,  1948. 


University  of  Maryland 

clenn  D.  Steele,  Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

Claude  p.  taylor,  Director  of  Visual  Education 

Francis  a.  veltre,  Instructor  in  Operative  Dentistry 
R.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S.,  1954;  d.d.s.,  1959. 

earle  Harris  watson,  Instructor  in  Dental  Materials  and  Dental  Prosthesis 
ab.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1938;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942. 

nelson  a.  wright,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

georce  d.  yent,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Full  Denture  Prosthesis 
d.d.s..  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

Library  Staff 

ida  marian  robinson,  Librarian  and  Associate  Professor  of  Library  Science 

a.b.,    Cornell    University,    1924;    b.s.l.s.,    Columbia    University    School    of    Library 
Service,  1944. 

hilda  e.  moore,  Associate  Librarian  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Science 
a.b.,    Randolph-Macon    Women's    College,    1936;    a.b.l.s.,    Emory    University    Library 
School,  1937. 

sarah  l.  atkins,  Cataloging  Assistant 

marie   m.   chaffman,  Assistant  Circulation  Librarian 

Jacqueline  b.  clem,  Secretary  to  the  Librarian 

edith  M.  coyle,  Head,  Serials  Department 

a.b.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1937;  a.b.l.s.,  University  of  North  Carolina  School 
of  Library  Science,  1939;  m.a.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1945. 

ruth  e.  hanna,  Assistant  Acquisitions  Librarian 

a.b.,  Hanover  College,  1939;   m.s.l.s.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1961. 

Lorraine   hlavin,   Serials  Assistant 

simone  c.  hurst,  Head,  Circulation  Department 

Florence  r.  kirk,  Reference  Librarian 

hans-guenther  r.  listfeldt,  Assistant  Serials  Librarian 

B.s.,  Loyola   College,  1956;   m.s.l.s.,  Catholic  University  of  America,   1961. 

Beatrice  Marriott,  Reference  Librarian 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944. 

eleanor  m.  mitten,  Head,  Catalog  Department 

B.s.,  Cornell  University,  1942;  b.s.l.s.,  Syracuse  University,  1949 

Kathleen  scheller,  Cataloging  Assistant 

elwood  sterling,  Library  Clerk 

marjorie  f.  vilk,  Cataloger 

B.s.,  Kutztown  State  Teachers  College,  1952. 

katherine  m.  wheatley,  Serials  Assistant 

8 


The  School  of 
Dentistry 


History 

THE  BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY  OCCUPIES 
an  important  and  interesting  place  in  the  history  of  dentistry.  At  the 
end  of  the  regular  session — 1961-62 — it  completed  its  one  hundred  and 
twenty-second  year  of  service  to  dental  education.  The  Baltimore  College  of 
Dental  Surgery  represents  the  first  effort  in  history  to  offer  institutional  dental 
education  to  those  anticipating  the  practice   of  dentistry. 

The  first  lectures  on  dentistry  in  America  were  delivered  by  Dr.  Horace 
H.  Hayden  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Medicine,  between  the 
years  1823-25.  These  lectures  were  interrupted  in  1825  by  internal  dissensions 
in  the  School  of  Medicine  and  were  as  a  consequence  discontinued.  It  was 
Dr.  Hayden's  idea  that  dental  education  merited  greater  attention  than  had 
been  given  it  by  medicine  or  could  be  given  it  by  the  preceptorial  plan  of 
dental  teaching  then  in  vogue. 


University  of  Maryland 

Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  began  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  Baltimore 
in  1800.  From  that  time  he  made  a  zealous  attempt  to  lay  the  foundation 
for  a  scientific,  serviceable  dental  profession.  In  1831  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris 
came  to  Baltimore  to  study  under  Hayden.  Dr.  Harris  was  a  man  of  unusual 
ability  and  possessed  special  qualifications  to  aid  in  establishing  and  pro- 
moting formal  dental  education.  Since  Dr.  Hayden's  lectures  had  been 
interrupted  at  the  University  of  Maryland  and  there  was  an  apparent  unsur- 
mountable  difficulty  confronting  the  creation  of  dental  departments  in 
medical  schools,  an  independent  college  was  decided  upon.  A  charter  was 
applied  for  and  granted  by  the  Maryland  Legislature  February  1,  1840.  The 
first  Faculty  meeting  was  held  February  3,  1840,  at  which  time  Dr.  Horace 
H.  Hayden  was  elected  President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris,  Dean.  The 
introductory  lecture  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Hayden  on  November  3,  1840,  to 
the  five  students  matriculating  in  the  first  class.  Thus  was  created  as  the 
foundation  of  the  present  dental  profession  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery,  the  first  dental  school  in  the  world. 

Hayden  and  Harris,  the  admitted  founders  of  conventional  dental 
education,  contributed,  in  addition  to  the  factor  of  dental  education,  other 
opportunities  for  professional  growth  and  development.  In  1839  the  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Dental  Science  was  founded,  with  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its 
editor.  Dr.  Harris  continued  fully  responsible  for  dentistry's  initial  venture 
into  periodic  dental  literature  to  the  time  of  his  death.  The  files  of  the  old 
American  Journal  of  Dental  Science  testify  to  the  fine  contributions  made  by 
Dr.  Harris.  In  1840  the  American  Society  of  Dental  Surgeons  was  founded, 
with  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  as  its  President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  as 
its  Corresponding  Secretary.  This  was  the  beginning  of  dental  organization 
in  America,  and  was  the  forerunner  of  the  American  Dental  Association, 
which  now  numbers  approximately  ninety-three  thousand  in  its  present 
membership.  The  foregoing  suggests  the  unusual  influence  Baltimore  dentists 
and  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  have  exercised  on  professional 
ideals  and  policies. 

In  1873,  the  Maryland  Dental  College,  an  offspring  of  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery,  was  organized.  It  continued  instruction  until 
1878,  at  which  time  it  was  consolidated  with  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery.  A  department  of  dentistry  was  organized  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  in  the  year  1882,  graduating  a  class  each  year  from  1883  to  1923. 
This  school  was  chartered  as  a  corporation  and  continued  as  a  privately 
owned  and  directed  institution  until  1920,  when  it  became  a  State  institution. 
The  Dental  Department  of  the  Baltimore  Medical  College  was  established  in 
1895,  continuing  until  1913,  when  it  merged  with  the  Dental  Department  of 
the  University  of  Maryland. 

The  final  combining  of  the  dental  educational  interests  of  Baltimore  was 
effected  June  15,  1923,  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  student  bodies  of  the 
Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  University  of  Maryland,  School 
of  Dentistry;  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  becoming  a  distinct 

10 


School  of  Dentistry 

department  of  the  University  under  State  supervision  and  control.  Thus  we 
find  in  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University 
of  Maryland,  a  merging  of  the  various  efforts  at  dental  education  in  Mary- 
land. From  these  component  elements  have  radiated  developments  of  the 
art  and  science  of  dentistry  until  the  strength  of  its  alumni  is  second  to  none, 
in  either  number  or  degree  of  service  to  the  profession. 

Library 

This  School  is  fortunate  in  having  one  of  the  better  equipped  and 
organized  libraries  among  the  dental  schools  of  the  country.  The  dental 
collection  is  part  of  the  Health  Sciences  Library,  which  includes  also  phar- 
macy, medicine  and  nursing,  with  about  90,000  bound  volumes  and  over 
1600  current  subscriptions  to  scientific  periodicals.  A  new  air-conditioned, 
four-story  library  building  at  111  South  Greene,  across  the  street  from  the 
Dental  School,  provides  ample  space  for  books  and  readers.  A  well-qualified 
staff  of  professionally  trained  and  certified  librarians  promotes  the  services 
of  the  library  and  assists  the  student  body  in  the  use  of  library  resources. 
One  of  the  most  important  factors  of  the  dental  student's  education  is  to 
teach  him  the  value  and  the  use  of  dental  literature  in  his  formal  education 
and  in  promoting  his  usefulness  and  value  to  the  profession  during  practice. 
The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  is  ideally  equipped  to  achieve 
this  aim  of  dental  instruction. 

Course   of   Instruction 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  offers  a  course  in  dentistry  devoted  to  instruction  in  the  medical 
sciences,  the  dental  sciences,  and  clinical  practice.  Instruction  consists  of  di- 
dactic lectures,  laboratory  instruction,  demonstrations,  conferences,  quizzes 
and  hospital  ward  rounds.  Topics  are  assigned  for  collateral  reading  to  train 
the  student  in  the  value  and  use  of  dental  literature.  The  curriculum  for  the 
complete  course  appears  on  pages  23  and  24  of  this  catalogue. 

Requirements  for   Admission 

Applicants  for  admission  must  present  evidence  of  having  completed  suc- 
cessfully two  academic  years  of  work  in  an  accredited  college  of  arts  and 
sciences  based  upon  the  completion  of  a  four-year  high  school  course  or  the 
equivalent  in  entrance  examinations.  The  college  course  must  include  at 
least  a  year's  credit  in  English,  in  biology,  in  physics,  in  inorganic  chemistry, 
and  in  organic  chemistry.  All  required  science  courses  shall  include  both 
classroom  and  laboratory  instruction.  Although  a  minimum  of  60  semester 
hours  of  credit,  exclusive  of  physical  education  and  military  science,  is 
required,  additional  courses  in  the  humanities  and  the  natural  and  social 
sciences  are  desirable.  By  ruling  of  the  Dean's  Council,  all  admission  re- 
quirements must  be  completed  by  June  30  previous  to  the  desired  date  of 
admission. 

11 


University  of  Maryland 

In  considering  candidates  for  admission,  the  Board  of  Admissions  will 
give  preference  to  those  applicants  who  have  high  scholastic  records  in  sec- 
ondary school  and  in  college;  who  make  satisfactory  scores  in  the  dental 
aptitude  test;  who  present  favorable  recommendations  from  their  respective 
predental  committee  or  from  one  instructor  in  each  of  the  departments  of 
biology,  chemistry,  and  physics;  and  who,  in  all  other  respects,  give  every 
promise  of  becoming  successful  students  and  dentists  of  high  standing. 
Applicants  will  not  be  admitted  with  unabsolved  conditions  or  unabsolved 
failures. 

Combined  Arts  and   Sciences-Dental  Program 

The  University  offers  a  combined  arts  and  sciences-dental  curriculum 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery. 
The  preprofessional  part  of  this  curriculum  shall  be  taken  in  residence  in 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park,  and  the  professional  part  in 
the  School  of  Dentistry  in  Baltimore. 

Students  who  elect  the  combined  program  and  who  have  completed  the 
arts  and  sciences  phase  of  it  may,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of 
the  School  of  Dentistry,  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  by  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  the  first  summer  commencement  following 
the  completion  of  the  student's  first  year  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  A  stu- 
dent may  enter  the  arts  and  sciences-dental  program  at  College  Park  with 
advanced  standing  from  an  accredited  college  or  university,  but  the  last 
year  of  the  preprofessional  training  must  be  completed  at  College  Park  and 
the  professional  training  must  be  completed  in  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the 
University  of  Maryland. 


12 


School  of  Dentistry 


ARTS-DENTISTRY  CURRICULUM 

, — Semester—^ 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 4 

Zool.  2— The  Animal  Phyla —  4 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Math.  10,  11 — Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry 3  3 

Speech  7 —  2 

Physical  Activities  1  1 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men) %  2 

Hea.  2,  4— Hygiene  (Women) 2  2 

Total 15y2       19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English 

Literature    3  3 

*Group  I  Elective 3 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38— Organic  Chemistry 4  4 

**H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

***Modern  Language  3  3 

Physical  Activities  1  1 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  ROTC  (Men) 2  % 

Total 17-19     17-17^ 

Junior  Year 

Modern  Language  (continued)    3  3 

Phys.  10,  11— Fundamentals  of  Physics 4  4 

Approved  Minor  Courses 6  6 

Electives    3  3 

Total    16  16 

Senior  Year 

The  curriculum  of  the  first  year  of  the  School  of  Dentistry  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  is  accepted  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  as 
the  fourth  year  (major  sequence)  of  academic  work  toward  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science. 


*Group  1  Electives:  Sociology  1,  Philosophy  1,  Psychology  1,  Economics  37. 
**  Students  planning   to  request  admission  to  a  Dental  School  with  only  two   years 
of  predental  training  should  take  Physics  10-11. 
***Fr.  6,  7  or  Ger.  6,  7    (Intermediate  Scientific  French  or  German)    recommended. 


13 


University  of  Maryland 

If  at  the  end  of  the  junior  year  the  student  decides  to  postpone  his 
entrance  to  the  School  of  Dentistry  and  to  remain  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  and  complete  work  for  the  Bachelor's  degree,  he  may  choose  a 
major  and  minor  in  any  of  the  departments  in  which  he  has  completed  the 
necessary  underclass  requirements.  The  general  nature  of  the  first  three 
years  of  this  curriculum  and  the  generous  electives  of  the  third  year  make 
possible  for  the  student  a  wide  choice  of  departments  in  which  he  may 
specialize.  In  general  the  electives  of  the  third  year  will  be  chosen  as  for  a 
major  in   some  particular  department. 

Requirements   for   Matriculation   and   Enrollment 

In  the  selection  of  students  to  begin  the  study  of  dentistry  the  School 
considers  particularly  a  candidate's  proved  ability  in  secondary  education 
and  his  successful  completion  of  prescribed  courses  in  predental  collegiate 
training.  The  requirements  for  admission  and  the  academic  regulations  of 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  University  of  Maryland,  are  strictly  adhered 
to  by  the  School  of  Dentistry. 

A  student  is  not  regarded  as  having  matriculated  in  the  School  of 
Dentistry  until  such  time  as  he  shall  have  paid  the  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00, 
and  is  not  enrolled  until  he  shall  have  paid  a  deposit  of  $200.00.  This 
deposit  is  intended  to  insure  registration  in  the  class  and  is  not  returnable. 

Application  Procedures 

Candidates  seeking  admission  to  the  Dental  School  should  write  to  the 
Office  of  the  Dean  requesting  an  application  form.  Each  applicant  should  fill 
out  the  blank  in  its  entirety  and  mail  it  promptly,  together  with  the  applica- 
tion fee  and  photographs,  to  the  Board  of  Admissions,  Dental  School,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland.  The  Board  of  Admissions  will 
acknowledge  promptly  the  receipt  of  the  application.  If  this  acknowledgment 
is  not  received  within  ten  days,  the  applicant  should  contact  the  Board  im- 
mediately. The  early  filing  of  an  application  is  urged.  Applications  may  be 
filed  after  June  1  of  the  year  previous  to  the  desired  date  of  admission  and 
during  the  next  nine  months  (to  March  1).  Applicants  wishing  advice  on 
any  problem  relating  to  their  predental  training  or  their  application  should 
communicate  with  the  Board  of  Admissions. 

All  applicants  will  be  required  to  take  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test.  This 
test  will  be  given  at  various  testing  centers  throughout  the  United  States,  its 
possessions  and  Canada.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  the  Council  on 
Dental  Education  of  the  American  Dental  Association  of  the  dates  of  the 
tests  and  the  locations  of  the  testing  centers. 

Promising  candidates  will  be  required  to  appear  before  the  Board  of 
Admissions  for  an  interview.  On  the  basis  of  all  available  information  the 
best  possible  applicants  will  be  chosen  for  admission  to  the  School. 

14 


School  of  Dentistry 

A  certificate  of  entrance  will  be  issued  to  each  successful  applicant, 
which  will  permit  him  to  matriculate  and  to  register  in  the  class  to  which 
he  has  applied. 

Admission  with  Advanced  Standing 

(a)  Graduates  in  medicine  or  students  in  medicine  who  have  completed 
two  or  more  years  in  a  medical  school,  acceptable  to  standards  in  the  School 
of  Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  may  be  given  advanced  standing  to 
the  Sophomore  year  provided  the  applicant  shall  complete  under  competent 
regular  instruction  the  courses  in  dental  technology  regularly  scheduled  in 
the  first  year. 

(b)  Applicants  for  transfer  must  (1)  meet  fully  the  requirements  for 
admission  to  the  first  year  of  the  dental  course;  (2)  be  eligible  for  promo- 
tion to  the  next  higher  class  in  the  school  from  which  he  seeks  to  transfer; 

(3)  have  no  grades  below  C  in  the  school  where  transfer  credits  were  earned; 

(4)  show   evidence   of  scholastic   attainments,   character   and   personality; 

(5)  present  letters  of  honorable  dismissal  and  recommendation   from  the 
dean  of  the  school  from  which  he  transfers. 

(c)  All  applicants  for  transfer  must  present  themselves  in  person  for 
an  interview  before  qualifying  certificate  can  be  issued. 

Attendance    Requirements 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  a  full  session,  each  student  must  have 
entered  and  be  in  attendance  on  the  day  the  regular  session  opens,  at  which 
time  lectures  to  all  classes  begin,  and  remain  until  the  close  of  the  session,  the 
dates  for  which  are  announced  in  the  calendar  of  the  annual  catalogue. 

Regular  attendance  is  demanded.  A  student  whose  attendance  in  any 
course  is  unsatisfactory  to  the  head  of  the  department  will  be  denied  the 
privilege  of  final  examination  in  any  and  all  such  courses.  A  student  with 
less  than  85  per  cent  attendance  will  not  be  promoted  to  the  next  succeeding 
year.  However,  in  certain  unavoidable  circumstances  of  absences,  the  Dean 
and  the  Council  may  honor  excuses  exceeding  the  maximum  permitted. 

Grading   and   Promotion 

The  following  symbols  are  used  as  marks  for  final  grades:  A  (100-91), 
B  (90-84),  C  (83-77),  and  D  (76-70),  Passing;  F  (below  70),  Failure;  I, 
Incomplete.  Progress  grades  in  courses  are  indicated  as  "Satisfactory"  and 
"Unsatisfactory." 

A  Failure  in  any  subject  may  be  removed  only  by  repeating  the  subject 
in  full.  Students  who  have  done  work  of  acceptable  quality  in  their  com- 
pleted assignments  but  who,  because  of  circumstances  beyond  their  control, 
have  been  unable  to  finish  all  asignments,  will  be  given  an  Incomplete.  A 
student  shall  not  carry  an  Incomplete  into  the  next  succeeding  year.  When 
he  has  completed  the  requirements  for  the  removal  of  an  Incomplete,  the 
student  shall  be  given  the  actual  grade  earned  in  the  course. 

15 


University  of  Maryland 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  semester  credits 
assigned  to  each  course  and  numerical  values  for  grades.  The  numerical 
values  are  A-4;  B-3;  C-2;  D-l;  F-0.  The  grade  point  average  is  the  sum 
of  the  products  of  semester  credits  and  grade  values,  divided  by  the  total 
number  of  semester  credits. 

Students  who  fail  to  meet  the  minimum  grade  point  averages  required 
for  promotion  and  who  fall  into  the  following  categories  will  be  allowed 
probationary  promotion: 

1.  Freshmen  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.25-1.49. 

2.  Sophomores  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.6-1.74. 

3.  Juniors  who  attain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  1.85-1.99. 

Probationary  status  will  not  be  permitted  for  two  successive  years. 

A  student  may  absolve  a  total  of  eight  credit  hours  of  failure  in  an 
accredited  summer  school  provided  he  has  the  grade  point  average  required 
for  promotion  or  graduation,  excluding  the  failure  or  failures  which  he  has 
incurred. 

Equipment 

A  complete  list  of  necessary  instruments  and  materials  for  technic  and 
clinic  courses  is  presented  by  the  Dental  School.  Arrangements  are  made 
by  the  Dental  School  in  advance  of  formal  enrollment  for  books,  instruments 
and  materials  to  be  delivered  to  the  students  at  the  opening  of  school.  Each 
student  is  required  to  provide  himself  promptly  with  these  prescribed  neces- 
sities. A  student  who  does  not  meet  this  requirement  will  not  be  permitted 
to  continue  with  his  class. 

Deportment 

The  profession  of  dentistry  demands,  and  the  School  of  Dentistry 
requires,  of  its  students  evidence  of  their  good  moral  character.  The  conduct 
of  the  student  in  relation  to  his  work  and  fellow  students  will  indicate  his 
fitness  to  be  taken  into  the  confidence  of  the  community  as  a  professional 
man.  Integrity,  sobriety,  temperate  habits,  truthfulness,  respect  for  authority 
and  associates  and  honesty  in  the  transaction  of  business  affairs  as  a  student 
will  be  considered  as  evidence  of  good  moral  character  necessary  to  the 
granting  of  a  degree. 

Requirements   for   Graduation 

The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate 
who  has  met  the  following  conditions: 

1.  A  candidate  must  furnish  documentary  evidence  that  he  has  at- 
tained the  age  of  21  years. 

2.  A  candidate  for  graduation  shall  have  attended  the  full  scheduled 
course  of  four  academic  years. 

3.  He  will  be  required  to  show  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  the 
full  course  of  study. 

16 


School  of  Dentistry 

4.  He  shall  have  satisfied  all  technic  and  clinic  requirements  of  the 
various  departments. 

5.  He  shall  have  paid  all  indebtedness  to  the  college  prior  to  the 
beginning  of  final  examinations,  and  must  have  adjusted  his  financial  obliga- 
tions in  the  community  satisfactorily  to  those  to  whom  he  may  be  indebted. 

Student   Fees 

Matriculation  fee  (required  of  all  entering  students) $  10.00 

Tuition  (each  year)  : 

Non-resident  student 750.00 

Resident  student 400.00 

Student  health  service  (each  year) 20.00 

Student  Union  fee 30.00 

The  Student  Union  fee  is  payable  by  all  students  enrolled  in 
the  Professional  Schools  on  the  Baltimore  campus  and  is  used 
to  pay  interest  on  and  amortize  the  cost  of  construction  of  the 
Union  Building. 

Special  fee 10.00 

The  Special  fee  is  payable  by  all  full-time  students  enrolled  in 
the  Professional  Schools  on  the  Baltimore  campus  and  is  used 
to  finance  equipment  for  the  Union  Building. 

Student  Activities  fee 12.50 

For  the  purpose  of  administering  various  student  activities, 
the  Student  Senate,  after  approval  by  the  separate  classes  and 
the  Faculty  Council,  voted  a  fee  of  $12.50  to  be  paid  at  the 
time  of  registration. 
Laboratory  breakage  deposit: 

Freshman  year 10.00 

Sophomore  and  Junior  years 5.00 

In  addition  to  fees  itemized  in  the  above  schedule,  the  following  assess- 
ments are  made  by  the  University: 

Application  fee  (paid  at  time  of  filing  formal  application  for  admis- 
sion)      7.50 

Late  registration  fee 5.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  in- 
cluding payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular  registration  days.) 
Those  who  do  not  complete  their  registration  during  the  pre- 
scribed days  will  be  charged  a  fee  of  $5.00. 

Examinations  taken  out  of  class  and  re-examinations 5.00 

One  certified  transcript  of  record  is  issued  free  of  charge. 

*Each  additional  copy  is  issued  only  upon  payment  of 1.00 

Summer  Session  students  will  pay  a  $6.00  Student  Union  Fee  but 
will  not  pay  the  Special  Fee. 


♦When  more  than  one  copy  is  requested   at  the  same  time,   $1.00  is   charged   for 
the  first  copy  and  fifty  cents  for  each  additional  copy. 

17 


University  of  Maryland 

Postgraduate  Courses 

Postgraduate  courses  may  be  offered  to  qualified  dental  graduates. 
These  courses  are  designed  to  provide  opportunities  for  study  in  special 
fields  on  a  refresher  level,  and  are  arranged  so  that  particular  emphasis  is 
placed  on  clinical  practices. 

Graduate  Student  Fees 

Matriculation  Fee  (for  new  students  only,  non-returnable) 10.00 

Tuition  Fee  (per  semester  credit  hour) 15.00 

Laboratory   Fees  where   applicable   are   charged  at   the  rate 
of  $5.00  per  semester  hour  of  laboratory  credit. 

Student  Union  Fee 

Students  carrying  ten  or  more  credit  hours  per  semester  (per 

annum) *30.00 

Students  carrying  less  than  ten  credit  hours  per  semester  (per 

annum) *6.00 

Special  Fee 

Students  carrying  ten  or  more  credit  hours  per  semester  (per 

annum)     *10.00 

Graduation  Fee 

Master's  Degree 10.00 

Doctor's  Degree  (including  hood  and  microfilming  of  thesis).         50.00 

REFUNDS 

According  to  the  policy  of  the  University  no  fees  will  be  returned.  In 
case  the  student  discontinues  his  course  or  fails  to  register  after  a  place  has 
been  reserved  in  a  class,  any  fees  paid  will  be  credited  to  a  subsequent  course, 
but  are  not  transferable. 


Registration 

The  registration  of  a  student  in  any  school  or  college  of  the  University 
shall  be  regarded  as  a  registration  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  but  when 
such  student  transfers  to  a  professional  school  of  the  University  or  from  one 
professional  school  to  another,  he  must  pay  the  usual  matriculation  fee  re- 
quired by  each  professional  school. 


*  Students  who  initially  enroll  for  the  second  semester  of  the  school  year  will  be 
assessed  at  the  rate  of  one  half  of  the  rates  shown  above. 

18 


School  of  Dentistry- 
Each  student  is  required  to  fill  in  a  registration  card  for  the  office  of 
the  Registrar,  and  make  payment  of  one-half  of  the  tuition  fee  in  addition 
to  all  other  fees  noted  as  payable  before  being  admitted  to  classwork  at  the 
opening  of  the  session.  The  remainder  of  tuition  and  fees  must  be  in  the 
hands  of  the  Comptroller  during  registration  period  for  the  second  half  of 
the  academic  year. 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at 
the  time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  this  state 
for  at  least  six  months. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of 
his  first  registration  in  the  University,  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed 
by  him  unless  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal 
residents  of  Maryland  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  six  months. 
However,  the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident  to 
resident  status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registration  period 
set  for  any  semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents  if  at  the  time  of  their 
registration  they  have  been  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months, 
provided  such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school 
or  college  in  Maryland  or  elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active  duty  in  the  armed 
services  while  stationed  in  Maryland  will  not  be  considered  as  satisfying 
the  six-months  period  referred  to  above  except  in  those  cases  in  which  the 
adult  was  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months  prior  to  his  entrance 
into  the  armed  service  and  was  not  enrolled  in  any  school  during  that 
period. 

The  word  "domicile"  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent 
place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be 
maintained. 

Student  Health  Service 

The  School  undertakes  to  supply  medical  and  surgical  care  for  its 
students  through  the  Student  Health  Service.  This  care  includes  the  daily 
services  rendered  by  a  physician  and  a  graduate  nurse  in  a  well-equipped 
clinic,  conveniently  located  in  the  Dental  School.  Also  consultations,  surgical 
procedures  and  hospitalization,  judged  to  be  necessary  by  the  Service,  are 
covered  under  liberal  limitations,  depending  on  length  of  hospitalization  and 
special  expenses  incurred. 

Students  who  need  medical  attention  are  expected  to  report  at  the  office 
of  the  Student  Health  Service.  Under  circumstances  requiring  home  treat- 
ment, the  students  will  be  visited  at  their  College  residence. 

19 


University  of  Maryland 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  the  Service  to  provide  medical  care  for 
conditions  antedating  each  annual  registration  in  the  University;  nor  is  it 
the  function  of  this  Service  to  treat  chronic  conditions  contracted  by  students 
before  admission  or  to  extend  treatment  to  acute  conditions  developing  in 
the  period  between  academic  years  or  during  authorized  school  vacations. 
The  cost  of  orthopedic  appliances,  the  correction  of  visual  defects,  the 
services  of  special  nurses,  and  special  medication  must  be  paid  for  by  the 
student.  The  School  does  not  accept  responsibility  for  illness  or  accident 
occurring  away  from  the  community,  or  for  expenses  incurred  for  hospitali- 
zation or  medical  services  in  institutions  other  than  the  University  Hos- 
pital, or,  in  any  case,  for  medical  expense  not  authorized  by  the  Student 
Health  Service. 

Every  new  student  is  required  to  undergo  a  complete  physical  examina- 
tion, which  includes  oral  diagnosis.  Any  defects  noted  must  be  corrected 
within  the  first  school  year.  The  passing  of  this  examination  is  a  require- 
ment for  the  final  acceptance  of  any  student. 

Each  matriculant  must  present,  on  the  day  of  his  enrollment,  a  state- 
ment from  his  ophthalmologist  regarding  the  condition  of  his  eyes,  and 
where  defects  in  vision  exist  he  shall  show  evidence  that  corrections  have  been 
made. 

If  a  student  should  enter  the  hospital  during  the  academic  year,  the 
Service  will  arrange  for  the  payment  of  part  or  all  of  the  hospital  expenses, 
depending  on  the  length  of  stay  and  the  special  expenses  incurred.  This 
arrangement  applies  only  to  students  admitted  through  the  office  of  the 
School  physician. 

Prospective  students  are  advised  to  have  any  known  physical  defects 
corrected  before  entering  the  School  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of  time  which 
later  correction  might  involve. 

Scholarship    and   Loan    Funds 

A  number  of  scholarship  loans  from  various  organizations  and  educa- 
tional foundations  are  available  to  students  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  These 
loans  are  offered  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholastic  attainment  and  the 
need  on  the  part  of  students  for  assistance  in  completing  their  course  in 
dentistry.  It  has  been  the  policy  of  the  Faculty  to  recommend  only  students 
in  the  last  two  years  for  such  privileges. 

The  Edward  S.  Gaylord  Educational  Endowment  Fund 

Under  a  provision  of  the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  Edward  S.  Gaylord,  of 
New  Haven,  Connecticut,  an  amount  approximating  $16,000  was  left  to  the 
Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Mary- 
land, the  proceeds  of  which  are  to  be  devoted  to  aiding  worthy  young  men 
in  securing  dental  education. 

20 


School  of  Dentistry 

The  W \  K.  Kellogg  Foundation 

During  World  War  II  the  Foundation  recognized  the  burden  that  the 
accelerated  course  imposed  upon  many  dental  students  who  under  normal 
circumstances  would  earn  money  for  their  education  by  employment  during 
the  summer  vacation.  The  Foundation  granted  to  this  School  a  fund  to 
provide  rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental  students. 

The  Albert  A.  Harrington  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1954  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Association 
in  memory  of  Dr.  Albert  A.  Harrington,  a  member  of  the  Class  of  1910. 
The  fund  is  a  source  of  valuable  help  in  aiding  students  to  solve  their 
temporary  financial  problems. 

The  E.  Benton  Taylor  Scholarship 

One  of  the  finest  scholarships  in  the  field  of  dental  education,  the 
E.  Benton  Taylor  Scholarship  was  conceived  and  arranged  by  Mrs.  Taylor 
and  will  be  perpetuated  by  the  Luther  B.  Benton  Company  of  Baltimore.  It 
was  put  into  operation  in  1954  and  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a  Maryland 
student  of  each  entering  class,  who  will  continue  to  receive  its  benefits  during 
the  four  years  of  his  dental  school  course. 

The  Student  Senate-Alumni  Fund 

This  fund,  created  in  1960,  was  established  for  the  purpose  of  aiding 
any  student  of  the  School  who  may  be  in  need  of  an  emergency  loan. 

GENERAL   INFORMATION   FOR  THE   BALTIMORE    UNION 

PROFESSIONAL  INSTITUTIONS 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  Baltimore  Union  for  students  of  the  Professional  Schools  is  located 
adjacent  to  the  Professional  Schools  at  621  West  Lombard  Street.  Accommo- 
dations for  195  men  are  provided  in  a  five-story  semi-air-conditioned  build- 
ing which  also  contains  a  cafeteria,  fountain  lounge,  meeting  rooms,  laundry 
facilities,  game  room,  bookstore,  barber  shop  and  lounges  on  each  floor. 
Double  rooms  are  available.  The  rental  agreement  is  made  for  rooms  only; 
meals  are  served  cafeteria  style  on  a  cash  basis.  The  contract  for  accommo- 
dations covers  the  academic  year. 

ACADEMIC  YEAR 

The  Rates  are: 

8150.00  per  semester  per  double  room 

S  60.00  per  six  weeks'  summer  session  per  doubleroom. 

21 


University  of  Maryland 

What  the  Rate  covers: 

The  rate  shown  above  is  per  person  and  includes  the  following: 

Room  furnishings,  bed  and  cover,  mattress,  chest  of  drawers,  closet, 

book  shelves,  desk,  medicine  cabinet,  desk  chair  and  desk  lamp. 

Maid  service  will  include  cleaning  of  room  twice  per  week  and  replace- 
ment of  change  of  linen  once  each  week. 

Telephone  service  is  available  through  the  Chesapeake  &  Potomac  Tele- 
phone Company.  Cost  of  the  telephone  is  not  included  in  the  room  rate. 
Information  can  be  obtained  from  the  Manager's  Office. 

Mail  service  is  also  provided. 

The  resident  provides  blankets,  towels,  pillow  and  linens.    Towels  and 
linens  must  be  rented  through  the  designated  Commercial  Rental  Service. 

A  small  amount  of  luggage  space  is  available.   Storage  of  anything  other 
than  luggage  will  not  be  available. 


TRANSIENTS 

The  Rates  are: 

$  4.00  per  day 
$24.00  per  week 

What  the  Rate  covers: 

The  services  will  include  one  bath  and  one  face  towel,  one  face  cloth, 
soap  and  change  of  linen  daily  (once  per  week  if  weekly  guest). 


HOW  TO  APPLY  FOR  A  ROOM  ASSIGNMENT 

Write  for  application  form  to 

DIRECTOR'S  OFFICE 

The  Baltimore  Union 

621  West  Lombard  Street 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland 


22 


School  of  Dentistry 


s  s 


rHTt"L3^'-<{£>e<JCO         I        N 


■°       Tf 


< 

H 
O 


•^•^triT-oooooiMoj      I'* 

NNSi^CS'^'^'OCJ  t~ 

i-H  rH       i-(  t- 


M      00      O      N 


— 

o 

A 

co 

1— I 

J 

u 

s 

2 
S 
g 

p 

. 

J 

a 

P 

00 

S 

o 

p 

.2 

O 

J 

u 

*03 

= 

X 

Pi 

C/2 

O 

0 

p 

CO 

~ 

~ 

u 

o 

i— < 

J 

^ 

Em 

t— 1 

5 

■ 

O 

VO 

Z 

DO 

V 

0) 

M 

< 

J 

J 

Ch 

oo     co     o 


^  ri        CM        c>3 


i-i       N 

S  3  s   g 


_     ^      eS 


C       K        C 

BBC 
<     <     < 


^       ^       N 


t,      Ch 


OJ         1-1         i-H 


M 

•°     — 
N     "a 

o 


o  d 


23 


University  of  Maryland 


S    is    ioo 

^      M      M 

O 


is      I  iO      :  ©  SO      i  ©      I      IOOIOO    I    to 

CN      I  <N      I  >H  CN      100      I      IISldNOO        a> 

OS  rl  ^H  00 


J  ' 


I  OJ     I 

ICO 


1 

03    «.|J 

3  ws 

o 
W 

M 

o 

°     -2 


;o  oo  to  «o 


rH   rH  >-l  rl  04 


_,  (M  -Q 
«-1  CO  i— I  ( 

a   w   j) 

55s 


Si 


h^  £3  co  co  i 


222 

PhPhPh 


^Q  O  , 
"#  C  J 

CO    0)  , 

0  ai 

>*  o 
PhCh 


bo  bg 

3  S 


W 
W 

H 
PI 
P 
O 


^.-l^ir-tT-KN^Tlt^' 


g    B    fi    b»      .         t4> 

•5  -5  -3 .2  .-s  .-a  « 


op* 


^!Oh 
•H    Cd» 


73  ^  ts  .s  ;c  *;  «  *  «  «j  i2  p,u  a  s  .c  ,c  g  5  o  3 


24 


Description  of  Courses 


ANATOMY 

Professor:  HAHN    (HEAD  OF  DEPARTMENT). 

Associate  Professor:  piavis. 
Assistant  Professor:  SINNREICH. 

DRS.  LINDENBERG,  LOVEMAN,  AND  SACHS. 

Anat.  111.    Human   Gross  Anatomy.    (5-3) 

First  year.  This  course  consists  of  dissection  and  lectures,  supplemented  by  frequent 
conferences  and  practical  demonstrations.  The  entire  human  body  is  dissected.  The 
subject  is  taught  with  the  purpose  of  emphasizing  the  principles  of  the  body  structure, 
the  knowledge  of  which  is  derived  from  a  study  of  its  organs  and  tissues,  and  the 
action  of  its  parts.  Arrangements  can  be  made  to  accommodate  qualified  students 
and  dentists  interested  in  research  or  in  making  special  dissections  or  topographical 
studies. 

Anat.  112.    Human  Neuroanatomy.  (2) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Anatomy  111  or  equivalent.  Neuro- 
anatomy is  offered  in  the  Freshman  year  following  Gross  Anatomy.  The  work  consists 
of  a  study  of  the  whole  brain  and  spinal  cord  by  gross  dissections  and  microscopic 
methods.  Correlation  is  made,  whenever  possible,  with  the  student's  work  in  the  histology 
and  physiology  of  the  central  nervous   system. 

Anat.  113.     Comparative   Tooth  Morphology.    (1) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  The  course  treats  the  evolutionary  development  of  denti- 
tion as  a  necessary  factor  in  the  study  of  human  oral  anatomy.  It  includes  a  comparative 
study  of  the  teeth  of  the  animal  kingdom,  with  a  comparative  study  of  the  number, 
position   and   form  of   the   teeth. 

25 


University  of  Maryland 


For  Graduates 

Anat.  211.    Human  Gross  Anatomy.   (5-3) 

Same  as  course  111  but  with  additional  work  on  a  more  advanced  level. 

Anat.  212.    Human  Neuroanatomy.   (2) 

Same  as  course  112  but  with  additional  instruction  of  a  more  advanced  nature. 

Anat.  214.     The  Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck.   (3) 

One  conference  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week  for  one  semester. 

Anat.  399.    Research. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Professor:  vanden  bosche  (head  of  department) 

MR.  MORRIS  AND  MR.  LEONARD. 

Biochem.  111.    Principles  of  Biochemistry.    (6) 

First  year.  Prerequisites  inorganic  and  organic  chemistry,  with  additional  training  in 
quantitative  and  physical  chemistry  desirable.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
throughout  the  year,  with  one  conference  period  per  week  during  the  first  eight  weeks 
of  Semester  I.  The  chemistry  of  living  matter  forms  the  basis  of  the  course.  The 
detailed  subject  matter  includes  the  chemistry  of  carbohydrates,  fats,  proteins,  enzymes, 
vitamins,  and  hormones.  The  processes  of  respiration,  digestion,  metabolism,  secretion 
and  excretion  are  considered.  Laboratory  instruction  in  qualitative  blood  and  urine 
examination  is   included. 

For  Graduates 

Bichem.  211.    Advanced  Biochemistry.    (6) 

Prerequisite  Biochemistry  111.    Two  lectures,  one  conference  and  one  laboratory  period 

through  the  year. 

Biochem.  399.    Research   in  Biochemistry. 
Prerequisite  Biochemistry  211. 

DENTAL  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE 

Professor:  FOLEY. 

Lit.  121.    Oral  and  Written  Communication.   (2) 

Second  year.  A  formal  course  of  lectures  is  given  in  the  second  year.  Many  aspects 
of  the  instruction  are  given  practical  application  in  the  third  and  fourth  years.  The 
course  has  many  purposes,  all  of  them  contributing  to  the  training  of  the  students 
for  effective  participation  in  the  extra-practice  activities  of  the  profession.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  instruction  in  the  functioning  of  the  agencies  of  communication 
in  dentistry:  the  dental  societies  and  the  dental  periodicals.  The  practical  phases  of 
the  course  include  a  thorough  study  of  the  preparations  and  uses  of  oral  and  written 
composition  by  the  dental  student  and  the  dentist;  the  use  of  libraries;  the  com- 
pilation of  bibliographies;  the  collection,  the  organization,  and  the  use  of  information; 

26 


School  of  Dentistry 

the  management  of  dental  meetings;  the  oral  presentation  of  papers,  and  professional 
correspondence. 

Lit.  141.     Thesis.  (2) 
Fourth  year. 

Lit.  142.     Dental  History.  (D 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  Lectures  in  Dental  History  describe  the  beginnings  of 
the  art  of  dental  practice  among  ancient  civilizations,  its  advancement  in  relation  to  the 
development  of  the  so-called  medical  sciences  in  the  early  civilizations,  its  struggle 
through  the  Middle  Ages  and,  finally,  its  attainment  of  recognized  professional  status  in 
modern  times.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  forces  and  stresses  that  have  brought 
about  the  evolutionary  progress  from  a  primitive  dental  art  to  a  scientific  health  service 
profession. 

DENTAL  PROSTHESIS 

A.  Removable  Complete  and  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professors:  G.  w.  gaver  (head  of  department)  and  ramsey. 
Associate  Professors:  oggesen  and  warner. 

DRS.  GOETTEE,  GORDON,  WATSON,  WRIGHT  AND  YENT. 

Pros.  Ilia.    Dental  Materials.   (4) 

First  year.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  scientific  background 
in  the  nomenclature,  composition,  physical  properties,  practical  application,  and  proper 
manipulation  of  the  important  materials  used  in  the  practice  of  dentistry,  excluding 
drugs  and  medicinals. 

The  theoretical  aspect  of  the  course  is  presented  in  the  form  of  lectures,  demon- 
strations, informal  group  discussions,  and  directed  supplemental  reading.  From  the 
practical  standpoint,  the  student  manipulates  and  tests  the  various  materials  in  the 
laboratory,  being  guided  by  prepared  project  sheets.  The  student  develops  an  under- 
standing of  these  factors:  the  importance  of  scientific  testing  of  a  material  before  it 
i9  used  by  the  profession  at  large;  the  realization  that  every  material  has  its  limitations, 
which  can  be  compensated  for  only  by  intelligent  application  and  manipulation;  and 
an  appreciation  of  the  vast  field  of  research  open  to  those  who  wish  to  improve  the 
materials  now  available. 

Pros.  112a.     Introduction  to  Complete  Denture   Prosthesis.    (1) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  devoted  to  the  manipulation  of  impression 
compound  and  the  procedures  used  in  developing  impressions  of  edentulous  arches, 
casts  and  bite  plates.  It  embraces  a  series  of  lecture-demonstrations  designed  to  give  the 
student  a  knowledge  of  the  essential  fundamentals  in  complete  denture  construction. 

Pros.  121a.     Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.   (2) 

Second  year.    This  course  is  given  by  lecture-demonstrations  on  bite  registration,  tooth 

arrangement,  and  final  finish  of  complete  dentures. 

Pros.  131a.    Basic  Clinical  Complete  Denture  Prosthesis.   (5) 

Third  year.  The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  practical  application  in  the  clinic  of 
the  fundamentals  taught  in  the  preceding  years.  Demonstrations  of  the  various  technics 
of  impression  and  bite  taking  are  offered  to  provide  the  student  with  additional 
knowledge  necessary  for  clinic  work. 

27 


University  of  Maryland 

Pros.  133a.    Introduction    to    Removable    Partial    Denture    Prosthesis.    (1) 
Third  year.    Second  semester.    This  lecture-demonstration   course  embraces  all  phases 
of   removable    partial   denture    construction.     Experiments   and    exercises   are   arranged 
to  give  the  student  the  fundamentals  in  designing,  casting  and  finishing  partial  dentures. 

Pros.  141a.    Advanced  Clinical  Denture  Prosthesis.    (4) 

Fourth  year.  This  course  consists  of  the  clinical  application  of  the  fundamentals 
taught  in  the  previous  years.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  a  standard  method  of 
denture  construction  to  equip  the  student  with  a  basic  technic  for  use  in  private  practice. 


B.  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

Professor:  nuttall  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  dosh,  mc  lean-lu  and  oggesen. 
Assistant  Professors:  graham  and  willer. 

DRS.  STEELE  AND  YENT. 

Pros.  122b.     Principles  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.   (6) 

Second  year.  This  lecture  and  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  background 
of  fundamental  knowledge  in  fixed  partial  denture  prosthesis.  The  interrelations  of  the 
biological  and  mechanical  aspects  of  dentistry  are  emphasized.  The  principles  involved 
and  the  procedures  used  in  abutment  preparations,  the  construction  of  fundamental 
retainers  and  pontic  sections,  and  the  assemblage  of  fixed  bridge  restorations  are 
presented  in  detail  and  correlated  with  the  requirements  of  occlusion.  In  addition  to 
these  procedures,  the  technics  include  impressions,  wax  manipulation,  pattern  construc- 
tion, investing  and  casting. 

Pros.  132b.     Ceramic  and  Plastic  Restorations.    (2) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  This  course  presents  the  uses  of  porcelain  and  methyl 
methacrylate  as  restorative  materials.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  procedures  of  prepara- 
tion, impressions,  color  selection,  temporary  protection  and  cementation.  These  materials 
are  employed  in  the  construction  of  complete  veneer  crowns  and  dowel  crowns  and  in 
staining  and  glazing  technics. 

Pros.  134b.    Basic  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.    (4) 

Third  year.  This  is  a  comprehensive  course  in  the  essential  requirements  for  the 
successful  use  of  the  fixed  partial  denture.  Special  consideration  is  given  to  funda- 
mental factors  in  diagnosis,  treatment  planning  and  clinical  procedures.  The  course 
integrates  biological  factors,  mechanical  principles  and  esthetic  requirements  with 
restorative  treatment.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  physiological  considerations  as  a 
basis  for  fixed  partial  denture  service. 

Pros.  142b.    Advanced  Clinical  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis.   (3) 

Fourth  year.  This  course  provides  clinical  training  and  experience  for  the  student. 
The  acquired  background  of  knowledge  is  utilized  in  rendering  treatment  services  for 
patients.  Experience  is  gained  in  assessing  completely  the  dental  problem,  planning 
a  practical  treatment  consistent  with  the  total  dental  needs  and  providing  services 
which  satisfy  the  objectives  of  prevention,  function  and  esthetics. 

28 


School  of  Dentistry 


DIAGNOSIS 

Professor:  BIDDIX  (head  of  department). 
Assistant  Professor:  BRYANT. 

DRS.   PALMER,  LEBO  AND  SMITH. 

Diag.  131.    Principles  of  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.    (2) 

Third  year.    The  fundamental  principles  and  procedures  in  the  diagnosis  of  oral  and 

related  diseases  are  studied  by  intimate  clinical  observation  and  discussion  of  interesting 

cases.    The  study  of  the  oral  cavity  through  an  understanding  of  its  relation  to  other 

parts  of  the  body  is   emphasized.    By  means  of  consultations   with  other  departments 

the  procedures  of  a  comprehensive  diagnosis  are  developed  and  applied   in  treatment 

planning. 

Diag.  132.    Seminar. 

Third  year.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  teach  the  student  to  correlate  clinical, 
roentgenologic  and  laboratory  findings.  Selected  patients  are  presented  by  both  medical 
and  dental  teachers. 

Diag.  141.     Clinical  Oral  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  Planning.   (1) 
Fourth  year.    This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Diagnosis  131  and  132. 

HISTOLOGY 

Professor:  provenza  (head  of  department). 

DR.  J.  SEIPP. 

Hist.  111.    Mammalian  Histology   and   Embryology.    (8) 

First  year.  The  course  embraces  the  thorough  study  of  the  cells,  tissues,  and  organs 
of  the  various  systems  of  the  human  body.  Although  certain  aspects  of  the  dental 
histology  phase  of  the  course  are  given  strictly  as  special  entities,  many  are  included 
in  the  instruction  in  general  histology,  since  the  two  areas  are  so  intimately  related  when 
functional  and  clinical  applications  are  considered.  The  instruction  in  embryology  is 
correlated  with  that  in  histology.  It  covers  the  fundamentals  of  development  of  the 
human  body,  particular  emphasis  being  given  to  the  head  and  facial  regions,  the  oral 
cavity,  and  the  teeth  and  their  adnexa.  Specific  correlations  are  also  made  with  the 
other  courses  in  the  dental  curriculum. 

For  Graduates 

Hist.  212.    Mammalian  Histology  and  Embryology.   (4-2) 

This  course  is  the  same  as  Histology  111,  except  that  it  does  not  include  the  dental 
phases  of  111,  but  does  include  additional  instruction  and  collateral  reading  of  an 
advanced    nature. 

Hist.  213.    Mammalian  Oral  Histology  and  Embryology.   (2) 

Prerequisite,  Histology  111  or  212,  or  an  equivalent  course.  This  course  covers  the 
dental  aspects  of  Histology  111,  and  includes  additional  instruction  in  the  relations 
of  histologic  structure  and  embryologic  development  of  the  teeth,  their  adnexa,  and 
the  head  and  facial  regions  of  the  human  body. 

29 


University  of  Maryland 


Hist.  216.    Inheritance  and  Development  Biology.   (6) 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  study  of  the  embryogeny  and  fetal  developments  of 
vertebrate  animals  with  special  emphasis  on  mammalian  embryology.  In  addition  to 
tracing  the  development  pattern,  lectures  are  devoted  to  the  discussion  of  inheritance 
mechanisms,  gametogenesis  and  fertilization. 

Hist.  217.     Comparative  Animal   Histology.    (6) 

Prerequisite,  Hist.  Ill,  212-213,  or  an  equivalent  course.  This  course  is  concerned  with 
a  comparative  study  of  the  morphology,  structure  and  function  of  the  cells,  tissues  and 
organs  as  found  in  representative  members  of  the  animal  kingdom.  Special  emphasis  is 
placed  on  techniques  and  research  methods. 

Hist.  218.    Experimental  Embryology.  (4) 

Second  semester  of  every  year.  Prerequisite,  Hist.  216,  or  an  equivalent  course.  This 
course  is  concerned  with  the  historical  and  recent  aspects  of  experimental  embryology 
from  both  the  applied  and  theoretical  standpoint.  Each  student  will  be  assigned  a  special 
problem  in  addition  to  the  scheduled  lectures. 

Hist.  219.    Radiation  Biology.   (4) 

First  semester  of  odd  numbered  years.  The  primary  aim  of  this  course  is  to  familiarize 
the  student  with  the  techniques  of  handling  radioactive  isotopes  as  applied  in  biological 
research.  The  topics  covered  in  the  course  are:  the  physics  of  radioactivity  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  biological  researcher;  the  selection  of  isotopes  for  specific  investiga- 
tions; the  effects  of  radioactivity  on  cells,  tissues  and  systems;  the  effect  of  radioactivity 
on  inheritance;  the  role  of  environment  on  the  effectiveness  of  radioactivity;  and  certain 
phases  of  laboratory  health  physics.  The  laboratory  will  be  concerned  with  the  use  and 
location  as  well  as  recording  and  interpreting  data  of  isotopes  as  applied  to  biological 
research. 

Hist.  220.    Physical  Methods  in  Histology.   (4) 

First  semester  of  even  numbered  years.  The  course  introduces  the  graduate  student 
to  some  of  the  more  frequently  employed  techniques  in  cytological  and  histological 
research.  Exercises  are  designed  for  the  operation  and  interpretation  of  data  derived 
from  the  use  of  available  research  tools.  Two  one-hour  lectures  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory   period   per  week.    Consent    of   department    head   required. 

Hist.  320.    Seminar.    (2) 

Hist.  399.    Research. 

(Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.) 


MEDICINE 
A.  General  Medicine 
Associate  Professor:  MC  lean. 

DRS.  FRAVEL,  LEONARD  AND  OGDEN. 

Med.  121a.    First  Aid. 

Second  year.    Second  semester.    In  this  course  the  student  is  instructed  in  the  basic 

principles  of  first  aid. 

30 


School  of  Dentistry 

Med.  132a.    Principles  of  Medicine.    (2) 

Third  year.    The  course  is   taught  by  lectures,   visual  aids   and   x-ray   demonstrations 

of  diseases  of  the  cardiorespiratory,  gastro-intestinal,  genitourinary  and  nervous  systems. 

Med.  141a.    Physical  Diagnosis.   (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  Slides  and  clinical  demonstrations  are  used  to  show  the 
methods  of  recognition  of  important  objective  signs  as  they  relate  to  body  disturb- 
ances. The  methods  of  taking  blood  pressure  and  its  significance,  also  the  recognition 
and  treatment  of  medical  emergencies,  are  taught. 

Med.  142a.    Principles  of  Medicine.   (2) 

Fourth  year.  Throughout  the  year  the  entire  class  is  taken  into  the  hospital  for  medical 
clinics  where  the  close  application  of  medical  and  dental  knowledge  in  history  taking, 
diagnosis,  laboratory  procedures  and  treatment  is  emphasized. 

Med.  143a.    Preventive  and  Public  Health  Dentistry.    (1) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  emphasize  those 
measures  other  than  remedial  operations  that  will  tend  to  minimize  the  occurrence  or 
the  extension  of  oral  disease,  and  to  outline  the  status  of  dentistry  in  the  field  of  gen- 
eral public  health.  The  relations  of  dentistry  with  other  phases  of  public  health  are 
discussed,  as  are  the  problems  affecting  the  administration  of  dental  health  programs. 
Special  effort  is  made  to  demonstrate  methods  and  materials  suitable  for  use  in  dental 
health  education  programs. 

Med.  144a.    Clinical  Conferences. 

Fourth  year.    Throughout  the  year  small  groups  of  students  are  taken  into  the  hospital 

for  medical  ward  rounds,  demonstrations  and  discussions. 


B.  Oral  Medicine 
Associate  Professor:  abramson. 
Assistant  Professor:  norris. 

DRS.   T.   F.   CLEMENT  AND   KOLAKOWSKI. 

Med.  121b.    Principles  of  Endodontics.   (1) 

Second   year.    The  lecture  phase  presents   the  fundamentals   necessary  for  endodontic 

procedures;    the  indications   and   contraindications  for  these   procedures;    the  methods 

used  in  performing  the  necessary  steps  to  preserve  the  functions  of  the  teeth  and  to 

maintain  the  health  of  the  individual.    The  laboratory  phase  is  designed  to  teach  the 

student  the  materials,  the  instrumentation,  and  the  techniques  employed  in  endodontic 

treatment. 

Med.  122b.     Introduction   to   Periodontics.    (1) 

Second  year.  The  lectures  place  special  emphasis  on  the  importance  of  oral  hygiene 
and  its  relation  to  the  prevention  of  all  dental  disorders.  The  causes,  results,  and 
treatment  of  unhygienic  conditions  of  the  oral  cavity  are  fully  considered.  Demon- 
strations are  given  in  the  prophylactic  treatment  of  the  mouth  and  in  the  accepted 
methods  of  tooth  brushing  to  be  used  in  home  care.  In  the  laboratory  the  student 
learns  on  special  manikins  the  use  of  the  periodontal  instruments.  By  progressive 
exercises  and  drills  he  is  taught  the  basic  principles  of  good  operating  procedure  and 
the  methods  of  thorough  prophylactic  treatment. 

31 


University  of  Maryland 

Med.  131b.    Basic  Clinical  Endodontics.  (1) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  present  the  etiology,  clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis,  prognosis, 
and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  forms  of  traumatic  injuries  to  teeth.  The 
student  applies  the  fundamentals  he  has  learned  in  the  second  year,  by  performing 
endodontic  procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.  132b.    Basic  Clinical  Periodontics.   (1) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  present  the  etiology,  clinical  symptoms,  diagnosis,  prognosis, 
and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  forms  of  periodontal  disease,  other  diseases 
of  the  oral  cavity,  and  lesions  of  the  lips,  cheeks,  and  tongue.  The  recognition  of 
periodontal  disease  in  its  incipient  forms  and  the  importance  of  early  treatment  are 
stressed.  The  lectures  are  well  illustrated  by  color  slides,  moving  pictures,  and  other 
visual  aids.  The  Junior  student  is  required  to  apply  the  fundamentals  he  has  learned 
by  performing  periodontal  procedures  on  a  prescribed  number  of  clinical  cases. 

Med.  141b.    Advanced   Clinical  Endodontics.    (1) 

Fourth  year.   During  his  Senior  year  the  student  performs  the  more  advanced  endodontic 

procedures  on  clinical  cases. 

Med.  142b.    Advanced  Clinical  Periodontics.    (1) 

Fourth  year.  The  Senior  student  performs  the  periodontal  procedures  on  clinical  patients 

exhibiting  the  more  advanced  periodontal  problems. 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Professor:  shay  (head  of  department). 

MR.  BECKER. 

Microbiol.  121.    Dental   Microbiology  and  Immunology.    (4) 

Second  year.  First  semester.  The  course  embraces  lectures,  laboratory,  demonstra- 
tions, recitations,  and  group  conferences,  augmented  by  guided  reading.  Practical  and 
theoretical  consideration  is  given  to  pathogenic  bacteria,  viruses,  yeasts  and  molds. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  those  organisms  which  cause  lesions  in  and  about  the 
oral  cavity,  particularly  primary  focal  infections  about  the  teeth,  tonsils,  etc.,  which 
result  in  the  establishment  of  secondary  foci.  Immunological  and  serological  prin- 
ciples are  studied,  with  special  consideration  being  given  to  hypersensitivity  resulting 
from  the  use  of  antibiotics,  vaccines,  antigens,  and  other  therapeutic  agents. 

Laboratory  teaching  includes  the  methods  of  staining  and  the  cultural  charac- 
teristics of  microorganisms;  their  reaction  to  disinfectants,  antiseptics,  and  germicides; 
methods  of  sterilization  and  asepsis;  animal  inoculation;  preparation  of  sera,  vaccines, 
and  antitoxins;  a  study  of  antibiotics;  and  a  demonstration  of  virus  techniques.  In  all 
phases  of  the  course  emphasis  is  placed  on  dental  applications. 

For  Graduates 

Microbiol.  200,  201.     Chemotherapy.    (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years.  A  study  of  the  chemistry,  toxicity,  pharmacology  and  therapeutic  value  of 
drugs  employed  in   the  treatment  of  disease. 

Microbiol.  202,  203.    Reagents  and  Media.   (1,  1) 

One  lecture  a  week.    Offered  in  alternate  years.   A  study  of  the  methods  of  preparation- 

and  use  of  bacteriological  reagents  and  media. 

32 


School  of  Dentistry 

Microbiol.  210.     Special  Problems  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.    Laboratory  course. 

Microbiol.  211.     Public  Health.    (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  Lectures  and  discussions  on  the  organiza- 
tion and  administration  of  state  and  municipal  health  departments  and  private  health 
agencies.    The  course  also  includes  a  study  of  laboratory  methods. 

Microbiol.  399.     Research    ip    Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 

OPERATIVE  DENTISTRY 

Professor:  MEDINA  (head  of  department). 

Associate  Professors:  C.  J.  GAVER  and  LOUIE. 

Assistant  Professors:  H.  M.  clement,  diaz  and  edmond  g.  vanden  bosche. 

DRS.    BEAVEN,   BIANCO,    CROUSE,   HEESE,   JAGIELSKI   AND   VELTRE. 

Oper.  111.     Tooth  Morphology.   (3) 

First  year.  Second  semester.  This  course  is  designed  to  teach  the  form  and  functions 
and  the  relationships  of  the  teeth,  and  includes  a  study  of  the  nomenclature  of  sur- 
faces, divisions  and  relations  of  the  teeth.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  is  trained 
in  the  carving  of  the  various  teeth  and  in  the  dissection  of  extracted  teeth  through 
their  various  dimensions. 

The  second  part  of  the  course  includes  a  study  of  the  supporting  structures  of  the 
teeth  and  of  the  relation  of  the  teeth  to  these  structures.  The  periods  of  beginning 
calcification,  eruption,  complete  calcification,  and  shedding  of  the  deciduous  teeth; 
followed  by  the  periods  of  beginning  calcification,  eruption,  and  complete  calcification 
of  the  permanent  teeth,  are  studied  and  correlated  with  the  growth  in  size  of  the 
jaws  and  face. 

Oper.  121.    Fundamentals  of  Operative  Dentistry.   (5) 

Second  year.  The  student  is  trained  in  the  technical  procedures  of  cavity  prepara- 
tion and  the  manipulation  of  the  restorative  materials  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
diseases  and  injuries  of  the  tooth  structure.  These  basic  principles  are  applied  on 
composition  teeth  and  extracted  natural  teeth.  Instruction  includes  twenty-six  lectures 
and    forty-eight   three-hour    laboratory    periods. 

Oper.  131.     Basic  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry.   (4) 

Third  year.  This  course  is  a  continuing  development  of  the  fundamentals  taught  in 
Operative  121.  The  objective  is  to  present  the  additional  information  which  is  necessary 
for  the  management  of  practical  cases.  Instruction  includes  lectures,  demonstrations 
and  clinical  practice  in  which  the  student  treats  patients  under  the  individual  guidance 
of  staff  members. 

Oper.  141.     Advanced  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry.    (6) 

Fourth  year.  With  the  background  provided  by  Operative  121  and  131,  the  student 
is  able  to  comprehend  and  apply  the  procedures  for  treating  the  more  complicated 
operative  problems.  The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  instruct  the  student  in  the 
different  procedures  by  which  a  comprehensive  operative  service  can  be  rendered 
and  to  acquaint  him  with  as  many  unusual  clinical  cases  as  possible.  Instruction 
includes    lectures,    demonstrations,   and    clinical    practice. 

33 


University  of  Maryland 

ORTHODONTICS 

Professor:  preis  (head  of  department). 

Assistant  Professors:  cullen,  kress,  shehan  and  swinehart. 

DR.  DEEMS. 

Ortho.  131.    Principles  of  Orthodontics.   (2) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  supplemented  by  slides  and  motion  pic- 
tures.  The  subject  matter  includes  the  history  of  orthodontics  and  the  study  of  growth 
and  development,  evolution  of  human  dental  occlusion,  forces  of  occlusion,  etiology  of 
malocclusion,  aberrations  of  the  maxilla  and  mandible  which  affect  occlusion,  and  tissue 
changes  incident  to   tooth  movement. 

Ortho.  141.     Clinical  Orthodontics.   (1) 

Fourth  year.  Students  are  assigned  in  small  groups  to  the  Clinic  where  patients  are 
given  a  thorough  dental  examination.  Under  the  direction  of  an  instructor  each  case 
is  diagnosed,  methods  of  procedure  are  explained,  and  treatment  planning  is  out- 
lined. In  the  more  simple  cases  therapy  is  undertaken  by  the  student  under  the 
supervision  of  an  instructor.  Students,  therefore,  have  the  opportunity  of  applying 
clinically  the  knowledge  which  they  received  during  their  Junior  year. 

PATHOLOGY 

Professor:  m.  s.  aisenberg  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professor:  Gardner. 
Assistant  Professor:  A.  D.  AISENBERG. 
DR.  GRANRUTH. 

Path.  121.     General  Pathology.    (4) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  The  general  principles  of  disease  processes  and  tissue 
reactions,  both  gross  and  microscopic,  are  taught  with  the  objectives  of  training  the 
student  to  recognize  and  be  familiar  with  the  abnormal  and  of  creating  a  foundation 
for  further  study  in  the  allied  sciences.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those  diseases  in 
the  treatment  of  which  medicodental  relationships  are  to  be  encountered. 

Path.  131.     Oral  Pathology.    (3) 

Third  year.  First  semester.  The  course  includes  a  study  of  the  etiology  and  the 
gross  and  microscopic  manifestations  of  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  their  investing 
structures:  pathologic  dentition,  dental  anomalies,  periodontal  diseases,  calcific  de- 
posits, dental  caries,  pulpal  diseases,  dentoalveolar  abscesses,  oral  manifestations  of 
systemic  diseases,  cysts  of  the  jaws,  and  benign  and  malignant  lesions  in  and  about 
the  oral  cavity. 

Path.  141.    Seminar. 

Fourth  year.  This  constitutes  a  part  of  the  cancer  teaching  program  sponsored  by  a 
grant  from  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  It  is  conducted  by  visiting  lec- 
turers  who   are   specialists   in   their  respective   fields. 

For  Graduates 

Path.  211.    Advanced  Oral  Pathology.    (8) 

Two    lectures   and   two    laboratory   periods    throughout   the   year.     This   course   is    pre- 

34 


School  of  Dentistry 


sented  with  the  objective  of  correlating  a  knowledge  of  histopathology  with  the 
various  aspects  of  clinical  practice.   Studies  of  surgical  and  biopsy  specimens  are  stressed. 

Path.  399.     Research. 

Time  and  credit  by  arrangement.    Research  in  areas  of  particular  interest  to  the  student. 

PEDODONTICS 

Associate  Professor:  sanders. 
Assistant  Professor:  EHRLICH. 
DRS.  FERLITA,  GIARDINA  AND  KIHN. 

Ped.  121.     Technics  of  Pedodontics.    (1) 

Second  year.  Second  semester.  This  laboratory  course  in  dentistry  for  children  consists 
of  eight  lectures  and  sixteen  laboratory  periods.  Demonstrations  and  visual  aids  are 
utilized  to  augment  the  teaching  procedure.  The  work  is  performed  on  model  teeth 
in  primary  dentoforms  and  consists  of  exercises  in  cavity  preparation  in  primary 
teeth  for  the  proper  reception  of  different  restorative  materials,  in  the  technic  of 
restoring  a  fractured  young  permanent  anterior  tooth,  and  in  the  construction  of  a  basic 
type  of  space  maintainer. 

Ped.  131.     Clinical  Pedodontics.    (2) 

Third  year.  The  student  is  introduced  to  clinical  dentistry  for  children.  He  utilizes  the 
technical  procedures  learned  in  the  laboratory.  Didactic  instruction  includes  sixteen 
lectures  offered  during  the  first  semester.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  management  of  the 
child  patient  with  necessary  modifications  for  behavior  problems.  The  indications  and 
contraindications  for  pulpal  therapy  are  evaluated  for  the  purpose  of  rational  tooth 
conservation.  Oral  hygiene,  roentgenology,  growth  and  development,  and  caries  sus- 
ceptibility tests  are  taught.  Training  in  preventive  orthodontics  is  given  for  true 
denture  guidance  and  to  allow  the  student  to  institute  interceptive  or  early  remedial 
measures  in  incipient  deformities. 

The  Department  endeavors  to  develop  in  the  student  a  comprehensive  interest 
in  guiding  the  child  patient  through  the  period  of  the  mixed  dentition.  A  separate 
clinic,  equipped  with  child-size  chairs  and  supervised  by  the  pedodontics  staff,  provides 
adequate  opportunity  for  clinical  applications  of  the  methods  taught  in  laboratory 
and   lectures. 

Ped.  141.     Clinical   Pedondontics.    (1) 

Fourth  year.  The  student  continues  his  clinical  training  throughout  the  year  and 
is  assigned  the  more  difficult  cases.  In  addition,  the  senior  student  is  assigned  to  a 
public  health  clinic  which  consists  of  individual,  completely  equipped  operating  rooms 
giving  the  student  experience  in   the  management  and   treatment  of  the  child  patient. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

Professor:  DOBBS    (HEAD  OF  DEPARTMENT). 

Assistant  Professors:  dolle  and  ross. 

Pharmacol.  131.     General   Pharmacology    and    Therapeutics.    (4) 

Third    year.     The    course    is    designed    to    provide   a    general    survey   of    pharmacology, 

affording  the  students  the  necessary  knowledge  for  the  practice  of  rational  therapeutics. 


University  of  Maryland 

The  course  is  taught  by  lectures,  laboratory  and  demonstrations.  The  first  semester 
consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  didactic  work  including  instruction  in  the  sites  and  modes 
of  drug  action,  prescription  writing,  and  the  pharmacodynamics  and  therapeutics 
of  the  local-acting  drugs.  The  second  semester  consists  of  thirty-two  hours  of  didactics 
and  forty-eight  hours  of  laboratory  instruction.  The  laboratory  experiments  are  per- 
formed on  students  and  on  animals  and  are  designed  to  demonstrate  the  direct  effects 
of  drugs  on  vital  tissues.  The  subject  material  consists  of  the  pharmacodynamics  of  the 
systemic-acting  drugs  and  the  anti-infective  agents.  In  the  therapeutics  phase  the 
students  are  instructed  in  the  use  of  drugs  for  the  prevention,  treatment,  and  correction 
of  general  and  oral  diseases. 

Pharmacol.  141.     Oral  Therapeutics.   (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations.  It  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  the  practical  applications 
of  pharmacology  in  the  treatment  of  dental  and  oral  diseases.  Particular  emphasis  is 
given  to  the  newer  drugs  and  the  more  recent  advances  in  therapeutics.  Patients  from 
the  dental  clinics  and  the  hospital  are  used  for  demonstrations  whenever  possible. 
A  correlation  of  theory  with  clinical  practice  is  obtained  by  chairside  instruction  on 
patients  in  the  dental  clinic. 

Pharmacol.  142.     Nutritional   Therapeutics.    (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  This  course  consists  of  sixteen  hours  of  lectures  and 
demonstrations  devoted  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  nutritional  therapeutics.  The 
presentation  includes  a  study  of  the  dietary  requirements  of  essential  food  substances 
in  health  and  disease.  The  vitamin  and  mineral  deficiency  states  with  their  pathology 
and  symptomatology  are  presented  with  suggestions  for  dietary  and  drug  therapy 
Metabolic  diseases  are  discussed,  and  their  effects  on  the  nutritional  states  are  con 
sidered.  Students  are  taught  to  plan  diets  for  patients  with  various  nutritional  prob 
lems,  such  as  those  resulting  from  loss  of  teeth,  the  use  of  new  dental  appliances 
dental  caries,  stomatitis,  cellulitis,  osteomyelitis,  and  bone  fractures.  A  project  stud^ 
is  made  by  each  student  which  includes  analyses  of  his  basal  metabolic  requirement, 
his  total  energy  requirement,  and  his  dietary  intake  in  relation  to  his  daily  needs. 


PHYSIOLOGY 

Professor:  white  (head  of  department). 
Associate  Professors:  shipley  and  pollack. 

DR.   BUXBAUM  AND  MRS.  STALING. 

Physiol.  121.    Principles   of   Physiology.    (6) 

Second   year.    A  fundamental  objective  of  this  course  is  to  achieve  an  integration   of 

basic  scientific  phenomena  of  function  as  they  relate  to  the  organism  as  a  whole. 

Lectures  deal  with  the  principal  fields  of  physiology,  including  heart  and  circula- 
tion, peripheral  and  central  nervous  functions,  respiration,  digestion,  muscular  ac- 
tivity, hepatic  and  renal  functions,  water  and  electrolyte  balance,  special  senses,  gen- 
eral and  cellular  metabolism,  endocrines  and  reproduction.  In  the  laboratory  work 
(first  semester)  the  classic  experiments  on  frog  and  turtle  muscle  and  heart  function 
are  followed  by  more  advanced  work  on  rabbits,  cats,  dogs  and  the  students  them- 
selves. A  special  series  of  lectures  is  devoted  to  the  application  of  basic  physiologic 
principles  to  human  clinical  problems. 


36 


School  of  Dentistry 


For  Graduates 


Physiol.  211.     Principles   of   Mammalian    Physiology.    (6) 

Prerequisite  permission  from  the  department.    Same  as  course  121   but  with  collateral 

reading  arfd  additional  instruction. 

Physiol.  212.    Advanced  Physiology. 

Hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.    Lectures  and  seminars  during  the  second  semester. 

Physiol  399.     Research. 

Hours    and    credits    by   arrangement. 

PRACTICE  ADMINISTRATION 

PROFESSOR:    BIDDIX. 

DR.   LOVETT  AND  MR.   O'DONNELL. 

Pract.  Adm.  141.    Principles   of  Administration.    (1) 

Fourth  year.  Second  semester.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  students  to 
assume  the  social,  economic  and  professional  responsibilities  of  dental  practice.  The 
lectures  embrace  the  selection  of  the  office  location  and  office  equipment,  the  basis 
of  determining  fees,  the  methods  of  collecting  accounts,  the  use  of  auxiliary  personnel, 
and  the  choice  of  various  types  of  insurance  and  investments.  A  comprehensive 
bookkeeping  system   for   a   dental   office  is  explained. 

Pract.  Adm.  142.     Ethics.    (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  The  course  includes  lectures  on  general  ethics  and  its 
basic  teachings,  and  an  interpretation  of  the  philosophical  principles  adopted  by  the 
American   Dental    Association   and   embodied    in   its   "Principles   of   Ethics." 

Pract.  Adm.  143.     Jurisprudence.     (1) 

Fourth  year.  First  semester.  The  objective  of  the  course  is  to  acquaint  the  dental 
student  with  the  fundamentals  of  law  as  they  relate  to  the  dentist  and  to  his  patients. 
The  sources  of  law,  and  types  of  courts  and  court  procedures  are  explained;  the 
student  is  acquainted  with  the  special  statutory  provisions  pertaining  to  the  regula- 
tion of  the  practice  of  dentistry,  as  well  as  the  dentist's  responsibilities  under  the 
criminal  law.  The  respective  rights  and  liabilities  of  both  the  dentist  and  his  patients 
are  considered  in  lectures  dealing  with  contracts  and  torts;  practical  illustrations  of 
these  rights  and  liabilities  are  reviewed  in  the  light  of  actual  reported  cases  in  the 
courts. 

ROENTGENOLOGY 

Professor:   BIDDIX. 

DRS.  DARBY  AND  KLEIN. 

Roentgenol.  131.     Principles    of   Denial    Roentgenology.    (2) 

Third  year.  The  lectures  include  a  study  of  the  physical  principles  involved  in  the 
production  of  x-rays  and  a  discussion  of  their  properties  and  effects,  the  hazards  of 
roentgenography  to  both  operator  and  patient,  the  technics  of  taking  roentgenograms, 
and  the  processing  of  the  films.  The  conference  periods  deal  with  the  roentgeno- 
graphic  study  of  the  normal  anatomic  structures  in  health  and  the  variations  noted 
-under  various   pathologic    conditions. 

37 


University  of  Maryland 

Roentgenol.  132.     Introduction  to  Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology. 

Third  year.  Second  semester.  The  division  of  the  class  into  small  groups  permits 
individual  supervision  in  the  clinical  application  of  the  material  presented  in  Roent- 
genol. 131.  Under  guidance  the  student  learns  to  correctly  place,  expose  and  process 
the  film  and  mount  a  full  series  of  dental  roentgenograms. 

Roentgenol.  141.     Clinical  Dental  Roentgenology.    (1) 

Fourth  year.  Under  a  system  of  rotating  assignments  students  are  placed  in  constant 
association  with  the  routine  practical  use  of  the  roentgen  ray.  They  are  required  to 
master  the  fundamental  scientific  principles  and  to  acquire  technical  skill  in  taking, 
processing,  and  interpreting  all  types  of  intraoral  and  extraoral  films. 


SURGERY 
Professors:  dorsey  (head  of  department),  helrich,  robinson  and  yeager. 
Associate  Professor:  cappuccio. 
Assistant  Professors:  SIWINSKI  AND  inman. 

DRS.   CAMP  AND   RICHMOND. 

Surg.  131.     Anesthesiology.    (2) 

Third  year.  Local  anesthesia  is  taught  in  both  principle  and  practice.  In  lectures 
and  clinics  all  types  of  intraoral,  extraoral,  conduction  and  infiltration  injections; 
the  anatomical  relation  of  muscles  and  nerves;  the  theory  of  action  of  anesthetic 
agents  and  their  toxic  manifestations  are  taught.  Demonstrations  are  given  in  con- 
duction and  infiltration  technics;  students  give  injections  under  the  supervision  of  an 
instructor.  General  anesthesia  is  taught  in  lectures  and  clinic  demonstrations.  The 
action  of  the  anesthetic  agents,  methods  of  administration,  indications  and  contra- 
indications, and  the  treatment  of  toxic  manifestations  are  included.  Demonstrations 
are  given  in  the  preparation  of  the  patient,  the  administration  of  all  general  anes- 
thetics (inhalant,  rectal,  spinal,  and  intravenous) ,  and  the  technics  for  oral  opera- 
tions. Clinics  are  held  in  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  in  the  Dental  School  and 
in  the  Hospital. 

Surg.  132.     Oral  Surgery.   (3) 

Third  year.  The  course  consists  of  lectures  on  the  principles  of  surgery,  the  classifica- 
tion of  teeth  for  extraction,  and  the  pre-  and  postoperative  treatment  of  ambulatory 
patients.  The  student  is  assigned  to  the  Department  of  Oral  Surgery  on  a  rotating 
schedule  and  is  required  to  produce  local  anesthesia  and  extract  teeth  under  the 
supervision  of  an  instructor. 

Surg.  141.     Oral  Surgery.    (3) 

Fourth  year.  This  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinical  assignments,  and  practical 
demonstrations  on  the  etiology,  pathology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all  classes  of 
tumors,  infections,  deformities,  anomalies,  impacted  teeth,  fractures  and  surgical 
problems  associated  with  the  practice  of  dentistry.  Hospital  clinics,  demonstrations 
and  ward  rounds  are  given  to  familiarize  the  student  with  abnormal  conditions  inci- 
dent to  the  field  of  his  future  operations  and  to  train  him  thoroughly  in  the  diagnosis 
of  benign  and  malignant  tumors.    Weekly  seminars  are  held  in  the  Hospital. 

38 


School  of  Dentistry 


For  Graduates 


Surg.  201.     Clinical  Anesthesiology.   (6) 
Forty  hours  a  week  for  thirteen  weeks. 

Surg.  220.     General  Dental  Oral  Surgery.    (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.  221.     Advanced   Oral   Surgery.    (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester. 

Surg.  399.     Research. 

Time  and   credit   by   arrangement. 


VISUAL  AIDS  IN  TEACHING 

MR.   TAYLOR   AND   STAFF. 

The  Department  of  Visual  Aids  employs  the  latest  photographic  technics 
and  equipment  for  the  production  of  both  monochromatic  and  full-color  still 
and  motion  pictures.  By  cooperation  with  other  departments  new  material  is 
developed  for  lectures,  clinics,  publications  and  exhibits. 

Through  photography  the  School  retains  for  teaching  purposes  interest- 
ing cases  that  appear  in  the  clinics,  preserves  evidence  of  unusual  pathological 
cases,  and  records  anatomical  anomalies,  facial  disharmonies  and  malocclu- 
sions of  the  teeth.  In  addition  the  student,  through  his  contact  with  photo- 
graphic uses,  becomes  acquainted  with  the  value  of  photography  in  clinical 
practice.  Students  are  advised  as  to  the  use  of  visual  aids  in  the  preparation 
of  lectures  and  theses,  the  arrangement  and  co-ordination  of  materials,  and 
the  organization  and  maintenance  of  records  and  histories. 

Various  art  media  and  the  use  of  modern  plastics  supplement  photog- 
raphy. By  the  combination  and  correlation  of  these  methods  all  departments 
are  provided  with  an  unlimited  supply  of  valuable  and  often  irreplaceable 
visual  aids. 

A  closed  circuit  television  system  is  used  to  enable  large  groups  to 
visualize  clinical  and  laboratory  procedures.  Close-up  pictures  of  the  vari- 
ous operations  are  made  possible  for  comfortable  viewing  in  lecture  hall 
and  laboratory. 


SPECIAL  COURSES 

Summer  Courses 

As  the  need  arises,  summer  courses  may  be  offered  in  certain  subjects 
included  in  the  regular  curriculum.  A  charge  of  $12.00  for  each  semester 
hour  credit  is  made  for  these  courses. 

39 


University  of  Maryland 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society  was  organized  in  1916  as  an  honorary 
student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  Society 
was  named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a 
teacher  of  many  years'  experience,  and  during  his  life  a  great  contributor  to 
dental  literature.  It  was  with  the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that  the 
Society  adopted  it. 

To  be  eligible  for  membership  a  student  must  be  in  the  first  30  per  cent 
of  his  class.  The  selection  of  this  30  per  cent  shall  be  based  on  the  weighted 
percentage  average  system  as  outlined  in  the  school  regulations.  The  meet- 
ings, held  once  each  month,  are  addressed  by  prominent  dental  and  medical 
men,  an  effort  being  made  to  obtain  speakers  not  connected  with  the  Univer- 
sity. The  members  have  an  opportunity,  even  while  students,  to  hear  men 
associated  with  other  educational  institutions. 

Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon 
Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon,  honorary  dental  society,  was 
chartered  at  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  during  the  session  of  1928-29.  Membership  in  the  society 
is  awarded  to  a  number  not  exceeding  12  per  cent  of  the  graduating  class. 
This  honor  is  conferred  upon  students  who  through  their  professional  course 
of  study  creditably  fulfill  all  obligations  as  students,  and  whose  conduct, 
earnestness,  evidence  of  good  character  and  high  scholarship  recommend 
them  to  election. 

The  following  graduates  of  the  1961  Class  were  elected  to  membership. 

Gilbert  Samuel  Berman  Roy  Mitsuaki  Naito 

Lester  Malcolm  Breen  Antone  Travers  Oliveira,  Jr. 

William  Joseph  Girotti  Peter  Paul  Ryiz 

Raymond  Emil  Goepfrich  Frank  Joseph  Sinnreich,  Jr. 

Aaron  Rufus  Griffith,  Jr.  James  Miller  Steig 

Edward  Salters  McCallum,  Jr.  Stanley  Leonard  Zakarin 

Alumni  Asociation 
The  first  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  was  held  in  Baltimore,  March  1,  1849.  This 
organization  has  continued  in  existence  to  the  present,  its  name  having  been 
changed  to  The  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland. 

The  officers  to  the  Alumni  Association  for  1960-61  are  as  follows: 
President  President  Elect 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio  Lewis  C.  Toomey 

1010  St.  Paul  Street  8641  Colesville  Road 

Baltimore  2,  Maryland  Silver  Spring,  Maryland 

40       .' 


School  of  Dentistry 
First  Vice  President  Second   Vice  President 

E.  MlLBURN  COLVIN,  Jr.  FRANK  P.  GlLLEY,  Jr. 

1726  21st  Street,  N.  W.  135  Broadway 

Washington  9,  D.  C.  Portland,  Maine 

Past  President  {Ex-Officio)  Secretary 

Daniel  F.  Lynch  Calvin  J.  Gaver 

1401  16th  Street,  N.  W.  1427  Kirkwood  Road 

Washington  6,  D.  C.  Baltimore  7,  Maryland 

Treasurer  Editor 

C.  Adam  Bock  Kyrle  W.  Preis 

823  Park  Avenue  700  Cathedral  Street 

Baltimore  2,  Maryland  Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

Historian-Librarian 

J.  Ben  Robinson 
200  Headington  Court 
Lutherville,  Maryland 


University  Alumni  Council  Representatives 

Harry  Levin— 1962  Edward  D.  Stone— 1963 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,  Maryland 

Charles  E.  Broadrup — 1964 
Frederick,  Maryland 

EXECUTIVE  COUNCIL 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio  Kyrle  W.  Preis 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,  Maryland 

C.  Adam  Bock  Daniel  F.  Lynch 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Washington,  D.  C. 

Calvin  J.  Gaver  E.  Milburn  Colvin,  Jr. 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Washington,  D.  C. 

Lewis  C.  Toomey  Frank  P.  Gilley,  Jr. 

Silver  Spring,  Maryland  Portland,  Maine 

J.  Ben  Robinson 
Lutherville.  Marvland 


41 


University  of  Maryland 

ELECTED  MEMBERS 
Executive  Council 

L.  Lynn  Emmart  George  M.  Anderson 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Baltimore,  Maryland 

J.  Philip  Norris  William  W.  Noel 

Baltimore,  Maryland  Hagerstown,  Maryland 

Eugene  A.  Leatherman  Russell  P.  Smith,  Jr. 

Randallstown,  Maryland  Cambridge,  Maryland 

ENDOWMENT  FUND 

TRUSTEES  EX-OFFICIO 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio,  President 
Lewis  C  Toomey,  President-Elect 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  Dean 

C.  Adam  Bock,  Treasurer 

Calvin  J.  Gaver,  Secretary 

ELECTED  TRUSTEES 

Arthur  I.  Bell — 1962  Jesse  Trager — 1963 

Maryland  Maryland 

Ashur  G.  Chavoor — 1962  Howard  Van  Natta — 1964 

Washington,  D.  C.  Maryland 

Peter  T.  Kanelos— 1963  Gerard  A.  Devlin— 1964 

Rhode  Island  New   Jersey 

SENIOR  PRIZE  AWARDS 

The  following  prizes  were  awarded  to  members  of  the  Senior  Class  for 
the    1960-61    Session: 

The  Alumni  Association  Medal 
For  Thesis 

BILL  EDWARD  TAYLOR 

The  Harry  E.  Kelsey  Award 

(Contributed  by   former   associates   of  Dr.   Kelsey: 

Drs.  Anderson,  Devlin,  Hodges,  Johnston  and  Preis) 

For  Professional  Demeanor 

LAWRENCE  LEO  CLARK 

42 


School  of  Dentistry 

The  Harry  E.  Latcham  Memorial  Medal 
For  Complete  Oral  Operative  Restoration 

RONALD  WESLEY  HIGEL 

Honorable   Mention   Joseph   Michael    Pistoria 


The  Edgar  J.  Jacques  Memorial  Award 
For  Meritorious  Work  in  Practical  Oral  Surgery 

SANFORD  KATSUMI  KAMEZAWA 


The  Herbert  Friedberg  Memorial  Award 

(Contributed  by  the  New  Jersey  Alumni  Chapter  of  the 

National  Alumni  Association) 

For  Achievement  by  a  New  Jersey  Senior 

LAWRENCE  LEO  CLARK 


The  Katharine  Toomey  Plaque 
(Conrtibuted  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Lewis  C.  Toomey) 
For  Devotion  to  the  School  and  to  the  Profession 

GEORGE  FRANKLIN  BUCHNESS 

The  Timothy  0.  Heatwole  Chair 
To  the  Senior  Who  Has  Best  Exemplified  the  Qualities 
of  Ethical  Standards,  Kindnesses  and  Humanitarianism 

WILLIAM  PAUL  HOFFMAN,  JR. 

The  Harry  B.  Schwartz  Award 
For  Meritorious   Work  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

JOHN  GEORGE  GOETTEE,  JR. 

The  Sigma  Epsilon  Delta  Memorial  Medal 
For  Highest  Average  in  Basic  Sciences 

AARON  RUFUS  GRIFFITH,  JR. 


University  of  Maryland 

Honors 

University  Gold  Medal  for  Scholarship,  Summa  Cum  Laude 
Awarded  to 

Frank  Joseph  Sinnreich,  Jr. 

Certificates  of  Honor,  Magna  Cum  Laude 
Awarded  to 

Gilbert  Samuel  Berman  Antone  Travers  Oliveira,  Jr. 

Raymond  Emil  Goepfrich  Aaron  Rufus  Griffith,  Jr. 

Peter   Paul   Ryiz 

Cum  Laude 

Lester  Malcolm   Breen  Roy  Mitsuaki  Naito 

William  Joseph  Girotti  James  Miller  Steig 

Edward  Salters  McCallum,  Jr.  Stanley  Leonard  Zakarin 

Degree  Conferred  August  1,  1961 

Paul  Wilfred  Achin,  Providence  College Massachusetts 

Joseph  Edward  Furtado,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1954 Rhode  Island 

Edward  Allen  Hurdle,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1956 Maryland 

Alvin  Wesley  Kagey,  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957 Maryland 

Douglas  Kaplan,  B.A.,  Alfred  University,  1957 New  Jersey 

Sol  Benjamin  Love,  Georgetown  University District  of  Columbia 

Joseph  Robert  Marchesani,  LaSalle  College New  Jersey 

Theodore  Almada  Rosa,   B.S.,   University   of  Maryland,   1958 

District  of  Columbia 

Hershel  Garvin  Sawyer,  A.B.,  Berea  College,  1957 West  Virginia 

Arthur  Hein  Streeter,  B.S.,  Washington  College,  1957 Maryland 

William  Herbert  Witherspoon,  West  Virginia  University Pennsylvania 

GRADUATING  CLASS 

1960-1961  Session 

Earl  Robert  Alban,  Jr.,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954 Maryland 

Morris  Antonelli,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958  _ -District  of  Columbia 

Gilbert  Samuel  Berman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Cecil  Samuel  Boland,  B.S.,  Newberry  College,  1957 Maryland 

Lester  Malcolm  Breen,  Emory  University Georgia 

Donald  Acker  Michael  Brown,  B.A.,  St.  John's  College  1951 Maryland 

Douglas  Adams  Bryans,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

George  Franklin  Buchness,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1948;  M.S.,  Catholic 

University,  1954 Maryland 

Richard  Mario  Carmosino,  A.B.,  Boston  University,  1957 Massachusetts 

44 


School  of  Dentistry 

Thomas  J.  Cavanaugh,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Lawrence  Leo  Clark,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  Jersey 

James  Richard  Crouse,  Shepherd  College Maryland 

Billy  Hugh  Darke,  B.S.^  Western  Kentucky  State  College,  1954 Kentucky 

William  Lawrence  Doheny,  Jr.,  University  of  Maryland Connecticut 

Edward  Cornelius  Doherty,  B.A.,  Boston  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

Marlin  Duane  Dunker,  B.A.,  Walla  Walla  College,  1955 California 

William  Duane  Fitzgerald,  University  of  Massachusetts Massachusetts 

Sheldon  Donald  Fliss,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Richard  Arnold  Foer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957 

District  of  Columbia 
William  Joseph  Girotti,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1957 

Massachusetts 
Raymond  Emil  Goepfrich,  B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1957 

Pennsylvania 

John  George  Goette,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1957 Maryland 

Aaron  Rufus  Griffith,  Jr.,  University  of  South  Carolina South  Carolina 

Sheldon  Gerald  Gross,  University  of  Vermont Massachusetts 

Stanford  Edgar  Hamburger,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957  _ -Maryland 

Arnold   Hecht,   University   of  Miami   Florida 

Ronald   Wesley   Higel,   University   of   Florida    Florida 

William  Paul  Hoffman,  Jr.,  Earlham  College District  of  Columbia 

Patrick  Francis  Iacovelli,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Boston  College,  1952 Massachusetts 

Ronald  Harold  Israel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Sanford  Katsumi  Kamezawa,  University  of  California Hawaii 

Stanley  Paul  Kaminski,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1957 New  Jersey 

George  Theodore  Keary,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Massachusetts 

Michael  Edward  Kolakowski,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 

Maryland 

Robert  George  Kovack,  B.S.,  Albright  College,  1957 New  Jersey 

Ralph  Leonard  Kroopnick,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1957 

Connecticut 

Robert  Maurice  Lattanzi,  Albertus  Magnus  College Connecticut 

Jack  Edward  Liller,  University  of  Richmond Maryland 

Arnold  Irvin  Loew,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Edward  Salters  McCallum,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

William  Edward  McLaughlin,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Richard  Madison  Marrone,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Alan  J.  Martin,  Ohio  University Florida 

Robert  Cameron  Mason,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Michael  Charles  Matzkin,  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1957 Connecticut 

Robert  Francis  Meier,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College New  York 

Marc  Julian  Meyers,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1957 Maryland 

Ronald  Britton  Morley,  B.A.,  Maryville  College,  1957 New  York 

Clarence  John  Myatt,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

Roy  Mitsuaki  Naito,  B.A.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1956 Hawaii 

Antone  Travers  Oliveria,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1957 Massachusetts 

45 


University  of  Maryland 

James  Edward  Palmer,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

David  Bertram  Pere,  University  of  Miami . .. Florida 

Albert  Perlmutter,  A.B.,  Boston  University,  1957 Massachusetts 

Garr  Thomas  Phelps,  Xavier  University Kentucky 

Joseph  Michael  Pistoria,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Edwin  Stuart  Raffel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Malcolm  Sidney  Renbaum,  B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1956  — Maryland 

John  Filmore  Robinson,  Loyola  College Maryland 

William  Otis  Rockefeller,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 New  York 

Victor  Angel  Rosado,  B.A.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Puerto  Rico,  1957 

Puerto  Rico 

David  Neuman  Rudo,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Peter  Paul  Ryiz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Connecticut 

Richard  Daniel  Sachs,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Robert  Stanley  Siegel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Frank  Joseph  Sinnreich,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951  — Maryland 

Melvin  Jordan  Slan,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Louis  Edward  Snyder,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 

South  Carolina 

James  Miller  Steig,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology Florida 

Stanley  Merrill  Stoller,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Joseph  Ashley  Sullivan,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Brett  Taylor  Summey,  B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1957 

North  Carolina 

John  Harvey  Swann,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Jerry  Dale  Taft,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Montana 

Bill  Edward  Taylor,  University  of  Oklahoma Oklahoma 

Paul  Irvin  Teitelbaum,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Donald  Mathews  Tilghman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

George  Bartholomew  Towson,  Washington  College Maryland 

Norton  Allen  Tucker,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Nils  Glick  Wallen,  B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1957 New  Jersey 

Frederic  James  Wasserman,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1957 Florida 

Alfred  Stewart  Wincleler,  Jr.,  Johns  Hopkins  University New  Jersey 

Larry   Emanuel   Wynne,   Emory   University   Florida 

Stanley  Leonard  Zakarin,  University  of  Florida Florida 

John  Francis  Zulaski,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1957 

Connecticut 

REGISTER  OF  STUDENTS 
1961-1962  Session 

Senior  Class 

Frederick  Bradshaw  Abbott,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College Maryland 

Tulio  Fulvio  Albertini,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

James  Emil  Andrews,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1958 North  Carolina 

46 


School  of  Dentistry 

Robert  Apfel,  B.A.,  University  of  Miami,  1958 Florida 

Marvin  Bennet  Apter,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Joseph  Herman  Axelrod,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Michael  Alan  Balenson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Donald  Harry  Barnes,  College  of  the  Pacific California 

Howard  Benjamin  Berman,  Emory  University Florida 

Samuel  Blum,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 District  of  Columbia 

William  John  Bowen,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957;  M.S.,  1959 

Maryland 

Roger  Lee  Brown,  University  of  Maryland Pennsylvania 

Peter  John  Buchetto,  Jr.,  University  of  Connecticut Connecticut 

Barry  Stanley  Buchman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Paul  William  Bushman,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1958 

Maryland 

Robert  Moore  Charlton,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

George  Gary  Clendenin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

David  Constantinos,   B.A.,  American   International  College,   1957 

Massachusetts 

William  Howard  Dickson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Albert  William  Doetzer,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1958 Maryland 

Richard  Farish  Downes,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953 Maryland 

John  Theodore  Drescher,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1958_ -Connecticut 

Alvin  Engel,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Henry  Anthony  Fischer,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1958 Florida 

James  Scott  Foulke,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956 Maryland 

Neil  Arthur  Friedman,  University  of  Southern  California California 

Thomas  Brent  Gable,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College Pennsylvania 

Charles  Augustus  Gallagher,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Lawrence  Allan  Gallerani,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1958 

Massachusetts 

Ronald  Irvin  Glaeser,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1958 Maryland 

Milton  Josef  Glatzer,  A.B.,  Rutgers  College,  1958 New  Jersey 

Marshall  Robert  Goldman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

George  Joseph  Goodreau,  Jr.,  A.B.,  St.  Anselm's  College,  1953 

New  Hampshire 

Robert  Gordon,  A.B.,  Boston  University,  1958 Massachusetts 

Larry  Earl  Grace.  B.S.,  Concord  College,  1956 Virginia 

Roert  Duane  Hackney,  B.S.,  The  State  College  of  Washington,  1959 

Washington 
Lawrence  Frank  Halpert,  B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.   1958 

Maryland 

Laurence  Eugene  Johns,  Shepherd  College Maryland 

James  Paul  Johnson,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1958  _ .Pennsylvania 

Laddie  Lynn  Jones,  B.S.,  Presbyterian  College,  1958 South  Carolina 

David  Brainard  Kirby,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958 

Pennsylvania 
Martin  Kline,  Emory  University Florida 

47 


University  of  Maryland 

Richard  Thomas  Koritzer,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Robert  Alan  Kramer,  Lafayette  College New  Jersey 

Daniel  Levy,  Emory  University Georgia; 

Donald  Eugene  Lilley,  Southern  Missionary  College Maryland. 

Berton  Abner  Lowell,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Sidney  Samuel  Markowitz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland. 

Joseph  David  Mechanick,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland. 

Stephen  Mark  Millison,  University  of  Maryland Maryland. 

Stephen  Hollingshead  Mills,  University  of  Florida Florida^ 

Alan  Tatsuo  Miyamoto,  B.A.,  Simpson  College,  1958 Hawaii, 

Kermit  Lee  Norton,  Fresno  State  College California- 
Harvey  Sheldon  Pallen,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Robert  Parker,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Allan  Buckner  Pertnoy,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Gerald  Alan   Pinsky,   University   of  Miami   Florida 

Albert  Louis  Pizzi,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1958 Massachusetts 

Leo  Rabago,  Jr.,  Fresno  State  College California 

Sylvan  Rankin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Paul  Francis  Regan,  B.A.,  Boston  College,  1958 Massachusetts 

Donald  Arthur  Romeo,  A.B.,  St.  Anselm's  College,  1956 Massachusetts 

Lee  Howard  Roper,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 New  Hampshire 

Jack  Arnold  Roth,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

David  Rubin,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Howard  Frederick  Rudo,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Joseph  Anthony  Salvo,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1958 Massachusetts 

Earle  Milton  Schulz,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Howard  Erwin  Schunick,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Frank  Lewis  Schwartz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Allen  Hirch  Simmons,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,  1955 California 

Reed  Campbell  Snow,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Theodore  Sheldon  Sobkov,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Irvin  Murray  Sopher,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Dennis  Martin  Sullivan,  B.A.,  Belmont  Abbey  College,  1960_ -South  Carolina- 
John  Thomson,  III,  B.S.,  Houghton  College,  1960 New  Jersey 

Alan  Jay  Trager,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Lamar  Gordon  Warren,  Jr.,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Robert  William  Warson,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1958 Maryland 

Jerome  Jacob  Weinstein,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

John  Charles  Wilhelm,  A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1953 Maryland 

Rex  Patrick  Wood,  B.S.,  The  State  College  of  Washington,  1958 

Washington 
David  Ansel  Young,   Whittier  College   California 

Junior  Class 

Richard  Paul  Beimler,  A.B.,  Gettysburg  College,  1955 New  York 

Frank  Melcon  Benneyan,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,  1959 California 

48 


School  of  Dentistry 

John  David  Bimestefer,  A.B.,  Duke  University,  1959 Maryland 

David  Wayne  Bishop,  Newberry  College South  Carolina 

Leonard  Donald  Blumson,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1957 Maryland 

Robert  Jack  Burt,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959 Maryland 

Carl  Michael  Caplan,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

James  McCormick  Carew,  B.A.,  St.  Anselm's  College,  1959__New  Hampshire 

Ronald  Albert  Carter,  A.B.,  Fresno  State  College,  1958 California 

Earl  LeRoy  Chambers,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958  —Maryland 

Dale  Richard  Collins,  University  of  Pittsburgh Pennsylvania 

Frank  Costabile,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 New  Jersey 

Thomas  Michael  Darrigan,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 New  York 

Renato  Patrick  DeSantis,  A.B.,  Loyola  College,  1958 Maryland 

Gene  Watkins  Eng,  B.A.,  Emory  University,  1959 Florida 

William  Bernard  Finagin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Michael  Alan  Fine,  A.B.,  Catawba  College,  1959 New  York 

Robert  Pacy  Fleishman,  Loyola  College Maryland 

Stanley  Berle  Foxman,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Leon  Friedman,  B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1959 New  Jersey 

Franklin  F.  Frush,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Richard  Anthony  Gallagher,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959  — Maryland 

Francis  Xavier  Geczik,  B.S.,  Iona  College,  1959 New  York 

Peter  Lewis  Goldstone,  A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1959 New  York 

Herbert  Gottlieb,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Mark  Lee  Govrin,  University  of  Maryland New  Jersey 

William  Herbert  Griswold,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 New  Jersey 

John  Estyle  Hanson,  B.S.,  Shepherd  College,  1959 Maryland 

Wilberto  Francisco  Hernandez-Vales,  B.S.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1959 

Puerto  Rico 

Stanley  Elliott  Hyatt,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

Carl  Winston  Irwin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Ralph  William  Jacobson,  Emory  University Florida 

William  Carl  Jennette,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1959 Maryland 

Dean  Clyde  Johnson,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Robert  Allen  Katz,  B.S.,  Boston  College,  1959 Massachusetts 

Clayton  Edward  King,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1959 Massachusetts 

Donald  Raymond  King,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Earl  Ephraim  Klioze,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Herbert  Mark  Koenigsberg,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

George  Andrew  Kraft,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Pennsylvania 

George  Krupinsky,  Jr.,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Paul  Max  Ladd,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Richard  Joseph  Landino,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1959 Connecticut 

Stuart  Theodore  Landsman,  B.S.,  Queens  College,  1959 New  York 

Delia  Ruth  Looper,  B.A.,  Longwood  College,  1959 Virginia 

Lorin  George  Maser,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961,  District  of  Columbia 

Harry  Charles  Mullins,  Concord  College West  Virginia 

Martin  Neil  Narun,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958 Maryland 

49 


University  of  Maryland 

Jerome  William  Newman,  B.A.,  The  Citadel,  1959 Florida 

David  Bennett  Nuckols,  B.A.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1949 Maryland 

George  William  Oatis,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Connecticut 

Samuel  Oshry,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

John  Charles  Pentzer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955 Maryland 

Stanford  Elliott  Picker,  B.A.,  University  of  California,  1958;  M.A.,  1959 

California 
Robert  Theobald  Probst,  II,  B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1950;  M.S.,  1952 

Connecticut 
George  Michael  Quinlan,  Jr.,  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1957 

Massachusetts 

John  Robert  Rasczewski,  Bucknell  University Pennsylvania 

Richard  Mann  Reddish,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Martin  Stewart  Reeber,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Francis  Richard  Richo,  B.A.,  Providence  College,  1959 Connecticut 

Edward  Richard  Rose,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959 Maryland 

Ivan  Alan  Rosengarden,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Howard  Leslie  Rothschild,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Paul  Rubinstein,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Nicolaus  Sakiewicz,  B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1959 New  Jersey 

Robert  Alan  Samuel,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Fred  Maurice  Scholnick,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Paul  Wesley  Shaffer,  West  Virginia  University Maryland 

Donald  Siegendorf,   University   of  Miami Florida 

Howard  Ronald  Siegler,  University  of  Miami New  York 

Junius  Thomas  Soliday,  Davis  and  Elkins  College West  Virginia 

Edward  David  Spire,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

John  Walter  Staubach,  B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1960 Maryland 

George  Cyril  Strong,  Los  Angeles  City  College California 

Eberhard  Wolfgang  Tinter,  Iona  College New  York 

Thomas  John  Toman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Norman  Michael  Trabulsy,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1957 Florida 

Henry  John  Van  Hassel,  B.A.,  Maryville  College,  1954 New  Jersey 

Lorenzo  Stephan  Vazzana,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Kenneth  Harold  Webster,  B.S.,  State  College  of  Washington,  1960 

Washington 

Roger  Allan  Webster,  University  of  Oregon California 

Francis  William  Welch,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1958 Massachusetts 

Paul  Xavier  Welch,  American  International  College Massachusetts 

George  Carl  White,  West  Virginia  University West  Virginia 

Joseph  Michael  Wiesenbaugh,  Jr.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College Pennsylvania 

Harvey  Ray  Wildman,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1959 

Connecticut 
Herbert  Alan  Wolford,  D.V.M.,  Michigan  State  College,  1952  —Pennsylvania 

Sheldon   Joel  Wollman,  Johns  Hopkins  University Maryland 

Gary  Lee  Womer,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958 Maryland 

50 


School  of  Dentistry 

Maurice  Richard  Woodard,  B.S.,  American  University,  1952 Maryland 

Donald   Russell  Yent,  Virginia   Polytechnic   Institute Maryland 

Sophomore  Class 

Charles  Bernard  Abelson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Fred  Norton  Ansel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Paul  Vincent  Beauvais,  B.S.,  St.  Francis  College,  1960 Massachusetts 

Lucien  Ernest  Benoit,  Providence  College Rhode  Island 

Bernard  Harry  Blaustein,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Donald  Lee  Bloum,  B.A.,  Washington  Missionary  College,  1956  _ -Maryland 

William  Langton  Brice,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Albert  Edward  Carlotti,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1960 

Rhode  Island 

Edgar  Harold  Chambers,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1960 Florida 

Martin  Leo  Chaput,  B.A.,  Merrimack  College,  1960 Massachusetts 

Stephen  Robert  Cognata,   University  of  California California 

William  Clise  Colwell,  B.S.,  Washington  State  University,  1961 — Washington 

Joseph  Louis  Corey,  A.B.,  West  Virginia  University,  1960 West  Virginia 

Ronald  Dalinsky,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Glenn  Boyd  Dickerson,  University  of  South  Carolina South  Carolina 

Charles  Edward  Doll,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Saint  Bonaventure  University,   1960 

New  York 

Robert  Lore  Early,  B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1960 Maryland 

Edward  Robert  Emerson,  Washington  College Maryland 

Barry  Elliott  Feldman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Burton  Morton  Finifter,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Robert  Paul  Fogarty,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Clark  Neamand  Foulke,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

Lawrence  Fox,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Francis  Leon  Fraser,  A.B.,  Carroll  College,  1955 Maryland 

John  Michael  Freiler,  B.S.,  Moravian  College,  1960 New  Jersey 

Richard  Anthony  Gaudio,  A.B.,  Providence  College,  1959 Connecticut 

John  Charles  Gigliotti,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Gary  Kenneth  Gold,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Ira  Norman  Goldbach,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Rodney  Frank  Golden,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Leroy  Goren,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Constantinos  Xenophon  Govedaros,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Edward  George  Grace.  Jr.,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1960 

New  York 

Marian  Carter  Greear,  Jr.,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Stephen  Michael  Grussmark,  University  of  Florida Florida 

Dennis  Wright  Guard,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Thomas  Kenneth  Guglielmo,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1960 

New  Jersey 
John  Patrick  Hackett,  Bucknell  University New  Jersey 

51 


University  of  Maryland 

Paul  Ronald  Hall,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Joseph  Gold  Handelman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Alan  Howard  Hart,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Frederick  Guy  Herrick,  B.S.,  Bates  College,  1960 New  Jersey 

Jeffrey  Alan  Herrman,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Robert  William  Hilkene,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University New  Jersey 

Lawrence  Edwards  Himelfarb,  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960 

Maryland 

Joseph  Hinich,  Jr.,  Utah  State  University Utah 

Maxwell  Patrick  Hogan,  Niagara  University New  York 

Charles  Edward  Hunt,  B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1958 Maryland 

John  Roedel  Jaeger,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Dickinson  College,  1960 Maryland 

Ron,  James  Jonas,  B.S.,  Washington  State  University,  1961 Washington 

John  Joseph  Jordan,  B.S.,  University  of  Scranton,  1957 Pennsylvania 

Clifford  Harold  Jue,  University  of  California California 

Richard  Bennett  Kirk,  B.S.,  Baldwin-Wallace  College,  1959 New  Jersey 

Albert  Hiram  Klair,  Jr.,  Washington  College Maryland 

Stanley  Louis  Kolker,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Neil  Woodrow  Lamb,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Jeffrey  Allen  Legum,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Harold  Bernard  Levine,  University  of  Miami Florida 

Malcolm  Lawrence  Mclnnis,  Providence  College Massachusetts 

Donald  Lee  Maloof,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Franklin  Eugene  May,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1956 Maryland 

Ian  Bertram  Miller,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Walter  Merrill  Miller,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

David  Lawrence  Mincey,  A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1960 

North  Carolina 

Richard  Stephen  Nemes,  Montgomery  Junior  College Maryland 

Robert  Preston  Nitzell,  A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1962 Maryland 

Wayne  Lance  O'Roark,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Albert  Louis  Ousborne,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Robert  Pete  Padousis,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Charles  Bernard  Parr,  Jr.,  Loyola  College Maryland 

John  Fairfax  Patterson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Lance  David  Petersen,  Montgomery  Junior  College Maryland 

Stanley  Martin  Plies,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Ernest  Alfred  Ponce,  San  Bernardino  Valley  College California 

Norman  Henry  Proulx,  B.A.,  Saint  Anselm's  College,  1960 New  Hampshire 

Philip  Howard  Pushkin,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Irving  Jacob  Raksin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Albert  Richard  Rayne,  B.S.,  Washington  College,  1960 Maryland 

Norman  Robert  Ressin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Charles  Milton  Rosenberg,  B.A.,  Emory  University,  1960 Georgia 

John  Nicholas  Russo,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1960 Delaware 

John  Winthrop  Sargent,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1960 New  Jersey 

John  Reno  Savoia,  B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1960 Massachusetts 

52 


School  of  Dentistry 

James  Lawrence  Schatz,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1960 Maryland 

Thomas  Anthony  Simes,  B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1957 Ohio 

Harvey  Frank  Simon,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Douglas  Graham  Spink,  Jr.,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1960 

Massachusetts 

Victor  Elliott  Spiro,  A.B.,  Boston  University,  1959 Massachusetts 

Albert  Haywood  Swain,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 New  Jersey 

Herbert  Barry  Taragin,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Jerome  Bernard  Taragin,  Georgetown  University District  of  Columbia 

Clinton  Dee  Taylor,  University  of  Utah Utah 

Mervin  Armel  Todd,  A.B.,  Duke  University,  1960 New  Jersey 

Charles  Edward  Toomey,  111,  B.S.,  Washington  and  Lee  University,  1959 

Maryland 

Warren  Kenneth  Veith,  B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1960 New  Jersey 

Thomas  Francis  Walsh,  B.S.,  Mount  Saint  Mary's  College,  1960 New  York 

Ronald  Stanley  Wershba,  B.S.,  Long  Island  University,  1960 New  York 

David  L.  White,  Jr.,  A.B.,  University  of  California,  1960 California 

Theodore  Toms  Wycall,  B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College,  1960 New  Jersey 

John  Paroy  Youngman,  Saint  Petersburg  Junior  College Florida 

Freshman  Class 

Juan  Alberto  Arias,  B.A.,  Hilyer  College,  1961 Panama 

Carolyn  Elizabeth  Barclay,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Marcus  Herman  Barrera,  A.B.,  Florida  State,  1961 Florida 

Marvin  Allen  Becker,  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  Military  College,  1961 Maryland 

Ronald  Jacob   Berman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Sheldon  Arnold  Bloom,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Gilles  Ivan  Boissonneault,  Hilyer  College Connecticut 

James  Edward   Bradley,  B.A.,   George    Washington  University,    1961 

Maryland 

Stuart  Allen  Broth,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  James  Carey,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1961 Maryland 

John  Paul  Cattaneo,  A.B.,  St.  Michael's  College,  1961 New  York 

Joseph  Mathew  Chasko,  B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1957 Florida 

Anthony  Eugene  Curcio,  LaSalle  College New  York 

George  Eugene  Dent,  B.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1961 Maryland 

James  William  Donaldson,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 

District  of  Columbia 

Albert  Irvin  Dorfman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Francis  Thomas  Dougherty,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961 

New  Jersey 

John  Russell  Earnhart,  B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1957 Maryland 

Leonard  David  Efrom,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Gerald  Richard  Eisenberg,  B.S.,  Dickinson  College,  1961 Maryland 

William  Wood  Eldridge,  Rollins  College Florida 

Guy  Ronald  Estes,  University  of  Florida Florida 

53 


University  of  Maryland 

Sylvan  Feldman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Philip  Saul  Ferris,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Stanley  Paul  Foreman,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Donald  Joseph  Forno,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Theodore  Stuart  Freedman,  A.B.,  Indiana  University,  1960 Indiana 

Nelson  Charles  Freeman,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1961 

Connecticut 

John  Anthony  Frensilli,  B.A.,  Holy  Cross  College,  1961 Massachusetts 

Harry  Lee  Friedman,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 Maryland 

Charles  Albert  Gagne,  B.A.,  Holy  Cross  College,  1961 Massachusetts 

Joseph  William  Gallagher,  A.B.,  St.  Joseph's  College,  1961 Delaware 

Frederick  Joseph  Geating,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Alan  Paul  Girard,  University  of  Miami New  York 

John  Joseph  Golski,  Seton  Hall  University New  Jersey 

Richard  0.  Goodman,  University  of  North  Carolina Maryland 

Jack  LeRoy  Graham,  A.B.,  San  Jose  State  College,  1960 California 

Warren  Granek,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Murray  Gerald  Greenberg,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959 Maryland 

Stephen  Arthur  Greene,  A.B.,  Middlebury  College,  1961 New  Jersey 

Edward  George  Gutman,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Robert  James  Haarmeyer,  B.S.,  Mt.  St.  Mary's  College,  1961 

Pennsylvania 

Ronald  Frank  Hanswirth,  A.B.,  Boston  University,  1961 Massachusetts 

John  Knox  Hart,  Waynesburg  College Pennsylvania 

John  Wallace  Hathaway,  B.S.,  Iowa  Wesleyan  College,  1960  _ -Massachusetts 

Richard  Allen  Hawse,  A.B.,  Duke  University,  1961 Florida 

William  Howard  Helfert,  Montgomery  Junior  College Maryland 

John  Michael  Iacono,  B.S.,  St.  John's  College,  1961 New  York 

William  Andrew  Imbach,  B.S.,  Mt.  Mary's  College,  1961 Maryland 

Marcus  Pitkin  Johnson,  B.A.,  Williams  College,  1959 Maryland 

Michael  H.  Josephson,  Los  Angeles  City  College California 

Harvey  Alan  Kallins,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Morton  Irvin  Katz,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Herschel  Benjamin  Kaufman,  A.B.,  Emory  University,  1960 

South   Carolina 

William  Edward  Kaufman,  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1961 Florida 

Thomas  Lewis  Klechak,  Wake  Forest  College Maryland 

William  Leonard  Knoche,  Loyola  College Maryland 

William  Nicholas  Koutrelakos,  B.A.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1953; 

M.Ed.,  Loyola  College,  1961 Maryland 

Martin  Harold  Lewis,  University  of  Miami Florida 

James  Nicholas  Leyko,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1961   Maryland 

Rodger  Howard  Lofland,  A.B.,  Catawba  College,  1961 Florida 

Arnold  Gerard  McGreevy,  Mt.  St.  Mary's  College Maryland 

James  Edgar  MacBride,  B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1961 Pennsylvania 

Leonard  Louis  Maranto,   LaSalle  College Maryland 

John  Mills  Martin,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957 Maryland 

54 


School  of  Dentistry 

Joseph  Edward  Mazikas,  B.A.,  St.  Vincent  College,  1951 Pennsylvania 

Sheldon  Meltzer,  B.S.,  Muhlenberg  College,  1961 New  Jersey 

David  Scranton  Meroney,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Robert  Austin  Mullen,  Mt.  St.  Mary's  College New  York 

Steven  Arnold  Nachman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Michael  Josephat  Oles,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1960 Maryland 

Glenn  Lamar  Paulk,  A.B.,  Emory  University,  1961 Georgia 

Barrett  Joel  Raff,  B.S.,  Brooklyn  College  of  Pharmacy,  1960 New  York 

James  D.  Rawlins,  Tusculum  College Delaware 

Alan  Rosenfeld,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Alex  Michael  Rudewicz,  B.S.,  University  of  Hartford,  1961 Connecticut 

Robert  H.  Schuckman,  Rutgers  University New  Jersey 

Andrew  Albert   Schwab,   University  of  Miami Florida 

Harry  Benesh  Schwartz,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Paul  Clark  Sebastian,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 

District   of  Columbia 

David  Bachrach  Shuman,  Lafayette  College Maryland 

Wilbur  King  Smith,  Western  Maryland  College Maryland 

Barry  Edward  Solomon,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Stephen  Nicholas  Sovich,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Richard  Hopkins  Stag,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Lamon  Arlie   Stewart,  Mars   Hill   College Maryland 

Richard  Edward  Thomason,  B.A.,  Washington  Missionary  College,  1960 

Maryland 

John  Francis  Tintle,  B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1961 New  Jersey 

Allen  Anthony  Vessel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961 Maryland 

Kay  Oliver  Wadsworth,  B.S.,  Walla  Walla  College,  1960 Oregon 

Steven  Martin  White,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Wayne  Wilson  Wibby,  B.A.,  University  of  Maine,  1960 Maine 

Harold  Wallace  Wilson,  University  of  Maryland New  York 

Larry  Joseph  Wisman,  University  of  Maryland Maryland 

Walter  Raymond  Wolk,  B.S.,  Trinity  College,  1958 Connecticut 

Lawrence  Fred  Yampolsky,  B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1961 New  Jersey 

Edward  Louis  Zak,  St.  Michael's   College Massachusetts 

Arnold  Stuart  Zimmerman,  Monmouth  College New  Jersey 

Charles  Harry  Zois,  Rutgers  University New  Jersey 

Vincent  Joseph  Zugay,  B.S.,  Indiana  State  Teachers  College,   1955; 

A.M.,  George  Washington  University,  1960 Maryland 


55 


University  of  Maryland 

DEANS  OF  DENTAL  SCHOOLS  IN  BALTIMORE 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

(Founded  1840) 

Chapin  A.  Harris 1840—1841 

Thomas  E.  Bond 1841—1842 

Washington  R.  Handy 1842—1853 

Philip  H.  Austen 1853—1865 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas 1865 — 1882 

Richard  B.  Winder 1882—1894 

M.  Whilldin  Foster 1894—1914 

William  G.  Foster 1914—1923 

MARYLAND  DENTAL  COLLEGE 

1873—1878  (Merged  with  B.  C.  D.  S.) 

Richard  B.  Winder 1873—1878 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(Founded  1882) 

Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas 1882—1911 

Timothy  0.  Heatwole 1911—1923 

BALTIMORE  MEDICAL  COLLEGE 

1895—1913  (Merged  with  U.  of  Md.) 

J.  William  Smith 1895—1901 

William  A.  Montell 1901—1903 

J.  Edgar  Orrison 1903—1904 

J.  William  Smith 1904—1913 

BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL  SURGERY 

DENTAL  SCHOOL 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(B.  C.  D.  S.  Joined  the  U.  of  Md.  1923) 

Timothy  O.  Heatwole 1923—1924 

J.  Ben  Robinson 1924—1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg  (Acting) 1953 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg 1954 — present 

56 


School  of  Dentistry 


INDEX 


Academic  Calendar 2 

Admission  Requirements 11 

Admission  with  Advanced 

Standing    15 

Alumni  Association 40 

Anatomy 25 

Application  Procedures 14 

Arts  and  Sciences — 

Dental  Program 12 

Attendance  Requirements 15 

Baltimore  Union 21 

Biochemistry 26 

Board  of  Regents 1 

Cafeteria   21 

Curriculum,  Plan  of 23-24 

Deans  of  the  Baltimore 

Dental  Schools 56 

Definition  of  Residence  and 

Non-Residence 19 

Dental   History   and   Literature  26 
Dental  Prosthesis 

Removable  Complete  and 

Partial  Prosthesis 27 

Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 28 

Deportment 16 

Description  of  Courses 25 

Diagnosis    29 

Dormitory  Accommodations 21 

Equipment  Requirements 16 

Faculty  Listing 3 

Fees,  Graduate 18 

Fees,   Student 17 

Freshman  Class 53 

Gorgas  Odontological  Society 40 

Graduating  Class  (1960-61 

Session)    44 

Graduation  Requirements 16 


Histology 29 

History  of  the  School 9 

Index 57 

Junior  Class 48 

Library    11 

Matriculation  and  Enrollment 14 

Medicine 

General  Medicine 30 

Oral  Medicine 31 

Microbiology    32 

Officers  of  Administration 3 

Officers  of  Instruction 3 

Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon 40 

Operative  Dentistry 33 

Orthodontics 34 

Pathology    34 

Pedodontics 35 

Pharmacology 35 

Physiology    36 

Postgraduate  Courses 18 

Practice  Administration 37 

Promotion  and  Grading 15 

Refunds 18 

Registration    18 

Requirements  for  Admission 11 

Requirements  for  Graduation 16 

Requirements  for  Matriculation 

and  Enrollment 14 

Roentgenology    37 

Scholarship  and  Loan  Funds 20 

Senior  Class 46 

Senior  Prize  Awards 42 

Sophomore  Class 51 

Summer  Courses 39 

Student  Health  Service 19 

Surgery 38 

Visual  Aids 39 


57 


stfiilrHl  limn  *k;    H 

[tf/UIAJtJtttfiffflHflfNl 


Wj 


ft/raw  nfifl 

IK  nil  ■  —  >.{\ff<  - 


m 


188 

tm     M 

mi         u 

USUI 

IffllHi 

■n 

11  Mill